This is a modern-English version of The Lay of Havelok the Dane, originally written by unknown author(s). It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling, and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.

Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.


This text includes characters that require UTF-8 (Unicode) file encoding:

This text includes characters that require UTF-8 (Unicode) file encoding:

œ : “oe” ligature
Ȝȝ, ƿ, ſ, ǽ : yogh, wynn, long s, accented æ

œ : “oe” ligature
Ȝȝ, ƿ, ſ, ǽ : yogh, wynn, long s, accented æ

These characters, as well as a single Greek phrase, occur only in the notes, not in the poem itself. If any of the characters do not display properly, or if the apostrophes and quotation marks in this paragraph appear as garbage, you may have an incompatible browser or unavailable fonts. First, make sure that the browser’s “character set” or “file encoding” is set to Unicode (UTF-8). You may also need to change your browser’s default font.

These characters, along with a single Greek phrase, only appear in the notes, not in the poem itself. If any of the characters aren't showing up correctly, or if the apostrophes and quotation marks in this paragraph look like nonsense, you might be using an incompatible browser or missing fonts. First, check that your browser’s “character set” or “file encoding” is set to Unicode (UTF-8). You might also need to change your browser’s default font.

Corrections made by the transcriber are marked with mouse-hover popups; editorial corrections from the Emendations section are similarly marked. Anglo-Saxon diphthongs are written as , with stress on second vowel. The form “hung” (with the meaning “hanged”) is used consistently. A number of Glossary entries are missing the part of speech, usually n. They have not been individually noted.

Corrections made by the transcriber are marked with mouse-hover popups; editorial corrections from the Emendations section are similarly marked. Anglo-Saxon diphthongs are written as , with stress on the second vowel. The term "hung" (meaning "hanged") is used consistently. Some entries in the Glossary are missing the part of speech, usually n. These omissions have not been individually noted.

One minor typographic change was made in the modern material. Where Roman (upright) type represents “double italics”, it is shown instead as bold within italics.

One small typographic change was made in the modern material. Where Roman (upright) type represents “double italics,” it is shown instead as bold within italics.

A few French passages in the Preface use a trailing tilde ~, as in the word “q~”. In the original, the ~ was attached to the preceding letter, but not directly above it.

A few French passages in the Preface use a trailing tilde ~, as in the word “q~”. In the original, the ~ was attached to the preceding letter, but not directly above it.

All square brackets [ ] are in the original.

All square brackets [ ] are in the original.

The original book (EETS E.S. 4, 1868, ed. Skeat) exists in at least two forms. See the end of the e-text for details.

The original book (EETS E.S. 4, 1868, ed. Skeat) exists in at least two forms. See the end of the e-text for details.

The Lay of / Havelok the Dane. / Early English Text Society. / Extra Series. No. IV. / 1868.

The Lay of / Havelok the Dane. / Early English Text Society. / Extra Series. No. IV. / 1868.

DUBLIN: WILLIAM McGEE, 18, NASSAU STREET.
EDINBURGH: T. G. STEVENSON, 22, SOUTH FREDERICK STREET.
GLASGOW: OGLE & CO., 1, ROYAL EXCHANGE SQUARE.
BERLIN: ASHER & CO., UNTER DEN LINDEN, 20.
NEW YORK: C. SCRIBNER & CO.; LEYPOLDT & HOLT.
PHILADELPHIA: J. B. LIPPINCOTT & CO.
BOSTON, U.S.: DUTTON & CO.
 

The Lay of / Havelok the Dane:

The Lay of / Havelok the Dane:

 

COMPOSED IN THE REIGN OF EDWARD I, ABOUT A.D. 1280.
FORMERLY EDITED BY SIR F. MADDEN FOR THE ROXBURGHE CLUB,
AND NOW RE-EDITED FROM THE UNIQUE MS. LAUD MISC. 108,
IN THE BODLEIAN LIBRARY, OXFORD;
BY THE

REV. WALTER W. SKEAT, M.A.,

AUTHOR OF “A MŒSO-GOTHIC GLOSSARY,” EDITOR OF “PIERS PLOWMAN,”
“WILLIAM OF PALERNE,” &c.

Seal of Great Grimsby

Seal of Great Grimsby

LONDON:
PUBLISHED FOR THE EARLY ENGLISH TEXT SOCIETY,
BY N. TRÜBNER & CO., 60, PATERNOSTER ROW.

MDCCCLXVIII.

 
 


Extra Series,
IV.

JOHN CHILDS AND SON, PRINTERS.

CONTENTS.


Titlepage. The engraving represents the seal of Great Grimsby, described in § 19 of the Preface, p. xxi.

Titlepage. The engraving represents the seal of Great Grimsby, described in § 19 of the Preface, p. xxi.

Preface. § 1. The former edition of 1828. § 2. The present edition. § 3. Plan of this edition. § 4. Notices of the story by Early Writers: the longer French Version. § 5. The shorter French Version. § 6. Peter de Langtoft (1307). § 7. Rauf de Boun (1310). § 8. A Brief Genealogy, Herald’s Coll. MS. (ab. 1310). § 9. Metrical Chronicle (ab. 1313). § 10. Robert of Brunne (1338); ed. Hearne. § 11. Robert of Brunne; Lambeth MS. § 12. French Prose “Brute” (1332). § 13. English Prose “Brute,” MS. Harl. 2279. § 14. Gray’s Scala Cronica (ab. 1360). § 15. Eulogium Historiarum (1366). § 16. Henry de Knyghton (1395); Warner (1586); Webster (1617). § 17. Danish traditions. § 18. Lincolnshire traditions. § 19. Seal of Great Grimsby. § 20. Sketch of the French “Lai.” § 21. Gaimar’s abridgment. § 22. Sketch of the English Lay. § 23. Possible date of Havelok’s reign. § 24. Story of “Edwin of Deira.” § 25. On the names “Curan” and “Havelok.” § 26. Description of the MS. § 27. Grammatical forms in the Poem. § 28. On the metre. § 29. On the final -e, &c.

Preface. § 1. The former edition of 1828. § 2. The present edition. § 3. Plan of this edition. § 4. Notices of the story by Early Writers: the longer French Version. § 5. The shorter French Version. § 6. Peter de Langtoft (1307). § 7. Rauf de Boun (1310). § 8. A Brief Genealogy, Herald’s Coll. MS. (ab. 1310). § 9. Metrical Chronicle (ab. 1313). § 10. Robert of Brunne (1338); ed. Hearne. § 11. Robert of Brunne; Lambeth MS. § 12. French Prose “Brute” (1332). § 13. English Prose “Brute,” MS. Harl. 2279. § 14. Gray’s Scala Cronica (ab. 1360). § 15. Eulogium Historiarum (1366). § 16. Henry de Knyghton (1395); Warner (1586); Webster (1617). § 17. Danish traditions. § 18. Lincolnshire traditions. § 19. Seal of Great Grimsby. § 20. Sketch of the French “Lai.” § 21. Gaimar’s abridgment. § 22. Sketch of the English Lay. § 23. Possible date of Havelok’s reign. § 24. Story of “Edwin of Deira.” § 25. On the names “Curan” and “Havelok.” § 26. Description of the MS. § 27. Grammatical forms in the Poem. § 28. On the metre. § 29. On the final -e, &c.

i
Emendations, &c. liv
The lay of Havelok 1
Notes to “Havelok” 87
Glossarial Index 105
Index of Names 157
i

PREFACE.

§ 1. The English version of the Lay of Havelok, now here reprinted, is one of the few poems that have happily been recovered, after having long been given up as lost. Tyrwhitt, in his Essay on the Language and Versification of Chaucer, has a footnote (No. 51) deploring the loss of the Rime concerning Gryme the Fisher, the founder of Grymesby, Hanelok [read Havelok] the Dane, and his wife Goldborough; and Ritson, in his Dissertation on Romance and Minstrelsy—(vol. i. p. lxxxviii. of his Metrical Romanceës)—makes remarks to the same effect. It was at length, however, discovered by accident in a manuscript belonging to the Bodleian library, which had been described in the old Catalogue merely as Vitæ Sanctorum, a large portion of it being occupied by metrical legends of the Saints. In 1828, it was edited for the Roxburghe Club by Sir F. Madden, the title-page of the edition being as follows:— “The Ancient English Romance of Havelok the Dane, accompanied by the French Text: with an introduction, notes, and a glossary, by Frederick Madden, Esq., F.A.S. F.R.S.L., Sub-Keeper of the MSS. in the British Museum. Printed for the Roxburghe Club, London. W. Nicol, Shakspeare Press, MDCCCXXVIII.” This volume contains a very complete Introduction, pp. i-lvi; the English version of Havelok, pp. 1-104; the French text of the Romance of Havelok, from a MS. in the Heralds’ College, pp. 105-146; the French Romance of Havelok, as abridged and altered by Geffrei Gaimar, pp. 147-180; notes to the English text, pp. 181-207; notes to the French ii text, pp. 208-210; and a glossary, &c., pp. 211-263. But there are sometimes bound up with it two pamphlets, viz. “Remarks on the Glossary to Havelok,” by S. W. Singer, and an “Examination of the Remarks, &c.,” by the Editor of Havelok. In explanation of this, it may suffice to say, that the former contains some criticisms by Mr Singer (executed in a manner suggestive of an officious wish to display superior critical acumen), of which a few are correct, but others are ludicrously false; whilst the latter is a vindication of the general correctness of the explanations given, and contains, incidentally, some valuable contributions to our general etymological knowledge, and various remarks which have proved of service in rendering the glossary in the present edition more exactly accurate.1

§ 1. The English version of the Lay of Havelok, now here reprinted, is one of the few poems that have happily been recovered, after having long been given up as lost. Tyrwhitt, in his Essay on the Language and Versification of Chaucer, has a footnote (No. 51) deploring the loss of the Rime concerning Gryme the Fisher, the founder of Grymesby, Hanelok [read Havelok] the Dane, and his wife Goldborough; and Ritson, in his Dissertation on Romance and Minstrelsy—(vol. i. p. lxxxviii. of his Metrical Romanceës)—makes remarks to the same effect. It was at length, however, discovered by accident in a manuscript belonging to the Bodleian library, which had been described in the old Catalogue merely as Vitæ Sanctorum, a large portion of it being occupied by metrical legends of the Saints. In 1828, it was edited for the Roxburghe Club by Sir F. Madden, the title-page of the edition being as follows:— “The Ancient English Romance of Havelok the Dane, accompanied by the French Text: with an introduction, notes, and a glossary, by Frederick Madden, Esq., F.A.S. F.R.S.L., Sub-Keeper of the MSS. in the British Museum. Printed for the Roxburghe Club, London. W. Nicol, Shakspeare Press, 1828.” This volume contains a very complete Introduction, pp. i-lvi; the English version of Havelok, pp. 1-104; the French text of the Romance of Havelok, from a MS. in the Heralds’ College, pp. 105-146; the French Romance of Havelok, as abridged and altered by Geffrei Gaimar, pp. 147-180; notes to the English text, pp. 181-207; notes to the French ii text, pp. 208-210; and a glossary, &c., pp. 211-263. But there are sometimes bound up with it two pamphlets, viz. “Remarks on the Glossary to Havelok,” by S. W. Singer, and an “Examination of the Remarks, &c.,” by the Editor of Havelok. In explanation of this, it may suffice to say, that the former contains some criticisms by Mr Singer (executed in a manner suggestive of an officious wish to display superior critical acumen), of which a few are correct, but others are ludicrously false; whilst the latter is a vindication of the general correctness of the explanations given, and contains, incidentally, some valuable contributions to our general etymological knowledge, and various remarks which have proved of service in rendering the glossary in the present edition more exactly accurate.1

§ 2. Owing to the scarcity of copies of this former edition, the committee of the Early English Text Society, having first obtained the approval of Sir Frederic Madden, resolved upon issuing a reprint of it; and Sir Frederic having expressed a wish that the duty of seeing it through the press should be entrusted to myself, I gladly undertook that responsibility. He has kindly looked over the revises of the whole work,2 but as it has undergone several modifications, it will be the best plan to state in detail what these are.

§ 2. Owing to the scarcity of copies of this former edition, the committee of the Early English Text Society, having first obtained the approval of Sir Frederic Madden, resolved upon issuing a reprint of it; and Sir Frederic having expressed a wish that the duty of seeing it through the press should be entrusted to myself, I gladly undertook that responsibility. He has kindly looked over the revises of the whole work,2 but as it has undergone several modifications, it will be the best plan to state in detail what these are.

§ 3. With respect to the text, the greatest care has been taken to render it, as nearly as can be represented in print, an exact copy of the MS. The text of the former edition is exceedingly correct, and the alterations here made are few and of slight importance. Sir F. Madden furnished me with some, the results of a re-comparison, made by himself, of his printed copy with the original; besides this, I have myself carefully read the proof sheets with the MS. twice, and it may therefore be assumed that the complete correctness of the text is established. It seems to me that this is altogether the most important part of the work iii of a Text Society, in order that the student may never be perplexed by the appearance of words having no real existence. For a like reason the letters þ and ƿ (the latter of which I have represented by an italic w) have now been inserted wherever they occur, and the expansions of abbreviations are now denoted by italics. For further remarks upon the text, see the description of the MS. below, § 26. Sidenotes and headlines have been added, but the numbering of the lines has not been altered. The French text of the romance, the title of which is Le Lai de Aveloc, and the abridgment of the story by Geffrei Gaimar, have not been here reprinted; the fact being, that the French and English versions differ very widely, and that the passages of the French which really correspond to the English are few and short. All of these will be found in the Notes, in their proper places, and it was also deemed the less necessary to print the French text, because it is tolerably accessible; for it may be found either in vol. i. of Monumenta Historica Britannica, ed. Petrie, 1848, in the reprint by M. Michel (1833) entitled “Le Lai d’Havelok,” or in the edition by Mr T. Wright for the Caxton Society, 1850. An abstract of it is given at p. xxiii. The Notes are abridged from Sir F. Madden’s, with but a very few additions by myself, which are distinguished by being placed within square brackets. The Glossarial Index is, for the most part, reprinted from Sir F. Madden’s Glossary, but contains a large number of slight alterations, re-arrangements, and additions. The references have nearly all been verified,3 and the few words formerly left unexplained are now either wholly or partially solved. I have now only to add that a large portion of the remainder of this preface, especially that which concerns the historical and traditional evidences of the story (§ 4 to § 18), is abridged or copied from Sir F. Madden’s long Introduction, which fairly exhausts the subject.4 All extracts included between marks of quotation are taken from it without alteration. But I must be considered responsible for the iv rearrangement of the materials, and I have added a few remarks from other sources.

§ 3. With respect to the text, the greatest care has been taken to render it, as nearly as can be represented in print, an exact copy of the MS. The text of the former edition is exceedingly correct, and the alterations here made are few and of slight importance. Sir F. Madden furnished me with some, the results of a re-comparison, made by himself, of his printed copy with the original; besides this, I have myself carefully read the proof sheets with the MS. twice, and it may therefore be assumed that the complete correctness of the text is established. It seems to me that this is altogether the most important part of the work iii of a Text Society, in order that the student may never be perplexed by the appearance of words having no real existence. For a like reason the letters þ and ƿ (the latter of which I have represented by an italic w) have now been inserted wherever they occur, and the expansions of abbreviations are now denoted by italics. For further remarks upon the text, see the description of the MS. below, § 26. Sidenotes and headlines have been added, but the numbering of the lines has not been altered. The French text of the romance, the title of which is Le Lai de Aveloc, and the abridgment of the story by Geffrei Gaimar, have not been here reprinted; the fact being, that the French and English versions differ very widely, and that the passages of the French which really correspond to the English are few and short. All of these will be found in the Notes, in their proper places, and it was also deemed the less necessary to print the French text, because it is tolerably accessible; for it may be found either in vol. i. of Monumenta Historica Britannica, ed. Petrie, 1848, in the reprint by M. Michel (1833) entitled “Le Lai d’Havelok,” or in the edition by Mr T. Wright for the Caxton Society, 1850. An abstract of it is given at p. xxiii. The Notes are abridged from Sir F. Madden’s, with but a very few additions by myself, which are distinguished by being placed within square brackets. The Glossarial Index is, for the most part, reprinted from Sir F. Madden’s Glossary, but contains a large number of slight alterations, re-arrangements, and additions. The references have nearly all been verified,3 and the few words formerly left unexplained are now either wholly or partially solved. I have now only to add that a large portion of the remainder of this preface, especially that which concerns the historical and traditional evidences of the story (§ 4 to § 18), is abridged or copied from Sir F. Madden’s long Introduction, which fairly exhausts the subject.4 All extracts included between marks of quotation are taken from it without alteration. But I must be considered responsible for the iv rearrangement of the materials, and I have added a few remarks from other sources.

§ 4. Notices of the Story of Havelok by early writers. There can be little doubt that the tradition must have existed from Anglo-Saxon times, but the earliest mention of it is presented to us in the full account furnished by the French version of the Romance. Of this there are two copies, one of which belongs to Sir T. Phillipps; the other is known as the Arundel or Norfolk MS., and is preserved in the Heralds’ College, where it is marked E. D. N. No. 14; the various editions of the latter have been already enumerated in § 3. This version was certainly composed within the first half of the twelfth century. From the fact that it is entitled a Lai, and from the assertion of the poet—“Qe vn lai en firent li Breton”—“whereof the Britons made a lay”—we easily conclude that it was drawn from a British source. From the evident connection of the story with the Chronicle called the Brut, we may further conclude that by Breton is not meant Armorican, but belonging to Britain. The story is in no way connected with France; the tradition is British or Welsh, and the French version was doubtless written in England by a subject of an English king. That the language is French is due merely to the accident that the Norman conquerors of England had acquired that language during their temporary sojourn in France. From every point of view, whether we regard the British tradition, the Anglo-Norman version, or the version printed in the present volume, the story is wholly English. It is not to be connected too closely with the Armorican lays of Marie de France.5

§ 4. Notices about the Story of Havelok from early writers. There can be little doubt that the tradition must have existed from Anglo-Saxon times, but the earliest mention of it is presented to us in the full account furnished by the French version of the Romance. Of this there are two copies, one of which belongs to Sir T. Phillipps; the other is known as the Arundel or Norfolk MS., and is preserved in the Heralds’ College, where it is marked E. D. N. No. 14; the various editions of the latter have been already enumerated in § 3. This version was certainly composed within the first half of the twelfth century. From the fact that it is entitled a Lai, and from the assertion of the poet—“Qe vn lai en firent li Breton”—“whereof the Britons made a lay”—we easily conclude that it was drawn from a British source. From the evident connection of the story with the Chronicle called the Brut, we may further conclude that by Breton is not meant Armorican, but belonging to Britain. The story is in no way connected with France; the tradition is British or Welsh, and the French version was doubtless written in England by a subject of an English king. That the language is French is due merely to the accident that the Norman conquerors of England had acquired that language during their temporary sojourn in France. From every point of view, whether we regard the British tradition, the Anglo-Norman version, or the version printed in the present volume, the story is wholly English. It is not to be connected too closely with the Armorican lays of Marie de France.5

§ 5. We next come to the abridgment of the same as made by Geffrei Gaimar, who wrote between the years 1141 and 1151. In one place, Geffrei quotes Gildas as his authority, but no conclusion can easily be drawn from this indefinite reference. In another place, he mentions a feast given by Havelok after his defeat of Hodulf— si cum nus dit la verai estoire— “as the true v history tells us.” As this feast is not mentioned in the fuller French version, and yet reappears in the English text, we perceive that he had some additional source of information; and this is confirmed by the fact that he mentions several additional details, also not found in the completer version. That the lay of Havelok, as found in Gaimar, is really his, and not an interpolation by a later hand, may fairly be inferred from his repeated allusions to the story in the body of his work. There are three MS. copies containing Gaimar’s abridgment, of which the best is the Royal MS. (Bibl. Reg. 13 A. xxi.) in the British Museum; the two others belong respectively to the Dean and Chapter of Durham (its mark being C. iv. 27) and to the Dean and Chapter of Lincoln (its mark being H. 18). It is curious that the Norfolk MS. contains not only the fuller French version of the story, but also the Brut of Wace, and the continuation of it by Gaimar. Gaimar’s abridgment, as printed in Sir F. Madden’s edition, is taken from the Royal MS., supplemented by the Durham and Lincoln MSS. See also Monumenta Historica Britannica, vol. i. p. 764. It is important to mention that Gaimar speaks of the Danes as having been in Norfolk since the time that Havelok was King, after he has been relating the combats between the Britons and the Saxons under the command of Cerdic and Cynric. Another allusion makes Havelok to have lived long before the year 800, according to every system of chronology.

§ 5. Next, we look at the summary created by Geffrei Gaimar, who wrote between 1141 and 1151. In one part, Geffrei cites Gildas as his source, but it's hard to draw any clear conclusion from this vague reference. In another part, he talks about a feast hosted by Havelok after he defeated Hodulf— si cum nus dit la verai estoire— “as the true v history tells us.” Since this feast isn't mentioned in the longer French version, but does appear in the English text, it's clear he must have had some extra source of information. This is further supported by the fact he includes several additional details that aren’t found in the more complete version. It's reasonable to conclude that the tale of Havelok, as seen in Gaimar’s work, truly belongs to him and isn't a later addition, given his repeated references to the story throughout his text. There are three manuscript copies containing Gaimar’s summary, with the best being the Royal MS. (Bibl. Reg. 13 A. xxi.) in the British Museum; the other two belong to the Dean and Chapter of Durham (marked C. iv. 27) and to the Dean and Chapter of Lincoln (marked H. 18). Interestingly, the Norfolk MS. contains not only the longer French version of the story but also Wace's Brut and its continuation by Gaimar. Gaimar’s summary, as printed in Sir F. Madden’s edition, is based on the Royal MS., supplemented by the Durham and Lincoln MSS. See also Monumenta Historica Britannica, vol. i. p. 764. It's worth noting that Gaimar mentions the Danes as having been in Norfolk since the time Havelok was King, after he discusses the battles between the Britons and the Saxons led by Cerdic and Cynric. Another reference suggests Havelok lived long before the year 800, according to any chronological system.

§ 6. The next mention of Havelok is in the French Chronicle of Peter de Langtoft, of Langtoft in Yorkshire, who died early in the reign of Edward II., and whose Chronicle closes with the death of Edward I. Here the only trace of the story is in the mention of “Gountere le pere Hauelok, de Danays Ray clamez”—Gunter, father of Havelok, called King of the Danes. The allusion is almost valueless from its evident absurdity; for he confounds Gunter with the Danish invader defeated by Alfred, and who is variously called Godrum, Gudrum, Guthrum, or Gurmound. He must have been thinking, at the moment, of a very different Gurmund, viz. the King of the Africans, as he is curiously called, whose terrible devastations are described very fully in Laȝamon, vol. iii. pp. 156-177, and who may fairly be supposed to have lived much nearer to the time of Havelok; and he must further vi have confounded this Gurmund with Gunter. For the account of Robert of Brunne’s translation of Langtoft’s Chronicle, see below, § 10.

§ 6. The next mention of Havelok is in the French Chronicle by Peter de Langtoft from Langtoft in Yorkshire, who died early in the reign of Edward II. and whose Chronicle ends with the death of Edward I. Here, the only reference to the story is in the mention of “Gountere le pere Hauelok, de Danays Ray clamez”—Gunter, the father of Havelok, called King of the Danes. This reference is almost worthless due to its clear absurdity; he confuses Gunter with the Danish invader defeated by Alfred, who is variously named Godrum, Gudrum, Guthrum, or Gurmound. He must have been thinking of a very different Gurmund, namely the King of the Africans, as he is oddly called, whose devastating actions are described in detail in Laȝamon, vol. iii. pp. 156-177, and he should be considered to have lived much closer to Havelok's time; additionally, he must have mixed up this Gurmund with Gunter. For the account of Robert of Brunne’s translation of Langtoft’s Chronicle, see below, § 10.

§ 7. But soon after this, we come to a most curious account. In MS. Harl. 902 is a late copy, on paper, of a Chronicle called Le Bruit Dengleterre, or otherwise Le Petit Bruit, compiled A.D. 1310, by Meistre Rauf de Boun, at the request of Henry de Lacy, earl of Lincoln. It is a most worthless compilation, put together in defiance of all chronology, but with respect to our present inquiry it is full of interest, as it soon becomes obvious that one of his sources of information is the very English version here printed, which he cites by the name of l’estorie de Grimesby, and which is thus proved to have been written before the year 1310. “The Chronicler,” says Sir F. Madden, “commences, as usual, with Brute, B.C. 2000, and after taking us through the succeeding reigns to the time of Cassibelin, who fought with Julius Cæsar, informs us, that after Cassibelin’s death came Gurmound out of Denmark, who claimed the throne as the son of the eldest daughter of Belin, married to Thorand, King of Denmark. He occupies the kingdom 57 years, and is at length slain at Hunteton, called afterwards from him Gurmoundcestre. He is succeeded by his son Frederick, who hated the English, and filled his court with Danish nobles, but who is at last driven out of the country, after having held it for the short space of 71 years. And then, adds this miserable History-monger: ‘Et si entendrez vous, que par cel primer venue de auaunt dit Roy Gormound, et puis par cele hountoux exil de son fitz Frederik, si fu le rancour de Daneis vers nous enpendaunt, et le regne par cel primere accion vers nous enchalangount plus de sept C auns apre, iekis a la venue Haneloke, fitz le Roy Birkenebayne de Dannemarche, q~ le regne par mariage entra de sa femme.’ —f. 2 b.

§ 7. But soon after this, we come to a very interesting account. In MS. Harl. 902 is a late copy, on paper, of a Chronicle called Le Bruit Dengleterre, or also Le Petit Bruit, compiled CE 1310, by Meistre Rauf de Boun, at the request of Henry de Lacy, earl of Lincoln. It’s a pretty useless compilation, thrown together without any regard for chronology, but it’s quite relevant to our current inquiry as it quickly becomes clear that one of his sources of information is the very English version we have here printed, which he refers to as l’estorie de Grimesby, proving it was written before 1310. “The Chronicler,” says Sir F. Madden, “starts, as usual, with Brute, BCE 2000, and after guiding us through the succeeding reigns to the time of Cassibelin, who fought with Julius Cæsar, informs us that after Cassibelin’s death came Gurmound from Denmark, who claimed the throne as the son of the oldest daughter of Belin, married to Thorand, King of Denmark. He ruled the kingdom for 57 years, and is ultimately killed at Hunteton, later called Gurmoundcestre after him. He is succeeded by his son Frederick, who despised the English and filled his court with Danish nobles, but is eventually driven out of the country after having ruled for only 71 years. And then, adds this pitiful historian: ‘Et si entendrez vous, que par cel primer venue de auaunt dit Roy Gormound, et puis par cele hountoux exil de son fitz Frederik, si fu le rancour de Daneis vers nous enpendaunt, et le regne par cel primere accion vers nous enchalangount plus de sept C auns apre, iekis a la venue Haneloke, fitz le Roy Birkenebayne de Dannemarche, q~ le regne par mariage entra de sa femme.’ —f. 2 b.

“After a variety of equally credible stories, we come to Adelstan II.6 son of Edward [the Elder], who corresponds with vii the real king of that name, A.D. 925-941. He is succeeded by his son [brother] Edmund, who reigned four years [A.D. 941-946], and is said to have been poisoned at Canterbury; after whom we have Adelwold, whose identity with the Athelwold of the English Romance, will leave no doubt as to the source whence the writer drew great part of his materials in the following passage:

“After a variety of equally credible stories, we come to Adelstan II.6 son of Edward [the Elder], who corresponds with vii the real king of that name, CE 925-941. He is succeeded by his son [brother] Edmund, who reigned four years [A.D. 941-946], and is said to have been poisoned at Canterbury; after whom we have Adelwold, whose identity with the Athelwold of the English Romance, will leave no doubt as to the source whence the writer drew great part of his materials in the following passage:

‘Apres ceo vient Adelwold son fitz q~ reigna XVJ et demie, si engendroit ij feiz et iij filis, dount trestoutz murrirent frechement fors q~ sa pune file, le out a nom Goldburgh, del age de VJ aunz kaunt son pere Adelwold morust. Cely Roy Adelwold quant il doit morir, comaunda sa file a garder a vn Count de Cornewayle, al houre kaunt il quidou~ie (sic) hountousment auoir deparagé, quaunt fit Haueloke, fitz le Roy Byrkenbayne de Denmarche, esposer le, encountre sa volunté, q~ primis fuit Roy Dengleterre et de Denmarch tout a vn foitz, par quele aliaunce leis Daneis queillerunt gendr~ (sic) mestrie en Engleterre, et long temps puise le tindrunt, si cum vous nouncie l’estorie de Grimesby, come Grime primez nurist Haueloke en Engleterre, depuis cel houre q’il feut chasé de Denmarche &c. deqis al houre q’il vint au chastelle de Nichole, q~ cely auauntdit traitre Goudriche out en garde, en quel chastel il auauntdit Haueloke espousa l’auauntdit Goldeburgh, q~ fuit heir Dengleterre. Et par cel reson tynt cely Haueloke la terre de Denmarche auxi comme son heritage, et Engleterre auxi par mariage de sa femme; et si entendrez vous, q~ par la reson q~ ly auauntdit Gryme ariua primez, kaunt il amena l’enfaunt Haueloke hors de Denmarche, par meyme la reson reseut cele vile son nom, de Grime, quel noun ly tint vnquore Grimisby.

‘After this, Adelwold, his son, reigned for 15 and a half years. He had two sons and three daughters, all of whom died early except for his daughter, named Goldburgh, who was 15 years old when her father Adelwold died. King Adelwold, as he lay dying, ordered his daughter to be guarded by a Count from Cornwall, at the time when he was (sic) about to marry Haueloke, son of King Byrkenbayne of Denmark, against her will. This was the first time King of England and Denmark were united at once, through which alliance the Danes gained control in England, and they held it for a long time, as you will hear the story of Grimesby, how Grime first nurtured Haueloke in England, from the moment he was exiled from Denmark until the time he arrived at the castle of Nicholas, which the aforementioned traitor Goudriche had in his care, where the aforementioned Haueloke married the aforementioned Goldburgh, who was the heir to England. And for this reason, Haueloke received the land of Denmark as his inheritance, and England as well through the marriage of his wife; and you will understand that for the reason that the aforementioned Grime first arrived, when he brought the child Haueloke out of Denmark, for the same reason, the town received its name from Grime, which was known as Grimsby.

‘Apres ceo regna meyme cely Haueloke, q~ mult fuit prodhomme, et droiturelle, et bien demenoit son people en reson et ley. Cel Roy Haueloke reigna xlj. aunz, si engendroit ix fitz et vij filis, dount trestoutz murrerount ainz q~ furunt d’age, fors soulement iiij de ses feitz, dont l’un out a noum Gurmound, cely q~ entendy auoir son heire en Engleterre; le secound out a noun Knout, quen fitz feffoit son pere en le regne de Denmarche, quant il estoit del age de xviij aunz, et ly mesme se tynt a la coroune Dengleterre, quel terre il entendy al oeps son ainez fitz Gurmound viii auoir gardé. Mes il debusa son col auxi comme il feu mounté vn cheval testous q~ poindre volleyt, en l’an de son regne xxiij entrant. Le tiers fitz ont a noun Godard, q~ son pere feffoit de la Seneschacie Dengleterre, q~ n’auo~ut (sic) taunt come ore fait ly quart. Et le puisnez fitz de toutz out a noum Thorand, q~ espousa la Countesse de Hertouwe en Norwey. Et par la reson q~ cely Thorand feut enherité en la terre de Norwey, ly et ses successours sont enheritez iekis en sa p~ce (sic) toutdis, puis y auoit affinité de alliaunce entre ceulx de Denmarche et ceulx de Norwey, a checun venue q~ vnkes firent en ceste terre pur chalenge ou clayme mettre, iekis a taunt q~ lour accion feut enseyne destrut par vn noble chevallere Guy de Warwike, &c. Et tout en sy feffoit Haueloke sez quatre fitz: si gist a priorie de Grescherche en Loundrez.’ —f. 6 b.

‘After this, the same Haueloke ruled, who was a very good and righteous man, and he led his people with reason and law. This King Haueloke reigned for 41 years and fathered nine sons and seven daughters, all of whom died before reaching adulthood, except for only four of his sons. One was named Gurmound, who intended to have his heir in England; the second was named Knout, who his father knighted in the kingdom of Denmark when he was 18 years old, and he himself aspired to the crown of England, which land he intended to grant to his eldest son Gurmound. viii But he broke his neck like a horse does when it rears up, in the 23rd year of his reign. The third son was named Godard, whom his father granted the Seneschalship of England, which he had not as much as is done now in the fourth. And the youngest son was named Thorand, who married the Countess of Hertouwe in Norway. And because Thorand inherited land in Norway, he and his descendants are still heirs there, since there was always a connection of alliance between those of Denmark and those of Norway, whenever a claim or challenge arose in this land, until their action was finally destroyed by a noble knight Guy de Warwike, etc. And all this was granted by Haueloke to his four sons: so he rests prior to Grescherche in London.’ —f. 6 b.

“The Estorie de Grimesby therefore, referred to above, is the identical English Romance before us, and it is no less worthy of remark, that the whole of the passage just quoted, with one single variation of import, has been literally translated by Henry de Knyghton, and inserted in his Chronicle.7 Of the sources whence the information respecting Havelok’s sons is derived, we are unable to offer any account, as no trace of it occurs either in the French or English texts of the story.”

“The Estorie de Grimesby therefore, referred to above, is the identical English Romance before us, and it is no less worthy of remark, that the whole of the passage just quoted, with one single variation of import, has been literally translated by Henry de Knyghton, and inserted in his Chronicle.7 Of the sources whence the information respecting Havelok’s sons is derived, we are unable to offer any account, as no trace of it occurs either in the French or English texts of the story.”

§ 8. “About the same time at which Rauf de Boun composed his Chronicle, was written a brief Genealogy of the British and Saxon Kings, from Brutus to Edward II., preserved in the same MS. in the Heralds’ College which contains the French text of the Romance. The following curious rubric is prefixed:— La lignée des Bretons et des Engleis, queus il furent, et de queus nons, et coment Brut vint premerement en Engleterre, et combien de tens puis, et dont il vint. Brut et Cornelius furent chevalers chacez de la bataille de Troie, M. CCCC. XVII. anz deuant qe dieus nasquit, et vindrent en Engleterre, en Cornewaille, et riens ne fut trouee en la terre fors qe geanz, Geomagog, Hastripoldius, Ruscalbundy, et plusurs autres Geanz. In this Genealogy no mention of Havelok occurs under the reign of Constantine, but after the names of the Saxon Kings Edbright and Edelwin, we read: ‘Athelwold auoit vne fille Goldeburgh, et il regna vi. anz. Haueloc esposa meisme ix cele Goldeburgh, et regna iij. anz. Alfred le frere le Roi Athelwold enchaca Haueloc par Hunehere, et il fut le primer Roi corone de l’apostoille, et il regna xxx. anz.’ —fol. 148 b. By this account Athelwold is clearly identified with Ethelbald, King of Wessex, who reigned from 855 to 860, whilst Havelok is substituted in the place of Ethelbert and Ethered.”

§ 8. "Around the same time that Rauf de Boun wrote his Chronicle, a short genealogy of the British and Saxon Kings was created, tracing their lineage from Brutus to Edward II. This is preserved in the same manuscript at the Heralds’ College that contains the French text of the Romance. The following interesting heading is included:— The lineage of the Britons and the English, who they were, and from whom we come, and how Brutus first came to England, and how long ago that was, and from where he came. Brutus and Cornelius were knights fleeing from the battle of Troy, M. 2017. years before Christ was born, and they arrived in England, in Cornwall, and nothing was found in the land except for giants, Goliath, Hastripoldius, Ruscalbundy, and several other giants. In this genealogy, there is no mention of Havelok during the reign of Constantine, but after the names of the Saxon Kings Edbright and Edelwin, it says: ‘Athelwold had a daughter Goldeburgh, and he reigned for 26 years. Havelok married that same Goldeburgh, and he reigned for 3 years. Alfred, the brother of King Athelwold, crowned Havelok by Hunehere, and he was the first Christian King crowned, reigning for 30 years.’ —fol. 148 b. This account clearly identifies Athelwold with Ethelbald, King of Wessex, who reigned from 855 to 860, while Havelok takes the place of Ethelbert and Ethered.”

§ 9. “Not long after the same period was written a Metrical Chronicle of England, printed by Ritson, Metr. Rom. V. ii. p. 270. Two copies are known to exist,8 the first concluding with the death of Piers Gavestone, in 1313 (MS. Reg. 12. C. xii.), and the other continued to the time of Edw. III. (Auchinleck MS.). The period of Havelok’s descent into England is there ascribed to the reign of King Ethelred (978-1016), which will very nearly coincide with the period assigned by Rauf de Boun, viz. A.D. 963-1004.”

§ 9. “Not long after the same period was written a Metrical Chronicle of England, printed by Ritson, Metr. Rom. V. ii. p. 270. Two copies are known to exist,8 the first concluding with the death of Piers Gavestone, in 1313 (MS. Reg. 12. C. xii.), and the other continued to the time of Edw. III. (Auchinleck MS.). The period of Havelok’s descent into England is there ascribed to the reign of King Ethelred (978-1016), which will very nearly coincide with the period assigned by Rauf de Boun, viz. A.D. 963-1004.”

Haueloc com tho to this lond,

Haueloc came to this land,

With gret host & eke strong,

With a great host and also strong,

Ant sloh the Kyng Achelred,

Ant slew King Aethelred,

At Westmustre he was ded,

At Westmustre he was dead,

Ah he heuede reigned her

Ah, he ruled her.

Seuene an tuenti fulle ȝer.’

Seuene and twenty full years.

MS. Reg. 12. C. xii.

MS. Reg. 12. C. 12.

“This date differs from most of the others, and appears founded on the general notion of the Danish invasions during that period.”

“This date is different from most of the others and seems to be based on the common idea of the Danish invasions during that time.”

§ 10. Before proceeding to consider the prose Chronicle of the Brute, it is better to speak first of the translation of Peter de Langtoft’s Chronicle by Robert of Brunne, a translation which was completed A.D. 1338. At p. 25 of Hearne’s edition is the following passage:

§ 10. Before moving on to discuss the prose Chronicle of the Brute, it's best to first address Robert of Brunne's translation of Peter de Langtoft’s Chronicle, which was finished in CE 1338. On page 25 of Hearne’s edition, there's the following passage:

‘ Ȝit a nother Danes Kyng in the North gan aryue.

‘Yet another Danish king in the North began to arrive.

Alfrid it herd, thidere gan he dryue.

Alfrid heard it, and then he drove there.

Hauelok9 fader he was, Gunter was his name.

Hauelok__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ was a thug named Gunter.

He brent citees & tounes, ouer alle did he schame.

He burned cities and towns; he was ashamed of it all.

Saynt Cutbertes clerkes tho Danes thei dred.

Saynt Cutberte’s clerks were feared by the Danes.

The toke the holy bones, about thei tham led.

The toke the holy bones, about thei tham led.

x

Seuen ȝere thorgh the land wer thei born aboute,

Seventeen years through the land were they born about,

It comforted the kyng mykelle, whan he was in doute

It greatly comforted the king when he was in doubt.

¶ Whan Alfrid & Gunter had werred long in ille,

¶ When Alfrid & Gunter had battled for a long time in bad conditions,

Thorgh the grace of God, Gunter turned his wille.

Through the grace of God, Gunter changed his will.

Cristend wild he be, the kyng of fonte him lift,

Cristend wild he may be, the king of the fountain lifts him,

& thritty of his knyghtes turnes, thorgh Godes gift.

& thirty of his knights turns, through God's gift.

Tho that first were foos, and com of paien lay,

Tho that first were foes, and came from pagan land,

Of Cristen men haf los, & so thei wend away.’

Of Christian men have lost, & so they go away.’

“This is the whole that appears in the original, but after the above lines immediately follows, in the language of Robert of Brunne himself (as noted also by Hearne, Pref. p. lxvii.), the following curious, and to our inquiry, very important passage:”

“This is the complete text found in the original, but right after the lines above, in the words of Robert of Brunne himself (as also noted by Hearne, Pref. p. lxvii.), there follows this interesting and significant passage for our inquiry:”

‘ Bot I haf grete ferly, that I fynd no man,

‘ Bot I haf grete ferly, that I fynd no man,

That has writen in story, how Hauelok this lond wan.

That has been written in the story about how Hauelok conquered this land.

Noither Gildas, no Bede, no Henry of Huntynton,

Noither Gildas, no Bede, no Henry of Huntynton,

No William of Malmesbiri, ne Pers of Bridlynton,

No William of Malmesbury, nor Pers of Bridlington,

Writes not in ther bokes of no kyng Athelwold,

Writes not in their books of no king Athelwold,

Ne Goldeburgh his douhtere, ne Hauelok not of told,

Ne Goldeburgh his douhtere, ne Hauelok not of told,

Whilk tyme the were kynges, long or now late,

Whilk tyme the were kynges, long or now late,

Thei mak no menyng whan, no in what date.

They make no mention of when, nor on what date.

Bot that thise lowed men vpon Inglish tellis,

Bot that thise lowed men vpon Inglish tellis,

Right story can me not ken, the certeynte what spellis.

Right story can me not understand, the certainty what it means.

Men sais in Lyncoln castelle ligges ȝit a stone,

Men say in Lincoln castle there still lies a stone,

That Hauelok kast wele forbi euer ilkone

That Hauelok cast well past everyone

& ȝit the chapelle standes, ther he weddid his wife,

& yet the chapel stands, where he married his wife,

Goldeburgh the kynges douhter, that saw is ȝit rife.

Goldeburgh, the king's daughter, who is still alive.

& of Gryme a fisshere, men redes ȝit in ryme,

& of Gryme a fisshere, men redes ȝit in ryme,

That he bigged Grymesby Gryme that ilk tyme.

That he praised Grymesby Gryme at that time.

Of alle stories of honoure, that I haf thorgh souht,

Of all the stories of honor that I've explored,

I fynd that no compiloure of him tellis ouht.

I find that no compiler of him tells anything.

Sen I fynd non redy, that tellis of Hauelok kynde

Sen I fynd non redy, that tellis of Hauelok kynde

Turne we to that story, that we writen fynde.’

Turn to that story that we have written.

“There cannot exist the smallest doubt, that by the ‘Ryme’ here mentioned ‘that lowed men vpon Inglish tellis,’ the identical English Romance, now before the reader, is referred to. It must therefore certainly have been composed prior to the period at which Robert of Brunne wrote,10 in whose time the traditions respecting Havelok at Lincoln were so strongly preserved, as to xi point out various localities to which the story had affixed a name, and similar traditions connected with the legend, as we shall find hereafter, existed also at Grimsby. The doubts expressed by the Chronicler, as to their authenticity, or the authority of the ‘Ryme,’ are curious, but only of value so far as they prove he was ignorant of the existence of a French Romance on the subject, or of its reception in Gaimar’s historical poem.”

“There cannot exist the smallest doubt, that by the ‘Ryme’ here mentioned ‘that lowed men vpon Inglish tellis,’ the identical English Romance, now before the reader, is referred to. It must therefore certainly have been composed prior to the period at which Robert of Brunne wrote,10 in whose time the traditions respecting Havelok at Lincoln were so strongly preserved, as to xi point out various localities to which the story had affixed a name, and similar traditions connected with the legend, as we shall find hereafter, existed also at Grimsby. The doubts expressed by the Chronicler, as to their authenticity, or the authority of the ‘Ryme,’ are curious, but only of value so far as they prove he was ignorant of the existence of a French Romance on the subject, or of its reception in Gaimar’s historical poem.”

§ 11. “But on consulting the Lambeth copy of Rob. of Brunne, in order to verify the passage as printed by Hearne from the Inner Temple MS. we were not a little surprised to ascertain a fact hitherto overlooked, and indeed unknown, viz. that the Lambeth MS. (which is a folio, written on paper, and imperfect both at the beginning and close)11 does not correspond with the Edition, but has evidently been revised by a later hand, which has abridged the Prologues, omitted some passages, and inserted others. The strongest proof of this exists in the passage before us, in which the Lambeth MS. entirely omits the lines of Rob. of Brunne respecting the authenticity of the story of Havelok, and in their place substitutes an abridged outline of the story itself, copied apparently from the French Chronicle of Gaimar. The interpolation is so curious, and so connected with our inquiry, as to be a sufficient apology for introducing it here.”

§ 11. “But on consulting the Lambeth copy of Rob. of Brunne, in order to verify the passage as printed by Hearne from the Inner Temple MS. we were not a little surprised to ascertain a fact hitherto overlooked, and indeed unknown, viz. that the Lambeth MS. (which is a folio, written on paper, and imperfect both at the beginning and close)11 does not correspond with the Edition, but has evidently been revised by a later hand, which has abridged the Prologues, omitted some passages, and inserted others. The strongest proof of this exists in the passage before us, in which the Lambeth MS. entirely omits the lines of Rob. of Brunne respecting the authenticity of the story of Havelok, and in their place substitutes an abridged outline of the story itself, copied apparently from the French Chronicle of Gaimar. The interpolation is so curious, and so connected with our inquiry, as to be a sufficient apology for introducing it here.”

‘ ¶ Forth wente Gounter & his folk, al in to Denemark,

‘ ¶ Gounter and his people went off to Denmark,

Sone fel ther hym vpon, a werre styth & stark,

Sone fell upon them, a fierce and strong warrior,

Thurgh a Breton kyng, tht out of Ingeland cam,

Thurgh a Breton king, that out of England came,

& asked the tribut of Denmark, tht Arthur whylom nam.

& asked the tribute of Denmark, that Arthur once named.

They wythseide hit schortly, & non wolde they ȝelde,

They rejected it quickly, and no one would yield,

But rather they wolde dereyne hit, wyth bataill y the felde.

But rather they would settle it with battle in the field.

Both partis on a day, to felde come they stronge,

Both parties on a day, to the field they come strong,

Desconfit were the danes, Gounter his deth gan fonge.

Desconfits were the Danes, Gounter began to receive his death.

When he was ded they schope brynge, al his blod to schame,

When he was dead, they sculpted a monument, bringing all his blood to shame,

But Gatferes doughter the kyng, Eleyne was hure name,

But the king's daughter, Eleyne, was her name,

Was kyng Gounteres wyf, and had a child hem bytwene,

Was King Gounter's wife, and they had a child together,

Wyth wham scheo scapede vnethe, al to the se with tene.

Wyth wham she escaped into the sea with sorrow.

The child hym highte Hauelok, tht was his moder dere,

The child was named Hauelok, that was his mother's dear,

Scheo mette with grym atte hauene, a wel god marinere,

Scheo meets with grim at the harbor, a good sailor,

xii

He hure knew & highte hure wel, to helpe hure with his might,

He knew her well and honored her, to help her with all his strength,

To bryng hure saf out of the lond, wythinne tht ilke night.

To bring her safe out of the land, within that same night.

When they come in myd se, a gret meschef gan falle,

When they come into my sight, a great trouble begins.

They metten wyth a gret schip, lade wyth outlawes alle.

They met with a great ship, loaded with outlaws all.

Anon they fullen hem apon, & dide hem Mikel peyne,

Anon they surrounded them and caused them a lot of pain,

So tht wyth strengthe of their assaut, ded was quene Eleyne.

So the strength of their attack killed Queen Eleyne.

But ȝyt ascapede from hem Grym, wyth Hauelok & other fyue,

But still, Grym escaped from them, along with Hauelok and five others,

& atte the hauene of Grymesby, ther they gon aryue.

& at the harbor of Grimsby, there they go arrive.

Ther was brought forth child Hauelok, wyth Grym & his fere,

Ther was brought forth child Hauelok, with Grym & his companion,

Right als hit hadde be ther own, for other wyste men nere.

Right as it had been their own, for others knew men near.

Til he was mykel & mighti, & man of mykel cost,

Til he was mighty and powerful, and a man of great worth,

Tht for his grete sustinaunce, nedly serue he most.

Tht for his great support, he must serve the most.

He tok leue of Grym & Seburc, as of his sire & dame,

He took leave of Grym and Seburc, as of his father and mother,

And askede ther blessinge curteysly, ther was he nought to blame.

And asked for their blessing politely, he wasn't to blame for that.

Thenne drow he forth northward, to kynges court Edelsie,

Thenne he headed north to King Edelsie's court,

Tht held fro Humber to Rotland, the kyngdam of Lyndesye.

Tht held from Humber to Rotland, the kingdom of Lyndesye.

Thys Edelsy of Breton kynde, had Orewayn his sister bright

Thys Edelsy of Breton kind, had Orewayn his bright sister

Maried to a noble kyng, of Northfolk Egelbright.

Married to a noble king of Norfolk, Egelbright.

Holly for his kyngdam, he held in his hand,

Holly for his kingdom, he held in his hand,

Al the lond fro Colchestre, right in til Holand.

Al the lond fro Colchestre, right in til Holand.

Thys Egelbright tht was a Dane, & Orewayn the quene,

Thys Egelbright tht was a Dane, & Orewayn the quene,

Hadden gete on Argill, a doughter hem bytwene.

Hadden got a daughter named Argill between them.

Sone then deyde Egelbright, & his wyf Orewayn,

Sone then died Egelbright, and his wife Orewayn,

& therfore was kyng Edelsye, bothe joyful & fayn.

& therefore was king Edelsye, both joyful & fain.

Anon their doughter & here Eyr, his nece dame Argill,

Anon their daughter & her heir, his niece Lady Argill,

& al the kyngdam he tok in hande, al at his owene will.

& all the kingdom he took in hand, all at his own will.

Ther serued Hauelok as quistron, & was y-cald Coraunt,

Ther served Hauelok as quistron, & was y-cald Coraunt,

He was ful mykel & hardy, & strong as a Geaunt.

He was very big and tough, and strong like a giant.

He was bold Curteys & fre, & fair & god of manere,

He was brave, courteous, free, handsome, and well-mannered.

So tht alle folk hym louede, tht auewest hym were.

So that all the people loved him, those who were against him.

But for couetise of desheraison, of damysele Argill,

But for the greed of disinheriting, of the lady Argill,

& for a chere tht the kyng sey, scheo made Coraunt till,

& for a chere tht the king said, she made Coraunt till,

He dide hem arraye ful symplely, & wedde togydere bothe,

He dressed them very simply and married them both.

For he ne rewarded desparagyng, were manion ful wrothe.

For he was not rewarded for despairing, which made the man very angry.

A while they dwelt after in court, in ful pore degre,

A while they lived there in court, in full poor condition,

The schame & sorewe tht Argill hadde, hit was a deol to se.

The pain and sorrow that Argill had, it was a terrible sight to see.

Then seyde scheo til hure maister, of whenne sire be ȝe?

Then she said to her master, "Where are you from, sir?"

Haue ȝe no kyn ne frendes at hom, in ȝoure contre?

Have you no kin or friends at home, in your country?

Leuer were me lyue in pore lyf, wythoute schame & tene,

Leuer were I live in a poor life, without shame & pain,

Than in schame & sorewe, lede the astat of quene.

Than in shame & sorrow, lead the state of queen.

Thenne wente they forth to Grymesby, al by his wyues red,

Thenne they went on to Grimsby, all by his wife’s advice,

& founde tht Grym & his wyf, weren bothe ded.

& founde tht Grym & his wife were both dead.

But he fond ther on Aunger, Grymes cosyn hend,

But he found there on Aunger, Gryme's cousin friend,

To wham tht Grym & his wyf, had teld word & ende.

To smash the Grym and his wife, had told word and end.

xiii

How tht hit stod wyth Hauelok, in all manere degre,

How that hit stood with Havelok, in every way

& they hit hym telde & conseilled, to drawe til his contre,

& they hit him and told him & advised him to go back to his country,

Tasaye what grace he mighte fynde, among his frendes there,

Tasaye what grace he might find among his friends there,

& they wolde ordeyne for their schipynge, and al tht hem nede were.

& and they would arrange for their shipping, and all that they needed.

When Aunger hadde y-schiped hem, they seilled forth ful swythe,

When Aunger had gathered them, they sailed off quickly,

Ful-but in til Denemark, wyth weder fair & lithe.

Ful-but in til Denemark, with weather fair & mild.

Ther fond he on sire Sykar, a man of gret pousté,

Ther fond he on sire Sykar, a man of great power,

Tht hey styward somtyme was, of al his fader fe.

Tht he steward sometimes was, of all his father's fee.

Ful fayn was he of his comyng, & god help him behight,

Ful fayn was he of his coming, & God help him behight,

To recouere his heritage, of Edulf kyng & knyght.

To reclaim his inheritance from King Edulf and the knight.

Sone asembled they gret folk, of his sibmen & frendes,

Sone gathered his great group of relatives and friends,

Kyng Edulf gadered his power, & ageyn them wendes.

Kyng Edulf gathered his forces and went against them.

Desconfyt was ther kyng Edulf, & al his grete bataill,

Desconfyt was there King Edulf, and all his great battle,

& so conquered Hauelok, his heritage saunz faille.

& so conquered Hauelok, his heritage saunz faille.

Sone after he schop him gret power, in toward Ingelond,

Sone after he gained great power, in toward England,

His wyues heritage to wynne, ne wolde he nought wonde.

His wife's inheritance to win, he wouldn't ponder.

Tht herde the kyng of Lyndeseye, he was come on tht cost,

Th the king of Lyndesey, he had come on th cost,

& schop to fighte wyth hym sone, & gadered hym gret host.

& got ready to fight with him soon, & gathered a great army.

But atte day of bataill, Edelsy was desconfit,

But on the day of battle, Edelsy was defeated,

& after by tretys gaf Argentill, hure heritage al quit.

& after the treaty, Argentill relinquished her entire inheritance.

& for scheo was next of his blod, Hauelokes wyf so feyr,

& for she was next of his blood, Havelok's wife so fair,

He gaf hure Lyndesey after his day, & made hure his Eyr.

He gave her Lyndsey after his day, and made her his heir.

& atte last so byfel, tht vnder Hauelokes schelde,

& and at last it happened, that under Havelok's shield,

Al Northfolk & Lyndeseye, holy of hym they helde.’

Al Northfolk & Lyndeseye, holy of whom they held.

MS. Lamb. 131. leaf 76.

MS. Lamb. 131. Page 76.

§ 12. We now come to the prose Chronicle called The Brute, which became exceedingly popular, and was the foundation of “Caxton’s Chronicle,” first printed by Caxton A.D. 1480, but of which Caxton was not the author, though he may have added some of the last chapters. The original is in French, and was probably compiled a few years before Robert of Brunne’s translation of Langtoft was made, as it concludes with the year 1331, or, in some copies, with 1332. The author of it is not known, but it was probably only regarded as a compilation from the Chronicles of the earlier Historians. “In this Chronicle, in all its various shapes, is contained the Story of Havelock, engrafted on the British History of Geoffrey of Monmouth, and in its detail, following precisely the French text of the Romance. The only variation of consequence is the substitution of the name of Birkabeyn (as in the English text) for that of Gunter, and in some copies, both of the French and English MSS. of the Chronicle, the name of xiv Goldeburgh is inserted instead of Argentille; which variations are the more curious, as they prove the absolute identity of the story. For the sake of a more complete illustration of what has been advanced, we are induced to copy the passage at length, as it appears in the French Chronicle, taken from a well-written MS. of the 14th century, MS. Reg. 20 A 3, fol. 165 b.”12

§ 12. We now come to the prose Chronicle called The Brute, which became exceedingly popular, and was the foundation of “Caxton’s Chronicle,” first printed by Caxton C.E. 1480, but of which Caxton was not the author, though he may have added some of the last chapters. The original is in French, and was probably compiled a few years before Robert of Brunne’s translation of Langtoft was made, as it concludes with the year 1331, or, in some copies, with 1332. The author of it is not known, but it was probably only regarded as a compilation from the Chronicles of the earlier Historians. “In this Chronicle, in all its various shapes, is contained the Story of Havelock, engrafted on the British History of Geoffrey of Monmouth, and in its detail, following precisely the French text of the Romance. The only variation of consequence is the substitution of the name of Birkabeyn (as in the English text) for that of Gunter, and in some copies, both of the French and English MSS. of the Chronicle, the name of xiv Goldeburgh is inserted instead of Argentille; which variations are the more curious, as they prove the absolute identity of the story. For the sake of a more complete illustration of what has been advanced, we are induced to copy the passage at length, as it appears in the French Chronicle, taken from a well-written MS. of the 14th century, MS. Reg. 20 A 3, fol. 165 b.”12

‘Des Rois Adelbright & Edelfi, Cap. IIIJxx. 19.

Apres le Roi Constantin estoient deux Rois en graunt Brutaigne, dount li vns out a noun Aldelbright, & fust Danois, & [tint] tut le pais de Norff’ & de Suffolk, & ly altre out a noun Edelfi, qe fust Brittone, & tint Nicol & Lindesey, & tote la terre desqes a Humber, Ceux deux Rois soi entreguerroierent, [& moult s’entrehaierent] mais puis furent il entre acordez & soi entreamerent, taunt com s’il vssent estee freres de vn ventre neez. Le Roi Edelfi out vne soer, Orewenne par noun, & la dona par grant amour al Roi Aldelbright a femme. Et il engendra de ly vne fille qe out a noun Argentille. En le tierez an apres vne greue Maladie ly suruint, si deuereit morrir, & maunda par vn iour al Roi Edelfi, soun frere en lei, q’il venist a ly parler, & cil ly emparla volentiers. Donqe ly pria le Roi Aldelbright et ly coniura en le noun [de] Dieu, q’il apres sa mort preist Argentille sa fille, & sa terre, & q’il la feist honestement garder [& nurrir] en sa chambre, & quant ele serreit de age, q’il la feist marier al plus fort hom & plus vaillaunt q’il porroit trouer, & qe a donqe ly rendist sa terre. Edelfi ceo graunta, & par serment afferma sa priere. Et quant Adelbright fust mort, & enterree, Edelfi prist la damoysele, & la norrist en sa chambre, si deuynt ele la plus beale creature qe hom porreit trouer.

After King Constantine, there were two kings in Great Britain, one named Aldelbright, who was Danish, and ruled all the lands of Norfolk and Suffolk. The other was named Edelfi, who was British, and ruled Northumberland and Lindsey, and all the land up to the Humber. These two kings decided to surrender to each other, and they became very close, almost as if they were brothers born from the same mother. King Edelfi had a sister named Orewenne, whom he gave in marriage out of great love to King Aldelbright. She bore him a daughter named Argentille. A year later, a serious illness befell him, and he knew he would die, so he sent for his brother, King Edelfi, to come and speak with him, which he willingly did. Then King Aldelbright begged and urged him in the name of God that after his death, he should take Argentille, his daughter, and his land, and that he should care for and raise her honorably in his household, and when she was of age, that he should marry her to the strongest and bravest man he could find, and then return to him his land. Edelfi agreed to this and confirmed his promise with an oath. When Aldelbright died and was buried, Edelfi took the young lady and raised her in his home, and she became the most beautiful creature that anyone could find.

Coment le Roi Edelfi Maria la damoisele Argentille a vn quistroun de sa quisine. Capm. C.

Le Roi Edelfi, qe fust vncle a la Damoysele Argentille, pensa fausement coment il porreit la terre sa Nece auoir par touz iours, & malueisement countre soun serment pensa a deceiure la pucelle, si la maria a vn quistroun de sa quisyne qe fust apellée Curan, si esteit il le plus haut, le plus fort, & le plus vaillaunt de corps, qe hom sauoit nulle part a cel temps, & la quidoit hountousement marier, pur auoir sa terre a remenaunt, Mais il fust deceu. Car xv cest Curan fust [le Roi] Hauelok, filz le Roi Kirkebain de Denemarche, & il conquist la terre sa femme [en Bretaigne], & occist le Roi Edelfi, vncle sa femme, & conquist tote la terre, si com aillours est trouée plus pleinement [en l’estorie], & il ne regna qe treis aunz. Car Saxsouns & Danoys le occirent, & ceo fust grant damage a tote la grant Brutaigne. Et les Brutouns le porterent a Stonhenge, & illoeqes ly enterrerent a grant honour.’

King Edelfi, who was the uncle of Lady Argentille, wrongly thought he could have his niece's land forever, and, against his oath, plotted to deceive the maiden by marrying her to a knight named Curan, who was the tallest, strongest, and most valiant man known at the time. He hoped to marry her dishonorably to gain control of her land. But he was deceived. For this Curan was [King] Hauelok, son of King Kirkebain of Denmark, and he conquered his wife's land [in Brittany], killed King Edelfi, his wife's uncle, and seized all the land, as is found more fully [in the story], and he reigned only three years. Because the Saxons and Danes killed him, it was a great loss for all of Great Brittany. And the Bretons brought him to Stonehenge, where they buried him with great honor.

§ 13. “With the above may be compared the English version, as extant in MS. Harl. 2279, which agrees with the Ed. of Caxton, except in the occasional substitution of one word for another.”13

§ 13. “With the above may be compared the English version, as extant in MS. Harl. 2279, which agrees with the Ed. of Caxton, except in the occasional substitution of one word for another.”13

‘MS. Harl. 2279, f. 47. Of the kinges Albright & of Edelf. Cao IIIIxx. XIo.

After kyng Constantinus deth, ther were .ij. kynges in Britaigne, that one men callede Adelbright, that was a Danoys, and helde the cuntray of Northfolk and Southfolk, that other hight Edelf, and was a Britoun & helde Nichole, Lindeseye, and alle the lande vnto Humber. Thes ij. kynges faste werred togeders, but afterward thei were acorded, and louede togedere as thei had ben borne of o bodie. The kyng Edelf had a suster that men callede Orewenne, and he yaf here thurghe grete frenshipe to kyng Adelbright to wif, and he begate on here a doughter that men callede Argentille, and in the .iij. yeer after him come vppon a strong sekenesse that nedes he muste die, and he sent to kyng Edelf, his brother in lawe, that he shulde come and speke with him, and he come to him with good wille. Tho prayed he the kyng and coniurede also in the name of God, that after whan he were dede, he shulde take Argentil his doughter, and the lande, and that he kepte hir wel, and noreshed in his chambre; and whan she were of age he shulde done here be mariede to the strongest and worthiest man that he myȝt fynde, and than he shulde yelde vp her lande ayen. Edelf hit grauntid, and bi othe hit confermede his prayer. And whan Adelbright was dede and Enterede, Edelfe toke the damesel Argentil, and noreshid her in his chambre, and she become the fayrest creature tht myȝt lif, or eny man finde.

After King Constantine's death, there were two kings in Britain. One was called Adelbright, a Danish man who ruled over Norfolk and Suffolk. The other was named Edelf, a Briton who controlled Nichole, Lindesey, and all the land up to the Humber. These two kings fought fiercely against each other, but later they made peace and grew to love each other as if they were of one body. King Edelf had a sister named Orewenne, and he gave her to King Adelbright in marriage because of their strong friendship. Together they had a daughter named Argentille. Three years later, Adelbright fell seriously ill and knew he would die. He sent for King Edelf, his brother-in-law, who came to him willingly. Then he requested the king, invoking God's name, that after he died, Edelf would take care of his daughter Argentille and the land, nurturing her in his household. When she was of age, he should marry her off to the strongest and most worthy man he could find, after which he would return her land. Edelf agreed and confirmed his promise with an oath. When Adelbright died and was buried, Edelf took the young girl Argentille and raised her in his household, where she became the most beautiful creature anyone could ever see or find.

How kyng Edelf mariede the damysel Argentil to a knaue of his kichyn. Cao IIIIxx. XII.

This kyng Edelf, that was vncle to the damesel Argentil, bithought how that he myȝte falsliche haue the lande from his nece xvi for euermore, and falsly ayens his othe thouȝte to desceyue the damysel, and marie here to a knave of his kichon, that men callede Curan, and he become the worthiest and strengest man of bodie that eny man wist in eny lande that tho leuede. And to him he thouȝt here shendfully haue mariede, for to haue had here lande afterward; but he was clene desceyuede. For this Curan that was Hauelokis son that was kyng of Kirkelane in Denmark, and this Curan Conquerede his wifes landes, and slow kyng Edelf, that was his wifes vncle, and had alle here lande, as in a-nother stede hit [MS. but] telleth more oponly, and he ne regnede but iij. yeer, for Saxones and Danoys him quelde, and that was grete harme to al Britaigne, and Britouns bere him to Stonehenge, and ther thei him interede with mochel honour and solempnite.’

This King Edelf, who was the uncle of the maiden Argentil, plotted how he might deceitfully take the land from his niece and falsely intended to deceive the damsel by marrying her to a servant of his kitchen named Curan. Curan became the strongest and most notable man anyone knew of in any land back then. Edelf thought it shameful to marry her off in this way just to seize her land later, but he was completely deceived. This Curan was actually the son of Hauelok, who was king of Kirkelane in Denmark, and Curan conquered his wife's lands, killing King Edelf, who was his wife's uncle, thus obtaining all her land. As it later recounts more fully, he only reigned for three years because the Saxons and Danes defeated him, which was a great calamity for all of Britain. The Britons buried him at Stonehenge, where they interred him with much honor and ceremony.

“It must not be concealed, that in some copies, viz. in MSS. Harl. 1337, 6251, Digby 185, Hatton 50, Ashmole 791 and 793, the story is altogether omitted, and Conan made to succeed to Arthur. In those copies also of the English Polychronicon, the latter part of which resembles the above Chronicle, the passage is not found.” “Among the Harl. MSS. (No. 63) is a copy of the same Chronicle in an abridged form, in which the name of Goldesburghe is substituted for that of Argentille.” Sir F. Madden now adds—that “the story occurs also in some interpolated copies of Higden (the Latin text, viz. MSS. Harl. 655, Cott. Jul. E. 8, Reg. 13 E. 1). In an earlier form it is found in a Latin Chronicle of the 13th century, MS. Cott. Dom. A. 2, fol. 130.”

“It should not be hidden that in some copies, specifically in MSS. Harl. 1337, 6251, Digby 185, Hatton 50, Ashmole 791 and 793, the story is completely omitted, and Conan is made to succeed Arthur. In those copies of the English Polychronicon, which bear resemblance to the above Chronicle, the passage is absent.” “Among the Harl. MSS. (No. 63) is a copy of the same Chronicle in a shorter form, where the name of Goldesburghe replaces that of Argentille.” Sir F. Madden now adds that “the story appears in some interpolated copies of Higden (the Latin text, specifically MSS. Harl. 655, Cott. Jul. E. 8, Reg. 13 E. 1). An earlier version is found in a Latin Chronicle from the 13th century, MS. Cott. Dom. A. 2, fol. 130.”

§ 14. “It was, in all probability, to this Chronicle also, in its original form, that Thomas Gray, the author of the Scala Cronica (or Scale Cronicon), a Chronicle in French prose, composed between the years 1355 and 1362, is indebted for his knowledge of the tale.” The original MS. is No. 132 in the library of Corpus Christi College, Cambridge, and was edited by Stevenson for the Maitland Club in 1836. The passage relative to Havelok is translated by Leland, Collectanea, vol. i. pt. 2, p. 511. This account resembles the others, and involves no new point of interest.

§ 14. “It was probably this Chronicle, in its original form, that Thomas Gray, the author of the Scala Cronica (or Scale Cronicon), a Chronicle in French prose written between 1355 and 1362, relied on for his understanding of the story.” The original manuscript is No. 132 in the library of Corpus Christi College, Cambridge, and was edited by Stevenson for the Maitland Club in 1836. The section about Havelok is translated by Leland, Collectanea, vol. i. pt. 2, p. 511. This account is similar to the others and doesn’t introduce any new points of interest.

§ 15. I may here introduce the remark, that the story is also to be found in the Eulogium Historiarum, ed. Haydon, 1860, vol. ii. p. 378. I here quote the passage at length, as it is not referred to in Sir F. Madden’s edition. The date of the Chronicle is about 1366. For various readings, see Haydon’s edition.

§ 15. I should mention that the story is also included in the Eulogium Historiarum, edited by Haydon, 1860, vol. ii. p. 378. I'm quoting the passage in full since it isn't mentioned in Sir F. Madden’s edition. The Chronicle dates back to around 1366. For different versions, refer to Haydon’s edition.

xvii

Non enim est prætermittendum de quodam Dano generoso ætate juvenili florente, qui tempore regis Edelfridi casualiter Angliam adiit, qui a propria patria expulsus per quendam ducem falsissimum, cui pater ejus illum commiserat ipso moriente et ducem rogavit ut puerum nutriret usque dum posset Denemarchiæ regnum viriliter gubernare. Dux vero malitiam machinans juvenem hæredem rectum, Hauelok nomine, voluit occidisse. Puer vero comperiens aufugit per latibula usque dum quidam Anglicus et mercator in illis partibus adventaret; nomen autem mercatoris Grym vocitabatur. Hauelok autem, Grym rogans ut ipsum in Angliam transvectaret, ipse autem annuens, puerum secum conduxit et cum eo per aliquot tempus apud Grymesby morabatur. Tandem ipsum ad curiam regis Edelfridi conduxit et ibi in coquina regis moratus est.

There’s an important story to tell about a noble Dane in his youth, who came to England during the reign of King Edelfrid. He had been forced to leave his homeland by a treacherous duke, to whom his father had entrusted him on his deathbed, asking the duke to care for the boy until he was ready to rule the kingdom of Denmark. However, the duke, plotting evil, wanted to kill the rightful heir, named Hauelok. When the boy learned of this, he fled through hidden places until a certain English merchant arrived in the area; the merchant's name was Grym. Hauelok asked Grym to take him to England, and agreeing, the merchant took the boy with him, and Hauelok stayed with him in Grimsby for some time. Eventually, Grym brought him to the court of King Edelfrid, where he stayed in the king's kitchen.

Rex autem Edelfridus quamdam habuit sororem nomine Orwen et illam maritavit regi Athelberto, quod conjugium inter duos reges vinculum amoris catenavit. Rex autem Athelbert terram citra Trentam cum regio diademate occupavit, cum terra de Northfolk’ et de Southfolk’ et eis adjacentibus. Rex vero Edelfrid comitatum Lincolniæ et Lyndeseye et eis spectantibus. Ante maritagium puellæ Orwen illi duo reges semper debellabant, post matrimonium factum nulla fuit divisio, nec in familia inter eos nec in dominio.

Rex Edelfrid had a sister named Orwen, and he married her to King Athelbert, which created a bond of love between the two kings. King Athelbert took over the land south of the Trent along with the royal crown, which included the lands of Northfolk and Southfolk and the surrounding areas. King Edelfrid, on the other hand, ruled over the county of Lincoln and Lyndesey and their associated lands. Before Orwen's marriage, the two kings were always at war, but after the marriage, there was no division between them, either in their families or in their dominions.

Rex vero Ethelbert de uxore sua quamdam filiam genuit, nomine Argentile, pulcherrimam valde. Athelberto obiente, vel ante mortem ejus, regem rogavit Edelfridum ut filiam suam homini fortissimo ac validiori totius sui regni in conjugium copularet, nihil doli vel mali machinans.

Rex indeed had a daughter named Argentile with his wife Ethelbert, who was extremely beautiful. When Athelbert died, or even before his death, the king asked Edelfrid to marry his daughter to the strongest and most powerful man in all his kingdom, with no trickery or malice involved.

Rex autem Adelfrid omnem malitiam ingeminans de conjugio puellæ malitiose disponens, cogitans se habere unum lixam in coquina sua qui omnes homines regni sui in vigore et fortitudine superabat, et juxta votum patris puellæ ad illum hominem fortissimum illam generosam juvenculam toro maritali copulavit, ob cupiditatem regni puellæ ipsam ita enormiter maritabat. Hauelok in patria Danemarchiæ et Argentile in Britannia æquali sorte ad custodiendum deputati sunt, totum tamen nutu Divino cedebat eis in honorem. Nam Hauelok post paucos annos regnum Britanniæ adoptus est, et a Saxonibus tandem occisus et apud le Stonhenge est sepultus. Pater ejus Kirkeban vocabatur.

Rex Adelfrid, intensifying all his malice and scheming about the girl's marriage, thought he had a servant in his kitchen who surpassed all the men in his kingdom in strength and power. According to the girl's father's wishes, he married that strong man to the noble young woman, driven by his desire for the girl's kingdom, marrying her off in such an outrageous way. Hauelok was appointed in the land of Denmark and Argentile in Britain for the same purpose, but everything was ultimately at the divine behest in their honor. After a few years, Hauelok was adopted into the kingdom of Britain, and eventually killed by the Saxons, with his burial at Stonehenge. His father's name was Kirkeban.

This agrees closely with the accounts given above (§ 12 and § 13). The chief point to be noticed is that this account identifies Edelfrid with the Æthelfrith son of Æthelric who was king of the Northumbrians from A.D. 593 to 617, according to the xviii computation of the A.S. Chronicle, and who was succeeded by Eadwine son of Ælle, who drove out the æthelings or sons of Æthelfrith. It may be remarked further, that the same Æthelfrith is called Æluric by Laȝamon, who gives him a very bad character; see Laȝamon, ed. Madden, vol. iii. p. 195.

This closely matches the descriptions given earlier (§ 12 and § 13). The main point to note is that this account identifies Edelfrid as Æthelfrith, the son of Æthelric, who was king of the Northumbrians from CE 593 to 617, according to the xviii computation in the A.S. Chronicle. He was succeeded by Eadwine, son of Ælle, who expelled the æthelings or sons of Æthelfrith. Additionally, it's worth noting that the same Æthelfrith is referred to as Æluric by Laȝamon, who portrays him very negatively; see Laȝamon, ed. Madden, vol. iii. p. 195.

§ 16. The story is also mentioned by Henry de Knyghton, a canon of Leicester abbey, whose history concludes with the year 1395. But his is no fresh evidence, as it is evidently borrowed from the French Chronicle of Rauf de Boun; see § 7. It is also alluded to in a blundering manner in a short historical compilation extending from the time of Brutus to the reign of Henry VI., and preserved in MS. Cotton Calig. A. 2. At fol. 107 b is the passage— “Ethelwolde, qui generavit filiam de (sic) Haueloke de Denmarke, per quem Danes per cccc. annos postea fecerunt clameum Anglie.” Some omission after the word de has turned the passage into nonsense; but it is noteworthy as expressing the claim of the Danes to the English crown by right of descent from Havelok; a claim which is more clearly expressed in MS. Harl. 63, in which the King of Denmark is represented as sending a herald to Æthelstan (A.D. 927)— “to witte wheder he wold fynde a man to fight with Colbrande14 for the righ[t]e of the kyngdom Northumbre, that the Danes had claymed byfore by the title of kyng Haueloke, that wedded Goldesburghe the kyngis daughter of Northumbre” —fol. 19.15 Four hundred years before this date would intimate some year early in the sixth century. Finally, the story is found at a later period in Caxton’s Chronicle (A.D. 1480) as above intimated in § 12; whence it was adopted by Warner, and inserted into his poem entitled Albion’s England; book iv. chap. 20, published in 1586. Warner called it the tale of “Argentile and Curan;” and in this ballad-shape it was reprinted in Percy’s Reliques of Ancient Poetry (vol. ii. p. 261; ed. 1812) with the same title. Not long after, in 1617, another author, William Webster, published a larger poem in six-line stanzas; but this is a mere paraphrase of Warner. The title is— “The most xix pleasant and delightful historie of Curan, a prince of Danske, and the fayre princesse Argentile,” &c. John Fabyan, in his Concordance of Historyes, first printed in 1516, alludes to the two kings Adelbryght and Edill, only to dismiss the “longe processe” concerning them, as not supported by sufficient authority. See p. 82 of the reprint by Ellis, 4to, 1811.

§ 16. The story is also mentioned by Henry de Knyghton, a canon of Leicester abbey, whose history concludes with the year 1395. But his is no fresh evidence, as it is evidently borrowed from the French Chronicle of Rauf de Boun; see § 7. It is also alluded to in a blundering manner in a short historical compilation extending from the time of Brutus to the reign of Henry VI., and preserved in MS. Cotton Calig. A. 2. At fol. 107 b is the passage— “Ethelwolde, qui generavit filiam de (sic) Haueloke de Denmarke, per quem Danes per cccc. annos postea fecerunt clameum Anglie.” Some omission after the word de has turned the passage into nonsense; but it is noteworthy as expressing the claim of the Danes to the English crown by right of descent from Havelok; a claim which is more clearly expressed in MS. Harl. 63, in which the King of Denmark is represented as sending a herald to Æthelstan (CE 927)— “to witte wheder he wold fynde a man to fight with Colbrande14 for the righ[t]e of the kyngdom Northumbre, that the Danes had claymed byfore by the title of kyng Haueloke, that wedded Goldesburghe the kyngis daughter of Northumbre” —fol. 19.15 Four hundred years before this date would intimate some year early in the sixth century. Finally, the story is found at a later period in Caxton’s Chronicle (CE 1480) as above intimated in § 12; whence it was adopted by Warner, and inserted into his poem entitled Albion’s England; book iv. chap. 20, published in 1586. Warner called it the tale of “Argentile and Curan;” and in this ballad-shape it was reprinted in Percy’s Reliques of Ancient Poetry (vol. ii. p. 261; ed. 1812) with the same title. Not long after, in 1617, another author, William Webster, published a larger poem in six-line stanzas; but this is a mere paraphrase of Warner. The title is— “The most xix pleasant and delightful historie of Curan, a prince of Danske, and the fayre princesse Argentile,” &c. John Fabyan, in his Concordance of Historyes, first printed in 1516, alludes to the two kings Adelbryght and Edill, only to dismiss the “longe processe” concerning them, as not supported by sufficient authority. See p. 82 of the reprint by Ellis, 4to, 1811.

§ 17. The only other two sources whence any further light can be thrown upon our subject are the traditions of Denmark and Grimsby. A letter addressed by Sir F. Madden to Professor Rask elicited a reply which was equivalent to saying that next to nothing is known about it in Denmark. This seems to be the right place to mention a small book of 80 pages, published at Copenhagen in the present year (1868), and entitled “Sagnet om Havelok Danske; fortalt af Kristian Köster.” It contains (1) a version, in Danish prose, of the English poem; (2) a version of the same story, following the French texts of the Arundel and Royal MSS.; and (3) some elucidations of the legend. The author proposes a theory that Havelok is really the Danish king Amlet, i.e. Hamlet; but I have not space here to state all his arguments. As far as I follow them, some of the chief ones are these; that Havelok ought to be found in the list of Danish kings;16 that Hamlet’s simulation of folly or madness is paralleled by Havelok’s behaviour, as expressed in ll. 945-954 of our poem; and that both Hamlet and Havelok succeeded in fulfilling the revenge which they had long cherished secretly. But I am not much persuaded by these considerations, for, even granting some resemblance in the names,17 the resemblance in the stories is very slight. But I must refer the reader to the book itself.

§ 17. The only other two sources whence any further light can be thrown upon our subject are the traditions of Denmark and Grimsby. A letter addressed by Sir F. Madden to Professor Rask elicited a reply which was equivalent to saying that next to nothing is known about it in Denmark. This seems to be the right place to mention a small book of 80 pages, published at Copenhagen in the present year (1868), and entitled “Sagnet om Havelok Danske; fortalt af Kristian Köster.” It contains (1) a version, in Danish prose, of the English poem; (2) a version of the same story, following the French texts of the Arundel and Royal MSS.; and (3) some elucidations of the legend. The author proposes a theory that Havelok is really the Danish king Amlet, i.e. Hamlet; but I have not space here to state all his arguments. As far as I follow them, some of the chief ones are these; that Havelok ought to be found in the list of Danish kings;16 that Hamlet’s simulation of folly or madness is paralleled by Havelok’s behaviour, as expressed in ll. 945-954 of our poem; and that both Hamlet and Havelok succeeded in fulfilling the revenge which they had long cherished secretly. But I am not much persuaded by these considerations, for, even granting some resemblance in the names,17 the resemblance in the stories is very slight. But I must refer the reader to the book itself.

§ 18. Turning however to local traditions, we find that Camden briefly alludes to the story in a contemptuous manner xx (p. 353; ed. 8vo, Lond. 1587); but Gervase Holles is far from being disposed to regard it as fabulous. In his MSS. collections for Lincolnshire, preserved in MS. Harl. 6829, he thus speaks of the story we are examining.18

§ 18. Turning however to local traditions, we find that Camden briefly alludes to the story in a contemptuous manner xx (p. 353; ed. 8vo, Lond. 1587); but Gervase Holles is far from being disposed to regard it as fabulous. In his MSS. collections for Lincolnshire, preserved in MS. Harl. 6829, he thus speaks of the story we are examining.18

“And it will not be amisse, to say something concerning ye Common tradition of her first founder Grime, as ye inhabitants (with a Catholique faith) name him. The tradition it thus. Grime (say they) a poore Fisherman (as he was launching into ye Riuer for fish in his little boate vpon Humber) espyed not far from him another little boate, empty (as he might conceaue) which by ye fauour of ye wynde & tyde still approached nearer & nearer vnto him. He betakes him to his oares, & meetes itt, wherein he founde onely a Childe wrapt in swathing clothes, purposely exposed (as it should seeme) to ye pittylesse [rage] of ye wilde & wide Ocean. He moued with pitty, takes itt home, & like a good foster-father carefully nourisht itt, & endeauoured to nourishe it in his owne occupation: but ye childe contrarily was wholy deuoted to exercises of actiuity, & when he began to write man, to martiall sports, & at length by his signall valour obteyned such renowne, yt he marryed ye King of England’s daughter, & last of all founde who was his true Father, & that he was Sonne to ye King of Denmarke; & for ye comicke close of all; that Haueloke (for such was his name) exceedingly aduanced & enriched his foster-father Grime, who thus enriched, builded a fayre Towne neare the place where Hauelocke was founde, & named it Grimesby. Thus say some: others differ a little in ye circumstances, as namely, that Grime was not a Fisherman, but a Merchant, & that Hauelocke should be preferred to ye King’s kitchin, & there liue a longe tyme as a Scullion: but however ye circumstances differ, they all agree in ye consequence, as concerning ye Towne’s foundation, to which (sayth ye story) Hauelocke ye Danish prince, afterward graunted many immunityes. This is ye famous Tradition concerning Grimsby wch learned Mr. Cambden gives so little creditt to, that he thinkes it onely illis dignissima, qui anilibus fabulis noctem solent protrudere.”

“And it wouldn’t hurt to say something about the common tradition of its first founder, Grime, as the locals (with a Catholic faith) call him. The tradition goes like this: Grime (they say) was a poor fisherman who, while setting out into the river for fish in his small boat on the Humber, noticed not far from him another little boat, apparently empty, which was being carried closer to him by the wind and tide. He took to his oars to meet it, and inside he found only a child wrapped in swaddling clothes, seemingly abandoned to the merciless rage of the wild and wide ocean. Moved with compassion, he brought the child home and, acting as a good foster father, carefully raised him, trying to teach him his own trade. However, the child seemed completely devoted to physical activities, and as he grew, he became involved in martial sports. Eventually, through his notable bravery, he gained such fame that he married the King of England’s daughter, and ultimately discovered who his true father was, learning that he was the son of the King of Denmark; and for the comical conclusion, Havelok (for that was his name) greatly advanced and enriched his foster father Grime, who, now prosperous, built a fine town near the place where Havelok was found and named it Grimsby. This is what some say; others differ slightly in the details, claiming that Grime was not a fisherman, but a merchant, and that Havelok was initially put to work in the king’s kitchen and lived there for a long time as a scullion. However, despite the differing circumstances, they all agree on the outcome regarding the town's foundation, to which (the story goes) Havelok the Danish prince later granted many privileges. This is the famous tradition concerning Grimsby, which the learned Mr. Camden gives so little credit to, that he believes it is merely illis dignissima, qui anilibus fabulis noctem solent protrudere.”

And again, after shewing that by is the Danish for town, and quoting a passage about Havelock’s father being named Gunter, which may be found in Weever (Ancient Funeral Monuments, fol. Lond. 1631, p. 749), he proceeds:

And again, after showing that by is the Danish word for town, and citing a passage about Havelock’s father being named Gunter, which can be found in Weever (Ancient Funeral Monuments, fol. Lond. 1631, p. 749), he continues:

“that Hauelocke did sometymes reside in Grimsby, may be gathered from a great blew xxi Boundry-stone, lying at ye East ende of Briggowgate, which retaines ye name of Hauelock’s-Stone to this day. Agayne ye great priuiledges & immunityes, that this Towne hath in Denmarke aboue any other in England (as freedome from Toll, & ye rest) may fairely induce a Beleife, that some preceding favour, or good turne called on this remuneration. But lastly (which proofe I take to be instar omnium) the Common Seale of ye Towne, & that a most auncient one,” &c. [Here follows a description of the Seal.]

“that Hauelocke sometimes lived in Grimsby, can be inferred from a large blue xxi Boundary stone, located at the east end of Briggowgate, which still holds the name of Hauelock’s-Stone today. Also, the significant privileges and exemptions this town has in Denmark compared to any other in England (like being free from tolls, etc.) might reasonably suggest that some previous favor or good deed led to this reward. Lastly (which I consider to be the ultimate proof), the Common Seal of the town, which is a very ancient one,” & etc. [Here follows a description of the Seal.]

“The singular fact,” adds Sir F. Madden, “alluded to by Holles, of the Burgesses of Grimsby being free from toll at the Port of Elsineur, in Denmark, is confirmed by the Rev. G. Oliver, in his Monumental Antiquities of Grimsby, 8vo, Hull, 1825, who is inclined from that, and other circumstances, to believe the story is not so totally without foundation.” There is also an absurd local story that the church at Grimsby, which has now but one turret, formerly had four, three of which were kicked down by Grim in his anxiety to destroy some hostile vessels. The first fell among the enemy’s fleet; the second dropped in Wellowgate, and is now Havelock’s stone; the third fell within the churchyard, but the fourth his strength failed to move. Perhaps amongst the most interesting notices of the story are the following words by Sir Henry Havelock, whose family seems to have originally resided in Durham. His own account, however, is this. “My father, William Havelock, descended from a family which formerly resided at Grimsby in Lincolnshire, and was himself born at Guisborough in Yorkshire.”19 And it may at least be said with perfect truth, that if the name of Havelock was not famous formerly, it is famous now.

“The singular fact,” adds Sir F. Madden, “alluded to by Holles, of the Burgesses of Grimsby being free from toll at the Port of Elsineur, in Denmark, is confirmed by the Rev. G. Oliver, in his Monumental Antiquities of Grimsby, 8vo, Hull, 1825, who is inclined from that, and other circumstances, to believe the story is not so totally without foundation.” There is also an absurd local story that the church at Grimsby, which has now but one turret, formerly had four, three of which were kicked down by Grim in his anxiety to destroy some hostile vessels. The first fell among the enemy’s fleet; the second dropped in Wellowgate, and is now Havelock’s stone; the third fell within the churchyard, but the fourth his strength failed to move. Perhaps amongst the most interesting notices of the story are the following words by Sir Henry Havelock, whose family seems to have originally resided in Durham. His own account, however, is this. “My father, William Havelock, descended from a family which formerly resided at Grimsby in Lincolnshire, and was himself born at Guisborough in Yorkshire.”19 And it may at least be said with perfect truth, that if the name of Havelock was not famous formerly, it is famous now.

§ 19. The last evidence for the legend is the still-existing seal of the corporation of Great Grimsby. The engraving of this seal, as it appears in the present edition, was made from a copy kindly furnished to the E.E.T.S. by the Mayor of Grimsby, and I here subjoin a description of it, communicated to me by J. Hopkin, Esq., Jun., of Grimsby, which was first printed, in a slightly different form, in Notes and Queries, 2nd Series, vol. xi. p. 41; see also p. 216.

§ 19. The last piece of evidence for the legend is the still-existing seal of the corporation of Great Grimsby. The engraving of this seal, as it appears in the current edition, was made from a copy kindly provided to the E.E.T.S. by the Mayor of Grimsby. I’ve included a description of it, shared with me by J. Hopkin, Esq., Jun., of Grimsby, which was first published, in a slightly different form, in Notes and Queries, 2nd Series, vol. xi. p. 41; see also p. 216.

xxii

“The ancient Town Seal of Great Grimsby is engraven on a circular piece of brass not very thick; and on the back, which is rather arched, is a small projecting piece of brass, placed as a substitute for a handle, in order when taking an impression the more easily to detach the matrix from the Wax. This seal is in an excellent state of preservation, and is inscribed in Saxon characters ‘Sigillvm Comunitatis Grimebye’ and represents thereon Gryme (‘Gryem’) who by tradition is reported to have been a native of Souldburg in Denmark, where he gained a precarious livelihood by fishing and piracy; but having, as is supposed, during the reign of Ethelbert,20 been accidentally driven into the Humber by a furious storm, he landed on the Lincolnshire Coast near Grimsby, he being at this time miserably poor and almost destitute of the common necessaries of life; for Leland represents this ‘poor fisschar’ as being so very needy that he was not ‘able to kepe his sunne Cuaran for poverty.’ Gryme, finding a capacious haven adapted to his pursuits, built himself a house and commenced and soon succeeded in establishing a very lucrative Trade with Norway, Sweden, and Denmark. Other Merchants having in process of time settled near him, attracted by the commercial advantages offered by this excellent Harbour, they jointly constructed convenient appendages for extensive Trade, and the colony soon rose into considerable importance, and became known at an early period by the name of Grimsby. For not only was Grimsby constituted a borough so early as the seventh century, but Peter of Langtoft speaks of it as a frontier Town and the boundary of a Kingdom erected by the conquests of Egbert in the year 827, which he states included all that portion of the Island which lay between ‘the maritime Towns of Grymsby and Dover.’ So that even at that period, Grimsby must have been a place of peculiar strength and importance. Gryme is represented on the seal as a man of gigantic stature with comparatively short hair, a shaven chin, and a moustache, holding in his right hand a drawn sword and bearing on his left arm a circular shield with an ornate boss and rim. The sleeveless tunic above his under vest is most probably the panzar or panzara of the Danes. Between his feet is a Conic object, possibly intended for a helmet, as it resembles the chapelle-de-fer worn by William Rufus on his Great Seal, and which in the laws of Gula is distinguished as the Steel hufe. On the right hand of Gryme stands his protégé Haveloc (‘Habloc’), whom, during one of his mercantile excursions soon after his arrival in Lincolnshire, Gryme had the good fortune to save xxiii from imminent danger of Shipwreck, and who proved to be the Son of Gunter, King of Denmark, and who was therefore conveyed to the British Court, where he subsequently received in marriage Goldburgh, the Daughter of the British Sovereign. Above Gryme is represented a hand, being emblematical of the hand of providence by which Haveloc was preserved, and near the hand is the star which marks the point where the inscription begins and ends. Haveloc made such a favourable representation of his preserver at the British and Danish Courts, that he procured for him many honours and privileges. From the British Monarch Gryme, who had already realised an abundance of wealth, received a charter, and was made the chief governor of Grimsby; and the Danish Sovereign granted to the Town an immunity (which is still possessed by the Burgesses of Grimsby) from all Tolls at the Port of Elsineur. Gryme afterwards lived in Grimsby like a petty prince in his Hereditary Dominions. Above Haveloc is represented a crown and in his right hand is a battle axe, the favourite weapon of the Northmen, and in his right hand is a ring which he is presenting to the British Princess Goldburgh (‘Goldebvrgh’), who stands on the left side of Gryme and whose right hand is held towards the Ring. Over her head is a Regal Diadem, and in her left hand is a Sceptre. Sir F. Madden states that it is certain that this seal is at least as old as the time of Edward I. (and therefore contemporaneous with the MS.) as the legend is written in a character which after the year 1300 fell into disuse, and was succeeded by the black letter, or Gothic.”

“The ancient Town Seal of Great Grimsby is engraven on a circular piece of brass not very thick; and on the back, which is rather arched, is a small projecting piece of brass, placed as a substitute for a handle, in order when taking an impression the more easily to detach the matrix from the Wax. This seal is in an excellent state of preservation, and is inscribed in Saxon characters ‘Sigillvm Comunitatis Grimebye’ and represents thereon Gryme (‘Gryem’) who by tradition is reported to have been a native of Souldburg in Denmark, where he gained a precarious livelihood by fishing and piracy; but having, as is supposed, during the reign of Ethelbert,20 been accidentally driven into the Humber by a furious storm, he landed on the Lincolnshire Coast near Grimsby, he being at this time miserably poor and almost destitute of the common necessaries of life; for Leland represents this ‘poor fisschar’ as being so very needy that he was not ‘able to kepe his sunne Cuaran for poverty.’ Gryme, finding a capacious haven adapted to his pursuits, built himself a house and commenced and soon succeeded in establishing a very lucrative Trade with Norway, Sweden, and Denmark. Other Merchants having in process of time settled near him, attracted by the commercial advantages offered by this excellent Harbour, they jointly constructed convenient appendages for extensive Trade, and the colony soon rose into considerable importance, and became known at an early period by the name of Grimsby. For not only was Grimsby constituted a borough so early as the seventh century, but Peter of Langtoft speaks of it as a frontier Town and the boundary of a Kingdom erected by the conquests of Egbert in the year 827, which he states included all that portion of the Island which lay between ‘the maritime Towns of Grymsby and Dover.’ So that even at that period, Grimsby must have been a place of peculiar strength and importance. Gryme is represented on the seal as a man of gigantic stature with comparatively short hair, a shaven chin, and a moustache, holding in his right hand a drawn sword and bearing on his left arm a circular shield with an ornate boss and rim. The sleeveless tunic above his under vest is most probably the panzar or panzara of the Danes. Between his feet is a Conic object, possibly intended for a helmet, as it resembles the chapelle-de-fer worn by William Rufus on his Great Seal, and which in the laws of Gula is distinguished as the Steel hufe. On the right hand of Gryme stands his protégé Haveloc (‘Habloc’), whom, during one of his mercantile excursions soon after his arrival in Lincolnshire, Gryme had the good fortune to save xxiii from imminent danger of Shipwreck, and who proved to be the Son of Gunter, King of Denmark, and who was therefore conveyed to the British Court, where he subsequently received in marriage Goldburgh, the Daughter of the British Sovereign. Above Gryme is represented a hand, being emblematical of the hand of providence by which Haveloc was preserved, and near the hand is the star which marks the point where the inscription begins and ends. Haveloc made such a favourable representation of his preserver at the British and Danish Courts, that he procured for him many honours and privileges. From the British Monarch Gryme, who had already realised an abundance of wealth, received a charter, and was made the chief governor of Grimsby; and the Danish Sovereign granted to the Town an immunity (which is still possessed by the Burgesses of Grimsby) from all Tolls at the Port of Elsineur. Gryme afterwards lived in Grimsby like a petty prince in his Hereditary Dominions. Above Haveloc is represented a crown and in his right hand is a battle axe, the favourite weapon of the Northmen, and in his right hand is a ring which he is presenting to the British Princess Goldburgh (‘Goldebvrgh’), who stands on the left side of Gryme and whose right hand is held towards the Ring. Over her head is a Regal Diadem, and in her left hand is a Sceptre. Sir F. Madden states that it is certain that this seal is at least as old as the time of Edward I. (and therefore contemporaneous with the MS.) as the legend is written in a character which after the year 1300 fell into disuse, and was succeeded by the black letter, or Gothic.”

§ 20. Outline of the story of “Le Lai d’Aueloc.”21

It is my intention to offer some remarks on the probable sources of the legend, and to fix a conjectural date for the existence of Havelok. But it is obviously convenient that a sketch of the story should first be given. It appears, however, that the resemblance between the French and English versions is by no means very close, and it will be necessary to give separate abstracts of them. I begin with the French version, in which I follow the Norfolk MS. rather than the abridgment by Gaimar. I have already said that the former is printed in Sir F. Madden’s edition, and that it was reprinted by M. Michel with the title “Lai d’Havelok le Danois,” Paris, 1833, and by Mr Wright for the Caxton Society in 1850.

I want to share some thoughts on the likely origins of the legend and establish a possible date for when Havelok lived. However, it makes sense to provide a brief overview of the story first. It seems that the similarities between the French and English versions aren’t very strong, so I’ll need to present separate summaries of them. I’ll start with the French version, where I’ll follow the Norfolk manuscript instead of Gaimar’s shortened version. I’ve already mentioned that the former is included in Sir F. Madden’s edition, and it was reprinted by M. Michel under the title "Lai d’Havelok le Danois," Paris, 1833, and by Mr. Wright for the Caxton Society in 1850.

xxiv

The Britons made a lay concerning King Havelok, who is surnamed Cuaran. His father was Gunter, King of the Danes. Arthur crossed the sea, and invaded Denmark. Gunter perished by the treason of Hodulf, who gained the kingdom, and held it of Arthur. Gunter had a fine castle, where his wife and son were guarded, being committed to the protection of Grim. The child was but seven years old; but ever as he slept, an odorous flame issued from his mouth. Hodulf sought to kill him, but Grim prepared a ship, and furnished it with provisions, wherein he placed the queen and the child, and set sail from Denmark. On their voyage they encountered pirates (“outlaghes”), who killed them all after a hard fight, excepting Grim, who was an acquaintance of theirs, and Grim’s wife and children. Havelok also was saved. They at last arrived at the haven, afterwards named “Grimesbi” from Grim. Grim there resumed his old trade, a fisherman’s, and a town grew up round his hut, which was called Grimsby. The child grew up, and waxed strong. One day Grim said to him, “Son, you will never thrive as a fisherman; take your brothers with you, and seek service amongst the King’s servants.” He was soon well apparelled, and repaired with his two foster-brothers to Nicole [Lincoln].22 Now at that time there was a king named Alsi, who ruled over all Nicole and Lindesie;23 but the country southward was governed by another king, named Ekenbright, who had married Alsi’s sister Orewen. These two had one only daughter, named Argentille. Ekenbright, falling ill, committed Argentille to the care of Alsi, till she should be of age to be married to the strongest man that can be found. At Ekenbright’s death, Alsi reigned over both countries, holding his court at Nicole. Havelok, on his arrival there, was employed to carry water and cut wood, and to perform all menial offices requiring great strength. He was named Cuaran, which means—in the British language—a scullion. Argentille soon arrived at marriageable age, and Alsi determined to marry her to Cuaran, which would sufficiently fulfil her father’s wish—Cuaran being confessedly the strongest man in those parts. To this marriage he compelled her to consent, hoping thereby to disgrace her for ever. Havelok was unwilling that his wife should perceive the marvellous flame, but soon forgot this, and ere long fell asleep. Then had Argentille a strange vision—that a savage bear and some foxes attacked Cuaran, but dogs and boars defended him. A boar having killed the bear, the foxes cried for quarter from Cuaran, xxv who commanded them to be bound. Then he would have put to sea, but the sea rose so high that he was terrified. Next she beheld two lions, at seeing which she was frightened, and she and Cuaran climbed a tree to avoid them; but the lions submitted themselves to him, and called him their lord. Then a great cry was raised, whereat she awoke, and beheld the miraculous flame. “Sir,” she exclaimed, “you burn!” But he reassured her, and, having heard her dream, said that it would soon come true. The next day, however, she again told her dream to a chamberlain, her friend, who said that he well knew a holy hermit who could explain it. The hermit explained to Argentille that Cuaran must be of royal lineage. “He will be king,” he said, “and you a queen. Ask him concerning his parentage. Remember also to repair to his native place.” On being questioned, Cuaran replied that he was born at Grimsby; that Grim was his father, and Saburc his mother. “Then let us go to Grimsby,” she replied. Accompanied by his two foster-brothers, they came to Grimsby; but Grim and Saburc were both dead. They found there, however, a daughter of Grim’s, named Kelloc, who had married a tradesman of that town. Up to this time Havelok had not known his true parentage, but Kelloc thought it was now time to tell him, and said: “Your father was Gunter, the King of the Danes, whom Hodulf slew. Hodulf obtained the kingdom as a grant from Arthur. Grim fled with you, and saved your life; but your mother perished at sea. Your name is Havelok. My husband will convey you to Denmark, where you must inquire for a lord named ‘Sigar l’estal;’ and take with you my two brothers.” So Kelloc’s husband conveyed them to Denmark, and advised Havelok to go to Sigar and show himself and his wife, as then he would be asked who his wife is. They went to the city of the seneschal, the before-named Sigar, where they craved a night’s lodging, and were courteously entertained. But as they retired to a lodging for the night, six men attacked them, who had been smitten with the beauty of Argentille. Havelok defended himself with an axe which he found, and slew five, whereupon the sixth fled. Havelok and his party fled away for refuge to a monastery, which was soon attacked by the townsmen who had heard of the combat. Havelok mounted the tower, and defended himself bravely, casting down a huge stone on his enemies.24 The news soon reached the ears of Sigar, who hastened to see what the uproar was about. Beholding xxvi Havelok fixedly, he called to mind the form and appearance of Gunter, and asked Havelok of his parentage. Havelok replied that Grim had told him he was by birth a Dane, and that his mother perished at sea; and ended by briefly relating his subsequent adventures. Then Sigar asked him his name. “My name is Havelok,” he said, “and my other name is Cuaran.” Then the seneschal took him home, and determined to watch for the miraculous flame, which he soon perceived, and was assured that Havelok was the true heir. Therefore he gathered a great host of his friends, and sent for the horn which none but the true heir could sound, promising a ring to any one who could blow it. When all had failed, it was given to Havelok, who blew it loud and long, and was joyfully recognized and acknowledged to be the true King. Then with a great army he attacked Hodulf the usurper, whom he slew with his own hand. Thus was Havelok made King of Denmark.

The Britons made a lay concerning King Havelok, who is surnamed Cuaran. His father was Gunter, King of the Danes. Arthur crossed the sea, and invaded Denmark. Gunter perished by the treason of Hodulf, who gained the kingdom, and held it of Arthur. Gunter had a fine castle, where his wife and son were guarded, being committed to the protection of Grim. The child was but seven years old; but ever as he slept, an odorous flame issued from his mouth. Hodulf sought to kill him, but Grim prepared a ship, and furnished it with provisions, wherein he placed the queen and the child, and set sail from Denmark. On their voyage they encountered pirates (“outlaghes”), who killed them all after a hard fight, excepting Grim, who was an acquaintance of theirs, and Grim’s wife and children. Havelok also was saved. They at last arrived at the haven, afterwards named “Grimesbi” from Grim. Grim there resumed his old trade, a fisherman’s, and a town grew up round his hut, which was called Grimsby. The child grew up, and waxed strong. One day Grim said to him, “Son, you will never thrive as a fisherman; take your brothers with you, and seek service amongst the King’s servants.” He was soon well apparelled, and repaired with his two foster-brothers to Nicole [Lincoln].22 Now at that time there was a king named Alsi, who ruled over all Nicole and Lindesie;23 but the country southward was governed by another king, named Ekenbright, who had married Alsi’s sister Orewen. These two had one only daughter, named Argentille. Ekenbright, falling ill, committed Argentille to the care of Alsi, till she should be of age to be married to the strongest man that can be found. At Ekenbright’s death, Alsi reigned over both countries, holding his court at Nicole. Havelok, on his arrival there, was employed to carry water and cut wood, and to perform all menial offices requiring great strength. He was named Cuaran, which means—in the British language—a scullion. Argentille soon arrived at marriageable age, and Alsi determined to marry her to Cuaran, which would sufficiently fulfil her father’s wish—Cuaran being confessedly the strongest man in those parts. To this marriage he compelled her to consent, hoping thereby to disgrace her for ever. Havelok was unwilling that his wife should perceive the marvellous flame, but soon forgot this, and ere long fell asleep. Then had Argentille a strange vision—that a savage bear and some foxes attacked Cuaran, but dogs and boars defended him. A boar having killed the bear, the foxes cried for quarter from Cuaran, xxv who commanded them to be bound. Then he would have put to sea, but the sea rose so high that he was terrified. Next she beheld two lions, at seeing which she was frightened, and she and Cuaran climbed a tree to avoid them; but the lions submitted themselves to him, and called him their lord. Then a great cry was raised, whereat she awoke, and beheld the miraculous flame. “Sir,” she exclaimed, “you burn!” But he reassured her, and, having heard her dream, said that it would soon come true. The next day, however, she again told her dream to a chamberlain, her friend, who said that he well knew a holy hermit who could explain it. The hermit explained to Argentille that Cuaran must be of royal lineage. “He will be king,” he said, “and you a queen. Ask him concerning his parentage. Remember also to repair to his native place.” On being questioned, Cuaran replied that he was born at Grimsby; that Grim was his father, and Saburc his mother. “Then let us go to Grimsby,” she replied. Accompanied by his two foster-brothers, they came to Grimsby; but Grim and Saburc were both dead. They found there, however, a daughter of Grim’s, named Kelloc, who had married a tradesman of that town. Up to this time Havelok had not known his true parentage, but Kelloc thought it was now time to tell him, and said: “Your father was Gunter, the King of the Danes, whom Hodulf slew. Hodulf obtained the kingdom as a grant from Arthur. Grim fled with you, and saved your life; but your mother perished at sea. Your name is Havelok. My husband will convey you to Denmark, where you must inquire for a lord named ‘Sigar l’estal;’ and take with you my two brothers.” So Kelloc’s husband conveyed them to Denmark, and advised Havelok to go to Sigar and show himself and his wife, as then he would be asked who his wife is. They went to the city of the seneschal, the before-named Sigar, where they craved a night’s lodging, and were courteously entertained. But as they retired to a lodging for the night, six men attacked them, who had been smitten with the beauty of Argentille. Havelok defended himself with an axe which he found, and slew five, whereupon the sixth fled. Havelok and his party fled away for refuge to a monastery, which was soon attacked by the townsmen who had heard of the combat. Havelok mounted the tower, and defended himself bravely, casting down a huge stone on his enemies.24 The news soon reached the ears of Sigar, who hastened to see what the uproar was about. Beholding xxvi Havelok fixedly, he called to mind the form and appearance of Gunter, and asked Havelok of his parentage. Havelok replied that Grim had told him he was by birth a Dane, and that his mother perished at sea; and ended by briefly relating his subsequent adventures. Then Sigar asked him his name. “My name is Havelok,” he said, “and my other name is Cuaran.” Then the seneschal took him home, and determined to watch for the miraculous flame, which he soon perceived, and was assured that Havelok was the true heir. Therefore he gathered a great host of his friends, and sent for the horn which none but the true heir could sound, promising a ring to any one who could blow it. When all had failed, it was given to Havelok, who blew it loud and long, and was joyfully recognized and acknowledged to be the true King. Then with a great army he attacked Hodulf the usurper, whom he slew with his own hand. Thus was Havelok made King of Denmark.

But after he had reigned four years, his wife incited him to return to England. With a great number of ships he sailed there, and arrived at Carleflure;25 and sent messengers to Alsi, demanding the inheritance of Argentille. Alsi was indeed astonished at such a demand as coming from a scullion, and offered him battle. The hosts met at Theford,26 and the battle endured till nightfall without a decisive result. But Argentille craftily advised her lord to support his dead men by stakes, to increase the apparent number of his army; and the next day Alsi, deceived by this device, treated for peace, and yielded up to his former ward all the land, from Holland27 to Gloucester. Alsi had been so sorely wounded that he lived but fifteen days longer. Thus was Havelok king over Lincoln and Lindsey, and reigned over them for twenty years. Such is the lay of Cuaran.

But after he had reigned four years, his wife incited him to return to England. With a great number of ships he sailed there, and arrived at Carleflure;25 and sent messengers to Alsi, demanding the inheritance of Argentille. Alsi was indeed astonished at such a demand as coming from a scullion, and offered him battle. The hosts met at Theford,26 and the battle endured till nightfall without a decisive result. But Argentille craftily advised her lord to support his dead men by stakes, to increase the apparent number of his army; and the next day Alsi, deceived by this device, treated for peace, and yielded up to his former ward all the land, from Holland27 to Gloucester. Alsi had been so sorely wounded that he lived but fifteen days longer. Thus was Havelok king over Lincoln and Lindsey, and reigned over them for twenty years. Such is the lay of Cuaran.

§ 21. The chief points to be noticed in Gaimar’s abridgment are the few additional particulars to be gleaned from it. We there find that Havelok’s mother was Alvive, a daughter of King Gaifer; that the King of Nicole and Lindeseie was a Briton, and was named Edelsie; that his sister, named Orwain, was married to Adelbrit, a Dane, who ruled over Norfolk; and that Edelsie and Adelbrit lived in the days of Costentin (Constantine), who xxvii succeeded Arthur. It is also said that the usurper Hodulf was brother to Aschis, who is the Achilles of Geoffrey of Monmouth. Another statement, that Havelok’s kingdom extended from Holland to Colchester, seems to be an improvement upon “from Holland to Gloucester.”

§ 21. The main points to notice in Gaimar’s summary are the few extra details we can get from it. We find out that Havelok’s mother was Alvive, the daughter of King Gaifer; that the King of Nicole and Lindeseie was a Briton named Edelsie; that his sister, named Orwain, was married to Adelbrit, a Dane who ruled over Norfolk; and that Edelsie and Adelbrit lived during the time of Costentin (Constantine), who xxvii succeeded Arthur. It’s also mentioned that the usurper Hodulf was the brother of Aschis, who is the Achilles of Geoffrey of Monmouth. Another detail is that Havelok’s kingdom stretched from Holland to Colchester, which seems like an improvement over the claim of “from Holland to Gloucester.”

The words of Mr Petrie, in his remarks upon the lay in Monumenta Historica Britannica, vol. i., may be quoted here. “Although both [French versions] have the same story in substance, and often contain lines exactly alike, yet, besides the different order in which the incidents are narrated, each has occasionally circumstances wanting in the other, and such too, it should seem, as would leave the story incomplete unless supplied from the other copy. Thus, the visit to the hermit, which is omitted in Gaimar, was probably in the original romance; for without it Argentille’s dream tells for nothing; and in the Arundel copy there is a particular account of Haveloc’s defence of a tower by hurling stones on his assailants, which in Gaimar is so obscurely alluded to as to be hardly intelligible. On the other hand, instead of the description of the extraordinary virtues of Sygar’s ring in Gaimar, it is merely said in the Arundel copy that Sygar would give his anel d’or to whoever could sound the horn; and, to omit other instances, a festival is described in Gaimar on the authority of l’Estorie, of which no notice whatever occurs in the Arundel MS.”

The words of Mr. Petrie, in his comments on the lay in Monumenta Historica Britannica, vol. i., can be quoted here: “Although both [French versions] share the same story in essence and often contain identical lines, the order in which the events are told is different, and each occasionally lacks details found in the other. This leaves the story incomplete unless those details are taken from the other version. For instance, the visit to the hermit, which is missing in Gaimar, was likely in the original romance; without it, Argentille’s dream loses significance. In the Arundel copy, there’s a detailed account of Haveloc defending a tower by throwing stones at his attackers, which Gaimar only vaguely references, making it difficult to understand. Conversely, instead of describing the remarkable qualities of Sygar’s ring in Gaimar, the Arundel copy simply states that Sygar would give his anel d’or to anyone who could blow the horn. Additionally, there’s a festival mentioned in Gaimar based on l’Estorie, which is completely absent in the Arundel manuscript.”

§ 22. Outline of the English Poem.

The “Lay of Havelok” has been admirably paraphrased by Professor Morley, in his “English Writers,” vol. i. pp. 459-467, a book which should be in every reader’s hands, and which should by all means be consulted. I only intend here to give a briefer outline, for the sake of comparing the main features of our poem with those of the French Lai.

The “Lay of Havelok” has been well summarized by Professor Morley in his “English Writers,” vol. i. pp. 459-467, a book that should be in every reader’s hands and should definitely be consulted. Here, I just intend to provide a shorter outline to compare the main features of our poem with those of the French Lai.

Hear the tale of Havelok! There was once a good king in England, named Athelwold, renowned and beloved for his justice. He had but one child, a daughter named Goldborough. Knowing that his end was approaching, he sent for all his lords to assemble at Winchester, and there committed Goldborough to the care of Godrich, the earl of Cornwall; directing him to see her married xxviii to the strongest and fairest man whom he could find. But Godrich imprisoned her at Dover, and resolved to seize her inheritance for his own son. At that time there was also a King of Denmark, named Birkabeyn, who had one son, Havelok, and two daughters, Swanborough and Helfled. At the approach of death, he committed these to the care of Earl Godard. But Godard killed the two girls, and only spared Havelok because he did not like to kill him with his own hand. He therefore hired a fisherman, named Grim, to drown Havelok at sea. But Grim perceived, as Havelok slept, a miraculous light shining round the lad, whereby he knew that the child was the true heir, and would one day be king. In order to avoid Godard, Grim fitted up a ship, and provisioned it, and with his wife Leve, his three sons, his two daughters, and Havelok, put out to sea. They landed in Lindesey at the month of the Humber, at a place afterwards named Grimsby after Grim. Grim worked at his old trade, a fisherman’s, and Havelok carried about the fish for sale. Then arose a great dearth in the land, and Havelok went out to seek his own livelihood, walking to Lincoln barefoot. He was hired as a porter by the earl of Cornwall’s cook, and drew water and cut wood for the earl’s kitchen. One day some men met to contend in games and to “put the stone.” At the cook’s command, Havelok also put the stone, hurling it further than any of the rest.28 Godrich, hearing the praises of Havelok’s strength, at once resolved to perform his oath by causing him to marry Goldborough; and carried his design into execution. As goon as the pair were married, Havelok suddenly quitted Lincoln with his wife, and returned to Grimsby, where he found that Grim was dead, but that his five children are yet alive. At night, Goldborough perceived a light shining round about Havelok, and observed a cross upon his shoulder. At the same time she heard an angel’s voice, telling her of good fortune to come. Then he awoke, and told her a dream; how he had dreamt that all Denmark and England became his own. She encouraged him, and urged him to set sail for Denmark at once. He accordingly called to him Grim’s three sons, and narrated to them his own history, and Godard’s treachery, asking them to accompany him to Denmark. To this they assented, and sailed with him and Goldborough to Denmark. There he sought out a former friend of his father’s, Earl Ubbe, who invited him and his friends to a sumptuous feast. After the feast, Havelok and Goldborough and Grim’s sons went to the house of one Bernard Brown, whose house was that night attacked by sixty thieves. By dint of xxix great prowess, the friends at length slew all their sixty assailants, and Ubbe was so amazed at Havelok’s valour that he resolved to dub him a knight, and invited him to sleep in his own castle. At night, he peeped into Havelok’s chamber, and beheld the marvellous light, and saw a bright cross on his neck. Rejoiced at heart, he did homage to Havelok, and commanded all his friends and dependents to do the same. He also dubbed him knight, and proclaimed him King. With six thousand men he set out to attack Godard, whom he defeated and made prisoner, and afterwards caused to be flayed, drawn, and hung. Then Havelok swore that he would establish at Grimsby a priory of black monks, to pray for Grim’s soul; and Godrich, having heard that Havelok has invaded England, raised a great army against him. An indecisive combat took place between Ubbe and Godrich, but a more decisive one between Godrich and Havelok; for Havelok cut off his foe’s hand and made him prisoner. Then the English submitted to Goldborough, and acknowledged her as queen; but Godrich was condemned and burnt. Havelok rewarded both his own friends and the English nobles; for he caused Earl Reyner of Chester to marry Gunild, Grim’s daughter, and Bertram, formerly Godrich’s cook, to marry Levive, another of Grim’s daughters; bestowing upon Bertram the earldom of Cornwall. Then were Havelok and Goldborough crowned at London, and a feast was given that lasted forty days. The kingdom of Denmark was bestowed upon Ubbe, who held it of King Havelok. Havelok and Goldborough lived to the age of a hundred years, and their reign lasted for sixty years in England. They had fifteen children, who were all kings and queens. Such is the geste of Havelok and Goldborough.

Hear the tale of Havelok! There was once a good king in England, named Athelwold, renowned and beloved for his justice. He had but one child, a daughter named Goldborough. Knowing that his end was approaching, he sent for all his lords to assemble at Winchester, and there committed Goldborough to the care of Godrich, the earl of Cornwall; directing him to see her married xxviii to the strongest and fairest man whom he could find. But Godrich imprisoned her at Dover, and resolved to seize her inheritance for his own son. At that time there was also a King of Denmark, named Birkabeyn, who had one son, Havelok, and two daughters, Swanborough and Helfled. At the approach of death, he committed these to the care of Earl Godard. But Godard killed the two girls, and only spared Havelok because he did not like to kill him with his own hand. He therefore hired a fisherman, named Grim, to drown Havelok at sea. But Grim perceived, as Havelok slept, a miraculous light shining round the lad, whereby he knew that the child was the true heir, and would one day be king. In order to avoid Godard, Grim fitted up a ship, and provisioned it, and with his wife Leve, his three sons, his two daughters, and Havelok, put out to sea. They landed in Lindesey at the month of the Humber, at a place afterwards named Grimsby after Grim. Grim worked at his old trade, a fisherman’s, and Havelok carried about the fish for sale. Then arose a great dearth in the land, and Havelok went out to seek his own livelihood, walking to Lincoln barefoot. He was hired as a porter by the earl of Cornwall’s cook, and drew water and cut wood for the earl’s kitchen. One day some men met to contend in games and to “put the stone.” At the cook’s command, Havelok also put the stone, hurling it further than any of the rest.28 Godrich, hearing the praises of Havelok’s strength, at once resolved to perform his oath by causing him to marry Goldborough; and carried his design into execution. As goon as the pair were married, Havelok suddenly quitted Lincoln with his wife, and returned to Grimsby, where he found that Grim was dead, but that his five children are yet alive. At night, Goldborough perceived a light shining round about Havelok, and observed a cross upon his shoulder. At the same time she heard an angel’s voice, telling her of good fortune to come. Then he awoke, and told her a dream; how he had dreamt that all Denmark and England became his own. She encouraged him, and urged him to set sail for Denmark at once. He accordingly called to him Grim’s three sons, and narrated to them his own history, and Godard’s treachery, asking them to accompany him to Denmark. To this they assented, and sailed with him and Goldborough to Denmark. There he sought out a former friend of his father’s, Earl Ubbe, who invited him and his friends to a sumptuous feast. After the feast, Havelok and Goldborough and Grim’s sons went to the house of one Bernard Brown, whose house was that night attacked by sixty thieves. By dint of xxix great prowess, the friends at length slew all their sixty assailants, and Ubbe was so amazed at Havelok’s valour that he resolved to dub him a knight, and invited him to sleep in his own castle. At night, he peeped into Havelok’s chamber, and beheld the marvellous light, and saw a bright cross on his neck. Rejoiced at heart, he did homage to Havelok, and commanded all his friends and dependents to do the same. He also dubbed him knight, and proclaimed him King. With six thousand men he set out to attack Godard, whom he defeated and made prisoner, and afterwards caused to be flayed, drawn, and hung. Then Havelok swore that he would establish at Grimsby a priory of black monks, to pray for Grim’s soul; and Godrich, having heard that Havelok has invaded England, raised a great army against him. An indecisive combat took place between Ubbe and Godrich, but a more decisive one between Godrich and Havelok; for Havelok cut off his foe’s hand and made him prisoner. Then the English submitted to Goldborough, and acknowledged her as queen; but Godrich was condemned and burnt. Havelok rewarded both his own friends and the English nobles; for he caused Earl Reyner of Chester to marry Gunild, Grim’s daughter, and Bertram, formerly Godrich’s cook, to marry Levive, another of Grim’s daughters; bestowing upon Bertram the earldom of Cornwall. Then were Havelok and Goldborough crowned at London, and a feast was given that lasted forty days. The kingdom of Denmark was bestowed upon Ubbe, who held it of King Havelok. Havelok and Goldborough lived to the age of a hundred years, and their reign lasted for sixty years in England. They had fifteen children, who were all kings and queens. Such is the geste of Havelok and Goldborough.

§ 23. Possible date of Havelok's rule.

The various allusions to the story of Havelok already cited naturally lead us to consider the question as to what date we should refer such circumstances of the story as may have some foundation in truth, or such circumstances as may have originated the story. I do not look upon this as altogether a hopeless or profitless inquiry, for it seems to me that a theory may be constructed which will readily and easily fit in with most of the statements of our authorities. In the first place, to place Havelok’s father in the time of Alfred, as is done by Peter de Langtoft and his translators, is absurd, and evidently due to the confusion between the names of Gunter and Godrum or Guthrum. We xxx may even adduce Langtoft’s evidence against himself, as he alludes to Grimsby as being the boundary of Egbert’s kingdom; and indeed, the mere fact of its being a British lay points to a time before the establishment of the Heptarchy. As already suggested in § 16, some of the authorities point to the sixth century. But the evidence of the French poem and of Gaimar points still more steadily to a similar early date. There we find Gunter appearing as the enemy, not of Alfred, but of Arthur. The French prose chronicle of the Brute places Adelbright and Edelfi after the death of Constantine, and it is clear that there is some close connection between the British lay of Havelok and the British Chronicle. The Godrich of the English version is the Alsi of the French poem, the Edelsi of Gaimar, the Adelfrid29 or Edelfrid of the Eulogium Historiarum, the Elfroi of Wace, the Æluric of Laȝamon, the Æthelfrith who succeeded to the throne of Northumbria A.D. 593, according to the Saxon Chronicle. The Athelwold of the English version is the Adelbrict of Gaimar, the Ekenbright of the French poem, the Athelbert of the Eulogium Historiarum, the Aldebar of Wace, and the Æthelbert of Laȝamon, i.e. no other than the celebrated Æthelberht of Kent, who was baptized by St Augustine A.D. 596, according to the Saxon Chronicle. This is the right clue to the names, from which, when once obtained, the rest follows easily. The variations between the English and French versions are very great, and it is clear that each poet proceeded much as poets are accustomed to do. Taking a legend as the general guide or thread of a narrative, it is the simplest and easiest plan to dress it up after one’s own fashion, and to draw upon the materials that are supplied by the general surroundings of the story. I feel confident that the narrators of the Lay of Havelok must have used materials not much unlike those used by Laȝamon, and a mere comparison of the French and English lays with Laȝamon will amply suffice to elucidate this. Æluric is first mentioned at p. 195 of vol. iii. of Laȝamon, as edited by Sir F. Madden; if we allow ourselves a margin on both sides of this, we may find many things akin to the lay of Havelok xxxi between pages 150 and 282 of that volume, as I will now shew. The character of the good king Athelwold is taken from that of Æthelberht of Kent, and his love of justice may remind us of the ancient collection of laws which are still extant as having been made by that king. His extensive rule, such as is also attributed to Godrich and Havelok, may point to the title of Bretwalda, which Æthelberht so long coveted, and at last obtained. Our poet, in describing Birkabeyn, repeats this character so exactly, and makes the circumstances of the deaths of Athelwold and Birkabeyn so similar, that they are almost indistinguishable; a fault which he doubles by repeating the character of Godrich in describing that of Godard. Both of these answer to Laȝamon’s Æluric, who was “the wickedest of all kings” (Laȝ. iii. 195). So far, perhaps, the connection of the various stories is not very evident, but I will now mention an obvious coincidence. The quarrel and reconciliation between Athelbert and Edelfrid, as told in the Eulogium Historiarum, &c., exactly answers to the quarrel and reconciliation between Cadwan and Æluric as told in Laȝamon (vol. iii. p. 205); where Cadwan has come forward in place of Æthelbert, who has by this time dropped out of Laȝamon’s narrative. Again, the Gunter or Gurmond who was Havelok’s father reminds us of the Gurmund of Laȝamon (p. 156), who is curiously described as king of Africa; but the name is Danish. The character of Grim is fairly paralleled by that of Brian, who makes sea-voyages, and goes about as a merchant (Laȝamon, iii. 232). In several respects Havelok may have been drawn from Cadwalan, whose gallant attempts to gain the king of Northumberland are recorded in Laȝamon (iii. 216-254); his opponent being Edwin, who has replaced Ethelfrid as Laȝamon’s narrative proceeds. At last he overthrows him and slays him in the great battle of Heathfield or Hatfield, which took place, according to the Saxon Chronicle, A.D. 633. This great battle resembles the decisive one between Havelok and Godrich. As Cadwalan was well supported by his liegeman Penda (Laȝamon, iii. 251), so was Havelok by Ubbe. Again, Cadwalan marries Helen, whom he found at

The various allusions to the story of Havelok already cited naturally lead us to consider the question as to what date we should refer such circumstances of the story as may have some foundation in truth, or such circumstances as may have originated the story. I do not look upon this as altogether a hopeless or profitless inquiry, for it seems to me that a theory may be constructed which will readily and easily fit in with most of the statements of our authorities. In the first place, to place Havelok’s father in the time of Alfred, as is done by Peter de Langtoft and his translators, is absurd, and evidently due to the confusion between the names of Gunter and Godrum or Guthrum. We xxx may even adduce Langtoft’s evidence against himself, as he alludes to Grimsby as being the boundary of Egbert’s kingdom; and indeed, the mere fact of its being a British lay points to a time before the establishment of the Heptarchy. As already suggested in § 16, some of the authorities point to the sixth century. But the evidence of the French poem and of Gaimar points still more steadily to a similar early date. There we find Gunter appearing as the enemy, not of Alfred, but of Arthur. The French prose chronicle of the Brute places Adelbright and Edelfi after the death of Constantine, and it is clear that there is some close connection between the British lay of Havelok and the British Chronicle. The Godrich of the English version is the Alsi of the French poem, the Edelsi of Gaimar, the Adelfrid29 or Edelfrid of the Eulogium Historiarum, the Elfroi of Wace, the Æluric of Laȝamon, the Æthelfrith who succeeded to the throne of Northumbria A.D. 593, according to the Saxon Chronicle. The Athelwold of the English version is the Adelbrict of Gaimar, the Ekenbright of the French poem, the Athelbert of the Eulogium Historiarum, the Aldebar of Wace, and the Æthelbert of Laȝamon, i.e. no other than the celebrated Æthelberht of Kent, who was baptized by St Augustine CE 596, according to the Saxon Chronicle. This is the right clue to the names, from which, when once obtained, the rest follows easily. The variations between the English and French versions are very great, and it is clear that each poet proceeded much as poets are accustomed to do. Taking a legend as the general guide or thread of a narrative, it is the simplest and easiest plan to dress it up after one’s own fashion, and to draw upon the materials that are supplied by the general surroundings of the story. I feel confident that the narrators of the Lay of Havelok must have used materials not much unlike those used by Laȝamon, and a mere comparison of the French and English lays with Laȝamon will amply suffice to elucidate this. Æluric is first mentioned at p. 195 of vol. iii. of Laȝamon, as edited by Sir F. Madden; if we allow ourselves a margin on both sides of this, we may find many things akin to the lay of Havelok xxxi between pages 150 and 282 of that volume, as I will now shew. The character of the good king Athelwold is taken from that of Æthelberht of Kent, and his love of justice may remind us of the ancient collection of laws which are still extant as having been made by that king. His extensive rule, such as is also attributed to Godrich and Havelok, may point to the title of Bretwalda, which Æthelberht so long coveted, and at last obtained. Our poet, in describing Birkabeyn, repeats this character so exactly, and makes the circumstances of the deaths of Athelwold and Birkabeyn so similar, that they are almost indistinguishable; a fault which he doubles by repeating the character of Godrich in describing that of Godard. Both of these answer to Laȝamon’s Æluric, who was “the wickedest of all kings” (Laȝ. iii. 195). So far, perhaps, the connection of the various stories is not very evident, but I will now mention an obvious coincidence. The quarrel and reconciliation between Athelbert and Edelfrid, as told in the Eulogium Historiarum, &c., exactly answers to the quarrel and reconciliation between Cadwan and Æluric as told in Laȝamon (vol. iii. p. 205); where Cadwan has come forward in place of Æthelbert, who has by this time dropped out of Laȝamon’s narrative. Again, the Gunter or Gurmond who was Havelok’s father reminds us of the Gurmund of Laȝamon (p. 156), who is curiously described as king of Africa; but the name is Danish. The character of Grim is fairly paralleled by that of Brian, who makes sea-voyages, and goes about as a merchant (Laȝamon, iii. 232). In several respects Havelok may have been drawn from Cadwalan, whose gallant attempts to gain the king of Northumberland are recorded in Laȝamon (iii. 216-254); his opponent being Edwin, who has replaced Ethelfrid as Laȝamon’s narrative proceeds. At last he overthrows him and slays him in the great battle of Heathfield or Hatfield, which took place, according to the Saxon Chronicle, CE 633. This great battle resembles the decisive one between Havelok and Godrich. As Cadwalan was well supported by his liegeman Penda (Laȝamon, iii. 251), so was Havelok by Ubbe. Again, Cadwalan marries Helen, whom he found at

—þan castle of Deoure

—the castle of Deoure

on þere sæ oure;

on the sea ours;

(Laȝamon, iii. 250),

(Laȝamon, iii. 250),

xxxii

which reminds us of Havelok’s wife Goldborough, who was imprisoned at

which reminds us of Havelok’s wife Goldborough, who was imprisoned at

—doure

—sour

þat standeth on þe seis oure;

that stands on the seas our;

(l. 320).

(l. 320).

The very name Helen, though not the name of Havelok’s wife, was that of his mother, who was killed by the pirates. For the connection between Laȝamon’s Helen and pirates, see Sir F. Madden’s note, vol. iii. p. 428. There is a most curious contradiction in the English lay about Havelok’s religion; in l. 2520 he is a devout Christian, but in l. 2580 Godrich speaks of him as being a cruel pagan. Now it was just about this very time that Paulinus preached in Lindsey, “where the first that believed was a powerful man called Blecca, with all his followers” (A.S. Chron. ed. Thorpe, vol. ii. p. 21; A.D. 627). Havelok, according to some, was buried at Stonehenge; but so was Constantine (Laȝamon, iii. 151). A dearth in mentioned in the English lay (l. 824); cf. Laȝamon, iii. 279. And I may here add another coincidence, of an interesting but certainly of a very circuitous nature. A close examination of the Lay of King Horn shews that there is no real connection between the story therein contained and that of Havelok. Yet there is a connection after a sort. Though by different authors, and in different metre, both lays are found in English in the same MS.; both versions belong to the same date; both are from French versions, written by Englishmen from British sources; and now, if we compare King Horn with the very part of Laȝamon now under consideration, there is at once seen to be a most exact resemblance in one point. The story of the ring given by Horn to Rymenhild (K. Horn, ed. Lumby, ll. 1026-1210) is remarkably like that of the ring whereby Brian is recognized by his sister (Laȝamon, iii. 234-238). But it is hardly worth while to pursue the subject further. It may suffice to suppose that the period of the existence of Havelok and Grim may be referred to the times of Æthelberht of Kent and Æthelfrith and Eadwine of Northumbria.30 It is exceedingly probable that Havelok was never more than a chief or a petty prince, and xxxiii whether he was a Danish or only a British enemy of the Angles is not of very great importance. If, however, more exact dates be required, they may be found in “The Conquest of Britain by the Saxons,” by Daniel P. Haigh, London, 8vo, 1861, pp. 363-367; where the following dates are suggested. Havelok’s father slain, A.D. 487; his expedition to Denmark, A.D. 507; his reign in England, A.D. 511-531, or a little later. These dates follow a system which is here about 16 years earlier than the dates in the A.S. Chronicle. His results are obtained from totally different considerations. On the whole, let us place Havelok in the sixth century, at some period of his life.

The very name Helen, though not the name of Havelok’s wife, was that of his mother, who was killed by the pirates. For the connection between Laȝamon’s Helen and pirates, see Sir F. Madden’s note, vol. iii. p. 428. There is a most curious contradiction in the English lay about Havelok’s religion; in l. 2520 he is a devout Christian, but in l. 2580 Godrich speaks of him as being a cruel pagan. Now it was just about this very time that Paulinus preached in Lindsey, “where the first that believed was a powerful man called Blecca, with all his followers” (A.S. Chron. ed. Thorpe, vol. ii. p. 21; C.E. 627). Havelok, according to some, was buried at Stonehenge; but so was Constantine (Laȝamon, iii. 151). A dearth in mentioned in the English lay (l. 824); cf. Laȝamon, iii. 279. And I may here add another coincidence, of an interesting but certainly of a very circuitous nature. A close examination of the Lay of King Horn shews that there is no real connection between the story therein contained and that of Havelok. Yet there is a connection after a sort. Though by different authors, and in different metre, both lays are found in English in the same MS.; both versions belong to the same date; both are from French versions, written by Englishmen from British sources; and now, if we compare King Horn with the very part of Laȝamon now under consideration, there is at once seen to be a most exact resemblance in one point. The story of the ring given by Horn to Rymenhild (K. Horn, ed. Lumby, ll. 1026-1210) is remarkably like that of the ring whereby Brian is recognized by his sister (Laȝamon, iii. 234-238). But it is hardly worth while to pursue the subject further. It may suffice to suppose that the period of the existence of Havelok and Grim may be referred to the times of Æthelberht of Kent and Æthelfrith and Eadwine of Northumbria.30 It is exceedingly probable that Havelok was never more than a chief or a petty prince, and xxxiii whether he was a Danish or only a British enemy of the Angles is not of very great importance. If, however, more exact dates be required, they may be found in “The Conquest of Britain by the Saxons,” by Daniel P. Haigh, London, 8vo, 1861, pp. 363-367; where the following dates are suggested. Havelok’s father slain, A.D. 487; his expedition to Denmark, CE 507; his reign in England, CE 511-531, or a little later. These dates follow a system which is here about 16 years earlier than the dates in the A.S. Chronicle. His results are obtained from totally different considerations. On the whole, let us place Havelok in the sixth century, at some period of his life.

§ 24. It is, perhaps, worthy of a passing remark that some of the circumstances in the Lay may have been suggested by the romantic story of Eadwine of Northumbria, who was also born at the close of the sixth century. For he it was who really married the daughter of Æthelberht, and it was the archbishop of York, Paulinus, who performed the ceremony. The relation of how Eadwine was persecuted by Æthelfrith, how he fled and was protected by Rædwald, king of the East Angles, how he saw a vision of an angel who promised his restoration to the throne and that his rule should exceed that of his predecessors, how, with the assistance of Rædwald, he overthrew and slew Æthelfrith in a terrible battle beside the river Idle, may be found in Beda’s Ecclesiastical History, bk. II. ch. 9-16.31 In the last of these chapters there is again mention of Blecca, the governor of the city of Lincoln. Sir F. Madden, in his note to l. 45, speaks of the extraordinary proofs of the peaceable state of the country in the reign of Ælfred; but Beda uses similar language in speaking of the reign of Eadwine; and the earlier instance is even more remarkable. “It is reported that there was then such perfect peace in Britain, wheresoever the dominion of King Edwin extended, that, as is still proverbially said, a woman with her new-born babe might walk throughout the island, from sea to sea, without receiving any harm. That king took such care for the good of his nation, that in several places where he had seen clear springs near the highways, he caused stakes to be fixed, with brass dishes hanging xxxiv at them, for the conveniency of travellers; nor durst any man touch them for any other purpose than that for which they were designed, either through the dread they had of the king, or for the affection which they bore him, &c.”32 Readers who are acquainted with the pleasing poem of “Edwin of Deira,” by the late Alexander Smith, will remember his adventures; and it may be noted, as an instance of the manner in which poets alter names at pleasure, that Mr Smith gives to Æthelfrith the name of Ethelbert, to Eadwine’s wife Æthelburh, that of Bertha, and to his father Ælle, that of Egbert. My theory of the Lay of Havelok is then simply this, that I look upon it as the general result of various narratives connected with the history of Northumbria and Lindesey at the close, or possibly the beginning, of the sixth century, gathered round some favourite local (i.e. Lincolnshire) tradition as a nucleus. A similar theory may be true of the Lay of Horn.

§ 24. It is, perhaps, worthy of a passing remark that some of the circumstances in the Lay may have been suggested by the romantic story of Eadwine of Northumbria, who was also born at the close of the sixth century. For he it was who really married the daughter of Æthelberht, and it was the archbishop of York, Paulinus, who performed the ceremony. The relation of how Eadwine was persecuted by Æthelfrith, how he fled and was protected by Rædwald, king of the East Angles, how he saw a vision of an angel who promised his restoration to the throne and that his rule should exceed that of his predecessors, how, with the assistance of Rædwald, he overthrew and slew Æthelfrith in a terrible battle beside the river Idle, may be found in Beda’s Ecclesiastical History, bk. II. ch. 9-16.31 In the last of these chapters there is again mention of Blecca, the governor of the city of Lincoln. Sir F. Madden, in his note to l. 45, speaks of the extraordinary proofs of the peaceable state of the country in the reign of Ælfred; but Beda uses similar language in speaking of the reign of Eadwine; and the earlier instance is even more remarkable. “It is reported that there was then such perfect peace in Britain, wheresoever the dominion of King Edwin extended, that, as is still proverbially said, a woman with her new-born babe might walk throughout the island, from sea to sea, without receiving any harm. That king took such care for the good of his nation, that in several places where he had seen clear springs near the highways, he caused stakes to be fixed, with brass dishes hanging xxxiv at them, for the conveniency of travellers; nor durst any man touch them for any other purpose than that for which they were designed, either through the dread they had of the king, or for the affection which they bore him, &c.”32 Readers who are acquainted with the pleasing poem of “Edwin of Deira,” by the late Alexander Smith, will remember his adventures; and it may be noted, as an instance of the manner in which poets alter names at pleasure, that Mr Smith gives to Æthelfrith the name of Ethelbert, to Eadwine’s wife Æthelburh, that of Bertha, and to his father Ælle, that of Egbert. My theory of the Lay of Havelok is then simply this, that I look upon it as the general result of various narratives connected with the history of Northumbria and Lindesey at the close, or possibly the beginning, of the sixth century, gathered round some favourite local (i.e. Lincolnshire) tradition as a nucleus. A similar theory may be true of the Lay of Horn.

§ 25. About the names “Curan” and “Havelok.”

The French version tells us that Coaran, Cuaran, or Cuheran is the British word for a scullion. This etymology has not hitherto been traced, but it may easily have been perfectly true. A glance at Armstrong’s Gaelic Dictionary shews us that the Gaelic cearn (which answers very well to the Old English hirne, a corner) has the meaning of a corner, and, secondly, of a kitchen; and that cearnach is an adjective meaning of or belonging to a kitchen. But we may come even nearer than this; for by adding the diminutive ending -an to the Gaelic cocaire, a cook, we see that Cuheran may really have conveyed the idea of scullion to a British ear, and this probably further gave rise to the story of Havelok’s degradation. It is a common custom—one which true etymologists must always deplore—to invent a story to account for a derivation; and such a practice is invariably carried out with greater boldness and to a greater extent if the said derivation chances to be false. For it is possible that Curan may be simply the Gaelic curan, a brave man, and the Irish curanta, brave. The derivation of Havelok is certainly puzzling. xxxv Professor Rask declared it to have no meaning in Danish. It bears, however, a remarkable resemblance to the Old English gavelok, which occurs in Weber’s Kyng Alisaunder, l. 1620, and which is the A.S. gafeluc, Icel. gaflak, Welsh gaflach, a spear, dart, or javelin. This is an appropriate name for a warrior, and possibly reappears in the instance of Hugh Kevelock, earl of Chester (Bp. Percy’s Folio MS., ed. Hales and Furnivall, i. 128). It is remarkable that the Gaelic and Irish corran has the same sense, that of a spear, whilst curan, as above-mentioned, means a brave man. It is best, perhaps, to stop here; for etymology, when pursued too far, is wont to beguile the pursuer into every possible quagmire of absurdity.

The French version tells us that Coaran, Cuaran, or Cuheran is the British term for a kitchen servant. This origin hasn’t been traced until now, but it could very well be true. A look at Armstrong’s Gaelic Dictionary shows us that the Gaelic cearn (which corresponds nicely to the Old English hirne, meaning a corner) refers to a corner, and, secondarily, a kitchen; and that cearnach is an adjective meaning of or related to a kitchen. But we can get even closer; by adding the diminutive ending -an to the Gaelic cocaire, meaning a cook, we see that Cuheran might really have suggested the idea of kitchen servant to a British audience, which likely inspired the story of Havelok’s downfall. It’s a common practice—one that true etymologists usually regret—to create a backstory to explain a word’s origin; and this tend to happen more boldly and extensively if the proposed origin is incorrect. It’s possible that Curan is simply the Gaelic curan, meaning a brave man, and the Irish curanta, meaning brave. The origin of Havelok is definitely puzzling. xxxv Professor Rask stated that it has no meaning in Danish. However, it closely resembles the Old English gavelok, which appears in Weber’s Kyng Alisaunder, l. 1620, and which is the A.S. gafeluc, Icel. gaflak, Welsh gaflach, meaning a spear, dart, or javelin. This is a fitting name for a warrior, and possibly reappears in the case of Hugh Kevelock, earl of Chester (Bp. Percy’s Folio MS., ed. Hales and Furnivall, i. 128). It’s worth noting that the Gaelic and Irish corran has the same meaning, that of a spear, while curan, as mentioned earlier, means a brave man. It’s probably best to stop here; because etymology, when pursued too deeply, tends to lead the seeker into all kinds of absurd traps.

§ 26. Description of the manuscript., &c.

The MS. from which the present poem is printed is in the Laudian collection in the Bodleian Library, where its old mark is K 60, and its present one Misc. 108. Being described in the old printed catalogue merely as Vitæ Sanctorum, the romance was in consequence for a long time overlooked. The Lives of the Saints occupy a large portion of the volume, and are probably to be ascribed to the authorship of Robert of Gloucester. “These Lives or Festivals,” says Sir F. Madden, “are [here] 61 in number, written in long Alexandrine verse. Then succeed the Sayings of St Bernard and the Visions of St Paul, both in six-line stanzas; the Disputatio inter Corpus et Animam, the English Romance of Havelok, the Romance of Kyng Horn, and some additions in a hand of the 15th century, including the lives of St Blaise, St Cecilia, and St Alexius, and an alliterative poem intitled Somer Soneday, making in all the Contents of the Volume to amount to 70 pieces.” The lays of Havelok and Horn are written out in the same handwriting, of an early date, certainly not later than the end of the thirteenth century. The Havelok begins on fol. 204, and is written in double columns, each column containing 45 lines. A folio is lost between fol. 211 and 212, but no notice of this has been taken in numbering the folios; hence the catchword which should have been found at the bottom of fol. 215 b, appears at the bottom of fol. 214 b (see l. 2164). The poem terminates at the xxxvi 27th line on fol. 219 b, and is immediately followed by Kyng Horn in the same column. The character of the handwriting is bold and square, but the words are very close together. The initial letter of every line is written a little way apart from the rest, as in William of Palerne, and other MSS. Both the long and short s (ſ and s) are used. The long s is in general well distinguished from f, and on this account I have taken the liberty of printing both esses alike, as my experience in printing the Romans of Partenay proved that the difficulty of avoiding misprints is greater than the gain of representing the difference between them. The chief point of interest is that, as in early MSS., the long s is sometimes found at the end of a word, as in “uſ” in l. 22, and “iſ” in l. 23. The following are all the examples of the use of this letter in the first 26 lines; ſo (4), wicteſte (9), ſtede (10), criſt, ſchilde (16), Kriſt, ſo (17), ſo (19), ſchal (21), Kriſt, uſ (22), iſ (23), ſtalworþi (24), ſtalworþeſte (25), ſtede (26). With this exception, the present reprint is a faithful representation of the original; for, as the exact fidelity of a text is of the first importance, I have been careful to compare the proof-sheets with the MS. twice throughout; besides which, the original edition is itself exceedingly correct, and had been re-read by Sir F. Madden with the MS. His list of errata (nearly all of them of minor importance) agreed almost exactly with my own. A great difficulty is caused by the use of the Saxon letter w (ƿ). This letter, the thorn-letter (þ), and y, are all three made very nearly alike. In general, the y is dotted, but the dot is occasionally omitted. Wherever the letter really appears to be a w, I have denoted it by printing the w as an italic letter. The following are, I believe, the only examples of it. Wit-drow = withdrew, l. 502; we, 1058; was, 1129 (cf. “him was ful wa,” Sir Tristr. f. iii. st. 43); berwen, 1426 (written “berwen” in l. 697); wat = known, 1674; we, miswritten for wo = who, 1914; to which perhaps we may add wit, 997. This evidence is interesting as shewing that this letter was then fast going out of use, and I think that we may safely date the final disappearance of this letter from MSS. at about the year 1300. As regards the th, we may remark that at the end of a word both þ and th are used, as in “norþ and suth,” xxxvii l. 434; sometimes th occurs in the middle of a word, as “sithen,” l. 1238, which is commonly written “siþen,” as in l. 399. The words þe, þat, þer, &c., are hardly ever written otherwise. But the reader will remark many instances in which th final seems to have the hard sound of t, as in brouth, 57, nouth, 58, lith, 534, þouth, 1190, &c.; cf. § 27. The letter t is sometimes shortened so as nearly to resemble c, and c is sometimes lengthened into t. The letters n and u are occasionally alike, but the difference between them is commonly well marked. The i has a long stroke over it when written next to m or n. On the whole, the writing is very clear and distinct, after a slight acquaintance with it. The poem is marked out into paragraphs by the use of large letters. I have introduced a slight space at the end of each paragraph, to shew this more clearly.

The manuscript from which this poem is printed is part of the Laudian collection in the Bodleian Library, where its old mark is K 60 and its current one is Misc. 108. It was listed in the old printed catalog simply as Vitæ Sanctorum, leading to it being overlooked for a long time. The Lives of the Saints take up a considerable part of the volume and are likely attributed to Robert of Gloucester. “These Lives or Festivals,” says Sir F. Madden, “are 61 in number, written in long Alexandrine verse. Following them are the Sayings of St Bernard and the Visions of St Paul, both in six-line stanzas; the Disputatio inter Corpus et Animam, the English Romance of Havelok, the Romance of Kyng Horn, and some additions in a 15th-century hand, which include the lives of St Blaise, St Cecilia, and St Alexius, as well as an alliterative poem titled Somer Soneday, making the total contents of the volume amount to 70 pieces.” The tales of Havelok and Horn are both written in the same early handwriting, definitely no later than the end of the 13th century. Havelok begins on fol. 204 and is written in double columns, with each column containing 45 lines. A folio is missing between fol. 211 and 212, but this omission isn't reflected in the folio numbering; thus, the catchword that should have appeared at the bottom of fol. 215 b shows up at the bottom of fol. 214 b (see l. 2164). The poem ends at the xxxvi 27th line on fol. 219 b, immediately followed by Kyng Horn in the same column. The handwriting is bold and square, but the words are very close together. The first letter of each line is spaced apart from the rest, similar to William of Palerne and other manuscripts. Both the long and short s (ſ and s) are utilized. The long s is generally well separated from f, which is why I've decided to print both esses the same way, as my experience with printing the Romans of Partenay showed that avoiding misprints is more challenging than representing the differences. A key point of interest is that, like in early manuscripts, the long s sometimes appears at the end of a word, as in “uſ” in l. 22 and “iſ” in l. 23. Here are all the examples of its usage in the first 26 lines: ſo (4), wicteſte (9), ſtede (10), criſt, ſchilde (16), Kriſt, ſo (17), ſo (19), ſchal (21), Kriſt, uſ (22), iſ (23), ſtalworþi (24), ſtalworþeſte (25), ſtede (26). With this exception, the current reprint faithfully represents the original; because it's crucial to maintain the text's accuracy, I've carefully compared the proof-sheets with the manuscript twice; furthermore, the original edition is extremely accurate and was re-read by Sir F. Madden alongside the manuscript. His list of errata (almost all of which are minor) matched almost exactly with mine. A significant challenge arises from the usage of the Saxon letter w (ƿ). This letter, the thorn letter (þ), and y are all very similarly shaped. Typically, the y is dotted, though occasionally the dot is missing. Wherever the letter appears to be a w, I’ve indicated it by printing the w in italics. The following are, I believe, the only examples of it: Wit-drow = withdrew, l. 502; we, 1058; was, 1129 (cf. “him was ful wa,” Sir Tristr. f. iii. st. 43); berwen, 1426 (written “berwen” in l. 697); wat = known, 1674; we, miswritten for wo = who, 1914; which might include wit, 997. This finding is intriguing as it indicates that this letter was then quickly going out of use, and I believe we can safely say that the final disappearance of this letter from manuscripts occurred around the year 1300. Regarding th, it's worth noting that at the end of a word both þ and th are used, like in “norþ and suth,” xxxvii l. 434; sometimes th appears in the middle of a word, as in “sithen,” l. 1238, which is usually written “siþen,” as seen in l. 399. The words þe, þat, þer, etc., are almost never written otherwise. However, readers will notice many instances where the final th seems to have a hard t sound, such as in brouth, 57, nouth, 58, lith, 534, þouth, 1190, etc.; cf. § 27. The letter t is sometimes shortened to look almost like c, and c can occasionally be extended into t. The letters n and u occasionally appear similar, but usually there is a clear distinction between them. The i has a long stroke over it when located next to m or n. Overall, the writing is very clear and legible, once you're familiar with it. The poem is divided into paragraphs using large letters. I've added a slight space at the end of each paragraph to clarify this more.

§ 27. About the grammatical forms found in the poem.

The following peculiarities of spelling may be first noted. We frequently find h prefixed to words which it is usual to spell without one. Examples are: holde for old, hete for ete (eat), het for et (ate), heuere for euere, Henglishe for Englishe, &c.; see the Glossary, under the letter H. This enables us to explain some words which at first appear puzzling; thus her = er, ere; hayse = ayse, ease; helde = elde, old age; hore = ore, grace; hende = ende, which in one passage means end, but in another a duck. The forms hof, hus, hure, for of, us, ure are such as we should hardly have expected to find. On the other hand, h is omitted in the words auelok, aueden, osed, and in is for his (l. 2254). These instances, and other examples such as follow, may readily be found by help of the Glossarial Index. Again, d final after l or n was so slightly sounded as to be omitted even in writing. Examples are: lon for lond, hel for held, bihel for biheld, shel for sheld, gol for gold. But a more extraordinary omission is that of r final in the, neythe, othe, douthe, which does not seem to be satisfactorily explained even by the supposition that the scribe may have omitted the small upward curl which does duty for er so frequently in MSS. For we further find the omission of l final, as in mike for mikel, we for wel, and of t final, as in bes for best; from which xxxviii instances we should rather infer some peculiarity of pronunciation rendering final letters indistinct, of which there are numerous examples, as fiel for field, in modern provincial English. Cf. il for ilk, in ll. 818, 1740; and twel for twelf. “From the same license,” says Sir F. Madden, “arises the frequent repetition of such rhythm as riden and side, where the final n seems to have been suppressed in pronunciation. Cf. ll. 29, 254, 957, 1105, 1183, 2098, &c, and hence we perceive how readily the infinitive verbal Saxon termination glided into its subsequent form. The broad pronunciation of the dialect in which the poem was written is also frequently discernible, as in slawen, l. 2676, and knaue, l. 949, which rhyme to Rauen and plawe.33 So likewise, bothe or bethe is, in sound, equivalent to rede, ll. 360, 694, 1680.” Other peculiarities will be noticed in discussing the Metre. Observe also the Anglo-Saxon hw for the modern wh, exemplified by hwo, 368, hwan, 474, hweþer, 294, hwere, 549, hwil, 301; compare also qual, qui, quan, meaning whale, why, when.34 The letter w (initial) is the modern provincial ’oo, as in wlf, wluine, wman; cf. hw, w, both forms of how; and lowerd for louerd. In particular, we should notice the hard sound of t denoted by th in the words with, rithe, brouth, nouth, ricth, knicth, meaning white, right, brought, naught, right, knight; so too douther, daughter, neth, a net, uth, out, woth, wot, leth, let, lauthe (laught), caught, nither-tale (nighter-tale), night-time.35 On the other hand, t stands for th in hauet, 564, seyt, 647, herknet, 1, wit, 100. When th answers to the modern sound, it seems equivalent to A.S. ð rather than to A.S. þ; examples are mouth, 433, oth, 260, loth, 261. Y and g are interchangeable, as in yaf, gaf, youen, gouen; g even occurs for k, as in rang, 2561. In MSS., e is not uncommonly written by xxxix mistake for o; this may perhaps account for helde, 2472, meste, 233, her, 1924, which should rather be holde, 30, moste, and hor, 235; there is a like confusion of weren and woren; and perhaps grotinde should be gretinde.36 The vowel u is replaced by the modern ou in the words prud, 302, suth, 434, but, 1040, hus, 740, spusen, 1123; cf. hws in l. 1141. Mr Ellis shews, in his Early English Pronunciation, chap. v, that in pure specimens of the thirteenth century, there is no ou in such words, and in the fourteenth century, no simple u. This furnishes a ready explanation of the otherwise difficult sure, in l. 2005; it is merely the adverb of sour, sourly being used in the sense of bitterly; to bye it bitterly, or bye it bittre, is a common phrase in Piers Plowman. Other spellings worth notice occur in ouerga, 314, stra, 315 (spelt strie in l. 998), hawe, 1188, plawe, 950, sal, 628 (commonly spelt shal). Note also arum for arm, harum for harm, boren for born, 1878, and koren for corn, 1879. There are several instances of words joined together, as haui, 2002, biddi, 484; shaltu, 2186, wiltu, 905, wenestu, 1787; wilte, 528, thenkeste, 578, shaltou, 1800; thouthe, 790, hauedet, youenet, hauenet; sawe, 338; latus, 1772; where the personal pronouns i, þu, he, it, we, us are added to the verb. Hence, in l. 745, it is very likely that calleth is written for callet, i.e. call it; and on the same principle we can explain dones; see Es in the Glossary. In like manner goddot is contracted from God wot; and þerl from þe erl.

The following peculiarities of spelling may be first noted. We frequently find h prefixed to words which it is usual to spell without one. Examples are: holde for old, hete for ete (eat), het for et (ate), heuere for euere, Henglishe for Englishe, &c.; see the Glossary, under the letter H. This enables us to explain some words which at first appear puzzling; thus her = er, ere; hayse = ayse, ease; helde = elde, old age; hore = ore, grace; hende = ende, which in one passage means end, but in another a duck. The forms hof, hus, hure, for of, us, ure are such as we should hardly have expected to find. On the other hand, h is omitted in the words auelok, aueden, osed, and in is for his (l. 2254). These instances, and other examples such as follow, may readily be found by help of the Glossarial Index. Again, d final after l or n was so slightly sounded as to be omitted even in writing. Examples are: lon for lond, hel for held, bihel for biheld, shel for sheld, gol for gold. But a more extraordinary omission is that of r final in the, neythe, othe, douthe, which does not seem to be satisfactorily explained even by the supposition that the scribe may have omitted the small upward curl which does duty for er so frequently in MSS. For we further find the omission of l final, as in mike for mikel, we for wel, and of t final, as in bes for best; from which xxxviii instances we should rather infer some peculiarity of pronunciation rendering final letters indistinct, of which there are numerous examples, as fiel for field, in modern provincial English. Cf. il for ilk, in ll. 818, 1740; and twel for twelf. “From the same license,” says Sir F. Madden, “arises the frequent repetition of such rhythm as riden and side, where the final n seems to have been suppressed in pronunciation. Cf. ll. 29, 254, 957, 1105, 1183, 2098, &c, and hence we perceive how readily the infinitive verbal Saxon termination glided into its subsequent form. The broad pronunciation of the dialect in which the poem was written is also frequently discernible, as in slawen, l. 2676, and knaue, l. 949, which rhyme to Rauen and plawe.33 So likewise, bothe or bethe is, in sound, equivalent to rede, ll. 360, 694, 1680.” Other peculiarities will be noticed in discussing the Metre. Observe also the Anglo-Saxon hw for the modern wh, exemplified by hwo, 368, hwan, 474, hweþer, 294, hwere, 549, hwil, 301; compare also qual, qui, quan, meaning whale, why, when.34 The letter w (initial) is the modern provincial ’oo, as in wlf, wluine, wman; cf. hw, w, both forms of how; and lowerd for louerd. In particular, we should notice the hard sound of t denoted by th in the words with, rithe, brouth, nouth, ricth, knicth, meaning white, right, brought, naught, right, knight; so too douther, daughter, neth, a net, uth, out, woth, wot, leth, let, lauthe (laught), caught, nither-tale (nighter-tale), night-time.35 On the other hand, t stands for th in hauet, 564, seyt, 647, herknet, 1, wit, 100. When th answers to the modern sound, it seems equivalent to A.S. ð rather than to A.S. þ; examples are mouth, 433, oth, 260, loth, 261. Y and g are interchangeable, as in yaf, gaf, youen, gouen; g even occurs for k, as in rang, 2561. In MSS., e is not uncommonly written by xxxix mistake for o; this may perhaps account for helde, 2472, meste, 233, her, 1924, which should rather be holde, 30, moste, and hor, 235; there is a like confusion of weren and woren; and perhaps grotinde should be gretinde.36 The vowel u is replaced by the modern ou in the words prud, 302, suth, 434, but, 1040, hus, 740, spusen, 1123; cf. hws in l. 1141. Mr Ellis shews, in his Early English Pronunciation, chap. v, that in pure specimens of the thirteenth century, there is no ou in such words, and in the fourteenth century, no simple u. This furnishes a ready explanation of the otherwise difficult sure, in l. 2005; it is merely the adverb of sour, sourly being used in the sense of bitterly; to bye it bitterly, or bye it bittre, is a common phrase in Piers Plowman. Other spellings worth notice occur in ouerga, 314, stra, 315 (spelt strie in l. 998), hawe, 1188, plawe, 950, sal, 628 (commonly spelt shal). Note also arum for arm, harum for harm, boren for born, 1878, and koren for corn, 1879. There are several instances of words joined together, as haui, 2002, biddi, 484; shaltu, 2186, wiltu, 905, wenestu, 1787; wilte, 528, thenkeste, 578, shaltou, 1800; thouthe, 790, hauedet, youenet, hauenet; sawe, 338; latus, 1772; where the personal pronouns i, þu, he, it, we, us are added to the verb. Hence, in l. 745, it is very likely that calleth is written for callet, i.e. call it; and on the same principle we can explain dones; see Es in the Glossary. In like manner goddot is contracted from God wot; and þerl from þe erl.

Nouns. As regards the nouns employed, I may remark that the final e is perhaps always sounded in the oblique cases, and especially in the dative case; as in nedè, stedè, &c. (see ll. 86-105), willè, 85, gyuè, 357, blissè, 2187, cricè, 2450; cf. the adjectives longè, 2299, wisè, 1713; also the nominatives rosè, 2919, newè, 2974. Frend is a pl. form; cf. hend, which is both a plural (2444) and a dat. sing. (505). In the plural, the final e is fully pronounced in the adjectives allè, 2, hardè, 143, starkè, 1015, fremdè, 2277, bleikè 470, and in many others; cf. the full form boþen, 2223. Not only does the phrase none kines, of no kind, occur in ll. 861, 1140, but we find the unusual phrase neuere kines, of xl never a kind, in l. 2691. Among the numerals, we find not only þre, but þrinne.

Nouns. Regarding the nouns used, I’d like to point out that the final e is probably always pronounced in the oblique cases, particularly in the dative case; for example, nedè, stedè, etc. (see ll. 86-105), willè, 85, gyuè, 357, blissè, 2187, cricè, 2450; compare the adjectives longè, 2299, wisè, 1713; also the nominatives rosè, 2919, newè, 2974. Frend is a plural form; compare hend, which is both a plural (2444) and a dative singular (505). In the plural, the final e is fully pronounced in the adjectives allè, 2, hardè, 143, starkè, 1015, fremdè, 2277, bleikè 470, and in many others; compare the full form boþen, 2223. Not only does the phrase none kines, meaning no kind, appear in ll. 861, 1140, but we also see the unusual phrase neuere kines, meaning never a kind, in l. 2691. Among the numerals, we find not just þre, but also þrinne.

Pronouns. The first personal pronoun occurs in many forms in the nominative, as i, y, hi, ich, ic, hic, and even ihc; the oblique cases take the form me. For the second person, we have þu, þou, in the nominative, and also tu, when preceded by þat, as in l. 2903. We may notice also hijs for his, l. 47; he for they; sho, 112, scho, 126, sche, 1721, for she; and, in particular, the dual form unker, of you two, 1882. The most noteworthy possessive pronouns are minè, pl. 1365, þinè, pl. 620; his or hise, pl. hisè, 34; ure, 606; youres, 2800; hirè, 2918, with which cf. the dat. sing. hirè of the personal pronoun, 85, 300. þis is plural, and means these, in l. 1145. As in other old English works, men is frequently an impersonal pronoun, answering to the French on, and is followed by a singular verb; as in men ringes, 390, men seyt and suereth, 647, men fetes, 2341, men nam, 900, men birþe, 2101, men dos, 2434; cf. folk sau, 2410; but there are a few instances of its use with a plural verb, as men haueden, 901, men shulen, 747. The former is the more usual construction.

Pronouns. The first personal pronoun appears in several forms in the nominative case, like I, you, he, ich, ic, hic, and even ihc; the oblique cases take the form me. For the second person, we have you, thou in the nominative, and also tu, when preceded by that, as in line 2903. We can also notice his for his, line 47; he for they; she, 112, she, 126, she, 1721, for she; and, in particular, the dual form you two, 1882. The most important possessive pronouns are mine, pl. 1365, thine, pl. 620; his or his, pl. his, 34; our, 606; yours, 2800; her, 2918, compared to the dat. sing. her of the personal pronoun, 85, 300. This is plural and means these, in line 1145. As in other old English works, men is often used as an impersonal pronoun, similar to the French on, and is followed by a singular verb; as in men ring, 390, men say and swear, 647, men fetch, 2341, men take, 900, men birth, 2101, men do, 2434; see folk saw, 2410; but there are a few instances of its use with a plural verb, such as men had, 901, men shall, 747. The former is the more common construction.

Verbs. The infinitives of verbs rarely have y- prefixed; two examples are y-lere, 12, y-se, 334. Nor is the same prefix common before past participles; yet we find i-gret, 163, i-groten, 285, and i-maked, 5, as well as maked, 23. Infinitives end commonly in -en or -e, as riden, 26, y-lere; also in -n, as don, 117, leyn, 718; and even in -o, as flo, 612, slo, 1364. The present singular, 3rd person, of the indicative, ends both in -es or -s, and -eth or -th, the former being the more usual. Examples are longes, 396, leues, 1781, haldes, 1382, fedes, 1693, bes, 1744, comes, 1767, glides, 1851, þarnes, 1913, haues, 1952, etes, 2036, dos, 1913; also eteth, 672, haueth, 804, bikenneth, 1269, doth, 1876, liþ, 673. The full form of the 2nd person is -est, as louest, 1663; but it is commonly cut down to -es, as weldes, 1359, slepes, 1283, haues, 688, etes, 907, getes, 908; cf. dos, 2390, mis-gos, 2707, slos, 2706. The same dropping of the t is observable in the past tense, as in reftes, 2394, feddes and claddes, 2907. Still more curious is the ending in t only, as in þu bi-hetet, 677, þou mait, 689; cf. ll. 852, 1348. In the subjunctive mood the -st disappears as in Anglo-Saxon, xli and hence the forms bute þou gonge, 690, þat þu fonge, 856, &c.; cf. bede, 668. In the 3rd person, present tense, of the same mood, we have the -e fully pronounced, as in shildè, 16, yeuè, 22, leuè, 334, redè, 687; and in l. 544, wreken should undoubtedly be wrekè, since the -en belongs to the plural, as in moten, 18. The plural of the indicative present ends in -en, as, we hauen, 2798, ye witen, 2208, þei taken, 1833; or, very rarely, in -eth, as ye bringeth, 2425, he (they) strangleth, 2584. Sometimes the final -n is lost, as in we haue, 2799, ye do, 2418, he (they) brenne, 2583. There is even a trace of the plural in -es, as in haues, 2581. The present tense has often a future signification, as in etes, 907, eteth, 672, getes, 908.

Verbs. The infinitives of verbs rarely have y- prefixed; two examples are y-lere, 12, y-se, 334. The same prefix is also uncommon before past participles; however, we find i-gret, 163, i-groten, 285, and i-maked, 5, as well as maked, 23. Infinitives usually end in -en or -e, like riden, 26, y-lere; they can also end in -n, like don, 117, leyn, 718; and even in -o, as in flo, 612, slo, 1364. The present singular, 3rd person, of the indicative, ends in either -es or -s, and -eth or -th, with the former being more common. Examples include longes, 396, leues, 1781, haldes, 1382, fedes, 1693, bes, 1744, comes, 1767, glides, 1851, þarnes, 1913, haues, 1952, etes, 2036, dos, 1913; also eteth, 672, haueth, 804, bikenneth, 1269, doth, 1876, liþ, 673. The full form for the 2nd person is -est, as in louest, 1663; but it's often shortened to -es, as in weldes, 1359, slepes, 1283, haues, 688, etes, 907, getes, 908; cf. dos, 2390, mis-gos, 2707, slos, 2706. The same dropping of the t occurs in the past tense, as in reftes, 2394, feddes and claddes, 2907. Even more interesting is the ending with just t, as in þu bi-hetet, 677, þou mait, 689; cf. ll. 852, 1348. In the subjunctive mood, the -st disappears like in Anglo-Saxon, and this leads to forms like bute þou gonge, 690, þat þu fonge, 856, &c.; cf. bede, 668. In the 3rd person, present tense, of the same mood, we have the -e fully pronounced, as in shildè, 16, yeuè, 22, leuè, 334, redè, 687; and in l. 544, wreken should definitely be wrekè, since the -en belongs to the plural, as in moten, 18. The plural of the indicative present ends in -en, as in we hauen, 2798, ye witen, 2208, þei taken, 1833; or, very rarely, in -eth, as in ye bringeth, 2425, he (they) strangleth, 2584. Sometimes the final -n is dropped, as in we haue, 2799, ye do, 2418, he (they) brenne, 2583. There’s even a trace of the plural in -es, as in haues, 2581. The present tense often has a future meaning, as seen in etes, 907, eteth, 672, getes, 908.

Past tense. Of the third person singular and plural of the past tense the following are selected examples. Weak Verbs: hauede, 770, sparedè, 898, yemedè, 975, semedè, 976, sparkëdè, 2144, þankedè, 2189; pl. loueden, 955, leykeden, 954, woundeden, 2429, stareden, 1037, yemede (rather read yemeden), 2277, makeden, 554, sprauleden, 475; also calde, 2115, gredde, 2417, herde, 2410, kepte, 879, fedde, 786, ledde, 785, spedde, 756, clapte, 1814, kiste, 1279; pl. herden, brenden, 594, kisten, 2162, ledden, 1246; and, thirdly, of the class which change the vowel, aute, 743, laute, 744, bitauhte, 2212. Compare the past participles osed, 971, mixed, 2533, parred, 2439, gadred, 2577; reft, 1367, wend, 2138, hyd, 1059; told, 1036, sold, 1638, wrouth = wrout, 1352. There are also at least two past participles in -et, as slenget, 1923, grethet, 2615, to which add weddeth, beddeth, 1127, In l. 2057, knawed seems put for knawen, for the rime’s sake.

Past tense. Here are some examples from the third person singular and plural of the past tense. Weak Verbs: hauede, 770, sparedè, 898, yemedè, 975, semedè, 976, sparkëdè, 2144, þankedè, 2189; plural loueden, 955, leykeden, 954, woundeden, 2429, stareden, 1037, yemede (better read as yemeden), 2277, makeden, 554, sprauleden, 475; also calde, 2115, gredde, 2417, herde, 2410, kepte, 879, fedde, 786, ledde, 785, spedde, 756, clapte, 1814, kiste, 1279; plural herden, brenden, 594, kisten, 2162, ledden, 1246; and, thirdly, from the class that changes the vowel, aute, 743, laute, 744, bitauhte, 2212. Compare the past participles osed, 971, mixed, 2533, parred, 2439, gadred, 2577; reft, 1367, wend, 2138, hyd, 1059; told, 1036, sold, 1638, wrouth = wrout, 1352. There are also at least two past participles in -et, like slenget, 1923, grethet, 2615, plus weddeth, beddeth, 1127. In line 2057, knawed seems to be used instead of knawen, for the sake of the rhyme.

Strong Verbs: third person singular, past tense, bar, 815, bad, 1415, yaf, or gaf, spak; kam, 766 (spelt cham, 1873), nam, kneu, hew, 2729, lep, 1777, let, 2447 (spelt leth, 2651), slep, 1280, wex, 281: drou, 705, for, 2943, low, 903, slow, 1807, hof, 2750, stod, 986, tok; 751, wok, 2093; pl. beden, 2774, youen, or gouen; comen, 1017 (spelt keme, 1208), nomen, 2790 (spelt neme, 1207), knewen, 2149, lopen, 1896, slepen, 2128; drowen, 1837, foren, 2380, lowen, 1056, slowen, 2414, &c. And secondly, of the class which more usually change the vowel in the plural of the preterite, we find the singular forms bigan, 1357, barw, 2022, karf, 471, swank, 788, warp, 1061, shon, 2144, clef, 2643, sau, 2409, grop, 1965, drof, 725, shof, xlii 892; pl. bigunnen, 1011, sowen, 1055, gripen, 1790, driue, for driuen, 1966; also bunden, 2436, scuten, 2431 (spelt schoten, 1864, shoten, 1838), leyen, 2132, &c. Compare the past participles boren, 1878, youen or gouen, cumen, 1436, nomen, 2265 (spelt numen, 2581), laten, 1925, waxen, 302, drawen, 1925, slawen, 2000, which two last become drawe, slawe in ll. 1802, 1803.

Powerful Verbs: third person singular, past tense, bar, 815, bad, 1415, yaf, or gaf, spak; kam, 766 (spelled cham, 1873), nam, kneu, hew, 2729, lep, 1777, let, 2447 (spelled leth, 2651), slep, 1280, wex, 281: drou, 705, for, 2943, low, 903, slow, 1807, hof, 2750, stod, 986, tok; 751, wok, 2093; pl. beden, 2774, youen, or gouen; comen, 1017 (spelled keme, 1208), nomen, 2790 (spelled neme, 1207), knewen, 2149, lopen, 1896, slepen, 2128; drowen, 1837, foren, 2380, lowen, 1056, slowen, 2414, &c. And secondly, of the class which more commonly change the vowel in the plural of the past tense, we find the singular forms bigan, 1357, barw, 2022, karf, 471, swank, 788, warp, 1061, shon, 2144, clef, 2643, sau, 2409, grop, 1965, drof, 725, shof, xlii 892; pl. bigunnen, 1011, sowen, 1055, gripen, 1790, driue, for driuen, 1966; also bunden, 2436, scuten, 2431 (spelled schoten, 1864, shoten, 1838), leyen, 2132, &c. Compare the past participles boren, 1878, youen or gouen, cumen, 1436, nomen, 2265 (spelled numen, 2581), laten, 1925, waxen, 302, drawen, 1925, slawen, 2000, which the last two become drawe, slawe in ll. 1802, 1803.

We should also observe the past tenses spen, 1819, stirt, 812, fauth for faut or fauht, 1990, citte, 942, bere, 974, kipte, 1050, flow, 2502, plat, 2755; and the past participles demd for demed, 2488, giue for giuen, 2488, henged, 1429, keft, 2005.

We should also look at the past tenses spen, 1819, stirt, 812, fauth for faut or fauht, 1990, citte, 942, bere, 974, kipte, 1050, flow, 2502, plat, 2755; and the past participles demd for demed, 2488, giue for giuen, 2488, henged, 1429, keft, 2005.

Imperative Mood. Examples of the imperative mood singular, 2nd person, are et, sit, 925, nim, 1336, yif, 674; in the plural, the usual ending is -es, as in liþes, 2204, comes, 1798, folwes, 1885, lokes, 2292, bes, 2246, to which set belong slos, 2596, dos, 2592; but there are instances of the ending -eth also, as in cometh, 1885, yeueþ, 911, to which add doth, 2037, goth, 1780. Indeed both forms occur in one line, as in Cometh swiþe, and folwes me (1885). Instead of -eth we even find -et, as in herknet, 1. These variations afford a good illustration of the unsettled state of the grammar in some parts of England at this period; we need not suppose the scribe to be at fault in all cases where there is a want of uniformity.

Imperative Mood. Examples of the imperative mood in the singular, 2nd person, are et, sit, 925, nim, 1336, yif, 674; in the plural, the usual ending is -es, like in liþes, 2204, comes, 1798, folwes, 1885, lokes, 2292, bes, 2246, which also includes slos, 2596, dos, 2592; however, there are cases with the ending -eth as well, such as cometh, 1885, yeueþ, 911, including doth, 2037, goth, 1780. In fact, both forms appear in one line, like in Cometh swiþe, and folwes me (1885). Instead of -eth, we even see -et, as in herknet, 1. These variations provide a good example of the inconsistent grammar in some parts of England during this time; we shouldn't assume the scribe is at fault in every case where there's a lack of uniformity.

Of reflexive verbs, we meet with me dremede, 1284, me met, 1285, me þinkes, 2169, him hungrede, 654, him semede, 1652, him stondes, 2983, him rewede, 503. The present participles end most commonly in -inde, as fastinde, 865, grotinde (? gretinde), 1390, lauhwinde, 946, plattinde, 2282, starinde, 508; but we also find gangande, 2283, driuende, 2702. Compare the nouns tiþande, 2279, offrende, 1386, which are Norse forms, tíðindi (pl.) being the Icelandic for tidings, and offrandi the present participle of offra, to offer. But the true Icelandic equivalent of the substantive an offering is offran, and the old Swedish is offer; and hence we see at how very early a date the confusion between the noun-ending and the ending of the present participle arose; a confusion which has bewildered many generations of Englishmen. Yet this very poem in other places has -ing as a noun-ending only, never (that I remember) for the present participle. Examples of it are xliii greting, 166, dreping, i.e. slaughter, 2684, buttinge, skirming, wrastling, putting, harping, piping, reding; see ll. 2322-2327. Such words are frequently called verbal nouns, but the term is very likely to mislead. I have found that many suppose it to imply present participles used as nouns, instead of nouns of verbal derivation. If such nouns could be called by some new name, such as nouns of action, or by any other title that can be conventionally restricted to signify them, it would, I think, be a gain. Amongst the auxiliary verbs, may be noted the use of cone, 622, as the subjunctive form of canst; we mone, 840, as the subjunctive of mowen; cf. ye mowen, 11; but especially we should observe the use of the comparatively rare verbs birþe, it behoves, pt. t. birde, it behoved, and þurte, he need, the latter of which is fully explained in the Glossary to William of Palerne, s.v. þort.

Of reflexive verbs, we see me dremede, 1284, me met, 1285, me þinkes, 2169, him hungrede, 654, him semede, 1652, him stondes, 2983, him rewede, 503. The present participles mostly end in -inde, like fastinde, 865, grotinde (? gretinde), 1390, lauhwinde, 946, plattinde, 2282, starinde, 508; but we also find gangande, 2283, driuende, 2702. Compare the nouns tiþande, 2279, offrende, 1386, which are Norse forms, tíðindi (pl.) being the Icelandic for tidings, and offrandi the present participle of offra, to offer. However, the true Icelandic equivalent of the noun an offering is offran, and the old Swedish is offer; and thus we see how early the confusion between the noun-ending and the ending of the present participle appeared, a confusion that has puzzled many generations of English speakers. Yet in this very poem, elsewhere, -ing is used only as a noun-ending, never (as far as I remember) for the present participle. Examples include greting, 166, dreping, meaning slaughter, 2684, buttinge, skirming, wrastling, putting, harping, piping, reding; see ll. 2322-2327. Such words are often called verbal nouns, but that term can be misleading. I've found that many think it implies present participles used as nouns, instead of nouns of verbal derivation. If these nouns could be given a new name, like nouns of action, or any other title that specifically indicates them, I think it would be beneficial. Among the auxiliary verbs, we should note the use of cone, 622, as the subjunctive form of canst; we mone, 840, as the subjunctive of mowen; cf. ye mowen, 11; but especially we should observe the use of the relatively rare verbs birþe, it behoves, pt. t. birde, it behoved, and þurte, he need, the latter of which is fully explained in the Glossary to William of Palerne, s.v. þort.

The prefix to- is employed in both senses, as explained in the same Glossary, s.v. To-. In to-brised, to-deyle, &c., it is equivalent to the German zer- and Mœso-Gothic dis-; of its other and rarer use, wherein it answers to the German zu- and Mœso-Gothic du-, there is but one instance, viz. in the word to-yede, 765, which signifies went to; cf. Germ. zugehen, to go to, zugang (A.S. to-gang), access, approach. There are some curious instances of a peculiar syntax, whereby the infinitive mood active partakes of a passive signification, as in he made him kesten, and in feteres festen, he caused him to be cast in prison (or perhaps, overthrown), and to be fastened in fetters; l. 81. But it is probable that this is to be explained by considering it as a phrase in which we should now supply the word men, and that we may interpret it by “he caused [men] to cast him in prison, and to fasten him with fetters;” for in ll. 1784, 1785, the phrase is repeated in a less ambiguous form. See also l. 86. So also, in ll. 2611, 2612, I consider keste, late, sette, to be in the infinitive mood. Such a construction is at once understood by comparing it with the German er liess ihn binden, he caused him to be bound. In l. 2352, appears the most unusual form ilker, which is literally of each, and hence, apiece; cf. unker, which also is a genitive plural. It will be observed that the verb following is in the plural, the real nominative to it being þei þre. In l. 2404, the expression þat þer þrette, “that there threat,” recalls a colloquialism xliv which is still common. The word þrie, 730, is, apparently, the O.E. adverb thrie, thrice; liues, 509, is an adverb ending in -es, originally a genitive case. Þus-gate is, according to Mr Morris, unknown to the Southern dialect; it occurs in ll. 785, 2419, 2586. I may add that Havelok contains as many as five expressions, which seem to refer to proverbs current at the time of writing it. See ll. 307, 648, 1338, 1352, 2461.

The prefix to- is used in both meanings, as described in the same Glossary, s.v. To-. In to-brised, to-deyle, etc., it’s similar to the German zer- and Mœso-Gothic dis-; its other and rarer use, where it corresponds to the German zu- and Mœso-Gothic du-, has only one instance, namely the word to-yede, 765, which means went to; see Germ. zugehen, to go to, zugang (A.S. to-gang), access, approach. There are some interesting examples of a unique syntax where the infinitive mood active takes on a passive meaning, as in he made him kesten, and in feteres festen, meaning he caused him to be cast in prison (or perhaps, overthrown), and to be secured in chains; l. 81. However, it’s likely this should be viewed as a phrase where we would now add the word men, interpreting it as “he caused [men] to cast him in prison, and to fasten him with chains;” because in ll. 1784, 1785, the phrase is repeated in a clearer form. See also l. 86. Similarly, in ll. 2611, 2612, I consider keste, late, sette, to be in the infinitive mood. This construction is easily understood by comparing it with the German er liess ihn binden, he caused him to be bound. In l. 2352, there’s the unusual form ilker, which literally means of each, and thus, apiece; see unker, which is also a genitive plural. It’s noticeable that the verb that follows is in the plural, with the actual nominative being þei þre. In l. 2404, the phrase þat þer þrette, “that there threat,” reminds us of a colloquial expression xliv that is still common today. The word þrie, 730, seems to be the O.E. adverb thrie, thrice; liues, 509, is an adverb ending in -es, originally a genitive case. Þus-gate is, according to Mr. Morris, unfamiliar to the Southern dialect; it appears in ll. 785, 2419, 2586. I should also mention that Havelok includes as many as five expressions that seem to reference proverbs that were popular at the time of its writing. See ll. 307, 648, 1338, 1352, 2461.

§ 28. On the Meter of Havelok.

The poem is written in the familiar rhythm of which I have already spoken elsewhere, viz. at p. xxxvii of the Preface to Mr Morris’s edition of Genesis and Exodus. The metre of Havelok is rather more regular, but many of the remarks there made apply to it. The chief rule is that every line shall contain four accents,37 the two principal types being afforded (1) by the eight-syllable and nine-syllable lines—

The poem is written in the familiar rhythm of which I have already spoken elsewhere, viz. at p. xxxvii of the Preface to Mr Morris’s edition of Genesis and Exodus. The metre of Havelok is rather more regular, but many of the remarks there made apply to it. The chief rule is that every line shall contain four accents,37 the two principal types being afforded (1) by the eight-syllable and nine-syllable lines—

(a) For hém | ne yé|dë góld | ne fé, 44;

(a) For him | not ye | gold | not fair, 44;

(b) It wás | a kíng | bi á|rë dáwës, 27;

(b) It was | a king | by air | days, 27;

and (2) by the seven-syllable and eight-syllable lines—

and (2) by the seven-syllable and eight-syllable lines—

(c) Hérk|net tó | me gó|dë men, 1;

(c) Hérk|net tó | me gó|dë men, 1;

(d) Al|lë thát | he mícth|ë fyndë, 42.

(d) All that he might find, 42.

To one of these four forms every line can be reduced, by the use of that slighter utterance of less important syllables which is so very common in English poetry. It is not the number of syllables, but of accents, that is essential. In every line throughout the poem there are four accents, with only two or three exceptions, xlv viz. ll. 1112, 1678, &c, which are defective. In a similar manner, we may readily scan any of the lines, as e.g. ll. 2-4;

To one of these four forms, every line can be simplified by using those lighter stress patterns of less important syllables that are very common in English poetry. It's not the number of syllables that matters, but the number of stresses. In every line in the poem, there are four stresses, with only two or three exceptions, xlv like lines 1112, 1678, etc., which are incomplete. Similarly, we can easily scan any of the lines, for example, lines 2-4;

(c) Wi|uës, mayd|nës, and al|lë men

(c) Wives, maidens, and all men

(b) Of a ta|lë þat | ich you | wile tellë38

(b) Of a ta|lë þat | ich you | wile tellë38

(b) Wo-so | ’t wil’ her’ | and þer|to duellë, &c.

(b) Wo-so | ’t wil’ her’ | and þer|to duellë, &c.

Here the syllables -nes and in l. 3, of a in l. 4, and it wile in l. 5, are so rapidly pronounced as to occupy only the room of one unaccented syllable in lines of the strict type. However awkward this appears to be in theory, it is very easy in practice, as the reciter readily manages his voice so as to produce the right rhythmical effect; and, indeed, this variation of arrangement is a real improvement, preventing the recitation from becoming monotonous. Those who have a good ear for rhythm will readily understand this, and it seems unnecessary to dwell upon it more at length. But it may be remarked, that the three lines above quoted are rather more irregular than usual, and that the metre is such as to enable us to fix the instances in which the final -e is pronounced with great accuracy, on which account I shall say more about this presently. I would, however, first enumerate the rimes which seem to be more or less inexact or peculiar, or otherwise instructive.

Here, the syllables -nes and in l. 3, of a in l. 4, and it wile in l. 5, are pronounced so quickly that they only take up the space of one unstressed syllable in lines of the strict type. While this might seem awkward in theory, it’s actually quite simple in practice, as the speaker skillfully adjusts their voice to create the right rhythmic effect; this arrangement changes is a genuine improvement, keeping the recitation from sounding monotonous. Those with a good sense of rhythm will easily understand this, so there’s no need to elaborate further. However, it’s worth noting that the three lines quoted above are somewhat more irregular than usual, and the meter allows us to accurately identify instances where the final -e is pronounced, which I'll discuss more shortly. Before that, though, I will list the rhymes that appear to be somewhat imprecise, unusual, or otherwise insightful.

I. Repetitions. Such are men, men; holden, holde, 29;39 erþe, erþe, 739; heren, heren, 1640; nithes, knithes, 2048; youres, youres, 2800. To this class belong also longe, londe, 172, heye, heie, 1151, 2544; where longe, londe is, however, only an assonance.

I. Repetitions. Such are men, men; holden, holde, 29;39 erþe, erþe, 739; heren, heren, 1640; nithes, knithes, 2048; youres, youres, 2800. To this class belong also longe, londe, 172, heye, heie, 1151, 2544; where longe, londe is, however, only an assonance.

II. Assonant rimes. Here the rime is in the vowel-sound; the consonantal endings differ. Such are rym, fyn, 21; yeme, quene, 182; shop, hok, 1101 (where shop is probably corrupt); odrat, bad, 1153; fet, ek, 1303; yer, del, 1333; maked, shaped, 1646; beþe, rede, 1680; riche, chinche, 1763, 2940; feld, swerd, 1824, 2634; seruede, werewed, 1914; wend, gent, 2138; þank, rang, 2560; boþen, ut-drowen, 2658. To the same class belong name, rauen, xlvi 1397, grauen, name, 2528; slawen, rauen, 2676. Henged, slenget, 1922, should rather be called an imperfect rime.40 There is also found the exact opposite to this, viz., an agreement or consonance at the end, preceded by an apparent diversity in the vowel; as longe, gange, 795 (but see longe, gonge, 843), bidde, stede, 2548, open, drepen, 1782, gres, is, 2698, boþe, rathe, 2936 (but see rathe, bathe, 1335, 2542), fet (long e), gret, 2158; and not unlike these are some instances of loose rimes, as beþe, rede, 360, knaue, plawe, 949, sawe, hawe (where hawe is written for haue), 1187, sawe, wowe, 1962 (but see wowe, lowe, 2078, lowe, sawe, 2142, wawe, lowe, 2470). Observe also bouth, oft (read vt or ut = out?), 883, tun, barun, 1001 (cf. toun, brun, 1750, champiouns, barouns, 1032); plattinde, gangande, 2282, &c. Eir, toþer, 410, harde, crakede, 567, are probably due to mistakes.41

II. Assonant rimes. Here the rime is in the vowel-sound; the consonantal endings differ. Such are rym, fyn, 21; yeme, quene, 182; shop, hok, 1101 (where shop is probably corrupt); odrat, bad, 1153; fet, ek, 1303; yer, del, 1333; maked, shaped, 1646; beþe, rede, 1680; riche, chinche, 1763, 2940; feld, swerd, 1824, 2634; seruede, werewed, 1914; wend, gent, 2138; þank, rang, 2560; boþen, ut-drowen, 2658. To the same class belong name, rauen, xlvi 1397, grauen, name, 2528; slawen, rauen, 2676. Henged, slenget, 1922, should rather be called an imperfect rime.40 There is also found the exact opposite to this, viz., an agreement or consonance at the end, preceded by an apparent diversity in the vowel; as longe, gange, 795 (but see longe, gonge, 843), bidde, stede, 2548, open, drepen, 1782, gres, is, 2698, boþe, rathe, 2936 (but see rathe, bathe, 1335, 2542), fet (long e), gret, 2158; and not unlike these are some instances of loose rimes, as beþe, rede, 360, knaue, plawe, 949, sawe, hawe (where hawe is written for haue), 1187, sawe, wowe, 1962 (but see wowe, lowe, 2078, lowe, sawe, 2142, wawe, lowe, 2470). Observe also bouth, oft (read vt or ut = out?), 883, tun, barun, 1001 (cf. toun, brun, 1750, champiouns, barouns, 1032); plattinde, gangande, 2282, &c. Eir, toþer, 410, harde, crakede, 567, are probably due to mistakes.41

III. Rimes which shew that the final -en was pronounced so slightly as to be nearly equivalent to -e. Examples: holden, holde, 29; gongen, fonge, 855; bringe, ringen, 1105; mouthen, douthe, 1183; riden, side, 1758; wesseylen, to-deyle, 2098; slawen, drawe, 2476. In the same way hon rimes to lond, 1341, owing to the slight pronunciation of the final d.42

III. Rimes which shew that the final -en was pronounced so slightly as to be nearly equivalent to -e. Examples: holden, holde, 29; gongen, fonge, 855; bringe, ringen, 1105; mouthen, douthe, 1183; riden, side, 1758; wesseylen, to-deyle, 2098; slawen, drawe, 2476. In the same way hon rimes to lond, 1341, owing to the slight pronunciation of the final d.42

IV. Rimes which appear imperfect, but may be perfect. Riche answers to like, 132, but the true spelling is rike, answering to sike, 290. Mithe, 196, should probably be moucte, as in l. 257, and it would thus rime with þoucte. Blinne, 2670, should certainly be blunne; cf. A.S. blinnan, pt. t. s. ic blan, pt. t. pl. we blunnon; and thus it rimes to sunne. Misdede, 993, is clearly an error for xlvii misseyde, as appears from the parallel passage in ll. 49, 50; and it then rimes with leyde. So in l. 1736, for deled read deyled, as in l. 2098. Boþe, 430, has no line answering to it, and a line may have been lost. Nicth, lict, 575, is a perfect rime. Halde, bolde, 2308, may also be perfect. For-sworen answers to for-lorn (pronounced for-loren), 1423; bitawte to authe (pronounced aute), 1409; yemede (pronounced yem-dè) is not an improper rime to fremde, 2276; anon rimes with iohan (if pronounced ion or John, as indicated by the spelling ion in l. 177), 2562, 2956. Yet in another instance it seems to be two syllables, Jo-han; see wimman, iohan, 1720.43 Speche should be speke, and thus rimes to meke, 1065. Stareden should perhaps be stradden, or some such form, rightly riming to ladden, 1037. Under this head we may notice some rimes which throw, possibly, some light on the pronunciation. Thus, for the sound of ey, ei, observe hayse, preyse, 60; leyke, bleike, 469; laumprei, wei, 771; deye rimes to preye, 168; day to wey, 663; seyd to brayd, 1281; but we also find hey, fri, 1071; hey, sley, 1083, heye, heie, 1151; heye, eie, 2544; leye, heye, 2010; heye, fleye, 2750. Fram rimes to sham, 55; yet the latter word is really shame, 83; gange is also spelt gonge, halde rimes with bolde, 2308. The pronunciation of ware, were, or wore, seems ambiguous; we find sore, wore, 236; wore, more, 258; ware, sare, 400; wore, sore, 414; were, þere, 741; more, þore, 921. For the sound of e, observe suere, gere, 388; suereth, dereth, 648; eten, geten, 930; yet, fet, 1319; stem, bem, 592; glem, bem, 2122; also yeue, liue, 198; liue, gyue, 356; lyue, yeue, 1217; her, ther, 1924; fishere, swere, 2230. For that of i, xlviii observe cri, merci, 270; sire, swire, 310; swiþe, vnbliþe, 140; fir, shir, 587; sire, hire, 909; rise, bise, 723; fyr, shir, 915; lye, strie, 997; hey, fri, 1071; for-þi, merci, 2500. For that of o, observe two, so, 350; do, so, 713; shon, on, 969; hom, grom, 789; lode, brode, 895; anon, ston, 927; ston, won, 1023; do, sho (shoe), 1137; do, sho (she), 1231; stod, mod, 1702; ilkon, ston, 1842; shon (shoon), ston, 2144; croud, god, 2338; don, bon, 2354; sone (soon), bone, 2504; bole, hole, 2438.44 Only in a few of these instances would the words rime in modern standard English. For the ou and u sounds, observe couþe, mouþe, 112; yow, now, 160; wolde, fulde, 354; yw, nou, 453; bounden, wnden, 545; sowel, couel, 767; low, ynow, 903; sowen, lowe, 957; strout, but, 1039; þou, nou, 1283; doun, tun, 1630; crus, hous, 1966; wounde, grunde, 1978; bowr, tour, 2072; spuse, huse, 2912. Lowe, 1291, 2431, 2471, should rather be lawe, as in l. 2767. These hints will probably suffice for the guidance of those who wish to follow up the subject. It is evident that full dependence cannot be placed upon the exactness of the rimes.

IV. Rimes which appear imperfect, but may be perfect. Riche answers to like, 132, but the true spelling is rike, answering to sike, 290. Mithe, 196, should probably be moucte, as in l. 257, and it would thus rime with þoucte. Blinne, 2670, should certainly be blunne; cf. A.S. blinnan, pt. t. s. ic blan, pt. t. pl. we blunnon; and thus it rimes to sunne. Misdede, 993, is clearly an error for xlvii misseyde, as appears from the parallel passage in ll. 49, 50; and it then rimes with leyde. So in l. 1736, for deled read deyled, as in l. 2098. Boþe, 430, has no line answering to it, and a line may have been lost. Nicth, lict, 575, is a perfect rime. Halde, bolde, 2308, may also be perfect. For-sworen answers to for-lorn (pronounced for-loren), 1423; bitawte to authe (pronounced aute), 1409; yemede (pronounced yem-dè) is not an improper rime to fremde, 2276; anon rimes with iohan (if pronounced ion or John, as indicated by the spelling ion in l. 177), 2562, 2956. Yet in another instance it seems to be two syllables, Jo-han; see wimman, iohan, 1720.43 Speche should be speke, and thus rimes to meke, 1065. Stareden should perhaps be stradden, or some such form, rightly riming to ladden, 1037. Under this head we may notice some rimes which throw, possibly, some light on the pronunciation. Thus, for the sound of ey, ei, observe hayse, preyse, 60; leyke, bleike, 469; laumprei, wei, 771; deye rimes to preye, 168; day to wey, 663; seyd to brayd, 1281; but we also find hey, fri, 1071; hey, sley, 1083, heye, heie, 1151; heye, eie, 2544; leye, heye, 2010; heye, fleye, 2750. Fram rimes to sham, 55; yet the latter word is really shame, 83; gange is also spelt gonge, halde rimes with bolde, 2308. The pronunciation of ware, were, or wore, seems ambiguous; we find sore, wore, 236; wore, more, 258; ware, sare, 400; wore, sore, 414; were, þere, 741; more, þore, 921. For the sound of e, observe suere, gere, 388; suereth, dereth, 648; eten, geten, 930; yet, fet, 1319; stem, bem, 592; glem, bem, 2122; also yeue, liue, 198; liue, gyue, 356; lyue, yeue, 1217; her, ther, 1924; fishere, swere, 2230. For that of i, xlviii observe cri, merci, 270; sire, swire, 310; swiþe, vnbliþe, 140; fir, shir, 587; sire, hire, 909; rise, bise, 723; fyr, shir, 915; lye, strie, 997; hey, fri, 1071; for-þi, merci, 2500. For that of o, observe two, so, 350; do, so, 713; shon, on, 969; hom, grom, 789; lode, brode, 895; anon, ston, 927; ston, won, 1023; do, sho (shoe), 1137; do, sho (she), 1231; stod, mod, 1702; ilkon, ston, 1842; shon (shoon), ston, 2144; croud, god, 2338; don, bon, 2354; sone (soon), bone, 2504; bole, hole, 2438.44 Only in a few of these instances would the words rime in modern standard English. For the ou and u sounds, observe couþe, mouþe, 112; yow, now, 160; wolde, fulde, 354; yw, nou, 453; bounden, wnden, 545; sowel, couel, 767; low, ynow, 903; sowen, lowe, 957; strout, but, 1039; þou, nou, 1283; doun, tun, 1630; crus, hous, 1966; wounde, grunde, 1978; bowr, tour, 2072; spuse, huse, 2912. Lowe, 1291, 2431, 2471, should rather be lawe, as in l. 2767. These hints will probably suffice for the guidance of those who wish to follow up the subject. It is evident that full dependence cannot be placed upon the exactness of the rimes.

§ 29. On the last -e, &c.

There can be little doubt that the final -e is, in general, fully pronounced in this poem wherever it is written, with but a very few exceptions; but at the same time it is liable to be elided when followed by a vowel or (sometimes) by the letter h, as is usual in old English poetry. In the following remarks, I shall use an apostrophe to signify that e is written, but not pronounced; thus “wil’” signifies that “wile” is the MS. form, but “wil” the apparent pronunciation. I shall use an italic e to signify that the e is elided because followed by a vowel or h, as “cuppe” (l. 14); and in the same way, “riden,” “litel,” &c, signify that the syllables -en, -el are slurred over in a like manner. It will be seen that such syllables are, in general, slurred over when they occur before a vowel or h; under the same circumstances, that is, as the final -e. When I simply write the word in the form “gode” as in the MS., I mean that the -e is fully pronounced; so that “gode” stands for “godë.”

There’s little doubt that the final -e is generally pronounced in this poem wherever it appears, with only a few exceptions; however, it can be dropped when followed by a vowel or (sometimes) by the letter h, as often seen in old English poetry. In the following notes, I’ll use an apostrophe to indicate that e is written, but not pronounced; thus “wil’” means that “wile” is the manuscript form, but “wil” reflects the apparent pronunciation. I’ll use an italic e to show that the e is elided because it is followed by a vowel or h, as in “cuppe” (l. 14); similarly, “riden,” “litel,” etc., indicate that the syllables -en, -el are slurred over in the same way. It will be clear that such syllables are generally slurred before a vowel or h, just like the final -e. When I simply write the word as “gode” as it appears in the manuscript, I mean that the -e is fully pronounced; so “gode” represents “godë.”

xlix

The following, then, are instances. I follow the order in Mr Morris’s Introduction to Chaucer’s Prologue, &c. (Clarendon Press Series).

The following are examples. I'm following the order in Mr. Morris’s Introduction to Chaucer’s Prologue, &c. (Clarendon Press Series).

(A) In nouns and adjectives (of A.S. origin) the final -e represents one of the final vowels a, u, e, and hence is fully sounded even in the nominative case in such instances. Examples; gome (A.S. goma), 7, blome (A.S. bloma), 63, trewe (A.S. treowe), 179, knaue (A.S. cnafa), 308, 450, sone (A.S. sunu), 394.

(A) In nouns and adjectives of Old English origin, the final -e represents one of the final vowels a, u, e, and is pronounced fully even in the nominative case in these examples. For instance: gome (Old English goma), 7, blome (Old English bloma), 63, trewe (Old English treowe), 179, knaue (Old English cnafa), 308, 450, sone (Old English sunu), 394.

(B) In words of French origin it is sounded as in French verse. Such words are scarce in Havelok. Examples: hayse, 59, beste, 279, mirácle, 500, rose, 2919, curtesye (miswritten curteyse), 2876, cf. 194, drurye, 195, male, 48, large, 97, noble, 1263.

(B) In words that come from French, they are pronounced the same way as in French poetry. There aren't many of these words in Havelok. Examples include: hayse, 59, beste, 279, milagro, 500, rose, 2919, curtesye (misspelled curteyse), 2876, cf. 194, drurye, 195, male, 48, large, 97, noble, 1263.

(C) It is a remnant of various grammatical inflexions:—

(C) It is a leftover from different grammatical inflections:—

(1) it is a sign of the dative case in nouns; as, nede, 9, stede, 10, trome, 8, wronge, 72, stede, 142, dede (not elided, because of the cæsura), 167, arke, 222, erþe, 248, lite þrawe, 276. It also sometimes marks the accusative, or the genitive of feminine nouns: accusatives, cuppe, 14, wede, 94, brede, 98, shrede, 99, mede, 102, quiste, 219, sorwe, 238 (cf. sorw’ in l. 240), sone, 308, knaue, 308, sone, 350, wille, 441: genitives, messe, 186, 188, helle, 405.

(1) It's an indicator of the dative case in nouns; for example, nede, 9, stede, 10, trome, 8, wronge, 72, stede, 142, dede (not elided due to the cæsura), 167, arke, 222, erþe, 248, lite þrawe, 276. It also sometimes indicates the accusative or the genitive of feminine nouns: accusatives, cuppe, 14, wede, 94, brede, 98, shrede, 99, mede, 102, quiste, 219, sorwe, 238 (see sorw’ in l. 240), sone, 308, knaue, 308, sone, 350, wille, 441: genitives, messe, 186, 188, helle, 405.

(2) In adjectives it marks—

In adjectives, it marks—

(a) the definite form of the adjective; as, þe meste, 233, þe riche (not elided45), 239, te beste, 87, þe hexte [man], 1080, þat wicke, 1158, þat foule, 1158, þe firste, 1333, þe rede, 1397. This rule is most often violated in the case of dissyllabic superlatives; as, þe wictest’, 8, þe fairest, þe strangest, 1081, 1110; cf. 199, 200.

(a) the definite form of the adjective; as, þe meste, 233, þe riche (not elided45), 239, te beste, 87, þe hexte [man], 1080, þat wicke, 1158, þat foule, 1158, þe firste, 1333, þe rede, 1397. This rule is most often violated in the case of dissyllabic superlatives; as, þe wictest’, 8, þe fairest, þe strangest, 1081, 1110; cf. 199, 200.

(b) the plural number. Examples abound, as, gode, 1, alle, 2, are, 27, yung = yunge, 30, holde, 30, gode, 34, 55, harde, 143, grene, 470, bleike, 470, halte, 543, doumbe, 543, &c.

(b) the plural form. There are many examples, such as: gode, 1, alle, 2, are, 27, yung = yunge, 30, holde, 30, gode, 34, 55, harde, 143, grene, 470, bleike, 470, halte, 543, doumbe, 543, &c.

The same use is often extended to possessive pronouns; we find the plurals mine, 385, 514 (but min’, 392), þine, 620, hise, 34, 67, hure, 1231; and even the singulars hire, 84, 85, hure, 338, yure, 171. But the personal pronoun feminine is often hir’, 172, 209; yet see l. 316.

The same usage is often applied to possessive pronouns; we see the plurals mine, 385, 514 (but min’, 392), þine, 620, hise, 34, 67, hure, 1231; and even the singulars hire, 84, 85, hure, 338, yure, 171. However, the feminine personal pronoun is often hir’, 172, 209; but see l. 316.

(c) the vocative case, as, dere, 839, 2170; leue, 909.

(c) the vocative case, as, dere, 839, 2170; leue, 909.

l

(3) In verbs it marks—

In verbs, it indicates—

(a) the infinitive mood; as, telle, 3, duelle, 4, falle, 39, beye, 53, swere, 254, be-bedde, 421, bere, 549, &c. On this point there cannot be a moment’s doubt, for the form -en is found quite as often, and they rime together, as in 254, 255, cf. 29, 30. But it is well worth remarking that -en is slurred over exactly where -e would be, with much regularity. Examples are: riden, 10, biginnen, 21, maken, 29, hengen, 43, lurken, 68, crepen, 68, riden, 88, hauen, 270. Other examples are very numerous. But we sometimes find -en not slurred over, as, drinken, 15; and the same is true even of -e, but such cases are exceptional and rare.

(a) the infinitive form; as in telle, 3, duelle, 4, falle, 39, beye, 53, swere, 254, be-bedde, 421, bere, 549, etc. There can be no doubt about this because the form -en appears just as frequently, and they rhyme together, as seen in 254, 255, cf. 29, 30. However, it’s worth noting that -en is often slurred over where -e would be, with a lot of consistency. Examples include: riden, 10, biginnen, 21, maken, 29, hengen, 43, lurken, 68, crepen, 68, riden, 88, hauen, 270. There are many other examples. However, we sometimes find -en not slurred over, as in drinken, 15; and the same goes for -e, but such instances are exceptional and rare.

(b) the gerund; as, to preyse, 60.

(b) the gerund; as, to praise, 60.

(c) the past participle of a strong verb; as, drawe, 1802, slawe, 1803. But these are rare, as they are commonly written drawen, slawen, 2224.

(c) the past participle of a strong verb; for example, drew, 1802, slew, 1803. But these are rare, as they are usually written drawn, slain, 2224.

(d) the past tense of weak verbs, where the -e follows -ed, -t, or -d. Examples are very numerous; as, louede = lov’de, 30, 35 (not elided), 37, hauede = hav’de, 343; cf. haued = havd’, 336; þurte, 10, durste, 65, refte, 94; dede, 29, sende, 136, seyde, 228, herde, 286. Observe hated = hatede, 40. The plurals of these tenses are rarely in -e, generally in -en, as, haueden, 241, deden, 242, sprauleden = spraul’den, 475.

(d) the past tense of weak verbs, where the -e comes after -ed, -t, or -d. There are many examples; for instance, louede = lov’d, 30, 35 (not elided), 37, hauede = hav’d, 343; cf. haued = havd’, 336; þurte, 10, durste, 65, refte, 94; dede, 29, sende, 136, seyde, 228, herde, 286. Note that hated = hatede, 40. The plurals of these tenses are rarely in -e, usually in -en, as in haueden, 241, deden, 242, sprauleden = spraul’d, 475.

(e) the subjunctive or optative mood, or the 3rd person of the imperative mood, which is really the 3rd person of the subjunctive. This rule seems to be carefully observed. Examples are yeue, 22, thaue, 296, yerne, 299, leue, 406, were, 513, wite, 517, &c. So for the first person, as, late, 509, lepe (not elided), 2009, speke, 2079; and for the second person, as, understonde, 1159, fare, 2705, cone, 622, 623.

(e) the subjunctive or optative mood, or the 3rd person of the imperative mood, which is basically the 3rd person of the subjunctive. This rule seems to be followed closely. Examples include yeue, 22; thaue, 296; yerne, 299; leue, 406; were, 513; wite, 517; etc. For the first person, like late, 509; lepe (not elided), 2009; speke, 2079; and for the second person, like understonde, 1159; fare, 2705; cone, 622, 623.

(f) other parts of a few verbs; thus, the 1st person singular present, as, liue, 301, ete, 793, rede, 1660, wille, 388, where wille is equivalent to wish.

(f) other parts of a few verbs; therefore, the 1st person singular present, such as, live, 301, eat, 793, read, 1660, will, 388, where will is equivalent to wish.

(g) present participles: thus, plattínde, 2282, is a half-rime to gangánde. In other places, the author is careful to place them before a vowel, as gretinde, 1390, lauhwinde, 946, starinde, 508, driuende, 2702, fastinde, 865.

(g) present participles: so, plattínde, 2282, is a half-rhyme to gangánde. In other instances, the author makes sure to place them before a vowel, like gretinde, 1390, lauhwinde, 946, starinde, 508, driuende, 2702, fastinde, 865.

(4) In adverbs the final -e denotes—

In adverbs, the final -e denotes—

(a) an older vowel-ending; as, sone (A.S. sóna), 136, sone, 218, li 251, yete (A.S. géta, as well as gét), 495, ofte (Swed. ofta, Dan. ofte), 227.

(a) an older vowel-ending; for example, sone (A.S. sóna), 136, sone, 218, li 251, yete (A.S. géta, as well as gét), 495, ofte (Swed. ofta, Dan. ofte), 227.

(b) an adverb as distinguished from its corresponding adjective, as, yerne, 153, loude, 96, longe, 241, more, 301, softe, 305, heye, 335, swiþe, 455, harde, 639. Hence, in l. 640, we should read neye.

(b) an adverb as it differs from its related adjective, like yerne, 153, loude, 96, longe, 241, more, 301, softe, 305, heye, 335, swiþe, 455, harde, 639. Therefore, in l. 640, we should read neye.

(c) an older termination in -en or -an; as, þer-hinne, 322, 709, 712, henne, 843, inne, 855. Cf. A.S. heonan, innan.

(c) an older ending in -en or -an; for example, þer-hinne, 322, 709, 712, henne, 843, inne, 855. See A.S. heonan, innan.

(d) It is also sounded in the termination -like, as, sikerlike, 422. Hence, in baldelike, 53, both the ees are sounded; cf. feblelike, 418. When the final -e is slurred over before an h in Chaucer, h is found commonly to begin the pronoun he, or its cases, the possessive pronouns his, hire, or their cases, a part of the verb to have, or else the adverbs how or heer. The same rule seems to hold in Havelok. Observe, that e often forms a syllable in the middle of a word, as, bondeman, 32, engelondes, 63, pourelike, 322.

(d) It is also pronounced with the ending -like, as in, sikkerlike, 422. Therefore, in baldelike, 53, both the ees are pronounced; see feblelike, 418. When the final -e is softened before an h in Chaucer, h commonly starts the pronoun he, or its forms, the possessive pronouns his, hire, or their forms, part of the verb to have, or the adverbs how or heer. The same rule appears to apply in Havelok. Note that e often creates a syllable in the middle of a word, such as bondeman, 32, engelondes, 63, pourelike, 322.

With regard to the final -en, it is most commonly slurred over before a vowel or the h in he or haue, not only when it is the termination of the infinitive mood, but in many other cases. One striking example may suffice:

With the final -en, it's usually slurred over before a vowel or the h in he or haue, not just when it’s at the end of the infinitive form, but in many other instances. One clear example will do:

He greten and gouleden and gouen hem ille, 164.

He greeted and welcomed them with a smile, 164.

A still more striking peculiarity is that the same rule often holds for the ending -es. We find it, of course, forming a distinct syllable in plurals; as, limes, 86; and in adverbs, as, liues, 509. But observe such instances as maydnes, 2, prestes, 33, vtlawes, 41, siþes, 213, &c.

A more noticeable feature is that the same rule often applies to the ending -es. We see it, of course, creating a separate syllable in plurals, like limes, 86; and in adverbs, like liues, 509. But notice examples such as maydnes, 2, prestes, 33, vtlawes, 41, siþes, 213, &c.

In the same way, when rapid final syllables such as -el, -er, -ere, &c., are slurred over, it will generally be found that a vowel or h follows them. Examples: litel, 6, woneth, 105, bedels, 266, bodi, 345, deuel, 446, hunger, 449. Compare oueral, 38, 54. There are many other peculiarities which it would take long to enumerate, such as, that sworn is pronounced sworen, 204; that the final -e is sometimes preserved before a vowel, as in dedë am, 167; that the word ne is very frequently not counted, as it were, in the scansion, as in 57, 113, 220, 419, the second ne in l. 547, and in several other places. But it must suffice to state merely, that when the above rules (with allowance of a few exceptions) lii are carefully observed, it will be found that the metre of Havelok is very regular, and valuable on account of its regularity.

Similarly, when quick final syllables like -el, -er, -ere, etc., are slurred over, you’ll typically find that a vowel or h comes after them. Examples include litel, 6, woneth, 105, bedels, 266, bodi, 345, deuel, 446, hunger, 449. Compare oueral, 38, 54. There are many other quirks that would take a while to list, such as that sworn is pronounced sworen, 204; that the final -e is sometimes kept before a vowel, as in dedë am, 167; and that the word ne is often not counted in the scansion, as in 57, 113, 220, 419, the second ne in l. 547, and in several other instances. However, it’s enough to say that when the above rules (with a few exceptions) lii are carefully followed, you’ll see that the metre of Havelok is very regular and valuable due to its regularity.

It would therefore be easy to correct the text in many places by help of an exact analysis of the rhythm. But this, except in a very few places, has not been attempted, because the imperfect, but unique, MS. copy is more instructive as it stands. In l. 19, e.g. wit should be wite; in l. 47, red should be rede; in l. 74, his soule should be of his soule, &c. The importance of attending to the final -e may be exemplified by the lines—

It would be easy to correct the text in many places with a precise analysis of the rhythm. However, except in a few spots, this hasn’t been done because the imperfect but unique manuscript is more informative as it is. For instance, in line 19, wit should be wite; in line 47, red should be rede; in line 74, his soule should be of his soule, etc. The significance of paying attention to the final -e can be illustrated by the lines—

Allë greten swiþë sore, 236;

All the adults are sore, 236;

But sonë dedë hirë fetë, 317;

But sonë dedë hirë fetë, 317;

þinë cherlës, þinë hinë, 620

þinë cherlës, þinë hinë, 620;

Grimës sonës allë þre, 1399;

Grimës sonës allë þre, 1399;

Hisë sistres herë lif, 2395.

His sister's birthday, 2395.

Mr Ellis writes— “These final examples suggested to me to compose the following German epitaph, which contains just as many final e’s, and which I think no German would find to have anything peculiar in the versification:

Mr. Ellis writes— “These final examples inspired me to create the following German epitaph, which includes just as many final e’s, and I believe no German would find anything unusual in the verse:

GRABSCHRIFT.

Diese alte reiche Frau

This old rich woman

Hasste jede eitle Schau,

Hate every vain display,

Preiste Gottes gute Gabe,

Praise God's good gift,

Mehrte stets die eig’ne Habe,

Save your own belongings,

Liegt hier unbeweint im Grabe.

Lie here unwept in the grave.

I think Havelok may be well compared with Goethe’s ballad,

I think Havelok can be nicely compared to Goethe’s ballad,

Es war ein König in Thule,

Es war ein König in Thule,

Gar treu bis an das Grab,

Gar treu bis an das Grab,

Dem, sterbend, seine Buhle

Dying, his lover

Einen goldenen Becher gab.

A golden cup was given.

Es ging ihm nichts darüber,

Nichts war ihm wichtiger.

Er leert’ ihn jeden Schmaus,

Er bringt ihm jeden Snack bei,

Die Augen gingen ihm über

Die Augen blieben auf ihm

So oft er trank daraus.

So often drank from it.

Und als er kam zu sterben,

Und als er kam zu sterben,

Zählt’ er seine Städt’ im Reich,

Counts his cities in the realm,

Gönnt’ alles seinem Erben,

Gives everything to his heir,

Den Becher nicht zugleich:—

Don't drink from the cup at the same time:—

liii

and the end:—

and the end:—

Die Augen thäten ihm sinken,

Die Augen schlossen sich.

Trank nie einen Tropfen mehr.

Don't drink a drop more.

The italicised trisyllabic measures are fine. Observe also the elisions of final -e before a following vowel (Städt’ being very unusual), and the omission of the dative -e in im Reich, to rhyme with zugleich.”

The italicized three-syllable measures are good. Note also the dropping of the final -e before a following vowel (Städt’ being quite rare), and the omission of the dative -e in im Reich, so it rhymes with zugleich.

I have only to add that my special thanks are due to Sir F. Madden for his permission to make use of his valuable notes, glossary, and preface, and for his assistance; as also to Mr Ellis for his notes, which, however, reached me only at the last moment, when much alteration of the proofs was troublesome. There are many things probably which Mr Ellis does not much approve of in this short popular sketch of the metre, in which attention is drawn only to some of the principal points. In particular, he disapproves of the term slurring over, though I believe that I mean precisely the same thing aa he does, viz. that these light syllables are really fully pronounced, and not in any way forcibly suppressed; but that, owing to their being light syllables, and occurring before vowel sounds, the full pronunciation of them does not cause the verse to halt, but merely imparts to it an agreeable vivacity. As I have already said elsewhere46— “A poet’s business is, in fact, to take care that the syllables which are to be rapidly pronounced are such as easily can be so; and that the syllables which are to be heavily accented are naturally those that ought to be. If he gives attention to this, it does not much matter whether each foot has two or three syllables in it.”

I have only to add that my special thanks are due to Sir F. Madden for his permission to make use of his valuable notes, glossary, and preface, and for his assistance; as also to Mr Ellis for his notes, which, however, reached me only at the last moment, when much alteration of the proofs was troublesome. There are many things probably which Mr Ellis does not much approve of in this short popular sketch of the metre, in which attention is drawn only to some of the principal points. In particular, he disapproves of the term slurring over, though I believe that I mean precisely the same thing aa he does, viz. that these light syllables are really fully pronounced, and not in any way forcibly suppressed; but that, owing to their being light syllables, and occurring before vowel sounds, the full pronunciation of them does not cause the verse to halt, but merely imparts to it an agreeable vivacity. As I have already said elsewhere46— “A poet’s business is, in fact, to take care that the syllables which are to be rapidly pronounced are such as easily can be so; and that the syllables which are to be heavily accented are naturally those that ought to be. If he gives attention to this, it does not much matter whether each foot has two or three syllables in it.”


Footnotes to Introduction

Skip to Emendations

Skip to __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

1. In particular, we find there a complete proof, supported by some fifty examples, that, as can be traced, through the forms ase, als, alse, also, to the A.S. eall-swa; a proof, that in the difficult phrase lond and lithe, the word lithe [also spelt lede, lude] is equivalent to the French tenement, rente, or fe; and, thirdly, a complete refutation of Mr Singer’s extraordinary notion that the adverb swithe means a sword!

1. In particular, we find there a complete proof, supported by some fifty examples, that, as can be traced, through the forms ase, als, alse, also, to the A.S. eall-swa; a proof, that in the difficult phrase lond and lithe, the word lithe [also spelt lede, lude] is equivalent to the French tenement, rente, or fe; and, thirdly, a complete refutation of Mr Singer’s extraordinary notion that the adverb swithe means a sword!

2. In the same way, William of Palerne was prepared by me for the press, subject to his advice; see William of Palerne, Introduction, p. ii.

2. In the same way, William of Palerne was prepared by me for the press, subject to his advice; see William of Palerne, Introduction, p. ii.

3. I say nearly, because I have not been able to verify every reference to every poem quoted. I have verified and critically examined all the citations from the poem itself, from Ritson’s Romances, Weber’s Romances, Laȝamon, Beowulf, Chaucer, Langland, and Sir Walter Scott’s edition of Sir Tristrem (3rd edition, 1811).

3. I say nearly, because I have not been able to verify every reference to every poem quoted. I have verified and critically examined all the citations from the poem itself, from Ritson’s Romances, Weber’s Romances, Laȝamon, Beowulf, Chaucer, Langland, and Sir Walter Scott’s edition of Sir Tristrem (3rd edition, 1811).

4. To this, the reader is referred for fuller information.

4. To this, the reader is referred for fuller information.

5. “The word Breton, which some critics refer to Armorica, is here applied to a story of mere English birth.” Hallam; Lit. of Europe, 6th ed. 1860; vol. i. p. 36. See the whole passage.

5. “The word Breton, which some critics refer to Armorica, is here applied to a story of mere English birth.” Hallam; Lit. of Europe, 6th ed. 1860; vol. i. p. 36. See the whole passage.

6. “The Chronicler writes of him, f. 6. ‘Il feu le plus beau bacheleir qe vnqes reigna en Engleterre, ceo dit le Bruit, par quoy ly lays ly apellerunt King Adelstane with gilden kroket, pour ce q’il feu si beaus.’ We have here notice of another of those curious historical poems, the loss of which can never be sufficiently deplored. The term crocket (derived by Skinner from the Fr. crochet, uncinulus) points out the period of the poem’s composition, since the fashion alluded to of wearing those large rolls of hair so called, only arose at the latter end of Hen. III. reign, and continued through the reign of Edw. I. and part of his successor’s.”

6. “The Chronicler writes of him, f. 6. ‘Il feu le plus beau bacheleir qe vnqes reigna en Engleterre, ceo dit le Bruit, par quoy ly lays ly apellerunt King Adelstane with gilden kroket, pour ce q’il feu si beaus.’ We have here notice of another of those curious historical poems, the loss of which can never be sufficiently deplored. The term crocket (derived by Skinner from the Fr. crochet, uncinulus) points out the period of the poem’s composition, since the fashion alluded to of wearing those large rolls of hair so called, only arose at the latter end of Hen. III. reign, and continued through the reign of Edw. I. and part of his successor’s.”

7. See below, § 16.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See below, § 16.

8. The poems in MSS. Camb. Univ. Lib. Ff. 5. 48 and Dd. 14. 2 resemble this Chronicle, but do not mention Havelok’s name.

8. The poems in MSS. Camb. Univ. Lib. Ff. 5. 48 and Dd. 14. 2 resemble this Chronicle, but do not mention Havelok’s name.

9. This proof is rendered unnecessary by the citations from it by Rauf de Boun in 1310, and by the age of our MS. itself.

9. This proof is rendered unnecessary by the citations from it by Rauf de Boun in 1310, and by the age of our MS. itself.

10. Hanelok in Hearne, throughout, but undoubtedly contra fidem MSS.

10. Hanelok in Hearne, throughout, but undoubtedly contra fidem MSS.

11. The writing in the earlier portion (concerning Havelok) is hardly later than A.D. 1400.

11. The writing in the earlier portion (concerning Havelok) is hardly later than CE 1400.

12. Sir F. Madden adds— “collated with another of the same age, MS. Cott. Dom. A. x, and a third, of the 15th century, MS. Harl. 200.” I omit the collations; the words within square brackets are supplied from these other copies.

12. Sir F. Madden adds— “collated with another of the same age, MS. Cott. Dom. A. x, and a third, of the 15th century, MS. Harl. 200.” I omit the collations; the words within square brackets are supplied from these other copies.

13. I omit the collations with MSS. Harl. 24 and 753. Sir F. Madden proves that this English version was made A.D. 1435, by John Maundevile, rector of Burnham Thorp in Norfolk.

13. I omit the collations with MSS. Harl. 24 and 753. Sir F. Madden proves that this English version was made AD 1435, by John Maundevile, rector of Burnham Thorp in Norfolk.

14. Colbrande is the giant defeated by Guy in the Ballad of “Guy and Colebrande.” See Percy Folio MS.; ed. Hales and Furnivall, vol. ii. p. 528, where Auelocke means Anlaf.

14. Colbrande is the giant defeated by Guy in the Ballad of “Guy and Colebrande.” See Percy Folio MS.; ed. Hales and Furnivall, vol. ii. p. 528, where Auelocke means Anlaf.

15. Quoted in a note in Sir F. Madden’s preface, p. xxiii.

15. Quoted in a note in Sir F. Madden’s preface, p. xxiii.

16. So then ought Hamlet; but the editor of Saxo Grammaticus says, “in antiquioribus regum Daniæ genealogiis Amlethus non occurrit.” See Saxo Gram. ed. Müller, Havniæ, 1839; end of lib. iii. and beginning of lib. iv.; also the note on p. 132 of the Notæ Uberiores. The idea that Havelock is Amlet is to be found in Grundtvig, North. Myth. 1832, p. 565.

16. So then ought Hamlet; but the editor of Saxo Grammaticus says, “in antiquioribus regum Daniæ genealogiis Amlethus non occurrit.” See Saxo Gram. ed. Müller, Havniæ, 1839; end of lib. iii. and beginning of lib. iv.; also the note on p. 132 of the Notæ Uberiores. The idea that Havelock is Amlet is to be found in Grundtvig, North. Myth. 1832, p. 565.

17. Havelok [or Hanelock, as it is sometimes read] is quite as like Anlaf, whence the blunder noticed in note 1, p. xviii. In the form Hablok, it is not unlike Blecca, who was a great man in Lindesey soon after the days of Æthelberht of Kent; see Saxon Chronicle, An. DCXXVII.

17. Havelok [or Hanelock, as it is sometimes read] is quite as like Anlaf, whence the blunder noticed in note 1, p. xviii. In the form Hablok, it is not unlike Blecca, who was a great man in Lindesey soon after the days of Æthelberht of Kent; see Saxon Chronicle, An. DCXXVII.

18. His account has been printed in the Topographer, V. i. p. 241. sq. 8vo, 1789. We follow, as usual, the MS. itself, p. 1.

18. His account has been printed in the Topographer, V. i. p. 241. sq. 8vo, 1789. We follow, as usual, the MS. itself, p. 1.

19. Quoted in Brock’s Biography of Sir H. Havelock, 1858; p. 9.

19. Quoted in Brock’s Biography of Sir H. Havelock, 1858; p. 9.

20. Æthelberht of Kent reigned from A.D. 560-616 (56 years).

20. Æthelberht of Kent reigned from CE 560-616 (56 years).

21. For this latter portion of the Preface I am entirely responsible.

21. For this latter portion of the Preface I am entirely responsible.

22. Nicole is a French inversion of Lincoln. It is not uncommon.

22. Nicole is a French inversion of Lincoln. It is not uncommon.

23. The northern part of Lincolnshire is called Lindsey.

23. The northern part of Lincolnshire is called Lindsey.

24. Hence the obvious origin of the legend of “Havelok’s stone,” and the local tradition about Grim’s casting down stones from the tower of Grimsby church.

24. Hence the obvious origin of the legend of “Havelok’s stone,” and the local tradition about Grim’s casting down stones from the tower of Grimsby church.

25. Possibly Saltfleet, suggests Mr Haigh. Such, at least, is the position required by the circumstances.

25. Possibly Saltfleet, suggests Mr Haigh. Such, at least, is the position required by the circumstances.

26. In the Durham MS. it is Tiedfort, i.e. Tetford, not far from Horncastle, in Lincolnshire.

26. In the Durham MS. it is Tiedfort, i.e. Tetford, not far from Horncastle, in Lincolnshire.

27. A name given to the S.E. part of Lincolnshire.

27. A name given to the S.E. part of Lincolnshire.

28. Here again is an allusion to “Havelok’s stone.”

28. Here again is an allusion to “Havelok’s stone.”

29. Hence, by confusion, the placing of Havelok’s father in the time of Ælfred.

29. Hence, by confusion, the placing of Havelok’s father in the time of Ælfred.

30. Or, as I should prefer to say, earlier than those times. The two kings spoken of in the Lay may have had names somewhat similar to these, which may have been replaced by the more familiar names here mentioned.

30. Or, as I should prefer to say, earlier than those times. The two kings spoken of in the Lay may have had names somewhat similar to these, which may have been replaced by the more familiar names here mentioned.

31. Cf. Lappenberg’s History of England, tr. by Thorpe, vol. i. pp. 145-154.

31. Cf. Lappenberg’s History of England, tr. by Thorpe, vol. i. pp. 145-154.

32. See the same statement in Fabyan’s Chronicles, p. 112; ed. Ellis, 1811.

32. See the same statement in Fabyan’s Chronicles, p. 112; ed. Ellis, 1811.

33. “Cf. K. Horn, 1005, where haue rhymes with plawe.” —M. Mr A. J. Ellis would consider slawen, knaue, &c., as assonances— “Do not think of the pronunciation of modern drawen. Read sla-wen, kna-ue, an assonance. Beþe does not rhyme to reden; it is only an assonance.” —Ellis. On the other hand, we find the spellings rathe, rothe instead of rede in ll. 1335 and 2817.

33. “Cf. K. Horn, 1005, where haue rhymes with plawe.” —M. Mr A. J. Ellis would consider slawen, knaue, &c., as assonances— “Do not think of the pronunciation of modern drawen. Read sla-wen, kna-ue, an assonance. Beþe does not rhyme to reden; it is only an assonance.” —Ellis. On the other hand, we find the spellings rathe, rothe instead of rede in ll. 1335 and 2817.

34.Qual = quhal, the aspirate being omitted; and quhal = whal.” —Ellis.

34.Qual = quhal, the aspirate being omitted; and quhal = whal.” —Ellis.

35. The use of th for t is not uncommon. In the Romans of Partenay, we have thown, thaken, thouchyng, &c., for town, taken, touching; see Preface, p. xvi. In the copy of Piers Plowman in MS. Camb. Univ. Lib. Dd l. 17, I have observed several similar examples. Cf. Eng. tea, Ital. , Span. , with Fr. thé, Swed. the, G. Du. Dan. thee.

35. The use of th for t is not uncommon. In the Romans of Partenay, we have thown, thaken, thouchyng, &c., for town, taken, touching; see Preface, p. xvi. In the copy of Piers Plowman in MS. Camb. Univ. Lib. Dd l. 17, I have observed several similar examples. Cf. Eng. tea, Ital. , Span. , with Fr. thé, Swed. the, G. Du. Dan. thee.

36. “Is e for o a mistake, or may it be compared with preue for prove, &c.?” —Ellis. I would observe that greting is the spelling of the substantive in l. 166.

36. “Is e for o a mistake, or may it be compared with preue for prove, &c.?” —Ellis. I would observe that greting is the spelling of the substantive in l. 166.

37. “This four accents I consider to be a wrong way of stating the fact. . . The metre consists of four measures, each generally, not always, of two syllables, the first often one syllable, the others often of three syllables, and each measure has generally more stress on the last than on any other, but the accents or principal stresses in the verse are usually 2, sometimes 3, perhaps never 4.” —A. J. Ellis. I need hardly add that such a statement is more exact, and that I here merely use the word accent in the loose sense it often bears, viz. as denoting the “stress,” more or less heavy, and sometimes imperceptible, which is popularly supposed to belong to the last syllable in a measure. I must request the reader to remember that this present sketch of the metre is very slight and imperfect, and worded in the usual not very correct popular language. For more strict and careful statements the reader is referred to Mr A. J. Ellis’s work on Early English Pronunciation. Until readers have made themselves acquainted with that work, they will readily understand what I here mean by “accents;” afterwards, they can easily adopt a stricter idea of its meaning.

37. “This four accents I consider to be a wrong way of stating the fact. . . The metre consists of four measures, each generally, not always, of two syllables, the first often one syllable, the others often of three syllables, and each measure has generally more stress on the last than on any other, but the accents or principal stresses in the verse are usually 2, sometimes 3, perhaps never 4.” —A. J. Ellis. I need hardly add that such a statement is more exact, and that I here merely use the word accent in the loose sense it often bears, viz. as denoting the “stress,” more or less heavy, and sometimes imperceptible, which is popularly supposed to belong to the last syllable in a measure. I must request the reader to remember that this present sketch of the metre is very slight and imperfect, and worded in the usual not very correct popular language. For more strict and careful statements the reader is referred to Mr A. J. Ellis’s work on Early English Pronunciation. Until readers have made themselves acquainted with that work, they will readily understand what I here mean by “accents;” afterwards, they can easily adopt a stricter idea of its meaning.

38. “You cannot scan this line in any way. This method of doing it is quite impossible; it is a mere chopping to make a verse like this. The line is corrupt. Omit þat, and you have

38. “You cannot scan this line in any way. This method of doing it is quite impossible; it is a mere chopping to make a verse like this. The line is corrupt. Omit þat, and you have

Of | a tal’ | ich you | wile telle

Of | a tal’ | ich you | wile telle

or better,

or preferably,

Of | a tal’ | ich wil|e telle.”

Of | a tal’ | ich wil|e telle.”

Ellis.

Ellis.

39. The number is that of the first line of the pair.

39. The number is that of the first line of the pair.

40. “You have omitted the curious harde, krakede, 567, here; it is only an assonance, not a mistake, I believe.” —Ellis. But see note to l. 567.

40. “You have omitted the curious harde, krakede, 567, here; it is only an assonance, not a mistake, I believe.” —Ellis. But see note to l. 567.

41. “On i, e rhymes, see p. 271, last line and following, of my Chap. IV. The o, a depend on a provincialism, and this applies to sawe, wowe; beþe, rede; knaue, plawe; sawe, hawe; &c. Bouth, oft is a case of assonance, bouth being bought, where properly the ugh is the voiced sound of Scotch quh, and easily passes into f. The assonance is therefore nearly a rhyme. Plattinde, gangande is probably a scribal error. Eir, toþer is certainly a mistake; read

41. “On i, e rhymes, see p. 271, last line and following, of my Chap. IV. The o, a depend on a provincialism, and this applies to sawe, wowe; beþe, rede; knaue, plawe; sawe, hawe; &c. Bouth, oft is a case of assonance, bouth being bought, where properly the ugh is the voiced sound of Scotch quh, and easily passes into f. The assonance is therefore nearly a rhyme. Plattinde, gangande is probably a scribal error. Eir, toþer is certainly a mistake; read

Swanborow, helfled, his sistres fair.”

Swanborow, helped, his sisters fair.

Ellis.

Ellis.

We may then perhaps alter gangande to ganginde. I do not quite like writing the modern form fair instead of the old plural fayre in order to gain a rime to eir. Cf. ll. 1095, 2300, 2538, 2768.

We might then change gangande to ganginde. I’m not really a fan of using the modern form fair instead of the old plural fayre just to rhyme with eir. See lines 1095, 2300, 2538, 2768.

42.Hon, lond may arise from a Danism, or from an English custom at that time of not pronouncing d after n in nd final; Danish Mand and German Mann are identical.” —Ellis. I prefer to call it Danish; we English, now at least, often add a d, as in sound, gownd, from soun, gown.

42.Hon, lond may arise from a Danism, or from an English custom at that time of not pronouncing d after n in nd final; Danish Mand and German Mann are identical.” —Ellis. I prefer to call it Danish; we English, now at least, often add a d, as in sound, gownd, from soun, gown.

43.Johan is almost Jon in Chaucer, however written, but l. 177 wants a measure; read—

43.Johan is almost Jon in Chaucer, however written, but l. 177 wants a measure; read—

Bi [Jhesu] crist, and bi seint ion.

Bi [Jhesu] Christ, and by Saint John.

In l. 1720 also the verse is defective; omit al, and read—

In l. 1720, the verse is also lacking; remove al, and read—

In denemark nis wimman [non]

In Denmark, no women.

So fayr so sche, bi seint Johan,

So fair so she, by Saint John,

where seint is a dissyllable; see p. 264 of my Early English Pronunciation. Hey, fri, 1071, is an error; read hy, and see p. 285 of my book. The other instances of ei, ai are all regular, the confusion of ei, ai being perfect in the thirteenth century. Shame, l. 88, is dative, and would prove nothing, but shame in Orrmin is conclusive. Hence in sham’, 56, we have an e omitted; compare p. 323 of my book, and the German Ruh’.” —Ellis. In other places, the spelling heye occurs, rather than hy: see ll. 719, 987, 1071, 1083, 1289, 1685, 2431, 2471, 2544, 2724, 2750, 2945, &c.

where seint is a two-syllable word; see p. 264 of my Early English Pronunciation. Hey, fri, 1071, is a mistake; read hy, and refer to p. 285 of my book. The other examples of ei, ai are all normal, with the mix-up of ei, ai being well-established in the thirteenth century. Shame, l. 88, is in the dative case, which wouldn’t prove anything, but shame in Orrmin is definitive. Thus in sham’, 56, we have an e that is left out; see p. 323 of my book, and the German Ruh’.” —Ellis. In other instances, the spelling heye appears instead of hy: see ll. 719, 987, 1071, 1083, 1289, 1685, 2431, 2471, 2544, 2724, 2750, 2945, etc.

44. “The instances of o are all regular, except croud, god, 2338, which is a false rhyme altogether; ou = modern oo.” —Ellis.

44. “The instances of o are all regular, except croud, god, 2338, which is a false rhyme altogether; ou = modern oo.” —Ellis.

45. Riche being both A.S. and French, has the e even when indefinite; a riche king, 841; a riche man, 373.

45. Riche being both A.S. and French, has the e even when indefinite; a riche king, 841; a riche man, 373.

46. Preface to Mr Morris’s Genesis and Exodus, p. xxxviii.

46. Preface to Mr Morris’s Genesis and Exodus, p. xxxviii.

liv

EMENDATIONS, ETC.


This section is shown as printed. The editor’s corrections were variously handled. Minor changes to the primary text are shown in brackets and marked with mouse-hover popups. The more complicated or tentative emendations are given as supple­mentary footnotes, separately outlined. Additions to the Glossary are marked in the same way. The following paragraph is part of the original text.

This section is displayed as printed. The editor's corrections were managed in different ways. Minor changes to the main text are indicated in brackets and marked with mouse-hover popups. More complicated or uncertain edits are provided as supplementary footnotes, outlined separately outlined. Additions to the Glossary are marked in the same manner. The following paragraph is part of the original text.

Some emendations have been made in the text by inserting letters and words within square brackets. A few more may be noticed here.

Some edits have been made in the text by adding letters and words in square brackets. A few more might be noticed here.

p. 2, l. 47. The MS. has red; but it should be rede.

p. 2, l. 47. The manuscript has red; but it should be rede.

p. 3, l. 66. For the MS. reading here Mr Garnett proposed to read othere, which is clearly right.

p. 3, l. 66. For the manuscript reading here, Mr. Garnett suggested using othere, which is clearly the correct choice.

p. 3, l. 74. For his soule (as in the MS.) we should probably read of his soule.

p. 3, l. 74. For his soul (as in the MS.) we should probably read of his soul.

p. 3, l. 79. For wo diden (as in the MS.) we should read wo so dide.

p. 3, l. 79. For wo diden (as it appears in the manuscript), we should read wo so dide.

p. 6, l. 177. Read— “Bi [ihesu] crist,” &c, to fill up; but this is doubtful; see l. 1112.

p. 6, l. 177. Read— “Bi [ihesu] crist,” &c, to complete; but this is uncertain; see l. 1112.

p. 18, l. 560. For with, Mr Garnett proposed to read wilt.

p. 18, l. 560. For with, Mr. Garnett suggested reading wilt.

p. 20, l. 640. For ney (as in MS.) read neye, the adverbial form.

p. 20, l. 640. For ney (as in MS.) read neye, the adverbial form.

p. 21, l. 660. Perhaps there should be a comma after Slep, making the sense to be sleep, son, not sleep soon.

p. 21, l. 660. Maybe there should be a comma after Slep, making it read as sleep, son, not sleep soon.

p. 23, l. 746. For alle, Mr Garnett proposed to read shalle.

p. 23, l. 746. For alle, Mr. Garnett suggested reading shalle.

p. 24, l. 784. Perhaps we should, however, read se-weren, and the note on the line (p. 93) may be wrong. See Weren in the Glossary. See Endnote.

p. 24, l. 784. Perhaps we should, however, read se-weren, and the note on the line (p. 93) may be wrong. See Weren in the Glossary. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

p. 32, l. 1037. For stareden we should perhaps read stradden; see the Glossary.

p. 32, l. 1037. For stareden we should perhaps read stradden; see the Glossary.

p. 33, l. 1080. For hexte we should rather read hexte [man]; cf. l. 199.

p. 33, l. 1080. For hexte we should rather read hexte [man]; cf. l. 199.

lv

p. 38, l. 1233. Mr Garnett suggested that cloþen may mean clothes. If so, dele the comma after it.

p. 38, l. 1233. Mr. Garnett suggested that cloþen might mean clothes. If that's the case, remove the comma after it.

p. 43, l. 1420. For wolde we should rather read [he] wolde.

p. 43, l. 1420. For wolde we should instead read [he] wolde.

p. 46, l. 1687. þarned is an error of the scribe for þoled; see the Glossary.

p. 46, l. 1687. þarned is a mistake made by the scribe for þoled; see the Glossary.

p. 47, l. 1720. Perhaps we should rather read—is womman [non].

p. 47, l. 1720. Maybe we should read—is woman [none].

p. 47, l. 1733. Bidde must mean offer, rather than bid (as in the Glossary); unless it be miswritten for bide = tarry.

p. 47, l. 1733. Bidde must mean offer, rather than bid (as in the Glossary); unless it is a mistake for bide = wait.

p. 47, l. 1736. The MS. reading deled should be deyled; cf. l. 2099.

p. 47, l. 1736. The MS. reading deled should be deyled; cf. l. 2099.

p. 76, l. 2670. The MS. reading blinne should clearly be blunne. A few other suggestions of emendations will be found in the Glossarial Index. See the words Arwe, Birþe, Felde, Sor, Tauhte, Þenne, Thit, Werewed, Wreken, &c. See also the suggestions in the preface, pp. xxxix, xli, xlvi, xlvii.

p. 76, l. 2670. The manuscript reading blinne should obviously be blunne. A few other proposed changes can be found in the Glossarial Index. Check the words Arwe, Birþe, Felde, Sor, Tauhte, Þenne, Thit, Werewed, Wreken, etc. Also, see the suggestions in the preface, pp. xxxix, xli, xlvi, xlvii.

p. 132, s.v. Loken. The reference to the Ancren Riwle is to MS. Titus D 18, fol. 17; cf. the edition by Morton (Camd. Soc. 1853), p. 56.

p. 132, s.v. Loken. The reference to the Ancren Riwle is to MS. Titus D 18, fol. 17; see the edition by Morton (Camd. Soc. 1853), p. 56.

In the Glossary, Dunten is wrongly placed after Dint.

In the Glossary, Dunten is incorrectly listed after Dint.

See Endnote for following items.

See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ for next items.

Also, Greting is wrongly placed before Gres.

Below is a short piece of text (5 words or fewer). Modernize it into contemporary English if there's enough context, but do not add or omit any information. If context is insufficient, return it unchanged. Do not add commentary, and do not modify any placeholders. If you see placeholders of the form __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_x__, you must keep them exactly as-is so they can be replaced with links. Also, Greeting is wrongly placed before Gres.

Hal, more probably, is shortened from half, like twel from twelue.

Hal is most likely a shortened form of half, similar to how twel comes from twelue.

Shoten, in l. 1838, means rushed, darted, flew.

Shoten, in l. 1838, means rushed, darted, flew.

Teyte may mean lively. My explanation is not generally accepted.

Teyte might mean lively. My explanation isn’t widely accepted.

Bise occurs in l. 724.

Bise happens in l. 724.

 

1  
 
Incipit vita Hauelok, quondam Rex Anglie et Denemarchie.

1  
 
Beginning of the life of Havelok, former King of England and Denmark.


[Fol. 204, col. 1.]
Hearken!

Listen!

Herknet to me, gode men,

Listen to me, good people,

Wiues, maydnes, and alle men,

Wives, maidens, and all men,

Of a tale þat ich you wile telle,

Of a story that I want to tell you,

4

Wo so it wile here, and þer-to duelle.

Wo so it wile here, and þer-to duelle.

I will tell you the tale of Havelok,

I will share the story of Havelok,

Þe tale is of hauelok i-maked;

The tale is of Havelok the Drowned;

Wil he was litel he yede ful naked:

Wil he was little he went fully naked:

Hauelok was a ful god gome,

Hauelok was a full god man,

8

He was ful god in eueri trome,

He was fully good in every way,

9

a wight man at need.

a white man in need.

He was þe wicteste man at nede,

He was the wisest man in need,

Þat þurte riden on ani stede.

They need to ride on any horse.

Þat ye mowen nou y-here,

That you can now hear,

12

And þe tale ye mowen y-lere.

And the story you can learn.

At the beginning1 of vre tale,

At the beginning__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ of our tale,

First, fill me a cup of ale.

First, pour me a cup of beer.

Fil me a cuppe of ful god ale;

Fil me a cup of good ale;

15

And [y] wile drinken her y spelle,

And while drinking her I spell,

16

Þat crist vs shilde alle fro helle!

That Christ shields us all from hell!

Krist late vs heuere so for to do,

Krist late vs heuere so for to do,

Christ grant we may do right!

Christ, may we do what is right!

Þat we moten comen him to,

Þat we moten comen him to,

19

And wit[e]2 þat it mote ben so!

And wit[e]2 þat it mote ben so!

20

Benedicamus domino!

Let's praise the Lord!

Here y schal biginnen a rym,

Here you shall begin a rhyme,

Krist us yeue wel god fyn!

Krist us yeue wel god fyn!

2

The rime is about Havelok.

The rhyme is about Havelok.

The rym is maked of hauelok,

The rhyme is made of havelock,

24

A stalworþi man in a flok;

A stalwart man in a group;

He was þe stalworþeste man at nede,

He was the strongest man in need,

Þat may riden on ani stede.

That can ride on any steed.

1 MS. Beginnig.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. Beginning.

2 See ll. 517, 1316.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See lines 517, 1316.

THE GOOD KING ATHELWOLD   IS KING OVER ALL ENGLAND.

King Athelwald is the ruler of all of England.

There was once a king who made good laws.

There was once a king who created fair laws.

IT was a king bi are dawes,

IT was a king bi are dawes,

28

That in his time were gode lawes

That in his time, there were good laws.

He dede maken, an ful wel holden;

He made them, and held them well;

Hym louede yung, him louede holde,

Hym loved young, him loved old,

31

Erl and barun, dreng and kayn,

Erl and barun, dreng and kayn,

32

Knict, bondeman, and swain,

Knit, partner, and guy,

All loved him.

Everyone loved him.

Wydues, maydnes, prestes and clerkes,

Wives, maidens, priests, and clerks,

And al for hise gode werkes.

And all for his good deeds.

He louede god with al his micth,

He loved God with all his might,

36

And holi kirke, and soth, ant ricth;

And holy church, and truth, and righteousness;

Ricth-wise3 man he louede alle,

Rich-wise __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ man he loved all,

And oueral made hem forto calle;

And they made him call;

He hated traitors and robbers.

He hated traitors and thieves.

Wreieres and wrobberes made he falle,

Wreires and robbers made him fall,

40

And hated hem so man doth galle;

And he hated him so much;

Vtlawes and theues made he bynde,

Vtlawes and theues made he bind,

Alle that he micthe fynde,

All that he might find,

And heye hengen on galwe-tre;

And hey, he’s hanging on galwe-tre;

44

For hem ne yede gold ne fe.

For him neither gold nor pride.

45

At that time, men could carry gold about safely,

At that time, men could safely carry gold around,

In that time a man þat bore

In that time, a man who carried

[Wel fyfty pund, y woth, or more,]4

[Wel fyfty pund, y woth, or more,]4

[Fol. 204, col. 2.]

[Fol. 204, col. 2.]

Of red[e] gold up-on hijs bac,

Of red gold upon his back,

48

In a male with or blac,

In a male with or black,

Ne funde he non that him misseyde,

Ne funde he non that him misseyde,

N[e] with iuele on [him] hond leyde.

N[e] laid his hand on the jewel.

Þanne micthe chapmen fare

Then might the chapmen fare

52

Þuruth englond wit here ware,

Þuruth England with here ware,

and boldly buy and sell.

and confidently trade.

And baldelike beye and sellen,

And bald-like be and sell,

Oueral þer he wilen dwellen,

Where he will dwell,

3

In gode burwes, and þer-fram

In good boots, and thereafter

56

Ne funden he non þat dede hem sham,

Ne funden he non þat dede hem sham,

Þat he ne weren sone to sorwe brouth,

Þat he ne weren sone to sorwe brouth,

An pouere maked, and browt to nouth.

An pouere maked, and browt to nouth.

Þanne was engelond at hayse;5

Then was England at peace;__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Then was England at ease.

Then England was at ease.

60

Michel was svich a king to preyse,

Michel was such a king to praise,

Þat held so eng[e]lond in grith!

Þat held so eng[e]lond in grith!

Krist of heuene was him with.

Krist of heuene was him with.

He was engelondes blome;

He was England's flower;

64

Was non so bold lond to rome,

Was not so bold to roam,

Þat durste upon his [menie] bringhe

Þat durste upon his [menie] bringhe

Hunger, ne here* wicke þinghe.

Hunger, not here __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ wicked thing.

Hwan he felede hise foos,

When he felt his feet,

The king made his foes hide themselves.

The king forced his enemies to hide.

68

He made hem lurken, and crepen in wros:

He made him lurk and creep in rows:

Þe hidden hem alle, and helden hem stille,

The hidden them all, and held them still,

And diden al his herte wille.

And didn’t he want it with all his heart?

Ricth he louede of alle þinge,

Ricth he louede of alle þinge,

72

To wronge micht him no man bringe,

To wrong him might bring no man,

Ne for siluer, ne for gold:—

Ne for siluer, ne for gold:—

So was he his soule hold.

So was he his soul __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ hold.

He befriended the fatherless.

He made friends with orphans.

To þe faderles was he rath,

To the fatherless, he was quick,

76

Wo so dede hem wrong or lath,

Wo so dede hem wrong or lath,

Were it clerc, or were it knicth,

Were it clerk, or were it knight,

He dede hem sone to hauen ricth;

He told them soon to haven wealth;

And wo [so] diden widuen wrong,

And wo didn't __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ do wrong,

80

Were he neure knicth so strong,

Were he never quite so strong,

Þat he ne made him sone kesten,

Þat he ne made him sone kesten,

And in feteres ful faste festen;

And in fetters they are held tightly;

Them who wrought shame he punished.

Those who brought shame upon themselves were punished.

And wo so dide maydne shame

And woe to those who caused shame.

84

Of hire bodi, or brouth in blame,

Of hire body, or brought in blame,

Bute it were bi hire wille,

Bute it were by her will,

He6 made him sone of limes spille.

He __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ made him some lime spills.

He was te7 beste knith at nede,

He was te7 beste knith at nede,

88

Þat heuere micthe riden on stede,

That he could ride on horse,

Or wepne wagge, or folc vt lede;

Or weapon wage, or people lead;

4

Of knith ne hauede he neuere drede,

Of neither courage nor head did he ever fear,

91

Þat he ne sprong forth so sparke of glede,

Þat he ne sprong forth so sparke of glede,

[Fol. 204b, col. 1.]

[Fol. 204, col. 1.]

92

And lete him [knawe] of hise hand-dede,

And let him know of his actions,

Hw he couþe with wepne spede;

Hw he couþe with wepne spede;

He made his foes cry for mercy.

He made his enemies beg for mercy.

And oþer he refte him hors or wede,

And others took his horse or clothes,

Or made him sone handes sprede,

Or made him some hands spread,

96

And “louerd, merci!” loude grede.

And "loud, thank you!" he exclaimed.

He was large, and no wicth gnede;

He was big, and no witch needed;

Hauede he non so god brede,

Hauede he non so god brede,

Ne on his bord non so god shrede,

Ne on his bord non so god shrede,

He fed the poor.

He fed the needy.

100

Þat he ne wolde þorwit fede,

Þat he ne wolde þorwit fede,

Poure þat on fote yede;

Pour that on foot go;

Forto hauen of him þe mede

To have the reward from him

Þat for vs wolde on rode blede,

Þat for us would on the cross bleed,

104

Crist, that al kan wisse and rede,

Crist, that everyone can know and read,

Þat euere woneth in ani þede.

That you ever inhabit in any place.

3 MS. “Rirth wise.”

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. "Rirth is smart."

4 Supplied from conjecture. Cf. v. 653, 787. A few more instances will be found where a similar liberty has been taken, for the purpose of completing the sense.

4 Supplied from conjecture. Cf. v. 653, 787. A few more instances will be found where a similar liberty has been taken, for the purpose of completing the sense.

5 MS. athayse.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. Athayse.

* For the MS. reading here Mr Garnett proposed to read othere, which is clearly right.

* For the MS. reading here Mr Garnett proposed to read othere, which is clearly right.

For his soule (as in the MS.) we should probably read of his soule.

For his soule (as in the MS.) we should probably read of his soule.

For wo diden (as in the MS.) we should read wo so dide.

For wo diden (as in the MS.) we should read wo so dide.

6 MS. Ke.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. Ke.

7 MS. Ke waste.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. Ke waste.

ATHELWOLD IS ABOUT TO DIE.

ATHELWOLD IS ABOUT TO DIE.

His name was Athelwold.

His name was Athelwold.

¶ Þe king was hoten aþelwold,

¶ The king was named Athelwold,

Of word, of wepne he was bold;

Of words, of weapons, he was bold;

108

In engeland was neure knicth,

In England, there was no knight.

Þat betere hel þe lond to ricth.

Þat betere hel þe lond to ricth.

110

He had but a young daughter to succeed him.

He only had a young daughter to take his place.

Of his bodi ne hauede he eyr

Of his body, he had no air.

Bute a mayden swiþe fayr,

But a maiden very fair,

112

Þat was so yung þat sho ne couþe

Þat was so yung þat sho ne couþe

Gon on fote, ne speke wit mouþe.

Gon on foot, don't speak with your mouth.

Þan him tok an iuel strong,

Þan him tok an iuel strong,

Þat he we[l] wiste, and under-fong,

Þat he we[l] wiste, and under-fong,

He feels he is dying, and says,

He feels like he's dying and says,

116

Þat his deth was comen him on:

Þat his deth was comen him on:

And seyde, “crist, wat shal y don!

And said, “Christ, what should I do!

118

Louerd, wat shal me to rede!

Lord, what should I do!

I woth ful wel ich haue mi mede.

I know for sure that I have my reward.

120

W shal nou mi douhter fare?

W shal nou mi douhter fare?

“I am in trouble about her.

“I’m having a hard time with her.

Of hire haue ich michel kare;

Of hire have I much care;

Sho is mikel in mi þouth,

Sho is mikel in my thoughts,

Of me self is me rith nowt.

Of myself, I am right now not.

124

No selcouth is, þou me be wo;5

No strange thing is, though you make me sad;5

Sho ne kan speke, ne sho kan go.

Sho ne kan speke, ne sho kan go.

Were she but of age,

If she were of age,

Yif scho couþe on horse ride,

Yif she could ride a horse,

And a thousande men bi hire syde;

And a thousand men by her side;

128

And sho were comen intil helde,

And sure were coming until held,

And engelond sho couþe welde;

And England could well rule;

130

And don hem of þar hire were queme,

And the hem of their hair was beautiful,

An hire bodi couþe yeme;

A hire body could eat;

132

No wolde me neuere iuele like

No would I ever do harm like

I would not care for myself.”

I wouldn't care about myself.

Me þou ich were in heuene-riche!”

"Me though I were in heaven!"

HE SUMMONS HIS LORDS TO WINCHESTER.

He summons his lords to Winchester.

Quanne he hauede þis pleinte maked,

Quanne he hauede þis pleinte maked,

Þer-after stronglike [he] quaked.

Then he shook strongly.

136

He sende writes sone on-on

He sends some write-ons

[Fol. 204b, col. 2.]

[Fol. 204b, col. 2.]

After his erles euere-ich on;

After his every achievement;

He summons his lords, from Roxburgh to Dover.

He calls his lords, from Roxburgh to Dover.

And after hise baruns, riche and poure,

And after his barons, rich and poor,

Fro rokesburw al into douere,

Fro rokesburw al into douere,

140

That he shulden comen swiþe

That he should come soon

Til him, that was ful vnbliþe;

Til him, that was very unbelievable;

To þat stede þe[r] he lay,

To that place where he lay,

In harde bondes, nicth and day.

In hard bonds, night and day.

144

He was so faste wit yuel fest,

He was so quick with bad jokes,

Þat he ne mouthe hauen no rest;

Þat he ne mouthe hauen no rest;

He can no longer eat.

He can't eat anymore.

He ne mouthe no mete hete,

He couldn't eat any food here,

Ne he ne mouchte no lyþe gete;

Ne he ne mouchte no lyþe gete;

148

Ne non of his iuel þat couþe red;

Ne non of his iuel þat couþe red;

Of him ne was nouth buten ded.

Of him there was nothing but death.

All sadly obey his summons.

All sadly respond to his call.

Alle þat the writes herden,

All that the writers heard,

Sorful an sori til him ferden;

Sorful and sorry until him fernen;

152

He wrungen hondes, and wepen sore,

He wrung hands, and wept sore,

And yerne preyden cristes hore,

And yearn prayed in Christ's hour,

Þat he [wolde] turnen him

That he wanted to turn him

Vt of þat yuel þat was so grim!

Vt of that evil that was so grim!

156

Þanne he weren comen alle

Then they had all come

They come to Winchester.

They arrive in Winchester.

Bifor þe king into the halle,

Bifor the king into the hall,

At winchestre þer he lay:

At Winchester where he lay:

6

“Welcome,” he seyde, “be ye ay!

“Welcome,” he said, “are you always!

160

Ful michel þank[e] kan [y] yow

Ful michel þank[e] kan [y] yow

That ye aren comen to me now!”

That you have come to me now!

ATHELWOLD SELECTS EARL GODRICH   TO BE HIS DAUGHTER’S GUARDIAN.

ATHELWOLD SELECTS EARL GODRICH TO BE HIS DAUGHTER'S GUARDIAN.

They all mourn and lament.

They all grieve and lament.

Quanne he weren alle set,

Quanne he was all set,

And þe king aueden i-gret,

And the king greeted him.

164

He greten, and gouleden, and gouen hem ille,

He grinned, and goaded, and gave him hell,

And he bad hem alle ben stille;

And he told them all to be quiet;

And seyde, “þat greting helpeth nouth,

And said, “that greeting doesn’t help,

For al to dede am ich brouth.

For all to see, I brought.

168

Bute nov ye sen þat i shal deye,

Bute now you say that I shall die,

He prays them to tell him who can guard his daughter best.

He asks them to tell him who can best protect his daughter.

Nou ich wille you alle preye

Nou ich wille you alle preye

Of mi douther þat shal be

Of my daughter that shall be

Yure leuedi after me,

You followed me,

172

Wo may yemen hire so longe,

You may remain here as long,

Boþen hire and engelonde,

Between her and England,

Til þat she [mowe] winan of helde,

Til þat she [mowe] winan of helde,

175

And þa she mowe yemen and welde?”

And then can she remembern and control?

176

He ansuereden, and seyden an-on,

He answered, and said on,

They answer, “Earl Godrich of Cornwall.”

They reply, “Earl Godrich of Cornwall.”

Bi crist* and bi seint ion,

Bi crist__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and bi saint ion,

That þerl Godrigh of cornwayle

That the God of Cornwall

Was trewe man, wit-uten faile;

Was true man, without fail;

180

Wis man of red, wis man of dede,

Wis man of red, wis man of dede,

And men haueden of him mikel drede.

And I had a lot of fear of him.

[Fol. 205, col. 1.]

[Fol. 205, col. 1.]

“He may hire alþer-best[e] yeme,

“He may hire the best meal,

Til þat she mowe wel ben quene.”

"Until she can really be queen."

* Read— “Bi [ihesu] crist,” &c, to fill up; but this is doubtful; see l. 1112.

* Read— “Bi [ihesu] crist,” &c, to fill up; but this is doubtful; see l. 1112.

184

Þe king was payed of that Rede;

The king was satisfied with that agreement;

The king sends for chalice and paten,

The king calls for the chalice and paten,

A wol fair cloth bringen he dede,

A wool fair cloth bringing he did,

And þer-on leyde þe messebok,

And there laid the missal,

Þe caliz, and þe pateyn ok,

Þe caliz, and þe pateyn ok,

188

Þe corporaus, þe messe-gere;

The body, the sacrament;

189

Þer-on he garte þe erl suere,

Þer-on he made the earl swear,

for the earl to swear upon.

for the earl to swear on.

Þat he sholde yemen hire wel,

Þat he sholde yemen hire wel,

With-uten lac, wit-uten tel,

With no lag, with no delay,

192

Til þat she were tuelf8 winter hold,7

Til þat she were tuelf8 winter hold,7

And of speche were bold;

And the speech was bold;

And þat she covþe of curteysye,

And that she knew of courtesy,

His daughter is to marry the best and fairest man that can be found.

His daughter is going to marry the best and most decent man available.

Gon, and speken of luue-drurye;

Gon, and speak of love stories;

196

And til þat she louen þoucte,9

And til þat she louen þoucte,9

Wom so hire to gode thoucte;

Wom so hire to good thought;

And þat he shulde hire yeue

And that he should give her

Þe beste man that micthe liue,

The best man that could live,

200

Þe beste, fayreste, the strangest ok:—

Þe beste, fayreste, the strangest ok:—

Þat dede he him sweren on þe bok.

That did he swear on the book.

And þanne shulde he engelond

And then he should England

Al bitechen in-to hire hond.

Al biting in to hire hand.

8 Qu. tuenti. Cf. v. 259.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Qu. tuenti. See v. 259.

9 MS. mithe. But see l. 257.

9 MS. mithe. But see l. 257.

204

Quanne10 þat was sworn on his wise,

Quanne10 þat was sworn on his wise,

He gives up all England to the earl, to keep for her.

He surrenders all of England to the earl, to hold for her.

Þe king dede þe mayden arise,

The king had the maiden arise,

And þe erl hire bitaucte,

And the earl betrothed her,

And al the lond he euere awcte;

And all the land he ever acted;

208

Engelonde eueri del;

Engeland is cool;

And preide, he shulde yeme hire wel.

And he should take good care of her.

10 MS. Ouanne. And perhaps “his” should have been “þis.”

10 MS. Ouanne. And perhaps “his” should have been “þis.”

Þe king ne mowcte don no more,

Þe king ne mowcte don no more,

But yerne preyede godes ore;

But you prayed for God's favor;

212

And dede him hoslen wel and shriue,

And buried him properly and heard his confession,

The king does penance.

The king is doing penance.

I woth, fif hundred siþes and fiue;

I wish, five hundred times and five;

An ofte dede him sore swinge,

An often hit him hard,

And wit hondes smerte dinge;

And with hands, pain lingers;

216

So þat þe blod ran of his fleys,

So that the blood ran from his body,

Þat tendre was, and swiþe neys.

Þat tendre was, and swiþe neys.

11And sone gaf it euere-il del;

11And sone gaf it euere-il del;

He made his quiste swiþe wel.

He completed his quest very well.

He makes his will.

He creates his will.

220

Wan it was gouen, ne micte men finde

Wan it was gone, I could not find

So mikel men micte him in winde,

So Mikel mentioned him in wind,

Of his in arke, ne in chiste,

Of his in arke, ne in chiste,

8

In engelond þat noman wiste:

In England that man knew:

224

For al was youen, faire and wel,

For all was you, fair and well,

Þat him was leued no catel.

Þat him was leued no catel.

11 Some lines appear to be wanting here, such as—

11 Some lines appear to be wanting here, such as—

“He þoucte his quiste þan to make,

"He thought his choice then to make,

His catel muste he wel bitake,” &c.

His cattle must he well take care of,” &c.

KING ATHELWOLD DIES.

King Athelwald has died.

Þanne he hauede ben ofte swngen,

He had often been swung,

[Fol. 205, col. 2.]

[Fol. 205, col. 2.]

Ofte shriuen, and ofte dungen,

Often shouted, and often scolded,

228

In manus tuas, lou[er]de,” he seyde,

Into your hands, Lord,” he said,

Her þat he þe speche leyde.

Her þat he þe speche leyde.

The king dies.

The king has died.

To ihesu crist bigan to calle,

To Jesus Christ began to call,

And deyede biforn his heymen alle.

And he died before his home.

232

Þan he was ded, þere micte men se

Þan he was dead, there might men see

Þe meste sorwe that micte be;

Þe meste sorwe that micte be;

Þer was sobbing, siking, and sor,

Þer was sobbing, sighing, and sorrow.

Handes wringing, and drawing bi hor.

Handes writing, and drawing by hour.

All mourn for him.

Everyone mourns for him.

236

Alle greten swiþe sore,

All greetings very sore,

Riche and poure þat þere wore;

Rich and poor that there were;

An mikel sorwe haueden alle,

A great sorrow had taken all,

Leuedyes in boure, knictes in halle.

Lords in the house, knights in the hall.

240

Quan þat sorwe was somdel laten,

Quan þat sorwe was somdel laten,

And he haueden longe graten,

And he had a long grate,

Masses are sung for him.

Masses are sung for him.

Belles deden he sone ringen,

Belles deden he sone ringen,

Monkes and prestes messe singen;

Monks and priests sing mass;

244

And sauteres deden he manie reden,

And sautéed he gave many reasons,

Þat god self shulde his soule leden

That God Himself should lead his soul.

Into heuene, biforn his sone,

Into heaven, before his son,

And þer wit-uten hende wone.

And there, without a doubt.

He is buried and the earl takes possession,

He is buried, and the earl takes control,

248

Þan he was to þe erþe brouth,

Þan he was to þe erþe brouth,

Þe riche erl ne foryat nouth,

Þe riche erl ne foryat nouth,

Þat he ne dede al engelond

Þat he ne dede al engelond

Sone sayse intil his hond;

Some say until his hand;

252

And in þe castels leth he12 do

And in þe castels leth he12 do

Þe knictes he micte tristen to;

The knights he could trust.

And alle þe englis dede he swere[n],

And he swore to all the English dead,

9

Þat he shulden him ghod fey baren;

Þat he shouldn't have to bear bad faith;

till the maiden is twenty years old.

till the girl is twenty years old.

256

He yaf alle men, þat god þoucte,

He gave all men, that God thought,

Liuen and deyen til þat him moucte,13

Liuen and deyen til þat him moucte,13

Til þat þe kinges dowter wore

Til þat þe king's daughter wore

Tuenti winter hold, and more.

Tuenti winter hold, and more.

12 Sir F. Madden printed “lechhe”; but the MS. may be read “leth he.”

12 Sir F. Madden printed “lechhe”; but the MS. may be read “leth he.”

13 So in MS. But the sense requires

13 So in MS. But the sense requires

“He gaf alle men, þat god him þouchte,

“He gave all men, that God him touched,

Liuen and deyen til þat he mouete,” &c.

Liuen and deyen till that he could,” &c.

EARL GODRICH TAKES POSSESSION.

Earl Godrich takes possession.

260

Þanne he hauede taken þis oth

Then he had taken this other

Of erles, baruns, lef and loth,

Of earls, barons, liked and disliked,

Of knictes, cherles, fre and þewe,

Of knights, serfs, free and the few,

Earl Godrich appoints justices, sheriffs, &c.

Earl Godrich appoints judges, sheriffs, etc.

263

Justises dede he maken newe,

Justices said he makes new,

264

Al engelond to faren þorw,

To travel far from England,

Fro douere into rokesborw.

From Dover into Roxburgh.

Schireues he sette, bedels, and greyues,

Schireues he set, bailiffs, and grieves,

Grith-sergeans, wit longe gleyues,

Grith-sergeants, with long gloves,

268

To yemen wilde wodes and paþes

To ye them wild woods and paths

Fro wicke men, that wolde don scaþes;

Fro wicked men, who would do harm;

And forto hauen alle at his cri,

And to have everyone at his command,

At his wille, at his merci;

At his will, at his mercy;

[Fol. 205b, col. 1.]

[Fol. 205, col. 1.]

272

Þat non durste ben him ageyn,

That no one dared to oppose him,

Erl ne baron, knict ne sweyn.

Erl is no baron, knight is no swineherd.

He grows very rich,

He becomes very wealthy,

Wislike for soth, was him wel

Wislike for soth, was him wel

Of folc, of wepne, of catel,

Of people, of weapons, of property,

276

Soþlike, in a lite þrawe

Honestly, in a quick minute

Al engelond of him stod [in] awe;

Al engelond of him stod [in] awe;

and all England fears him.

and all of England fears him.

Al engelond was of him adrad,14

Al engelond was of him adrad,14

So his þe beste fro þe gad.

So he's the best from the group.

14 MS. “adred,” altered to “adrad.”

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. “adred” changed to “adrad.”

The maiden grows up very fair.

The girl grows up very beautiful.

280

Þe kinges douther bigan þriue,

The king's daughter began to thrive,

And wex þe fayrest wman on liue.

And you're the most beautiful woman alive.

Of alle þewes w[as] she wis,

Of all the services, she was wise,

Þat gode weren, and of pris.

Þat gode weren, and of pris.

Her name is Goldborough.

Her name is Goldborough.

284

Þe mayden Goldeboru was hoten;

The maiden Goldborough was called;

For hire was mani a ter igroten.

For hire was many a little one.

10

GODRICH PLOTS AGAINST HIS WARD.

GODRICH PLOTS AGAINST HIS GUARDIAN.

Quanne the Erl godrich him herde

Quanne the Erl godrich him heard

Of þat mayden, hw we[l s]he ferde;

Of that maiden, how well she fared;

288

Hw wis sho was, w chaste, hw fayr,

Hw wis sho was, w chaste, hw fayr,

And þat sho was þe rithe eyr

And that she was the rightful heir

Of engelond, of al þe rike:—

Of England, of all the kingdom:—

Godrich is vexed.

Godrich is annoyed.

Þo bigan godrich to sike,

The noble began to sigh,

292

And seyde, “weþer she sholde be

And said, “whether she should be

Quen and leuedi ouer me?

Queen and lady over me?

Hweþer sho sholde al engelond,

Whether she should all England,

And me, and mine, hauen in hire hond?

And me and mine, have you in your hand?

296

Daþeit hwo it hire thaue!

Give it to her!

Shal sho it neuere more haue.

Will show it no more.

“Shall I give England to a fool, a girl?

“Should I give England to a fool, a girl?

Sholde ic yeue a fol, a þerne,

Sholde I give a fool, a purr,

Engelond, þou sho it yerne?

England, do you show it eagerly?

300

Daþeit hwo it hire yeue,

Dare you to give her,

Euere more hwil i liue!

Forevermore I live!

Sho is waxen al to prud,

Sho is all waxed up to be prudent,

For gode metes, and noble shrud,

For good food and noble deeds,

304

Þat hic haue youen hire to offte;

Þat hic haue youen hire to offte;

Hic haue yemed hire to softe.

Hic have you treated her too softly.

Shal it nouth ben als sho þenkes,

Shall it not be as she thinks,

‘Hope maketh fol man ofte blenkes.’

"Hope often makes man blind."

My son shall have England

My son will have England.

308

Ich haue a sone, a ful fayr knaue,

Ich haue a sone, a ful fayr knaue,

He shal engelond al haue.

He shall have it all.

He shal [ben] king, he shal ben sire,

He will be king, he will be lord,

So brouke i euere mi blake swire!”

So broke I ever my black swear!

312

Hwan þis trayson was al þouth,

Hwan this trayson was al thought,

He lets his oath go for nothing.

He totally disregards his promise.

Of his oth ne was him nouth.

Of his oath, he kept none.

He let his oth al ouer-ga,

He broke his oath.

Þerof ne yaf he nouth a stra;

Þerof ne yaf he nouth a stra;

316

But sone dede hire fete,

But soon did hire feet,

[Fol. 205b, col. 2.]

[Fol. 205b, col. 2.]

Er he wolde heten ani mete,

If he wanted to eat

Fro winchestre þer sho was,

From Winchester where she was,

Also a wicke traytur iudas;

Also a wicked traitor, Judas;

He sends the maiden to Dover.

He sends the girl to Dover.

320

And dede leden hire to doure,11

And gave her to the door,

Þat standeth on þe seis oure;

Þat standeth on þe seis oure;

And þerhinne dede hire fede

And therein she fed her

Pourelike in feble wede,

Pourelike in weak attire,

He shuts her up in the castle.

He locks her inside the castle.

324

Þe castel dede he yemen so,

Þe castel dede he yemen so,

Þat non ne micte comen hire to

Þat non ne micte comen hire to

Of hire frend, with [hire] to speken,

Of her friend, with her to speak

Þat heuere micte hire bale wreken.

That he could greatly avenge her misery.

328

Of Goldeboru shul we nou laten,

Of Goldeboru school we now leave,

Þat nouth ne blinneth forto graten,

Þat nouth ne blinneth forto graten,

Þet sho liggeth in prisoun:

The shoe lies in prison:

May Christ release Goldborough from prison!

May Christ free Goldborough from prison!

Ihesu crist, that lazarun

Jesus is the reason

332

To liue broucte fro dede bondes,

To live free from the bonds of death,

He lese hire wit hise hondes;

He uses his hands to bind her wit;

And leue sho mo him y-se

And leave him alone to see.

Heye hangen on galwe tre,

Heye hanging on galwe tree,

336

Þat hire haued in sorwe brouth,

That her head I brought in sorrow,

So as sho ne misdede nouth!

So as she no longer misbehaves now!

BIRKABEYN IS KING OF DENMARK.

Birkabeyn is the King of Denmark.

338

Sawe nou forth in hure spelle;

Saw now forth in her spell;

At that time there was a king of Denmark, called Birkabeyn.

At that time, there was a king of Denmark named Birkabeyn.

In þat time, so it bifelle,

In that time, it happened that

340

Was in þe lon of denemark

Was in the land of Denmark

A riche king, and swyþe stark.

A rich king, and very strong.

Þ[e] name of him was birkabeyn,

Þ[e] name of him was birkabeyn,

He hauede mani knict and sueyn;

He had many knights and followers;

344

He was fayr man, and wicth,

He was a handsome man, and a witch,

Of bodi he was þe beste knicth

Of body he was the best knight

Þat euere micte leden uth here,

That could really lead here,

Or stede onne ride, or handlen spere,

Or sit down and ride, or handle the spear,

He had three children.

He had three kids.

348

Þre children he hauede bi his wif,

Þre children he hauede bi his wif,

He hem louede so his lif.

He loved him so much in his life.

He hauede a sone [and] douhtres two,

He had a son and two daughters,

Swiþe fayre, as fel it so.

Swiþe fayre, as fel it so.

352

He þat wile non forbere,

He who will not forgive,

Riche ne poure; king ne kaysere,

Riche ne poure; king ne kaysere,

Death came upon him.

He passed away.

Deth him tok þan he bes[t] wolde

Deth took him then he best would

12

Liuen, but hyse dayes were fulde;

Liuen, but his days were full;

356

Þat he ne moucte no more liue,

Þat he ne moucte no more liue,

For gol ne siluer, ne for no gyue.

For gold or silver, nor for any gift.

He sends for the priests.

He calls for the priests.

Hwan he þat wiste, raþe he sende

Hwan he that knew, quickly he sent

After prestes fer an hende,

After priests are removed,

360

Chanounes gode, and monkes beþe,15

Chanounes good, and monks both,__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Him for to16 wisse, and to Rede;

Him for to16 wisse, and to Rede;

[Fol. 206, col. 1.]

[Fol. 206, col. 1.]

Him for to hoslon, an forto shriue,

Him to hug, and to confess,

Hwil his bodi were on liue.

While his body was alive.

15 MS. “boþe.” But “beþe” rimes to “Rede”; see l. 694.

15 MS. “boþe.” But “beþe” rimes to “Rede”; see l. 694.

16 MS. forthm to, the hm being expuncted.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. forthm to, the hm being expunged.

BIRKABEYN SELECTS EARL GODARD   TO BE GUARDIAN OF HIS THREE CHILDREN.

Birkabeyn selects Earl Godard to be the guardian of his three children.

364

Hwan he was hosled and shriuen,

Hwan was hosted and shriven,

365

His quiste maked, and for him gyuen,

His quest made, and for him given,

His knictes dede he alle site,

His knights gathered around,

For þorw hem he wolde wite,

For Thor, he wanted to know,

He asks who will guard his children?

He asks who will look after his kids?

368

Hwo micte yeme hise children yunge,

How might you encourage children young,

Til þat he kouþen speken wit tunge;

Til he could speak with a tone;

Speken and gangen, on horse riden,

Speak and go, riding horses,

Knictes an sweynes bi here siden.

Knights and swains by her side.

372

He spoken þer-offe, and chosen sone

He spoke about it, and soon chose

A riche man was under mone,

A rich man was under the moon,

He chooses Godard.

He picks Godard.

Was þe trewest þat he wende,

Was the truest that he went,

Godard, þe kinges oune frende;

Godard, the king's own friend;

376

And seyden, he Moucthe hem best loke,

And they said, he might look at them best,

Yif þat he hem vndertoke,

If he took them on,

Til hise sone Mouthe bere

Until his son Mouth bear

Helm on heued, and leden vt here,

Helm on head, and lead me over here,

380

In his hand a spere stark,

In his hand, a sharp spear,

And king ben maked of denemark.

And King Ben became the ruler of Denmark.

He wel trowede þat he seyde,

He truly believed that he said,

And on Godard handes leyde;

And on Godard's hands led;

He commends the children to Godard.

He entrusts the children to Godard.

384

And seyde, “Here bi-teche i þe

And said, “Here I entrust you

Mine children alle þre,

My children all three,

Al denemark, and al mi fe,

Al denemark, and al mi fe,

Til þat mi sone of helde be;

Til þat mi sone of helde be;

13

He makes him swear to take care of them,

He makes him promise to take care of them,

388

But þat ich wille, þat þo[u] suere

But that I want, that you swear

On auter, and on messe-gere,

On auteur, and on mass-management,

On þe belles þat men ringes,

On the bells that people ring,

On messe-bok þe prest on singes,

On the mass book, the priest sings,

392

Þat þou mine children shalt we[l] yeme,

Þat þou mine children shalt we[l] yeme,

Þat hire kin be ful wel queme,

Þat hire kin be ful wel queme,

Til mi sone mowe ben knicth,

Til mi sone mowe ben knicth,

and to give up the kingdom to the boy.

and to hand over the kingdom to the boy.

Þanne biteche him þo his Ricth,

Þanne biteche him þo his Ricth,

396

Denemark, and þat þertil longes,

Denmark, and to that purpose,

Casteles and tunes, wodes and wonges.”

Castles and tunes, woods and songs.

Godard swears to do so.

Godard promises to do so.

Godard stirt up, an swor al þat

Godard stirred up and swore all that

Þe king him bad, and siþen sat

Þe king him bad, and siþen sat

400

Bi the knictes, þat þer ware,

Bi the knights that were there,

Þat wepen alle swiþe sare

That weapon all very sore

For þe king þat deide sone:

For the king who died soon:

Ihesu crist, that makede mone

Jesus, that made money

404

On þe mirke nith to shine,

On the dark night to shine,

Wite his soule fro helle pine;

Wite his soul from hell's pain;

And leue þat it mote wone

And let it be that it may win

[Fol. 206, col. 2.]

[Fol. 206, col. 2.]

In heuene-riche with godes sone!

In heaven with God's son!

GODARD IMPRISONS THE THREE CHILDREN.

GODARD IMPRISONS THE THREE KIDS.

Godard shuts up the children, Havelok, Swanborough, and Helfled, in a castle.

Godard locks the children, Havelok, Swanborough, and Helfled, in a castle.

408

Hwan birkabeyn was leyd in graue,

Hwan birkabeyn was leyd in graue,

Þe erl dede sone take þe knaue,

Þe erl dede sone take þe knaue,

Hauelok, þat was þe eir,

Hauelok, that was the heir,

Swanborow, his sister, helfled, þe toþer,17

Swanborow, his sister, helfled, þe toþer,17

412

And in þe castel dede he hem do,

And in the castle, he had them done,

Þer non ne micte hem comen to

Þer non ne micte hem comen to

Of here kyn, þer þei sperd wore;18

Of here kyn, þer þei sperd wore;18

Þer he greten ofte sore,

He often cries bitterly,

416

Boþe for hunger and for kold,

Boht for hunger and for cold,

Or he weren þre winter hold.

Or he wasn't holding on.

Feblelike he gaf hem cloþes,

Like he gave him clothes,

He cares not for his oaths.

He doesn't care about his promises.

He ne yaf a note of hise oþes;

He gave a note of his oaths;

14 420

He hem [ne] cloþede rith, ne fedde,

He didn’t cover himself properly, nor did he feed.

Ne hem ne dede richelike be-bedde.

Ne hem ne dede richelike be-bedde.

Þanne godard was sikerlike

Then Godard was certainly

He is a traitor.

He's a traitor.

Vnder god þe moste swike,

Under God, the greatest deceiver,

424

Þat eure in erþe shaped was,

Þat eure in erþe shaped was,

With-uten on, þe wike Iudas.

With-uten on, the week Judas.

May he be accursed!

May he be cursed!

Haue he þe malisun to-day

Have him the curse today

Of alle þat eure speken may!

Of all that ever can speak!

428

Of patriark, and of pope!

Of patriarch and pope!

And of prest with loken kope!

And of press with looking cope!

Of monekes, and hermites boþe!19

Of monkeys and hermits both!__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

And of þe leue holi rode,

And of the holy cross,

432

Þat god him-selue ran on blode!

That God himself ran on blood!

433

Cursed be he by north and south!

Cursed be he by the north and south!

Crist warie him with his mouth!

Crist warie him with his mouth!

Waried wrthe he of norþ and suth!

Waried were the north and south!

Offe alle man, þat speken kunne!

Offer all men who can speak!

436

Of crist, þat made20 mone and sunne!

Of crist, þat made20 mone and sunne!

Þanne he hauede of al þe lond

Þanne he had control of all the land

Al þe folk tilled in-til his hond,

Al þe folk tilled into his hand,

And alle haueden sworen him oth,

And all had sworn to him oth,

440

Riche and poure, lef and loth,

Riche and poor, loved and hated,

Þat he sholden hise wille freme,

Þat he sholden hise wille freme,

He plots against the children.

He's scheming against the kids.

And þat he shulde[n] him nouth greme,

And that he should not complain to him,

He þouthe a ful strong trechery,

He thought of a really strong betrayal,

444

A trayson, and a felony,

A trial, and a felony,

Of þe children forto make:

To make of the children:

Þe deuel of helle him sone take!

Þe deuel of helle him sone take!

17 Corrupt? Lines 410, 411 do not rime well together.

17 Corrupt? Lines 410, 411 do not rime well together.

18 MS. were. But see l. 237.

18 MS. were. But see l. 237.

19 Lines 430, 431, 432 rime together. NB. The words holi rode are written over an erasure.

19 Lines 430, 431, 432 rime together. NB. The words holi rode are written over an erasure.

20 MS. mande.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. Mande.

He goes to the tower where they are.

He goes to the tower where they are.

Hwan þat was þouth, onon he ferde

Hwa that was thought, soon he went

448

To þe tour þer he woren sperde,

To the tower where he wore a spear,

Þer he greten for hunger and cold:

Þer he greets for hunger and cold:

Þe knaue þat was sumdel bold,

Þe knaue þat was somewhat bold,

Kam him ageyn, on knes him sette,

Kam him again, he knelt before him,

[Fol. 206b, col. 1.]

[Fol. 206b, col.1.]

452

And godard ful feyre he fer grette;

And Godard fully fears he will regret;

And Godard seyde, “Wat is yw?

And Godard said, “What are you?

15

Hwi grete ye and goulen nou?”

Hwi greet you and go now?"

Havelok says they are hungry.

Havelok says they're hungry.

“For us hungreth swiþe sore:”—

“For us hunger is very painful:”

456

Seyden he wolden [haue] more,

Seyden he wanted more,

“We ne haue to hete, ne we ne haue

We don’t have to hate, nor do we have

Herinne neyther knith ne knaue

Her name neither knight nor knave

Þat yeueth us drinken, ne no mete,

Þat yeueth us drinken, ne no mete,

460

Haluendel þat we moun ete.

Hallowed be that we may eat.

“Alas, that we were born!”

"Too bad we were born!"

Wo is us þat we weren born!

Wo is us that we were born!

Weilawei! nis it no korn,

Weilawei! Is it no corn,

Þat men micte maken of bred?

Can men make bread?

464

Vs21 hungreth, we aren ney ded.”

"Vs__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ hundred, we aren't needed."

21 MS. þs; of. l. 455.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ MS. þs; of. l. 455.

GODARD KILLS SWANBORGUGH AND HELFLED.

GODARD KILLS SWANBORGUGH AND HELFLED.

Godard cares not.

Godard doesn't care.

Godard herde here wa,

Godard is here,

Ther-offe yaf he nouth a stra,

Ther-offe yaf he nouth a stra,

But tok þe maydnes bothe samen,

But took the maidens both same,

468

Al-so it were up-on hiis gamen;

Al-so it were up-on his gaming;

Al-so he wolde with hem leyke,

Al-so he would like him,

Þat weren for hunger grene and bleike.

Þat weren for hunger grene and bleike.

He cuts the throats of the two girls.

He slits the throats of the two girls.

Of boþen he karf on two here þrotes,

Of both he carved on two hair throats,

472

And siþen [karf] hem alto grotes.

And since hem totally sucks.

Þer was sorwe, we so it sawe!

Þer was sorwe, we so it sawe!

Hwan þe children bi þ[e]22 wawe

Hwan the children by the __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ wave

Leyen and sprauleden in þe blod:

Leyen and sprawled in the blood:

Havelok sees it, and is afraid.

Havelok sees it and feels scared.

476

Hauelok it saw, and þe[r] bi stod.

Hauelok saw it, and there he stood.

Ful sori was þat seli knaue,

Ful sori was þat seli knaue,

Mikel dred he mouthe haue,

Mikel said he should have,

For at hise herte he saw a knif,

For at his heart he saw a knife,

480

For to reuen him hise lyf.

For to reward him his life.

But þe knaue,23 þat litel was,

But the kid, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ that was little,

He begs Godard to spare him,

He pleads with Godard to let him go,

He knelede bifor þat iudas,

He knelt before that Judas,

And seyde, “louerd, merci nov!

And said, “Lord, have mercy now!

484

Manrede, louerd, biddi you!

Manrede, lord, I bid you!

Al denemark i wile you yeue,

Al denemark i wile you yeue,

To þat forward þu late me liue;

To that end, let me live;

Here hi wile on boke swere,

Here hi wile on boke swere,

488

Þat neure more ne shal i bere16

Þat neure more ne shal i bere16

GODARD SPARES HAVELOK FOR A TIME.

GODARD SPARES HAVELOK FOR A WHILE.

offering never to oppose him,

promising to never oppose him,

Ayen þe, louerd, shel ne spere,

Ayen the, lord, she’ll not spare,

Ne oþer wepne24 that may you dere.

Ne oþer wepne24 that may you dere.

Louerd, haue merci of me!

Lord, have mercy on me!

and to flee from Denmark.

and to escape from Denmark.

492

To-day i wile fro denemark fle,

To-day I will fly from Denmark,

Ne neuere more comen ageyn:

Never more come again:

Sweren y wole, þat bircabein

Sworn you will, that birchbark

Neuere yete me ne gat:”—

Neuere yete me ne gat:”—

496

Hwan þe deuel he[r]de25 that,

Hwan the devil heard __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ that,

[Fol. 206b, col. 2.]

[Fol. 206, col. 2.]

Sum-del bigan him forto rewe;

Sum-del started him to cry;

With-drow þe knif, þat was lewe

Withdrew the knife, that was left

Godard has pity on him.

Godard feels sorry for him.

Of þe seli children blod;

Of the blessed children's blood;

500

Þer was miracle fair and god!

Þer was miracle fair and god!

Þat he þe knaue nouth ne slou,

Þat he þe knaue nouth ne slou,

But fo[r] rewnesse him wit-drow.26

But for real, him wit-drow.__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Of auelok rewede him ful sore,

Of a wolf he regretted it very much,

504

And þoucte, he wolde þat he ded wore,

And he thought he would rather be dead,

But on þat he nouth wit his hend

But on that he didn't know with his hands

506

Ne drepe him nouth,27 þat fule fend!

Ne drepe him nouth,27 þat fule fend!

Þoucte he, als he him bi stod,

Þoucte he, als he him bi stod,

508

Starinde als he were wod:

Starinde as if he were mad:

But he reflects

But he's reflecting

“Yif y late him liues go,

“Yif y late him liues go,

He micte me wirchen michel wo.

He made me work really hard.

Grith ne get y neuere mo,

Grith ne get y neuere mo,

512

He may [me] waiten for to slo;

He may wait for it to slow;

that, were Havelok dead, his children would be the heirs.

that, if Havelok were dead, his children would inherit.

And yf he were brouct of liue,

And if he were brought to life,

And mine children wolden thriue,

And my children would thrive,

Louerdinges after me

Louerdinges following me

516

Of al denemark micten he be.

Of all Denmark, he could be.

God it wite, he shal ben ded,

God, it's white; he shall be dead,

Wile i taken non oþer red;

While I take in no other red;

17

GODARD TELLS GRIM TO DROWN HAVELOK.

GODARD TELLS GRIM TO DROWN HAVELOK.

He determines to drown him.

He decides to drown him.

I shal do casten him in þe se,28

I shal do casten him in þe se,28

520

Þer i wile þat he drench[ed] be;

Þer i wile þat he drench[ed] be;

Abouten his hals an anker god,

About his neck an anchor good,

Þat he ne flete in the flod.”

Þat he ne flete in the flod.

He sends for a fisherman, and says to him,

He calls for a fisherman and says to him,

Þer anon he dede sende

He immediately sent them.

524

After a fishere þat he wende,

After a fisherman that he went,

Þat wolde al his wille do,

That would do all his will,

And sone anon he seyde him to:

And soon then he said to him:

“Grim, I will make you free.

“Grim, I will set you free.

“Grim, þou wost þu art mi þral,

“Grim, you know you are my slave,

528

Wilte don mi wille al,

Will you do my will?

Þat i wile bidden þe,

That I will ask you,

To-morwen [i] shal maken þe fre,

Tomorrow shall make the free,

And aucte þe yeuen, and riche make,

And truly, give and make rich,

532

With-þan þu wilt þis child[e] take,

When you want to take this child,

And leden him with þe to-nicht,

And led him with the night,

Throw this child into the sea”.

Throw this child into the sea.”

Þan þou sest se29 Mone lith,

Then you see the__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ moon light,

In-to þe se, and don him þer-inne,

In the sea, and do him in there,

536

Al wile [i] taken on me þe sinne.”

Al while I take on me the sin.

Grim binds the child.

Grim ties up the child.

Grim tok þe child, and bond him faste,

Grim took the child and bound him tightly,

Hwil þe bondes micte laste;

If the bonds could last;

Þat weren of ful strong line:—

Þat weren of ful strong line:—

540

Þo was hauelok in ful strong pine.

Þo was hauelok in ful strǫng pine.

Wiste he neuere her wat was wo:

Wiste he never her what was what:

[Fol. 207, col. 1.]

[Fol. 207, col. 1.]

Christ wreak thee of Godard, Havelok!

Christ, protect you from Godard, Havelok!

Ihesu crist, þat makede to go

Ihesu crist, that made to go

Þe halte, and þe doumbe speken,

Þe halte, and þe doumbe speken,

544

Hauelok, þe of Godard wreken!

Hauelok, the avenger of Godard!

22 MS. biþ; of. l. 2470.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ MS. biþ; of. l. 2470.

23 MS. kaue.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. Kaue.

24 MS. “wepne bere,” where “bere” is redundant.

24 MS. “wepne bere,” where “bere” is redundant.

25 MS. hede.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. Hede.

26 Printed thus in the former edition:— “But to rewnesse him thit drow.” But the MS. has fo, not to, where fo is corruptly written for for, as in l. 1318; and the initial letter of the last syllable but one may be read as a Saxon w (ƿ), not a thorn-letter (þ). It merely repeats the idea in ll. 497, 498.

26 Printed thus in the former edition:— “But to rewnesse him thit drow.” But the MS. has fo, not to, where fo is corruptly written for for, as in l. 1318; and the initial letter of the last syllable but one may be read as a Saxon w (ƿ), not a thorn-letter (þ). It merely repeats the idea in ll. 497, 498.

27 Qu. mouth.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Qu. mouth.

28 MS. she.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. She.

29 So in MS. Qu. þe.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ So in MS. Qu. the.

HAVELOK IS TAKEN TO GRIM’S COTTAGE.

Havelok is taken to Grim’s cottage.

Hwan grim him hauede faste bounden,

Hwan grimmed at him hard,

And siþen in an eld cloth wnden

And since in an old cloth wrapped

Grim gags the child.

Grim gags the kid.

A keuel of clutes, ful, un-wraste,

A bunch of rags, completely unwashed,

548

Þat he [ne] mouthe speke, ne fnaste,

Þat he [ne] mouthe speke, ne fnaste,

Hwere he wolde him bere or lede.

Him he would carry or lead.

550

Hwan he hauede don þat dede,

Hwan he hauede don þat dede,

Hwan30 þe swike him hauede hethede,31

Hwan__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ the traitor had commanded,__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__

18 552

Þat he shulde him forth [lede]

Þat he shulde him forth [lede]

And him drinchen in þe se;

And he drank in the sea;

Þat forwarde makeden he.

That forward he made.

He puts him in a bag, and takes him on his back.

He puts him in a bag and carries him on his back.

In a poke, ful and blac,

In a bag, full and black,

556

Sone he caste him on his bac,

Sone he threw him on his back,

Ant bar him hom to hise cleue,

Ant bar him home to his cave,

And bi-taucte him dame leue,

And tell him, dear lady,

He puts him in charge of his wife.

He puts him in charge of his wife.

And seyde, “wite þou þis knaue,

And said, "You should know this jerk,

560

Al-so thou with* mi lif haue;

Also you with __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ my life have;

I shal dreinchen him in þe se,

I shall drown him in the sea,

For him shole we ben maked fre,

For him shall we be made free,

Gold hauen ynou, and oþer fe;

Gold have enough, and other fees;

564

Þat hauet mi louerd bihoten me.”

That has my lord promised me.

30 We should rather read “þan.”

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ We should read “than.”

31 MS. he þede.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. he said.

* For with, Mr Garnett proposed to read wilt.

* For with, Mr Garnett proposed to read wilt.

GRIM SEES THAT HAVELOK IS THE KING’S SON.

Grim realizes that Havelok is the king's son.

She throws down Havelok violently.

She violently throws down Havelok.

Hwan dame [leue] herde þat,

Hwan dame heard that,

Vp she stirte, and nouth ne sat,

Vp she stirte, and nouth ne sat,

567

And caste þe knaue adoun so harde,

And throw the guy down so hard,

568

Þat hise croune he þer crakede

Þat hise croune he þer crakede

Ageyn a gret ston, þer it lay:

Ageyn a great stone, there it lay:

Þo hauelok micte sei, “weilawei!

Though it may be great, “wow!”

Þat euere was i kinges bern!”

Þat euere was i kinges bern!”

572

Þat him ne hauede grip or ern,

Þat him ne hauede grip or ern,

Leoun or wlf, wluine or bere,

Leoun or wolf, wolverine or bear,

Or oþer best, þat wolde him dere.

Or other best, that would cost him dearly.

The child lies there till midnight.

The child lies there until midnight.

So lay þat child to middel nicth,

So lay that child to midnight,

576

Þat grim bad leue bringen lict,

That grim bad leave bring light,

For to don on [him] his cloþes:

For him to put on his clothes:

“Ne thenkeste nowt of mine oþes

“Ne thenkeste nowt of mine oþes

Þat ich haue mi louerd sworen?

Þat ich haue mi louerd sworen?

580

Ne wile i nouth be forloren.

Ne wile I now be forlorn.

I shal beren him to þe se,

I will bring him to the sea,

Þou wost þat [bi-]houes me;

You know that you have me;

And i shal drenchen him þer-inne;

And I will drown him in it;

Grim tells his wife to light the fire and a candle.

Grim tells his wife to start a fire and light a candle.

584

Ris up swiþe, an go þu binne,

Ris up swiþe, an go þu binne,

And blou þe fir, and lith a kandel:”

And blow the fire, and light a candle:

Als she shulde hise cloþes handel

Als she shulde hise clothes handle

19

[Fol. 207, col. 2.]

[Fol. 207, col. 2.]

On forto don, and blawe þe32 fir,

On forto don, and blawe þe32 fir,

She sees a light shining round the lad.

She sees a light glowing around the guy.

588

She saw þer-inne a lith ful shir,

She saw there in a light full shirt,

Also brith so it were day,

Also bright as if it were day,

Aboute þe knaue þer he lay.

Abou the knave there he lay.

591

Of hise mouth it stod a stem,

Of his mouth it stood a stem,

592

Als it were a sunnebem;

As if it were a sunbeam;

Also lith was it þer-inne,

Also, it was in there,

So þer brenden cerges inne:33

So they burn churches in:__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

“Ihesu crist!” wat dame leue,

“Ihesu crist!” what do you mean,

596

“Hwat is þat lith in vre cleue!

“Hwat is þat lith in vre cleue!

She bids Grim come and see.

She tells Grim to come and take a look.

Sir34 up grim, and loke wat it menes,

Sir34 up grim, and loke wat it menes,

Hwat is þe lith as þou wenes?”

Hwat is the light as you think?

He stirten boþe up to the knaue,

He stirred both up to the boy,

600

For man shal god wille haue,

For man shall God will have,

Vnkeueleden him, and swiþe unbounden,

Vnkeueleden him, and very unboundn,

They find a mark on his shoulder.

They see a mark on his shoulder.

And sone anon [upon] him funden,

And soon after, they found him.

Als he tirneden of his serk,

As he turned off his shirt,

604

On his rith shuldre a kyne merk;

On his right shoulder a cow mark;

A swiþe brith, a swiþe fair:

A very bright, a very beautiful:

“Goddot!” quath grim, “þis [is] ure eir

“Goddot!” said grim, “this is our air

Þat shal [ben] louerd of denemark,

Þat shal [ben] louerd of denemark,

Grim says the lad is to be king.

Grim says the kid is going to be king.

608

He shal ben king strong and stark;

He shall be king, strong and powerful;

He shal hauen in his hand

He will have in his hand

A[l] denemark and engeland;

Denmark and England;

He shal do godard ful wo,

He will absolutely suffer for it,

612

He shal him hangen, or quik flo;

He should be hanged or quickly drowned;

Or he shal him al quic graue,

Or he shall give him all quick grace,

Of him shal he no merci haue.”

Of him shall he no mercy have.”

Þus seide grim, and sore gret,

Þus seide grim, and sore gret,

616

And sone fel him to þe fet,

And soon he fell to the feet,

He prays Havelok to forgive him.

He asks Havelok to forgive him.

And seide, “louerd, haue merci

And said, "Lord, have mercy"

Of me, and leue, that is me bi!

Of me, and love, that is me by!

Louerd, we aren boþe þine,

Lord, we are both yours,

620

Þine cherles, þine hine.20

Your people, your home.20

GRIM AND HIS WIFE FEED HAVELOK.

Grim and his wife are feeding Havelok.

Lowerd, we sholen þe wel fede,

Lowered, we shan't feed the well,

Til þat þu cone riden on stede,

Til þat þu kan riden on stede,

Til þat þu cone ful wel bere

Til þat þú kanst alveg vel bera

624

Helm on heued, sheld and spere.

Helm on head, shield and spear.

Godard shall never know about this.

Godard will never find out about this.

He ne shal neuere wite, sikerlike,

He shall never know, for sure,

Godard, þat fule swike.

Godard, that fool traitor.

Þoru oþer man, louerd, than þoru þe,

Þoru other man, lord, than þoru þe,

628

Sal i neuere freman be.

Sal i neuere freman be.

Þou shalt me, louerd, fre maken,

Þou shalt me, lord, free maken,

For i shal yemen þe, and waken;

For I shall remember you, and keep watch;

Þoru þe wile i fredom haue:”

Þoru þe wile i fredom haue:

[Fol. 207b, col. 1.]

[Fol. 207b, col. 1.]

632

Þo was haueloc a bliþe knaue.

Þo was haueloc a bliþe knaue.

Havelok is glad, and asks for bread.

Havelok is happy and asks for some bread.

He sat him up, and crauede bred.

He sat up and grabbed some bread.

And seide, “ich am [wel] ney ded,

And said, “I am [well] nearly dead,

Hwat for hunger, wat for bondes

Hwat for hunger, wat for bondes

636

Þat þu leidest on min hondes;

Þat þu leidest on min hondes;

And for [þe] keuel at þe laste,

And for the cable at the last,

Þat in mi mouth was þrist faste.

That in my mouth was pressed tight.

y was þe[r]-with so harde prangled,

y was þe[r]-with so harde prangled,

640

Þat i was þe[r]-with ney[e] strangled.”

That I was there, strangled.

“Wel is me þat þu mayth hete:

“I'm glad you might be called:”

Dame Leve brings him bread and cheese, butter, &c.

Dame Leve brings him bread, cheese, butter, etc.

Goddoth!” quath leue, “y shal þe fete

Goddoth!” said the boy, “I shall do the feet

Bred an chese, butere and milk,

Bred and cheese, butter and milk,

644

Pastees and flaunes, al with suilk

Pastees and flaunes, all with silk

Shole we sone þe wel fede,

Shall we soon feed you well,

Louerd, in þis mikel nede,

Lord, in this great need,

Soth it is, þat men seyt and suereth:

Soth it is, þat men seyt and suereth:

648

‘Þer god wile helpen, nouth no dereth.’”

‘The good will helpn, not at all a burden.’”

32 MS. þer.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. There.

33 Qu. þrinne. See ll. 716, 761, 2125.

33 Qu. þrinne. See ll. 716, 761, 2125.

34 Qu. stir, or stirt.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Qu. stir, or stirt.

GRIM SAYS HE HAS DROWNED HAVELOK.

GRIM SAYS HE HAS DROWNED HAVELOK.

Þanne sho hauede brouth þe mete,

Þan then she had brought the food,

Havelok eats all up greedily.

Havelok greedily devours everything.

Haueloc anon bigan to ete

Hurry up, let's eat

Grundlike, and was ful bliþe;

Grundlike, and was very happy;

652

Couþe he nouth his hunger Miþe.

Couþe he nouth his hunger Miþe.

A lof he het, y woth, and more,

A lot he had, you know, and more,

For him hungrede swiþe sore.

For him a hundred times sore.

Þre dayes þer-biforn, i wene,

Three days before, I think,

21 656

Et he no mete, þat was wel sene.

Et he no mete, þat was wel sene.

Hwan he hauede eten, and was fed,

Hwan he had eaten, and was fed,

Grim puts him to bed.

Grim tucks him in.

Grim dede maken a ful fayr bed;

Grim death makes a completely beautiful bed;

Vncloþede him, and dede him þer-inne,

Vncloþede him, and dede him þer-inne,

660

And seyde, “Slep* sone, with michel winne;

And seyde, “Slep* sone, with michel winne;

Slep wel faste, and dred þe nouth,

Slep well and hold your tongue,

Fro sorwe to ioie art þu brouth.”

Fro sorrow to joy are you brought.

Sone so it was lith of day,

Sone so it was lit of day,

Grim tells Godard he has killed Havelok,

Grim tells Godard that he has killed Havelok,

664

Grim it under-tok þe wey

Grim it under-took the way

To þe wicke traitour godard,

To the wicked traitor Godard,

Þat was denemak a35 stiward,

That was Denmark a__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ steward,

And seyde, “louerd, don ich haue

And said, “Lord, do I have

668

Þat þou me bede of þe knaue;

Þat þou me bede of þe knaue;

He is drenched in þe flod,

He is drenched in the flood,

Abouten his hals an anker god;

About his neck an anchor good;

He is witer-like ded,

He is writer-like dead,

672

Eteth he neure more bred;

Eat the new more bread;

He liþ drenched in þe se:—

He is soaked in the sea:—

and asks for his reward.

and asks for his reward.

Yif me gold [and] oþer fe,36

Yif me gold [and] oþer fe,36

Þat y mowe riche be;

That you may be rich;

676

And with þi chartre make [me] fre,

And with your charter set [me] free,

[Fol. 207b, col. 2.]

[Fol. 207, col. 2.]

For þu ful wel bi-hetet me,

For you have truly promised me,

Þanne i last[e] spak with þe.”

Þan i last[e] spak with you.

Godard bids him go home, and remain a thrall;

Godard tells him to go home and stay a slave;

Godard stod, and lokede on him

Godard stood and looked at him.

680

Þoruth-like, with eyne grim;

Þoruth-like, with a grim gaze;

And seyde, “Wiltu [nou] ben erl?

And said, “Do you want to be an earl now?”

Go hom swiþe, fule drit, cherl;

Go home quickly, filthy dirt, peasant;

Go heþen, and be euere-more

Go to hell, and be evermore

684

Þral and cherl, als þou er wore.

Þral and cherl, als þou er wore.

Shal [þou] haue non oþer mede;

Shall you have no other reward;

For litel i [shal]37 do þe lede

For litel i [shal]37 do þe lede

To þe galues, so god me rede!

To the gallows, so help me God!

22

for he has done wickedly.

for he has been evil.

688

For þou haues don a wicke dede.

For you have done a wicked deed.

Þou Mait stonden her to longe,

You might stand here too long,

Bute þou swiþe eþen gonge.”

Be very careful.

* Perhaps there should be a comma after Slep, making the sense to be sleep, son, not sleep soon.

* Perhaps there should be a comma after Slep, making the sense to be sleep, son, not sleep soon.

35 Qu. Denemarkes.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Qu. Denmark.

36 Cf. l. 1225.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See line 1225.

37 The MS. has “ig,” but the g is expuncted; and it omits “shal.”

37 The MS. has “ig,” but the g is expuncted; and it omits “shal.”

GRIM SETS SAIL FOR ENGLAND.

GRIM DEPARTS FOR ENGLAND.

Grim thoucte to late þat he ran

Grim thought too late that he ran

692

Fro þat traytour, þa wicke man;

Fro that traitor, the wicked man;

Grim fears that both himself and Havelok will be hung.

Grim fears that both he and Havelok will be hanged.

And þoucte, “wat shal me to rede?

And thought, “What should I do?"

694

Wite he him onliue, he wile beþe

Wite him alive, he will be

Heye hangen on galwe-tre:

Heye hanging on gallows tree:

696

Betere us is of londe to fle,

Betere is for us to flee the land,

And berwen boþen ure liues,

And between our lives,

And mine children, and mine wiues.”

And my children, and my wives.

Grim sells his live stock.

Grim sells his livestock.

Grim solde sone al his corn,

Grim sold all his crops,

700

Shep wit wolle, neth wit horn,

Shep with wool, not with horn,

701

Hors, and swin, [and gate] wit berd,

Hors, and swin, [and gate] wit berd,

Þe gees, þe hennes of þe yerd;

Þe geese, þe hens of þe yard;

Al he solde, þat outh douthe,

Al he solde, þat outh douthe,

704

That he eure selle moucte,

That he always moves.

And al he to þe peni drou:

And he gave everything to the penny.

He fits up his ship carefully.

He carefully prepares his ship.

706

Hise ship he greyþede wel inow,

Hise ship he greyþede wel inow,

He dede it tere, an ful wel pike,

He did it there, and very well picked,

708

Þat it ne doutede sond ne krike;

Þat it ne doutede sond ne krike;

Þer-inne dide a ful god mast,

Þer-inne dide a ful god mast,

Stronge kables, and ful fast,

Strong cables, and fully fast,

Ores god, an ful god seyl,

Ores god, an ful god seyl,

712

Þer-inne wantede nouth a nayl,

They wanted neither a nail,

Þat euere he sholde þer-inne do:

Þat euere he sholde þer-inne do:

He takes with him his wife, his three sons, his two daughters, and Havelok.

He takes his wife, three sons, two daughters, and Havelok with him.

Hwan he hauedet greyþed so,

Hwan he hatted gray, so,

715

Hauelok þe yunge he dide þer-inne,

Hauelok the young did that,

716

Him and his wif, hise sones þrinne,

Him and his wife, his three sons,

And hise two doutres, þat faire wore,

And his two daughters, who were beautiful,

And sone dede he leyn in an ore,

And soon he laid him in a bed,

And drou him to þe heye se,

And drove him to the high sea,

720

Þere he mith alþer-best[e] fle.

There he can do everything best.

Fro londe woren he bote a mile,

Fro londe worn he boat a mile,

23

[Fol. 208, col. 1.]

[Fol. 208, col. 1.]

Ne were neuere but ane hwile,

Ne were neuere but ane hwile,

A north wind arises, called the bise, and drives them to England.

A north wind picks up, known as the bise, and pushes them toward England.

Þat it ne bigan a wind to Rise

Þat it ne bigan a wind to Rise

724

Out of þe north, men calleth ‘bise’

Out of the north, men call it 'bise'

And drof hem intil engelond,

And dropped him into England,

Þat al was siþen in his hond,

Þat al was siþen in his hond,

His, þat hauelok was þe name;

His, that was the name of the helmet;

728

But or he hauede michel shame,

But he felt very ashamed,

Michel sorwe, and michel tene,

Michel sorrow, and Michel tone,

And þrie he gat it al bidene;

And he got it all together;

Als ye shulen nou forthwar lere,38

As you learn now, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

732

Yf that ye wilen þer-to here.

If you want to hear.

38 MS. here; read lere. Cf. ll. 12, 1640.

38 MS. here; read lere. Cf. ll. 12, 1640.

GRIM FOUNDS THE TOWN OF GRIMSBY.

GRIM FOUNDS THE TOWN OF GRIMSBY.

733

Grim went up the Humber to Lindesey.

Grim traveled up the Humber River to Lindesey.

IN humber grim bigan to lende,

IN humber grim bigan to lend,

In lindeseye, Rith at þe north ende.

In Lindeseye, right at the north end.

Þer sat is ship up-on þe sond,

Þer sat is ship up-on þe sond,

736

But grim it drou up to þe lond;

But it grew dark as it approached the land;

And þere he made a litel cote,

And there he made a small coat,

To him and to hise flote.

To him and to his fleet.

Bigan he þere for to erþe,

Began here to earth,

740

A litel hus to maken of erþe,

A little house made of earth,

There he built a house.

He built a house there.

So þat he wel þore were

So that he was well there

Of here herboru herborwed þere;

Of here borrowed there;

And for þat grim þat place aute,

And for that grim place that I own,

744

Þe stede of grim þe name laute;

Þe stede of grim þe name laute;

That place was called Grimsby, after Grim.

That place was called Grimsby, named after Grim.

So þat [hit] grimesbi calleth alle

So that [it] grimly calls all

Þat þer-offe speken alle,*

That they all speak of,__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

And so shulen men callen it ay,

And so they call it ay,

748

Bituene þis and domesday.

Bitumen this and doomsday.

* For alle, Mr Garnett proposed to read shalle.

* For alle, Mr Garnett proposed to read shalle.

HAVELOK DOES NOT LIKE BEING IDLE.

Havelok doesn't like being lazy.

Grim was a good fisherman.

Grim was an excellent fisherman.

Grim was fishere swiþe god,

Grim was very good at fishing,

And mikel couþe on the flod;

And Mikel could on the flood;

Mani god fish þer-inne he tok,

Man took the god fish inside,

752

Boþe with neth, and with hok.

Booth with net and with hook.

753

He caught sturgeons, turbot, &c.

He caught sturgeons, turbot, etc.

He tok þe sturgiun, and þe qual,

He took the sturgeon and the quail,

And þe turbut, and lax with-al,

And the turbot, and salmon as well,

24

He tok þe sele, and þe hwel;

He took the seal and the wheel;

756

He spedde ofte swiþe wel:

He often hurried very well:

Keling he tok, and tumberel,

Keling he said, and tumbled,

Hering, and þe makerel,

Herring and the mackerel,

Þe Butte, þe schulle, þe þornebake:

Þe Butte, þe schulle, þe þornebake:

He had four panniers made for himself and his sons.

He had four bags made for himself and his sons.

760

Gode paniers dede he make

Good baskets for making

Ontil him, and oþer þrinne,

Ontil him, and three others,

Til hise sones to beren fish inne,

Til hise sones to beren fish inne,

Vp o-londe to selle and fonge;

Vp o-londe to selle and fonge;

764

Forbar he neyþe[r] tun, ne gronge,

Forbar he neither tone, nor groan,

Þat he ne to-yede with his ware;

Þat he ne to-yede with his ware;

Kam he neuere hom hand-bare,

Kam he neuere home hand-bare,

[Fol. 208, col. 2.]

[Fol. 208, col. 2.]

Þat he ne broucte bred and sowel,

Þat he ne broucte bred and sowel,

768

In his shirte, or in his couel;

In his shirt, or in his cowl;

In his poke benes and korn:—

In his poke beans and corn:—

Hise swink ne hauede he nowt forlorn.

Hise swink ne hauede he nowt forlorn.

He used to sell lampreys at Lincoln,

He used to sell lampreys in Lincoln,

And hwan he tok þe grete laumprei,

And when he took the great lamprey,

772

Ful we[l] he couþe þe rithe wei

Ful we[l] he couþe þe rithe wei

To lincolne, þe gode boru;

To Lincoln, the good borough;

Ofte he yede it þoru and þoru,

Ofte he went through it again and again,

Til he hauede wol39 wel sold,

'Til he had __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ well sold,

776

And þer-fore þe penies told.

And therefore the pennies counted.

Þanne he com, þenne he were bliþe,

Þan he came, then he was happy,

For hom he brouthe fele siþe

For whom he brought many times

and bring home simnels, meal, meat, and hemp.

and bring home simnels, flour, meat, and hemp.

Wastels, simenels with þe horn,

Wastels, simenels with the horn,

780

Hise pokes fulle of mele an korn,

Hise pokes full of meal and corn,

Netes flesh, shepes, and swines,

Net's flesh, sheep, and pigs,

And hemp to maken of gode lines;

And hemp to make good lines;

And stronge ropes to hise netes,

And strong ropes to his nets,

784

In þe se weren he ofte setes.40 *

In þe se weren he ofte setes.40 *

39 Qu. ful or al.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Question full or all.

40 Sic in MS.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Sic in MS.

* Perhaps we should, however, read se-weren, and the note on the line (p. 93) may be wrong. See Weren in the Glossary. See Endnote.

* Perhaps we should, however, read se-weren, and the note on the line (p. 93) may be wrong. See Weren in the Glossary. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

HAVELOK SELLS FISH LIKE THE BEST.

HAVELOK Sells Fish Like a Boss.

Thus they lived for 12 years.

Thus, they lived for 12 years.

Þus-gate grim him fayre ledde.

Thus the gate led him fair.

Him and his genge wel he fedde

Him and his crew well he fed

Wel twelf winter, oþer more:

Well, twelve winters, or more:

788

Hauelok was war þat grim swank sore25

Hauelok was a fierce fighter.

Havelok thinks he eats too much to be idle.

Havelok thinks he eats too much to be lazy.

For his mete, and he lay at hom:

For his portion, and he stayed home:

Thouthe, “ich am nou no grom;

Thouthe, "I am now not gloomy;

Ich am wel waxen, and wel may eten

Ich am wel waxen, and wel may eten

792

More þan euere Grim may geten.

More than ever Grim can get.

Ich ete more, bi god on liue,

Ich ete more, bi god on liue,

Þan grim an hise children fiue!

Þan grim an hise children fiue!

It ne may nouth ben þus longe,

It may not have been this long,

796

Goddot! y wile with þe gange,

Goddot! I want to hang out with the gang,

For to leren sum god to gete;

For to learn how to get to God;

Swinken ich wolde for mi mete.

Swinken I would for my food.

It is no shame for a man to work.

It’s not shameful for a man to work.

It is no shame forto swinken;

It is no shame to work hard;

800

Þe man þat may wel eten and drinken,

Þe man þat may wel eten and drinken,

Þat nouth ne haue but on swink long,

Þat nouth ne haue but on swink long,

To liggen at hom it is ful strong.

To lien at home is very strong.

God yelde him þer i ne41 may,

God yelde him þer i ne41 may,

804

Þat haueth me fed to þis day!

That has fed me to this day!

He determines to carry about panniers like the rest.

He decides to carry panniers like everyone else.

Gladlike i wile þe paniers bere;

Gladly I will bear the burdens.

Ich woth, ne shal it me nouth dere,

Ich woth, ne shal it me nouth dere,

Þey þer be inne a birþene gret,

Þey þer be inne a birþene gret,

808

Al so heui als a neth.

Al so heui als a neth.

Shal ich neuere lengere dwelle,

Should I stay longer,

To morwen shal ich forth pelle.”

"Tomorrow I shall go forth."

41 MS. ine.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. I.

HAVELOK GOES TO LINCOLN TO GET WORK.

Havelok goes to Lincoln to find a job.

On þe morwen, hwan it was day,

On the morning, when it was day,

[Fol. 208b, col. 1.]

[Fol. 208b, col. 1.]

812

He stirt up sone, and nouth ne lay;

He stirred up some, and none lay;

He carries a pannier full of fish,

He carries a basket full of fish,

And cast a panier on his bac,

And put a basket on his back,

With fish giueled als a stac;

With fish served as a snack;

Also michel he bar him one,

Also, Michel punched him once,

816

So he foure, bi mine mone!42

So he foure, bi mine mone!42

and sells them.

and sells them.

Wel he it bar, and solde it wel,

Wel he it bar, and solde it wel,

Þe siluer he brouthe hom il del;

Þe siluer he brouthe hom il del;

Al þat he þer-fore tok

As he took for that

820

With-held he nouth a ferþinges nok.

Withheld he not a farthing's worth.

So yede he forth ilke day,

So he went forth each day,

Þat he neuere at home lay.

Þat he neuere at home lay.

26

So wolde he his mester lere;

So would he have his master teach;

A great dearth arises.

A huge shortage arises.

824

Bifel it so a strong dere

Bifel it so a strong dere

Bigan to rise of korn of bred,

Began to rise of corn of bread,

That grim ne couþe no god red,

That grim one couldn't find any good advice,

Hw he sholde his meine fede;

Hw he sholde his meine fede;

828

Of hauelok hauede he michel drede:

Of the hood he had much dread:

For he was strong, and wel mouthe ete

For he was strong and could eat a lot.

More þanne heuere mouthe he gete;

More than he ever receives.

They have not enough to eat.

They don't have enough to eat.

Ne he ne mouthe on þe se take

Ne he ne mouthe on þe se take

832

Neyþer lenge, ne þorn[e]bake,43

Neither lent nor thornbake, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Ne non oþer fish þat douthe

Ne non oþer fish þat douthe

His meyne feden with he[r]44 mouthe.

His mind fed on her __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ mouth.

Grim is sorry for Havelok.

Grim feels bad for Havelok.

Of hauelok he hauede kare,

Of the howling he cared,

836

Hwilgat þat he micthe fare;

Hoping that he could go;

Of his children was him nouth,

Of his children was his mouth,

On hauelok was al hise þouth,

On hauelok was all his thought,

839

And seyde, “hauelok, dere sone,

And said, “Hey, dear son,

840

I wene that we deye mone

I think that we should die more.

For hunger, þis dere is so strong,

For hunger, this desire is so strong,

And hure mete is uten long.

And food is consumed quickly.

He advises him to go to Lincoln,

He suggests that he should go to Lincoln,

Betere is þat þu henne gonge,

Bettere is that you go there,

844

Þan þu here dwelle longe;

Then you live here long;

Heþen þow mayt gangen to late;

Heathen, you may gain too late;

Thou canst ful wel þe ricthe gate

You can certainly find the right way.

To lincolne, þe gode borw,

To Lincoln, the good borough,

848

Þou hauest it gon ful ofte þoru;

Þou hauest it gon ful ofte þoru;

Of me ne is me nouth a slo,

Of me ne is me nouth a slo,

Betere is þat þu þider go,

It's better if you go there,

and work there.

and work there.

For þer is mani god man inne,

For there are many god men in,

852

Þer þou mayt þi mete winne.

Þer þou mayt þi mete winne.

But wo is me! þou art so naked,

But woe is me! you are so naked,

He makes him a coat of an old sail.

He makes him a coat out of an old sail.

Of mi seyl y wolde þe were maked

Of myself, I would have you made

A cloth, þou mithest inne gongen,

A cloth, you might go in.

856

Sone, no cold þat þu ne fonge.”

Sone, no cold that you do not receive.

27

HE HELPS THE EARL OF CORNWALL’S COOK.

He helps the chef of the Earl of Cornwall.

[Fol. 208b. col. 2.]

[Fol. 2082. col. 2.]

He tok þe sh[e]res45 of þe nayl,

He tok þe sh[e]res45 of þe nayl,

And made him a couel of þe sayl,

And made him a coat of the sail,

And hauelok dide it sone on;

And Havelok did it soon on;

860

Hauede neyþer hosen ne shon,

Had neither hose nor shoes,

Ne none kines oþe[r] wede;

Ne none kinds of other clothing;

Havelok goes to Lincoln barefoot.

Havelok walks to Lincoln barefoot.

To lincolne barfot he yede.

To Lincoln, he went barefoot.

Hwan he kam þe[r], he was ful wil,

Hwan he came there, he was full of will,

864

Ne hauede he no frend to gangen til;

Ne hauede he no frend to gangen til;

He fasts for two days.

He fasts for 48 hours.

Two dayes þer fastinde he yede,

He fasted for two days.

Þat non for his werk wolde him fede;

That no one wanted to feed him for his work;

Þe þridde day herde he calle:

Þe þridde day herde he calle:

868

“Bermen, bermen, hider forth alle!”

"Bermen, bermen, come out now!"

[Poure þat on fote yede]46

[Poured that on foot went]__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Sprongen forth so sparke on glede.

Sprung forth so filled with joy.

Havelok becomes the earl’s cook’s porter.

Havelok becomes the cook's porter for the earl.

Hauelok shof dun nyne or ten,

Hauelok shof dun nyne or ten,

872

Rith amidewarde þe fen,

Ride the ferry,

And stirte forth to þe kok,

And went forth to the cook,

[Þer the herles mete he tok,]

[Þer the herles mete he tok,]

Þat he bouthe at þe brigge:

Þat he bouthe at þe brigge:

876

Þe bermen let he alle ligge,

The barmen let them all lie,

And bar þe mete to þe castel,

And bring the food to the castle,

He gets a farthing cake.

He gets a penny cake.

And gat him þere a ferþing wastel.

And got himself a fourth of a wastrel.

42 Cf. ll. 1711, 1972.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See lines 1711, 1972.

43 See l. 759.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See line 759.

44 Qu. her, i.e. their. MS. he.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Question her, that is their. MS. he.

45 Qu. sheres. MS. shres.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Qu. shares. MS. shares.

46 Cf. ll. 91, 101. Here and below an additional line seems requisite.

46 Cf. ll. 91, 101. Here and below an additional line seems requisite.

HAVELOK IS HIRED BY THE EARL’S COOK.

Havelok is hired by the Earl’s cook.

Another day, he watches the earl’s cook,

Another day, he watches the earl’s cook,

Þet oþer day kepte he ok

Þet oþer day kepte he ok

880

Swiþe yerne þe erles kok,

Very eager the earl's rooster,

Til þat he say him on þe b[r]igge,

Til he saw him on the bridge,

And bi him mani fishes ligge.

And there are many fish lying by him.

Þe herles mete hauede he bouth

Þe herles mete hauede he bouth

884

Of cornwalie, and kalde oft:

Of Cornwall, and often cold:

who calls for a porter.

who requests a porter.

“Bermen, bermen, hider swiþe!”

"Bermen, bermen, hide quick!"

Hauelok it herde, and was ful bliþe,

Hauelok heard it and was very happy,

Þat he herde “bermen” calle;

That he heard "bermen" call;

888

Alle made he hem dun falle28

Alle made he hem dun falle28

Havelok upsets 16 lads.

Havelok angers 16 guys.

Þat in his gate yeden and stode,

Þat in his gate yeden and stode,

Wel sixtene laddes gode.

Well, sixteen loads good.

Als he lep þe kok [vn-]til,

Als he lep þe kok [vn-]til,

892

He shof hem alle upon an hyl;

He showed them all on a hill;

Astirte til him with his rippe,

Astirte tilted him with his grip,

He catches up the cook’s fish,

He picks up the cook's fish,

And bigan þe fish to kippe.

And the fish started to jump.

He bar up wel a carte lode

He lifted up a load in a cart.

896

Of segges, laxes, of playces brode,

Of sedges, banks, of wide places,

Of grete laumprees, and of eles;

Of great lampreys, and of eels;

Sparede he neyþer tos ne heles,

Spared no effort or hard work,

and carries them to the castle.

and takes them to the castle.

Til þat he to þe castel cam,

Til þat he to the castle came,

900

Þat men fro him his birþene nam.

Þat men fro him his birþene nam.

Þan men haueden holpen him doun

Then men had helped him down

With þe birþene of his croun,

With the birth of his crown,

903

Þe kok [bi] stod, and on him low,

Þe kok [bi] stod, and on him low,

[Fol. 209, col. 1.]

[Fol. 209, col. 1.]

904

And þoute him stalworþe man ynow,

And thought he was strong enough,

And seyde, “wiltu ben wit me?

And said, "Do you want to come with me?

The cook takes him into his service.

The chef employs him.

Gladlike wile ich feden þe;

Gladly while I pursue you;

Wel is set þe mete þu etes,

Wel is set þe mete þu etes,

908

And þe hire þat þu getes.”

And the honor that you earn.”

HE CUTS WOOD, AND DRAWS WATER.

He chops wood and gets water.

“Goddot!”47 quoth he, “leue sire,

“Goddot!” __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ he said, “leave sir,

Bidde ich you non oþer hire;

Bidde ich you non oþer hire;

But yeueþ me inow to ete,

But you give me enough to eat,

Havelok tells the cook what he can do.

Havelok tells the cook what he can do.

912

Fir and water y wile yow fete,

Fir and watery will you feet,

Þe fir blowe, an ful wele maken;

Þe fir blowe, an ful wele maken;

Stickes kan ich breken and kraken,

Stickes kan ich breken and kraken,

And kindlen ful wel a fyr,

And start a fire properly,

916

And maken it to brennen shir;

And make it to brennen shir;

Ful wel kan ich cleuen shides,

I can totally clean sheets,

Eles to-turnen48 of here hides;

Eles to-turnen__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ from here hides;

Ful wel kan ich dishes swilen,

Ful wel kan ich dishes swilen,

920

And don al þat ye euere wilen.”

And don't all that you ever want.

The cook is content to hire him.

The cook is happy to hire him.

Quoth þe kok, “wile i no more;

Quoth the cock, “I will no more;

29

Go þu yunder, and sit þore,

Go you under, and sit there,

And y shal yeue þe ful fair bred,

And I shall give you the very fine bread,

924

And make þe broys in þe led.

And make the noise in the lead.

Sit now doun and et ful yerne:

Sit down now and eat fully.

Daþeit hwo þe mete werne!”

“Watch out for the food!”

47 Soddot, MS.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Sodden, MS.

48 MS. to turuen; but the u and n are almost indistinguishable. Cf. l. 603; and William of Palerne, 2590.

48 MS. to turuen; but the u and n are almost indistinguishable. Cf. l. 603; and William of Palerne, 2590.

HAVELOK GROWS VERY TALL AND STRONG.

Havelok grows tall and strong.

Havelok eats a good dinner.

Havelok has a nice dinner.

Hauelok sette him dun anon,

Hauelok sat down immediately,

928

Also stille als a ston,

Still as a stone,

Til he hauede ful wel eten;

Til he had eaten very well;

Þo hauede hauelok fayre geten.

Though he had a fair getup.

He fills a large tub with water for the kitchen.

He fills a big tub with water for the kitchen.

Hwan he hauede eten inow,

Hwan had eaten enough,

932

He kam to þe welle, water up-drow,

He came to the well, water up-draw,

And filde þe[r] a michel so;

And filled there a great so;

Bad he non ageyn him go,

Bad he non ageyn him go,

But bi-twen his hondes he bar it in,

But between his hands he carried it in,

936

A[l] him one to þe kichin.

A[l] him one to the kitchen.

Bad he non him water to fete,

Bad he didn't have water to celebrate,

Ne fro b[r]igge to bere þe mete,

Ne fro b[r]igge to bere þe mete,

939

He bar þe turues, he bar þe star,

He carried the truth, he carried the star,

940

Þe wode fro the brigge he bar;

Þe wode fro the bridge he carried;

He draws water, and cuts wood.

He draws water and chops wood.

Al that euere shulden he nytte,

All that ever should benefit him,

Al he drow, and al he citte;

Al he drew, and al he sat;

Wolde he neuere hauen rest,

Would he never have rest,

944

More þan he were a best.

More than he was a beast.

945

He is always laughing and blithe.

He is always laughing and cheerful.

Of alle men was he mest meke,

Of all men, he was the most humble,

Lauhwinde ay, and bliþe of speke;

Lauhwinde ay, and happy to speak;

Euere he was glad and bliþe,

Euere he was glad and bliþe,

948

His sorwe he couþe ful wel miþe.

His sorrow he could manage very well.

[Fol. 209, col. 2.]

[Fol. 209, col. 2.]

It ne was non so litel knaue,

It was not such a small kid,

For to leyken, ne forto plawe,

For the purpose of lying down, nor to play,

Þat he ne wo[l]de with him pleye:

Þat he ne wo[l]de with him pleye:

952

Þe children that y[e]den in þe weie

Þe children that y[e]den in þe weie

Children play with him.

Kids play with him.

Of him he deden al he[r] wille,

Of him, they did all they wanted,

And with him leykeden here fille.

And with him lay their daughter.

Him loueden alle, stille and bolde,

Loved him, both quiet and bold,

956

Knictes, children, yunge and holde;30

Knights, children, young and old;

All like him.

Everyone likes him.

Alle him loueden þat him sowen,

All the people loved him.

Boþen heyemen and lowe.

Both heaven and hell.

959

Of him ful wide þe word sprong,

Of him spread the word far and wide,

960

Hw he was mike, hw he was strong,

Hw he was mike, hw he was strong,

Hw fayr man god him hauede maked,

Hw fayr man god him hauede maked,

He has nothing to wear but the old sail.

He has nothing to wear except for the old sail.

But on þat he was almest naked:

But he was nearly naked:

For he ne hauede nouth to shride,

For he had nothing to hide,

964

But a kouel ful unride,

But a cool full ride,

Þat [was] ful, and swiþe wicke,

Þat [was] ful, and swiþe wicke,

Was it nouth worth a fir sticke.

Was it not worth a fire stick?

The cook buys him new clothes.

The chef buys him new clothes.

Þe cok bigan of him to rewe,

Þe cok bigan of him to rewe,

968

And bouthe him cloþes, al spannewe;

And bought him clothes, all brand new;

He bouthe him boþe hosen and shon,

He bought him both socks and shoes,

And sone dide him dones on.

And soon he did them.

He looks very well in his new suit.

He looks great in his new suit.

Hwan he was cloþed, osed, and shod,

Hwan he was clothed, housed, and shod,

972

Was non so fayr under god,

Was no one so fair under God,

Þat euere yete in erþe were,

Þat euere yete in erþe were,

Non þat euere moder bere;

Not that your mother bears;

It was neuere man þat yemede

It was never a man that yelled

976

In kinneriche, þat so wel semede

In childhood, that was so well suited

King or cayser forto be,

King or emperor to be,

Þan he was shrid, so semede he;

Þan he was shrid, so semede he;

Havelok is the tallest man in Lincoln,

Havelok is the tallest guy in Lincoln,

For þanne he weren alle samen

For then they were all together

980

At lincolne, at þe gamen,

At Lincoln, at the game

And þe erles men woren al þore,

And the earl's men were all there,

Þan was hauelok bi þe shuldren more

Þan was a hood over the shoulders more

Þan þe meste þat þer kam:

Þan þe meste þat þer kam:

984

In armes him noman [ne] nam,

In arms him no name,

Þat he doune sone ne caste;

Þat he doune sone ne caste;

Hauelok stod ouer hem als a mast.

Hauelok stood over him like a mast.

Als he was heie, al49 he was long,

Als he was heie, al49 he was long,

988

He was boþe stark and strong;

He was both tough and strong;

and the strongest in England.

and the strongest in England.

In engelond [was] non hise per

In England, there were no his peers.

Of strengþe þat euere kam him ner.

Of strength that ever came to him near.

Als he was strong, so was he softe;

Als he was strong, so was he soft;

31

HE SEES SOME MEN “PUTTING THE STONE.”

He sees some guys "lifting the stone."

992

Þey a man him misdede ofte,

Þey a man him misdede ofte,

Neuere more he him misdede,

Neuere more he did him wrong,

[Fol. 209b, col. 1.]

[Fol. 209b, col. 1.]

Ne hond on him with yuele leyde.

Ne hond on him with yuele leyde.

He is good-natured and pure.

He's kind and genuine.

Of bodi was he mayden clene,

Of body was he maiden clean,

996

Neuere yete in game, ne in grene,

Neuere yete in game, ne in grene,

Þit50 hire ne wolde leyke ne lye,

Þit50 hire ne wolde leyke ne lye,

No more þan it were a strie.

No more than it was a stream.

In þat time al hengelond

In that time all England

Godrich summons a parliament at Lincoln.

Godrich calls a parliament in Lincoln.

1000

Þerl Godrich hauede in his hond,

Þerl Godrich hauede in his hond,

And he gart komen into þe tun

And he made come into the town

Mani erl, and mani barun;

Many eye, and many face;

And alle [men] þat liues were

And all the people who lived were

1004

In eng[e]lond, þanne wer þere,

In England, when men were there,

Þat þey haueden after sent,

That they had sent after,

1006

To ben þer at þe parlement.

To be there at the parliament.

Some champions begin to contend in games.

Some champions start to compete in games.

With hem com mani chanbioun,

With hem com many challenges,

1008

Mani with ladde, blac and brown;

Mani with ladder, black and brown;

An fel it so, þat yunge men,

An fel it so, þat yunge men,

Wel abouten nine or ten,

Well, about nine or ten,

Bigunnen þe[r] for to layke:

Beguine there to play:

1012

Þider komen bothe stronge and wayke;

They come both strong and weak;

Þider komen lesse and more,

Either come less or more,

Þat in þe borw þanne weren þore;

Þat in the borough then were there;

Strong lads and bondmen are there.

Strong young men and laborers are there.

Chaunpiouns, and starke laddes,

Champions and strong leaders,

1016

Bondemen with here gaddes,

Bond with these people,

Als he comen fro þe plow;

Als he comen fro þe plow;

Þere was sembling i-now!

There was assembling now!

For it ne was non horse-knaue,

For it wasn't any stable boy,

1020

Þo þei sholden in honde haue,

Þo þei sholden in honde haue,

Þat he ne kam þider, þe leyk to se:

Þat he ne kam þider, þe leyk to se:

1022

Biforn here fet þanne lay a tre,

Biforn here fet thene lay a tree,

They begin to “put the stone.”

They start to “put the stone.”

And putten51 with a mikel ston

And put __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ with a milestone

1024

Þe starke laddes, ful god won.32

The strong lad, quite a good guy.32

HE “PUTS THE STONE” FURTHER THAN ANY.

HE "THROWS THE STONE" FURTHER THAN ANYONE ELSE.

Þe ston was mikel, and ek greth,

Þe ston was mikel, and ek greth,

And al so heui so a neth;

And also heavy as a net;

Grund stalwrthe man he sholde be,

Ground stalwart the man he should be,

1028

Þat mouthe liften it to his kne;

Þat mouthe liften it to his kne;

Few can lift it.

Few can lift this.

Was þer neyþer clerc, ne prest,

Was there neither clerk, nor priest,

Þat mithe liften it to his brest:

Þat mithe liften it to his brest:

Þerwit putten the chaunpiouns,

Þerwit puttin the champions,

1032

Þat þider comen with þe barouns.

That came there with the barons.

Hwo so mithe putten þore

How so might put there

Biforn a-noþer, an inch or more,

Biforn another, an inch or more,

Wore ye yung, [or] wore he hold,

Wore you young, or wore he old,

1036

He was for a kempe told.

He was told to keep it in mind.

Whilst this is going on,

While this is happening,

Al-so þe[i] stoden, an ofte stareden,*

Al-so þe[i] stoden, an ofte stareden,*

Þe chaunpiouns, and ek the ladden,

Þe chaunpiouns, and ek the ladden,

[Fol. 209b, col. 2.]

[Fol. 209b, col. 2.]

And he maden mikel strout

And he made Mikel Stout

1040

Abouten þe alþerbeste but,

About the best place,

Havelok looks on at them.

Havelok watches them.

Hauelok stod, and lokede þer-til;

Hauelok stood and looked there.

And of puttingge he was ful wil,

And he was very eager in putting it.

For neuere yete ne saw he or

For neurotic yet he saw he or

1044

Putten the stone, or þanne þor.

Put the stone, or then thorn.

His master tells him to try.

His boss tells him to give it a shot.

Hise mayster bad him gon þer-to,

Hise master told him to go there,

Als he couþe þer-with do.

If he could do that.

Þo hise mayster it him bad,

Though his master treats him badly,

1048

He was of him sore adrad;

He was very afraid of him;

Þerto he stirte sone anon,

Then he started right away,

And kipte up þat heui ston,

And lifted up that heavy stone,

Þat he sholde puten wiþe;

That he should put up;

He puts the stone 12 feet beyond the rest.

He places the stone 12 feet ahead of the others.

1052

He putte at þe firste siþe,

He put it at the first time,

Ouer alle þat þer wore,

Over all that there was,

Twel fote, and sumdel more.

Twelve feet, and some more.

Þe chaunpiouns þat [þat] put sowen,

Þe chaunpiouns þat [þat] put sowen,

1056

Shuldreden he ilc oþer, and lowen;

Shuldrede he ilc oþer, and lowen;

Wolden he no more to putting gange,

Wolden he no more to putting gange,

But seyde, “we52 dwellen her to longe!”

But said, “we__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ live here too long!”

33

GODRICH HEARS OF HAVELOK’S STRENGTH.

Godrich learns about Havelok’s strength.

This feat is everywhere talked about.

This achievement is being talked about everywhere.

Þis selkouth mithe nouth ben hyd,

This strange creature cannot be hidden,

1060

Ful sone it was ful loude kid

Ful sone it was ful loude kid

Of hauelok, hw he warp þe ston

Of hauelok, hw he warp þe ston

Ouer þe laddes euerilkon;

Over the ladders everyone's;

Hw he was fayr, hw he was long,

Hw he was fayr, hw he was long,

1064

Hw he was with, hw he was strong;

Hw he was with, hw he was strong;

Þoruth england yede þe speke,53

Þoruth spoke English, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Hw he was strong, and ek meke;

Hw he was strong, and ek meke;

In the castel, up in þe halle,

In the castle, up in the hall,

1068

Þe knithes speken þer-of alle,

The knights all speak about it,

Godrich hears the knights talking of it.

Godrich hears the knights discussing it.

So that Godrich it herde wel

So that Godrich heard it well

Þe[r] speken of hauelok, eueri del,

They're talking about Havelok, every detail,

Hw he was strong man and hey,

Hw he was strong man and hey,

1072

Hw he was strong and ek fri,

Hw he was strong and ek fri,

And þouthte godrich, “þoru þis knaue

And thought Godrich, “Through this knave

Shal ich engelond al haue,

Shall I have all England,

And mi sone after me;

And my son after me;

1076

For so i wile þat it be.

For as long as it remains so.

1077

“Athelwold said I was to marry his daughter to the strongest man alive.

“Athelwold said I had to marry his daughter off to the strongest man alive.

The king aþelwald me dide swere

The king Athelwald gave me a sword.

Vpon al þe messe-gere,

Upon all the mass gear,

Þat y shu[l]de his douthe[r] yeue

Þat y shu[l]de his douthe[r] yeue

1080p

Þe hexte [man] þat mithe liue,

The witch [man] that might live,

Þe beste, þe fairest, þe strangest ok;

Þe beste, þe fairest, þe strangest ok;

Þat gart he me sweren on þe bok.

That made him make me swear on the book.

Hwere mithe i finden ani so hey

Hwere might I find any so high

[Fol. 210, col. 1.]

[Fol. 210, col. 1.]

1084

So hauelok is, or so sley?

So how is it, or so sly?

Þou y southe heþen in-to ynde,

Þou y southe heþen in-to ynde,

So fayr, so strong, ne mithe y finde.

So fair, so strong, I could hardly find.

Hauelok is þat ilke knaue,

Hauelok is that same knave,

1088

Þat shal goldeborw haue.”

"That shall be the goldborough."

That is Havelok.”

That's Havelok."

Þis þouthe [he] with trechery,

This youth [he] with treachery,

With traysoun, and wit felony;

With traysoun, and wit crime;

For he wende, þat hauelok wore

For he thought that the armor was

1092

Sum cherles sone, and no more;

Sum cherles sone, and no more;

Ne shulde he hauen of engellond

He should have a handle on England.

34

Onlepi forw in his hond,

Only paper in his hand,

With hire, þat was þerof eyr,

With hire, that was thereof air,

1096

Þat boþe was god and swiþe fair.

That both was good and very beautiful.

He thought Havelok was only a thrall.

He thought Havelok was just a servant.

He wende, þat hauelok wer a þral,

He went, that haversack was a burden,

Þer-þoru he wende hauen al

They should have all

In engelond, þat hire rith was;

In England, that was her right;

1100

He was werse þan sathanas,

He was worse than Satan,

Þat ihesu crist in erþe shop:54

Þat ihesu crist in erþe shop:54

Hanged worþe he on an hok!

Hanged he will be on a hook!

49 Qu. so; see l. 991.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Qu. so; see line 991.

50 Qu. wit = with: miswritten owing to confusion of þ with ƿ (w)?

50 Qu. wit = with: miswritten owing to confusion of þ with ƿ (w)?

51 MS. pulten. But see ll. 1031, 1033, 1044, 1051, &c.

51 MS. pulten. But see ll. 1031, 1033, 1044, 1051, &c.

* For stareden we should perhaps read stradden; see the Glossary.

* For stareden we should perhaps read stradden; see the Glossary.

52 In the former edition— “ye”. But the y is not dotted, and it may be “ƿe.”

52 In the former edition— “ye”. But the y is not dotted, and it may be “ƿe.”

53 MS. speche. Read “speke,” as in l. 946.

53 MS. speche. Read “speke,” as in l. 946.

54 Qu. shok or strok.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Question: shock or stroke.

GOLDBOROUGH IS SENT FOR TO LINCOLN.

Goldborough is summoned to Lincoln.

1103

He sends for Goldborough to Lincoln.

He calls for Goldborough to come to Lincoln.

After goldebo[r]w sone he sende,

After goldbor's son he sent,

1104

Þat was boþe fayr and hende,

Þat was boþe fayr and hende,

And dide hire to lincolne bringe,

And did her to Lincoln bring,

Belles dede he ageyn hire ringen,

Belles dede he ageyn hire ringen,

And ioie he made hire swiþe mikel,

And so he made her very big,

1108

But neþeles he was ful swikel.

But nonetheless, he was very deceitful.

He seyde, þat he sholde hire yeue

He said that he would give it to her.

Þe fayrest man that mithe liue.

The fairest man that might live.

She says she will marry none but a king.

She says she will marry only a king.

She answerede, and seyde anon,

She answered and said immediately,

1112

Bi crist, and bi seint iohan,

Bi crist, and bi saint john,

Þat hire sholde noman wedde,

That she should no man wed,

Ne noman bringen to hire55 bedde,

Ne noman bring to hire __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ bed,

But he were king, or kinges eyr,

But he was king, or king's heir,

1116

Were he neuere man so fayr.

Were he never man so fair.

55 Qu. hise.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Question. his.

GODRICH ASKS HAVELOK IF HE WILL MARRY.

Godrich asks Havelok if he plans to get married.

Godrich is wrath at this.

Godrich is angry about this.

Godrich þe erl was swiþe wroth,

Godrich the earl was very angry,

Þat she swore swilk an oth,

Þat she swore swilk an oth,

And seyde, “hwor þou wilt be

And said, “Where you want to be

1120

Quen and leuedi ouer me?

Queen and lady over me?

Þou shalt hauen a gadeling,

You shall have a little one,

Ne shalt þou hauen non oþer king;

Ne shalt þou hauen non oþer king;

He says she shall marry his cook’s servant.

He says she will marry his cook’s assistant.

Þe shal spusen mi cokes knaue,

Þe shal spusen mi cokes knaue,

1124

Ne shalt þou non oþer louerd haue.

Ne shalt þou non oþer louerd haue.

Daþeit þat þe oþer yeue

Daþeit þat þe oþer give

Euere more hwil i liue!

Eureka! I'm alive for a while!

35

To-mo[r]we ye sholen ben weddeth,

Tomorrow you shall be wed,

1128

And, maugre þin, to-gidere beddeth.”

And, despite you, together we pray.”

[Fol. 210, col. 2.]

[Fol. 210, col. 2.]

Goldeborw gret, and was56 hire ille,

Goldeborw great, and was __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ hire ill,

She wolde ben ded bi hire wille.

She wanted to be dead by her own choice.

On the morwen, hwan day was sprungen,

On the morning, when day was breaking,

1132

And day-belle at kirke rungen,

And day-bell at church rang,

He sends next day for Havelok, and says,

He calls for Havelok the next day and says,

After hauelok sente þat iudas,

After hauelok sent that Judas,

Þat werse was þanne sathanas:

That verse was then Satan:

“Master, wilt wive?”

“Master, will you marry?”

And seyde, “mayster, wilte wif?”

And said, "master, will you?"

1136

“Nay,” quoth, hauelok, “bi my lif!

“Nah,” said Hauelok, “by my life!

Hwat sholde ich with wif do?

Hwat should I do with a wife?

I ne may hire fede, ne cloþe, ne sho.

I can't hire food, clothes, or shoes.

Wider sholde ich wimman bringe?

Should I bring women wider?

Havelok refuses.

Havelok declines.

1140

I ne haue none kines þinge.

I don't have any kind of thing.

I ne haue hws, y ne haue cote,

I don't have a house, I don't have a coat,

Ne i ne57 haue stikke, y ne haue sprote,

Ne i ne57 haue stikke, y ne haue sprote,

I ne haue neyþer bred ne sowel,

I don’t have either bread or salt,

1144

Ne cloth, but of an hold with couel.

Ne cloth, but of an old with cowl.

Þis cloþes, þat ich onne haue,

Þis cloþes, þat ich onne haue,

Aren þe kokes, and ich his knaue.”

Aren the cooks, and I'm his servant.

Godrich beats him, and threatens to hang him.

Godrich attacks him and threatens to hang him.

Godrich stirt up, and on him dong

Godrich stirred up, and on him dong

1148

[With dintes swiþe hard and strong,]

[With blows very hard and strong,]

And seyde, “But þou hire take,

And said, "But you take her,

Þat y wole yeuen þe to make,

Þat y wole yeuen þe to make,

I shal hangen þe ful heye,

I'll hang in the full height,

1152

Or y shal þristen vth þin heie.”

Or y shal thirst out thin high.

Hauelok was one, and was odrat,

Hauelok was one, and was odrat,

Havelok consents.

Havelok agrees.

And grauntede him al þat he bad.

And granted him all that he asked.

Þo sende he after hire sone,

Þo sende he after hire sone,

1156

Þe fayrest wymman under mone;

The fairest woman under the moon;

And seyde til hire, [false]58 and slike,

And seyde til hire, [false]58 and slike,

Godrich next threatens Goldborough.

Godrich then threatens Goldborough.

Þat wicke þral, þat foule swike:

Þat wicke þral, þat foule swike:

“But þu þis man under-stonde,

“But you understand this man,"

36 1160

I shal flemen þe of londe;

I shall flee the land;

Or þou shal to þe galwes renne,

Or you shall go to the gallows,

And þer þou shalt in a fir brenne.”

And there you shall be in a fire burning.”

Sho was adrad, for he so þrette,

Sho was afraid, for he was so threatened,

1164

And durste nouth þe spusing lette,

And didn't dare the spoons let,

But þey hire likede swiþe ille,

But they liked her very badly,

She consents, thinking it is God’s will.

She agrees, believing it’s God's will.

Þouthe it was godes wille:

Though it was God's will:

God, þat makes to growen þe korn,

God, who makes the grain grow,

1168

Formede hire wimman to be born.

Formed her woman to be born.

Hwan he hauede don him for drede,

Hwan he had done him for fear,

Þat he sholde hire spusen, and fede,

Þat he should marry her, and provide for her,

And þat she sholde til him holde,

And that she should hold to him,

A dowry is given her.

She receives a dowry.

1172

Þer weren penies þicke tolde,

There were thick pennies counted,

Mikel plente upon þe bok:

Mikel pleads upon the book:

1174

He ys hire yaf, and she as tok.

He gave it to her, and she took it.

[Fol. 210b, col. 1.]

[Fol. 210, col. 1.]

He weren spused fayre and wel,

He wasn’t supposed to be fair and well,

1176

Þe messe he deden eueridel,

The mass they did everywhere,

Þat fel to spusing, and god cle[r]k,

Þat fel to spusing, and god cle[r]k,

The archbishop of York marries them.

The Archbishop of York officiates their wedding.

Þe erchebishop uth of yerk,

The Archbishop of York,

Þat kam to þe parlement,

It came to the parliament,

1180

Als god him hauede þider sent.

Als god him hatte þider sent.

56 The first letter of this word is either þ or a Saxon w (ƿ). I read it as the latter.

56 The first letter of this word is either þ or a Saxon w (ƿ). I read it as the latter.

57 MS. ine.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ MS. ine.

58 Both sense and metre require this word.

58 Both sense and metre require this word.

HAVELOK RESOLVES TO GO TO GRIMSBY.

Havelok decides to go to Grimsby.

Hwan he weren togydere in godes lawe,

Hwan he was together in God's law,

Þat þe folc ful wel it sawe,

Þat þe folc ful wel it sawe,

He ne wisten hwat he mouthen,

He knew what he meant,

Havelok knows not what to do.

Havelok doesn't know what to do.

1184

Ne he ne wisten wat hem douthe;

Ne he ne wisten wat hem douthe;

Þer to dwellen, or þenne to gonge,

Þere to dwell, or then to go,

Þer ne wolden he dwellen longe,

He didn't want to stay long,

For he wisten, and ful wel sawe,

For he knew, and very well saw,

1188

Þat godrich hem hatede, þe deuel him hawe!

That greedy man, he hated, the devil have him!

And yf he dwelleden þer outh—

And if he lived there—

Þat fel hauelok ful wel on þouth—

Þat fel hauelok ful wel on þouth—

Men sholde don his leman shame,

Men should bring shame upon their lover,

1192

Or elles bringen in wicke blame.

Or they bring in bad blame.

Þat were him leuere to ben ded,

That would be better for him to be dead,

He determines to go to Grimsby.

He decides to go to Grimsby.

For-þi he token anoþer red,

For that he took another read,

37

GRIM’S CHILDREN WELCOME HAVELOK.

Grim's Children Welcome Havelok.

Þat þei sholden þenne fle

That they should then flee

1196

Til grim, and til hise sones þre;

Til grim, and til his sons three;

Þer wenden he alþer-best to spede,

Þer wenden he all-around best to succeed,

Hem forto cloþe, and for to fede.

Hem forto cloþe, and for to fede.

Þe lond he token under fote,

Þe lond he token under fote,

1200

Ne wisten he non oþer bote,

Ne wisten he non oþer bote,

And helden ay the riþe [sti]59

And helden ay the riþe [sti]59

Til he komen to grimesby.

'Til he came to Grimsby.

1203

He finds that Grim is dead, but his five children are alive.

He discovers that Grim is dead, but his five kids are alive.

Þanne he komen þere, þanne was grim ded,

Þanne he komén þere, þanne was grim ded,

1204

Of him ne haueden he no red;

Of him he had no advice;

But hise children alle fyue

But his children all five

Alle weren yet on liue;

All were still alive;

Þat ful fayre ayen hem neme,

That very fair one he takes,

1208

Hwan he wisten þat he keme,

Hwan knew he would come,

And maden ioie swiþe mikel,

And maden ioie very much,

Ne weren he neuere ayen hem fikel.

Ne weren he neuere ayen hem fikel.

On knes ful fayre he hem setten,

On their knees, they set them down neatly,

1212

And hauelok swiþe fayre gretten,

And hello, very nice greeting,

They welcome Havelok very kindly.

They warmly welcome Havelok.

And seyden, “welkome, louerd dere!

And said, "Welcome, dear lord!"

And welkome be þi fayre fere!

And welcome be thy fair companion!

Blessed be þat ilke þrawe,

Blessed be that same moment,

1216

Þat þou hire toke in godes lawe!

Þat þou hire toke in godes lawe!

Wel is hus we sen þe on lyue,

Wel is hus we sen þe on lyue,

Þou mithe us boþe selle and yeue;

Þou mithe us boþe selle and yeue;

Þou mayt us boþe yeue and selle,

Þou mayt us boþe yeue and selle,

[Fol. 210b, col. 2.]

[Fol. 210b, col. 2.]

1220

With þat þou wilt here dwelle.

With that, you will want to stay here.

We hauen, louerd, alle gode,

We have, lord, all good,

They beg him to stay with them.

They ask him to stay with them.

Hors, and neth, and ship on flode,

Hors, and neth, and ship on flood,

Gold, and siluer, and michel auchte,

Gold, silver, and gemstones,

1224

Þat grim ute fader us bitawchte.

Þat grim ute fader us bitawchte.

Gold, and siluer, and oþer fe

Gold, silver, and other metals

Bad he us bi-taken þe.

He took us badly.

We hauen shep, we hauen swin,

We have sheep, we have pigs,

1228

Bi-leue her, louerd, and al be þin;

Bi-leue her, lord, and all be thine;

They will serve him and his wife.

They will serve him and his wife.

Þo shalt ben louerd, þou shalt ben syre,

Þou shalt ben louerd, þou shalt ben syre,

38

And we sholen seruen þe and hire;

And we should serve her;

And hure sistres sholen do

And her sisters shall do

1232

Al that euere biddes sho;

All that you ever ask.

He sholen hire cloþen,* washen, and wringen,

He sholen her clothes, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ washen, and wringen,

And to hondes water bringen;

And to bring water;

He sholen bedden hire and þe,

He took her to bed,

1236

For leuedi wile we þat she be.”

For the lady to want us to be.

Hwan he þis ioie haueden maked,

Hwan he had made this joy,

Sithen stikes broken and kraked,

Sithen strikes broken and cracked,

They make a fire, and spare neither goose nor hen.

They start a fire and don’t hold back on cooking either goose or hen.

And þe fir brouth on brenne,

And the fire brought on burning,

1240

Ne was þer spared gos ne henne,

Ne was þer spared gos ne henne,

Ne þe hende, ne þe drake,

Ne þe hende, ne þe drake,

Mete he deden plente make;

Make plenty of them;

Ne wantede þere no god mete,

Ne wantede þere no god mete,

They fetch wine and ale.

They get wine and beer.

1244

Wyn and ale deden he fete,

Wyn and ale dead in he feet,

And made[n] hem [ful] glade and bliþe,

And made them very happy and cheerful,

Wesseyl ledden he fele siþe.

Wesseyl led the many journeys.

59 A word is here erased; but see l. 2618.

59 A word is here erased; but see l. 2618.

* Mr Garnett suggested that cloþen may mean clothes. If so, dele the comma after it.

* Mr Garnett suggested that cloþen may mean clothes. If so, dele the comma after it.

GOLDBOROUGH SEES THE WONDROUS LIGHT.

Goldborough sees the amazing light.

1247

At night Goldborough lies down sorrowful.

At night, Goldborough lies down feeling sad.

On þe nith, als goldeborw lay,

On the night, as Goldborough lay,

1248

Sory and sorwful was she ay,

Sorrowful and sad was she, indeed,

For she wende she were bi-swike,

For she thought she was betrayed,

Þat sh[e w]ere60 yeuen un-kyndelike.

That she were __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ even unkindly.

She sees a great light.

She sees a bright light.

O nith saw she þer-inne a lith,

O nith saw she there in a light,

1252

A swiþe fayr, a swiþe bryth,

A very fair, a very bright,

Al so brith, al so shir,

Al so brith, al so shir,

So it were a blase of fir.

So it was a blaze of fire.

She lokede no[r]þ,61 and ek south,

She looked north, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and I south,

It comes out of Havelok’s mouth.

It comes out of Havelok’s mouth.

1256

And saw it comen ut of his mouth,

And saw it come out of his mouth,

Þat lay bi hire in þe bed:

It lay by her in the bed:

No ferlike þou she were adred.

No, don’t think she was frightened.

Þouthe she, “wat may this bi-mene!

Þouthe she, “wat may this bi-mene!

1260

He beth heyman yet, als y wene,

He hasn’t thought yet, as I believe,

He beth heyman er he be ded:”—

He said to them when he was dead:”—

She sees a red cross on his shoulder, and hears an angel, saying,

She sees a red cross on his shoulder and hears an angel saying,

On hise shuldre, of gold red

On his shoulder, of red gold

She saw a swiþe noble croiz,

She saw a very noble cross,

39 1264

Of an angel she herde a uoyz:

Of an angel she heard a voice:

60 MS. shere, evidently miswritten for she were.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. Shere, apparently miswritten for she was.

61 MS. noþ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. No.

HAVELOK TELLS HER HIS STRANGE DREAM.

Havelok shares his strange dream with her.

[Fol. 211, col. 1.]
“Goldborough, be not sad.

[Fol. 211, col. 1.]
"Goldborough, don't be sad.

“Goldeborw, lat þi sorwe be,

“Goldeborw, let your sorrow be,

For hauelok, þat haueþ spuset þe,

For hauelok, that has addressed you,

He62 kinges sone, and kinges eyr,

He __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ king's son and heir,

1268

Þat bikenneth þat croiz so fayr.

Þat bikenneth þat croiz so fayr.

It63 bikenneth more, þat he shal

It__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ knows more, that he shall

Denemark hauen, and englond al;

Denmark and England all;

Havelok shall be a king,

Havelok will be a king,

He shal ben king strong and stark

He will be a strong and powerful king.

1272

Of engelond and denemark;

Of England and Denmark;

Þat shal þu wit þin eyne sen,

Þat shal þu wit þin eyne sen,

and thou, queen.”

and you, queen.”

And þo shalt quen and leuedi ben!”

And you shall be queen and lady!”

62 Qu. Is.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Question. Yes.

63 MS. Iit.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. Iit.

Þanne she hauede herd the steuene

Þanne she hauede herd the steuene

1276

Of þe angel uth of heuene,

Of the angel out of heaven,

She rejoices, and kisses Havelok.

She celebrates and kisses Havelok.

She was so fele siþes blithe,

She was so happy on her journey,

Þat she ne mithe hire ioie mythe;

Þat she ne mithe hire ioie mythe;

But hauelok sone anon she kiste,

But Havelok quickly pecked her,

1280

And he slep, and nouth ne wiste.

And he slept, and knew nothing.

Hwan þat aungel hauede seyd,

Hwan that angel had said,

He awakes, and says he has had a dream.

He wakes up and says he had a dream.

Of his slep a-non he brayd,

Of his sleep, he suddenly awoke,

And seide, “lemman, slepes þou?

And said, “Hey, are you asleep?”

1284

A selkuth drem dremede me nou.

A weird dream just happened to me.

SHE SAYS HAVELOK WILL BE A GREAT KING.

She says Havelok will be a great king.

Herkne nou hwat me haueth met:

Herkne now what me hath met:

He dreamt he was on a high hill in Denmark,

He dreamed he was on a high hill in Denmark,

Me þouthe y was in denemark set,

Me þouthe y was in denemark set,

But on on þe moste hil

But on the tallest hill

1288

Þat euere yete kam i til.

Þat euere yete kam i til.

It was so hey, þat y wel mouthe

It was so hey, þat y wel mouthe

Al þe werd se, als me þouthe.

Al þe werd se, als me þouthe.

Als i sat up-on þat lowe,

Als i sat up-on þat lowe,

and began to possess all that country.

and started to take control of all that land.

1292

I bigan denemark for to awe,

I started Denmark to impress,

Þe borwes, and þe castles stronge;

The boroughs and the strong castles;

And mine armes weren so longe,

And my arms were so long,

That i fadmede, al at ones,

That I faded, all at once,

40 1296

denemark, with mine longe bones;

Denmark, with my long bones;

And þanne y wolde mine armes drawe

And then I wanted to draw my arms

Til me, and hom for to haue,

Til me, and home to have,

All things in Denmark cleaved to his arms.

All things in Denmark clung to him.

Al that euere in denemark liueden

Al that euere in denemark liueden

1300

On mine armes faste clyueden;

On my arms tightly clasped;

And þe stronge castles alle

And the strong castles all

On knes bigunnen for to falle,

On knees beginning to fall,

Þe keyes fellen at mine fet:—

The keys fell at my feet:—

He also dreamt that he went to England,

He also dreamed that he went to England,

1304

Anoþer drem dremede me ek,

Another dream dreamed me too,

Þat ich fley ouer þe salte se

Þat ich fley ouer þe salte se

Til engeland, and al with me

Til engeland, and al with me

Þat euere was in denemark lyues,

Þat euere was in denemark lyues,

1308

But bondemen, and here wiues,

But abandon, and here wives,

And þat ich kom til engelond,

And when I came to England,

[Fol. 211, col. 2.]

[Fol. 211, col. 2.]

Al closede it intil min hond,

Al closede it intil min hond,

and that became his too.

and that became his as well.

And, goldeborw, y gaf [it] þe:—

And, golden barrow, I gave it to you:—

1312

Deus! lemman, hwat may þis be?”

Deus! lemman, what may this be?”

Sho answerede, and seyde sone:

Sho answered and said:

“Ihesu crist, þat made mone,

“Ihesu crist, that made money,

Þine dremes turne to ioye;

Your dreams turn to joy;

1316

Þat wite þw that sittes in trone!

Þat wite þw that sits in trone!

She says, he will be king of England and Denmark.

She says he will be king of England and Denmark.

Ne non strong king, ne caysere,

Ne non strong king, ne caysere,

So þou shalt be, fo[r] þou shalt bere

So you shall be, for you shall bear

In engelond corune yet;

In England, crown yet;

1320

Denemark shal knele to þi fet;

Denemark shall kneel to your feet;

Alle þe castles þat aren þer-inne,

Alle þe castles þat aren þer-inne,

Shal-tow, lemman, ful wel winne.

Shall tow, lemon, full well win.

I woth, so wel so ich it sowe,

I wish, so well, so I see it so.

1324

To þe shole comen heye and lowe,

To the shoal come high and low,

“All men in Denmark shall come to thee.

“All men in Denmark shall come to you.

And alle þat in denemark wone,

And all that live in Denmark,

Em and broþer, fader and sone,

Em and brother, father and son,

Erl and baroun, dreng an kayn,

Erl and baroun, dreng an kayn,

1328

Knithes, and burgeys, and sweyn;

Knights, and burghers, and swine;

And mad king heyelike and wel,

And crazy king heyelike and well,

Denemark shal be þin euere-ilc del.

Denmark shall be your everlasting part.

41

Haue þou nouth þer-offe douthe

Have you any doubt about that?

1332

Nouth þe worth, of one nouthe;

Nouth the worth, of one nouthe;

Þer-offe with-inne þe firste yer

Thereafter within the first year

Thou shalt be king within the year.

You will be king within the year.

1334

Shalt þou ben king, of euere-il del.

Shall you be king, of every bit.

But do nou als y wile rathe,

But do now as you will, quickly,

1336

Nim in with þe to denema[r]k baþe,

Nim in with the to Denmark bathe,

And do þou nouth onfrest þis fare,

And do you not underestimate this journey,

Lith and selthe felawes are.

Lith and selthe fellows are.

For shal ich neuere bliþe be

For I shall never be happy again

1340

Til i with eyen denemark se;

Til i with eyen denemark se;

For ich woth, þat al þe lond

For I swear, that all the land

Shalt þou hauen in þin hon[d].

You shall have it in your hand.

Pray Grim’s sons to go with you to Denmark.

Pray Grim's sons to come with you to Denmark.

Prey grimes sones alle þre,

Prey makes all three sounds,

1344

That he wenden forþ with þe;

That he would go forth with you;

I wot, he wilen þe nouth werne,

I know he won't deny it,

With þe wende shulen he yerne,

With the wind shall he yearn,

For he louen þe herte-like,

For he loves the heart-like,

1348

Þou maght til he aren quike,

Þou maght til he aren quike,

Hwore so he o worde aren;

Hwore so he o worde aren;

Go at once.

Go now.

Þere ship þou do hem swithe yaren,

Þere ship þou do hem swithe yaren,

Delays are dangerous.”

Delays are risky.

And loke þat þou dwellen nouth:

And like that you dwell not:

1352

Dwelling haueth ofte scaþe wrouth.”

"Living often brings harm."

HAVELOK PRAYS FOR VENGEANCE ON GODARD.

Havelok prays for revenge against Godard.

Hwan Hauelok herde þat she radde,

Hwan Hauelok heard that she read,

Sone it was day, sone he him cladde,

Soon it was day, soon he got dressed,

[Fol. 211b, col. 1.]

[Fol. 211b, col. 1.]

And sone to þe kirke yede,

And soon he went to the church,

1356

Or he dide ani oþer dede,

Or he did any other deed,

And bifor þe rode bigan falle,

And before the cross began to fall,

Croiz and crist bi[gan] to kalle,

Croiz and crist began to call,

Havelok prays for success,

Havelok prays for success.

And seyde, “louerd, þat al weldes,

And said, “Lord, who rules all,

1360

Wind and water, wodes and feldes,

Wind and water, woods and fields,

For the holi milce of you,

For the holi milce of you,

Haue merci of me, louerd, nou!

Haue mercy on me, Lord, now!

and for vengeance on his foe,

and for revenge on his enemy,

And wreke me yet on mi fo,

And take revenge on my enemy,

1364

Þat ich saw biforn min eyne slo

Þat ich saw biforn min eyne slo

Mine sistres, with a knif,

My sisters, with a knife,

42

And siþen wolde me mi lyf

And since I would live my life

Haue reft, for in the [depe] se

Haue reft, for in the [deep] sea

1368

Bad he grim haue drenched me.

Bad he grim have drenched me.

He [hath] mi lond with mikel vn-Rith,

He has my land with a lot of unfairness,

With michel wrong, with mikel plith,

With michel wrong, with mikel plith,

For i ne64 misdede him neuere nouth,

For i ne64 misdede him neuere nouth,

1372

And haued me to sorwe brouth.

And brought me to sadness.

who had caused him to be a beggar.

who had made him a beggar.

He haueth me do mi mete to þigge,

He has me do my meat to take,

And ofte in sorwe and pine ligge.

And often lie in sorrow and anguish.

Louerd, haue merci of me,

Lord, have mercy on me,

1376

And late [me] wel passe þe se,

And later, I will pass the sea,

He prays for a fair passage across the sea.

He prays for a safe journey across the ocean.

Þat ihc haue ther-offe douthe and kare,

That ihc have thereof doubt and care,

With-uten stormes ouer-fare,

With-uten stormes ouer-fare,

Þat y ne drenched [be] þer-ine,

Þat y ne drenched [be] þer-ine,

1380

Ne forfaren for no sinne.

No punishment for any sin.

And bringge me wel to þe lond,

And bring me safely to the land,

Þat godard haldes in his hond;

Þat godard haldes in his hond;

Þat is mi Rith, eueri del:

Þat is mi Rith, eueri del:

1384

Ihesu crist, þou wost it wel!”

Ihesu crist, you know it well!”

64 MS. ine.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. Fine.

Þanne he hauede his bede seyd,

Þanne he hauede his bede seyd,

He leaves his offering on the altar.

He places his offering on the altar.

His offrende on þe auter leyd,

His offering on the altar laid,

His leue at ihesu crist he tok,

His love for Jesus Christ he took,

1388

And at his suete moder ok,

And at his sweet mother too,

And at þe croiz, þat he biforn lay,

And at the cross, that he lay before,

Siþen yede sore grotinde awey.

Since then, went away sadly.

HAVELOK ADDRESSES GRIM’S THREE SONS.

Havelok talks to Grim’s three sons.

He finds Grim’s sons ready to fish.

He finds Grim's sons all set to fish.

Hwan65 he com hom, he wore yare,

Hwan65 he com hom, he wore yare,

1392

Grimes sones, forto fare

Grimes songs, for to share

In-to þe se, fishes to gete,

In the sea, to catch fish,

Þat hauelok mithe wel of ete.

Þat hauelok mithe wel of ete.

But auelok þouthe al anoþer,

But the thought affected another,

Havelok calls Grim’s three sons.

Havelok calls Grim's three kids.

1396

First he ka[l]de þe heldeste broþer,

First he called the strongest brother,

Roberd þe rede, bi his name,

Roberd the Red, by his name,

43

HE ASKS THEM TO GO WITH HIM TO DENMARK.

He invites them to come with him to Denmark.

Wiliam wenduth, and h[uwe r]auen,66

Wiliam wenduth, and h[uwe r]auen, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Grimes sones alle þre,

Grimes sounds all three,

[Fol. 211b, col. 2.]

[Fol. 211b, col. 2.]

1400

And sey[d]e, “liþes nou alle to me,

And said, “Come now all to me,

Louerdinges, ich wile you sheue,

Louerdinges, I want to show you,

A þing of me þat ye wel knewe.

A thing about me that you all knew.

He says, “My father was king of Denmark.

He says, “My dad was the king of Denmark.

Mi fader was king of denshe lond,

Mi fader was king of denshe lond,

1404

Denemark was al in his hond

Denemark was all in his hand

Þe day þat he was quik and ded;

The day that he was alive and dead;

But þanne hauede he wicke red,

But then he had a bad plan,

Þat he me, and denemark al,

Þat he me, and denemark al,

He left me and my sisters in charge of a foul fiend,

He left me and my sisters in charge of a nasty villain,

1408

And mine sistres bi-tawte a þral:

And my sisters taught a thrall:

A deueles lime [he] hus bitawte,

A devilish lime he has bitten,

And al his lond, and al hise authe.

And all his land, and all his authority.

For y saw that fule fend

For you saw that fool fiend

1412

Mine sistres slo with hise hend;

Mine sistres slo with hise hend;

who slew my sisters,

who killed my sisters,

First he shar a-two here þrotes,

First he shares two here throats,

And siþen [karf] hem al to grotes,

And since [karf] them all to grotes,

And siþen bad [he] in þe se

And then he asked in the sea

and bade Grim drown me.

and told Grim to drown me.

1416

Grim, youre fader, drenchen me.

Grim, you're fading, draining me.

Deplike dede he him swere

Deplike dad he swore him

On bok, þat he sholde me bere

On book, that he should carry me

Vnto þe se, an drenchen ine,

Vnto þe se, an drenchen ine,

1420

And [he] wolde taken on him þe sinne.

And he would take on him the sin.

But Grim was wise.

But Grim was smart.

But grim was wis, and swiþe hende,

But he was serious, and very kind,

Wolde he nouth his soule shende;

Wolde he not his soul shende;

Leuere was him to be for-sworen,

Leuere was him to be sworn,

1424

Þan drenchen me, and ben for-lorn;

Þan drechen me, and ben for-lorn;

But sone bigan he forto fle

But some bigan he forgot to flee

He fled from Denmark with me,

He ran away from Denmark with me,

Fro denemark, forto berwen67 me,

From Denmark, to be __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ me,

For yif68 ich hauede þer ben funden,

For yif68 ich hauede þer ben funden,

1428

Hauede ben slayn, or harde bunden,

Hauede ben slayn, or harde bunden,

And heye ben henged on a tre,

And he has been hanged on a tree,

44 1430

Hauede go for him gold ne fe.

Hauede goes for his gold and iron.

For-þi fro denemark hider he fledde,

For that reason, he fled here from Denmark,

and took care of me.

and looked after me.

1432

And me ful fayre and ful wel fedde,

And I am very well and well-fed,

So þat vn-to þis [ilke] day,

So that up to this day,

Haue ich ben fed and fostred ay.

Haue ich ben fed and fostred ay.

But nou ich am up to þat helde

But now I am up to that point

1436

Cumen, that ich may wepne welde,

Cumen, that I may wield the weapon well,

And y may grete dintes yeue,

And you may give great hints,

And now, I must go to Denmark.

And now, I need to go to Denmark.

Shal i neuere hwil ich lyue

Shall I never while I live

Ben glad, til that ich denemark se;

Ben glad, until I see Denmark;

Go with me, and I will make you rich men.”

"Join me, and I’ll make you wealthy."

1440

I preie you þat ye wende with me,

I pray you that you go with me,

And ich may mak you riche men,

And I can make you rich men,

Ilk of you shal haue castles ten,

Ilk of you shall have ten castles,

And þe lond þat þor-til longes,

And the land that you long for,

1444

Borwes, tunes, wodes and wonges.”69

Borwes, tunes, woods and songs.”__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

 *****

 *****

 *****

 *****

65 In the MS. the Capital letter is prefixed to the next line.

65 In the MS. the Capital letter is prefixed to the next line.

66 MS. hauen. Cf. ll. 1868, 2528. Only an assonance, not a rime, seems intended.

66 MS. hauen. Cf. ll. 1868, 2528. Only an assonance, not a rime, seems intended.

67 MS. berƿen, the A.S. w being used here. Cf. l. 697.

67 MS. berƿen, the A.S. w being used here. Cf. l. 697.

68 MS. yif.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. yif.

69 A folio has here been cut out of the MS., containing 180 lines. The missing portion must have been to this effect. “To this they gladly assented; and Havelok, accompanied by his wife Goldeborw and the sons of Grim, set sail for Denmark. Disembarking, they travel till they reach the castle of a great Danish earl, named Ubbe, who had formerly been a close friend to king Birkabeyn. Havelok begs that he will allow him to live in that part of the country, and to gain a livelihood by trading.”

69 A folio has here been cut out of the MS., containing 180 lines. The missing portion must have been to this effect. “To this they gladly assented; and Havelok, accompanied by his wife Goldeborw and the sons of Grim, set sail for Denmark. Disembarking, they travel till they reach the castle of a great Danish earl, named Ubbe, who had formerly been a close friend to king Birkabeyn. Havelok begs that he will allow him to live in that part of the country, and to gain a livelihood by trading.”

HAVELOK GIVES UBBE A GOLD RING.

Havelok gives Ubbe a gold ring.

[Fol. 212, col. 1.]

[Fol. 212, col. 1.]

“With swilk als ich byen shal:

“With such as I shall be:”

Þer-of bi-seche you nou leue;

Therefore, I beseech you now, dear;

Havelok asks Ubbe to give him leave to buy and sell there.

Havelok asks Ubbe for permission to buy and sell there.

Wile ich speke with non oþer reue,

Wile ich speke with no other devil,

1628

But with þe, þat iustise are,

But with you, that justice is,

Þat y mithe seken70 mi ware

That might just be my thing __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

In gode borwes up and doun,

In good neighborhoods up and down,

And faren ich wile fro tun to tun.”

And I will travel from town to town.

1632

A gold ring drow he forth anon,

A gold ring he drew out right away,

An hundred pund was worth þe ston,

An hundred pound was worth the stone,

He gives Ubbe a gold ring.

He gives Ubbe a gold ring.

And yaf it ubbe for to spede:—

And give it up to speed:—

He was ful wis þat first yaf mede,

He was very wise who first gave a reward,

1636

And so was hauelok ful wis here,45

And so Havelok was very wise here,45

Dearly he sells it, all the same.

He still sells it.

He solde his gold ring ful dere,

He sold his gold ring for a lot.

Was neuere non so dere sold,

Was neuere non so dere sold,

For chapmen, neyþer yung ne old:

For chaptern, neither young nor old:

1640

Þat sholen71 ye forthward ful wel heren,

Þat sholen71 ye forthward ful wel heren,

Yif þat ye wile þe storie heren.

If you want to hear the story.

70 Qu. sellen.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Qu. selling.

71 MS. shoren.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. Shoren.

UBBE INVITES HAVELOK TO A FEAST.

Ubbe invites Havelok to a party.

Ubbe takes the ring,

Ubbe grabs the ring,

Hwan ubbe hauede þe gold ring,

Hwan ubbe had the gold ring,

Hauede he youenet for no þing,

Hauede he youenet for no þing,

1644

Nouth for þe borw euere-il del:—

Nouth for the borough ever all dealt:—

Hauelok bi-hel he swiþe wel,

Hauelok bi-hel is doing very well,

1646

admires Havelok’s make and strength,

admires Havelok's build and strength,

Hw he was wel of bones maked,

Hw he was well made of bones,

Brod in þe sholdres, ful wel schaped,

Broad in the shoulders, well-shaped,

1648

Þicke in þe brest, of bodi long;

Þicke in þe brest, of bodi long;

He semede wel to ben wel strong.

He seemed to be pretty strong.

“Deus!” hwat ubbe, “qui ne were he knith?

“God!” what about, “who was he a knight?

I woth, þat he is swiþe with!

I swear, that he is really intense!

and thinks he ought to be a knight, not a pedlar.

and thinks he should be a knight, not a peddler.

1652

Betere semede him to bere

Better him to bear

Helm on heued, sheld and spere,

Helm on head, shield and spear,

Þanne to beye and selle ware.

Þanne to beye and selle ware.

Allas! þat he shal þer-with fare.

Alas! That he shall then depart.

1656

Goddot! wile he trowe me,

Goddot! while he threw me,

Chaffare shal he late be.”

He shall be chaff now.

Neþeles he seyde sone:

Then he said soon:

“Havelok, bring your wife, and come and eat with me.”

“Havelok, bring your wife, and come eat with me.”

“Hauelok, haue [þou] þi bone,

"Hauelok, have your say,"

1660

And y ful wel rede þ[e]

And I totally get that

Þat þou come, and ete with me

That you come and eat with me

To-day, þou, and þi fayre wif,

To-day, you, and your beautiful wife,

Þat þou louest also þi lif.

Þat þou louest also þi lif.

1664

And haue þou of hire no drede,

And have no fear of her,

Shal hire no man shame bede.

Shall hire no man shame be.

Bi þe fey that y owe to þe,

Bi þe fey that y owe to þe,

Þerof shal i me serf-borw be.”

Þerof shal i me serf-borw be.

UBBE TAKES A GREAT FANCY TO HAVELOK.

Ubbe really likes Havelok.

1668

Hauelok herde þat he bad,

Hauelok heard that he was

And thow was he ful sore drad,

And he was very much feared,

[Fol. 212, col. 2.]

[Fol. 212, col. 2.]

With him to ete, for hise wif;

With him to eat, for his wife;

46

Havelok fears ill may come of it.

Havelok fears that something bad might happen because of it.

For him wore leuere þat his lif

For him wore leather that his life

1672

Him wore reft, þan she in blame

Him wore torn, then she in blame

Felle, or lauthe ani shame.

Felle, or loud and shame.

Hwanne he hauede his wille wat,72

He had his will __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Þe stede, þat he onne sat,

Þe stede, þat he onne sat,

But Ubbe rides away, saying,

But Ubbe rides off, saying,

1676

Smot ubbe with spures faste,

Smote him with spurs fast,

And forth awey, but at þe laste,

And away they went, but in the end,

1678

Or he fro him ferde,

Or he went for him,

Seyde he, þat his folk herde:

Said he, that his people heard:

“Mind that you come.”

"Make sure you come."

1680

“Loke þat ye comen beþe,

"Make sure you come both,"

For ich it wile, and ich it rede.”

For I will, and I read it.

72 MS. either þat or ƿat.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. either that or what.

UBBE SENDS HAVELOK TO BERNARD.

UBBE SENDS HAVELOK TO BERNARD.

Havelok dares not refuse.

Havelok can't refuse.

Hauelok ne durste, þe he were adrad,

Hauelok didn’t dare, because he was afraid,

Nouth with-sitten þat ubbe bad;

Nouth with-sitten that ubbe bad;

1684

His wif he dide with him lede,

His wife led him.

Vn-to þe heye curt he y[e]de.73

Vn-to þe heye curt he y[e]de.73

Robert the Red leads Goldborough.

Robert the Red leads Goldborough.

Roberd hire ledde, þat was red,

Roberd hired a leader, who was red,

Þat hau[ed]e þarned* for hire þe ded

Þat hau[ed]e þarned* for hire þe ded

1688

Or ani hauede hire misseyd,

Or I would have missed her,

Or hand with iuele onne leyd.

Or hand with jewel on lead.

William Wendut is on the other side of her.

William Wendut is on the other side of her.

Willam wendut was þat oþer

Willam wendut was that other

Þat hire ledde, roberdes broþer,

That her lead, robber's brother,

1692

Þat was with at alle nedes:

Þat was with at alle nedes:

Wel is him þat god man fedes!

Wel is him that God man feeds!

Þan he weren comen to þe halle,

Then he had come to the hall,

Biforen ubbe, and hise men alle,

Before ubbe, and his men all,

Ubbe starts up to welcome them.

Ubbe stands up to greet them.

1696

Vbbe stirte hem ageyn,

Vbbe stirred him again,

And mani a knith, and mani a sweyn,

And many a knight, and many a swine,

Hem for to se, and forto shewe;

Hem for to se, and to show;

Þo stod hauelok als a lowe

Þo stod hauelok als a lowe

Havelok is a head taller than any of them.

Havelok is a head taller than all of them.

1700

Aboven [þo] þat þer-inne wore,

Aboven [þo] that there in wore,

Rith al bi þe heued more

Rith al bi the head more

Þanne ani þat þer-inne stod:

Then if anything stood in it:

Þo was ubbe bliþe of mod,

Þo was ubbe bliþe of mod,

1704

Þat he saw him so fayr and hende,47

Þat he saw him so fair and hende,47

Fro him ne mithe his herte wende,

Fro him ne mīhte his herte wēnde,

Ne fro him, ne fro his wif;

Ne fro him, ne fro his wif;

He louede hem sone so his lif.

He loved them as soon as his life.

Ubbe loves Havelok better than any one else.

Ubbe loves Havelok more than anyone else.

1708

Weren non in denemark, þat him þouthe,

Were in Denmark, that he thought,

Þat he so mikel loue mouthe;

Þat he so mikel loue mouthe;

More he louede hauelok one,

More he loved havelock one,

Þan al denemark, bi mine wone!

Þan al denemark, bi mine wone!

1712

Loke nou, hw god helpen kan

Loke now, how God can help

O mani wise wif and man.

O man wise wife and man.

73 MS. yde.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. Yde.

* þarned is an error of the scribe for þoled; see the Glossary.

* þarned is an error of the scribe for þoled; see the Glossary.

Hwan it was comen time to ete,

Hwan, it was time to eat,

[Fol. 212b, col. 1.]

[Fol. 212, col. 1.]

Hise wif dede ubbe sone in fete,

Hise wife died just now in his arms,

1716

And til hire seyde, al on gamen:

And until she said, all in jest:

Ubbe’s wife is to eat with Havelok, and Goldborough with Ubbe.

Ubbe's wife is going to eat with Havelok, and Goldborough with Ubbe.

“Dame, þou and hauelok shulen ete samen,

“Lady, you and Havelok shall eat together,

And goldeboru shal ete wit me,

And Goldie will eat with me,

Þat is so fayr so flour on tre;

Þat is so fayr so flour on tre;

1720

In al denemark nis74 * wimman

In Denmark, there are __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__ women

So fayr so sche, bi seint iohan!”

So fair she is, by Saint John!

1722

Þanne [he] were set, and bord leyd,

Þanne [he] were set, and bord leyd,

And þe beneysun was seyd,

And the blessing was said,

There were cranes, swans, venison, fish, and wines.

There were cranes, swans, deer, fish, and wines.

1724

Biforn hem com þe beste mete

Before him came the best food

Þat king or cayser wolde ete;

Þat king or cayser wolde ete;

1726

Kranes, swannes, ueneysun,

Cranes, swans, unicorns,

Lax, lampreys, and god sturgun,

Lax, lampreys, and sturgeon,

1728

Pyment to drinke, and god clare,

Pyment to drink, and God clear,

Win hwit and red, ful god plente.

Win white and red, very good plenty.

Was þer-inne no page so lite,

Was there no page so small,

Þat euere wolde ale bite.

That you would ale bite.

1732

Of þe mete forto tel,

Of the food to tell,

No need to tell it all.

No need to share all.

Ne of þe metes75 bidde i nout dwelle;

Ne of þe metes75 bidde i nout dwelle;

Þat is þe storie for to lenge,

Þat is þe storie for to lenge,

It wolde anuye þis fayre genge.

It would annoy this fair group.

When the feast is over,

After the feast is done,

1736

But hwan he haueden þe kiwing76 de[y]led,

But hwan he haueden þe kiwing76 de[y]led,

And fele siþes haueden wosseyled,

And the heathen had been cursed,

And with gode drinkes seten longe,

And with good drinks sit long,

48

And it was time for to gonge,

And it was time to go,

1740

Il man to þer he cam fro,

Il man to þer he cam fro,

Ubbe thinks he must let them have an escort.

Ubbe thinks he should give them an escort.

Þouthe ubbe, “yf I late hem go,

Þouthe ubbe, “yf I late hem go,

Þus one foure, with-uten mo,

Thus one four, without more,

So mote ich brouke finger or to,

So may I break finger or two,

1744

For þis wimman bes mike wo!

For this woman, best make it work!

For hire shal men hire louerd slo.”

For hire shall men hire lover slow.

He tok sone knithes ten,

He took some knives ten,

And wel sixti oþer men,

And well sixty other men,

1748

Wit gode bowes, and with gleiues,

Wit gode bows, and with glaives,

1749

And sende him unto þe greyues,

And send him to the graves,

He sends them to Bernard Brown, and bids him take care of them till next day.

He sends them to Bernard Brown and asks him to take care of them until the next day.

Þe beste man of al þe toun,

Þe beste man of al þe toun,

Þat was named bernard brun;

That was named Bernard Brun;

1752

And bad him, als he louede his lif,

And he loved his life badly,

Hauelok wel y[e]men,77 and his wif,

Hauelok well y[e]men, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and his wife,

And wel do wayten al þe nith,

And we will wait all night,

Til þe oþer day, þat it were lith.

Til the other day, that it was smooth.

1756

Bernard was trewe, and swiþe with,

Bernard was true, and very skilled,

In al þe borw ne was no knith

In all the town, there was no knight.

Þat betere couþe on stede riden,

Þat betere couþe on stede riden,

Helm on heued, ne swerd bi side.

Helm on head, sword at the side.

[Fol. 212b, col. 2.]

[Fol. 212b, col. 2.]

Bernard provides a rich supper for Havelok.

Bernard prepares a hearty dinner for Havelok.

1760

Hauelok he gladlike under-stod,

Hauelok he gladly understood,

With mike loue, and herte god,

With Mike love, and heart God,

And dide greyþe a super riche,

And they created a billionaire

Also he was no with chinche,

Also he was no with chinche,

1764

To his bihoue euer-il del,

To his beautiful ever-dell,

Þat he mithe supe swiþe wel.

Þat he mithe supe swiþe wel.

74 MS. is.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. is.

* Perhaps we should rather read—is womman [non].

* Perhaps we should rather read—is womman [non].

75 Qu. win.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Q. win.

Bidde must mean offer, rather than bid (as in the Glossary); unless it be miswritten for bide = tarry.

Bidde must mean offer, rather than bid (as in the Glossary); unless it be miswritten for bide = tarry.

76 Uncertain in MS. See note.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Uncertain in MS. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

77 MS. ymen.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. ymen.

A GANG OF THIEVES BESET BERNARD’S HOUSE.

A group of thieves broke into Bernard's house.

At suppertime sixty-one thieves come to the house,

At dinner, sixty-one thieves come to the house,

Also he seten, and sholde soupe,

Also he sat down, and should eat,

So comes a ladde in a ioupe,

So comes a young man in a robe,

1768

And with him sixti oþer stronge,

And with him six other strong,

With swerdes drawen, and kniues longe,

With drawn swords and long knives,

Ilkan in hande a ful god gleiue,

Ilkan in hande a full good glove,

and bid Bernard open the door.

and asked Bernard to open the door.

And seyde, “undo, bernard þe greyue!

And said, “Unbind, Bernard the grave!

1772

Vndo swiþe, and latus78 in,49

Vend swiftly, and let __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ in,49

THREE OF THE THIEVES ATTACK HAVELOK.

THREE OF THE THIEVES ATTACK HAVLOK.

Or þu art ded, bi seint austin!”

Or you are dead, by Saint Austin!”

Bernard starts up, arms himself,

Bernard gears up, arms himself,

Bernard stirt up, þat was ful big,

Bernard stirred up, that was very big,

And caste a brinie up-on his rig,

And cast a brine upon his rig,

1776

And grop an ax,79 þat was ful god,

And grop an ax,79 þat was ful god,

Lep to þe dore, so he wore wod,

Lep to the door, so he wore wood,

And seyde, “hwat are ye, þat are þer-oute,

And said, “What are you, that are out there,

Þat þus biginnen forto stroute?

That thus begin to strut?

and tells them to go away.

and tells them to go.

1780

Goth henne swiþe, fule þeues,

Goth here quickly, foul thieves,

For, bi þe louerd, þat man on leues,

For, by the Lord, that man on leaves,

Shol ich casten þe dore open,

Shall I cast the door open,

Summe of you shal ich drepen!

Summe of you shall I kill!

1784

And þe oþre shal ich kesten

And the other shall I cast

In feteres, and ful faste festen!”

In chains, and hold on tight!

They defy him.

They resist him.

“Hwat haue ye seid,” quoth a ladde,

“Hwhat have you said,” said a boy,

“Wenestu þat we ben adradde?

"Why are we scared?"

1788

We shole at þis dore gonge

We shall at this door go.

Maugre þin, carl, or outh longe.”

Maugre þin, carl, or outh longe.

They break the door open with a boulder.

They smash the door open with a boulder.

He gripen sone a bulder ston,

He gripped some boulder stone,

And let it fleye, ful god won,

And let it fly, full good one,

1792

Agen þe dore, þat it to-rof:

Agen the door, that it to-rof:

Auelok it saw, and þider drof,

Auelok saw it, and there he rushed,

Havelok seizes the bar of the door, and says,

Havelok grabs the door handle and says,

And þe barre sone vt-drow,

And the bar soon drew out,

Þat was unride, and gret ynow,

Þat was unride, and gret ynow,

1796

And caste þe dore open wide,

And open the door fully,

And seide, “her shal y now abide:

And said, "here shall I now stay:

“Come here to me.”

“Come here.”

Comes swiþe vn-to me!80

Come quickly to me! __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Datheyt hwo you henne fle!”

Date how you henne feel!”

1800

“No,” quodh on, “þat shaltou coupe,”

“No,” he said, “you shall cut that.”

And bigan til him to loupe,

And began to look at him,

Three men attack Havelok.

Three guys attack Havelok.

In his hond is swerd ut-drawe,

In his hand is a sword drawn out,

Hauelok he wende þore haue slawe;

Hauelok turned the slaughter there;

1804

And with [him] comen oþer two,

And with him came two others,

[Fol. 213, col. 1.]

[Fol. 213, col. 1.]

Þat him wolde of liue haue do.

Þat him wolde of liue haue do.

50

HAVELOK SLAYS SEVEN OF THE THIEVES.

Havelok kills seven of the thieves.

1806

Hauelok lifte up þe dore-tre,

Lift the door frame up,

He kills them all.

He takes them all out.

And at a dint he slow hem þre;

And at a blow he hit three;

1808

Was non of hem þat his hernes

Was none of them that his herness

Ne lay þer-ute ageyn þe sternes.

Ne lay þer-ute ageyn þe sternes.

A fourth he knocks down with a blow on the head.

A fourth one he takes down with a hit to the head.

Þe ferþe þat he siþen mette,

Þe ferþe þat he siþen mette,

Wit þe barre so he him grette,

Wit the bar he greeted him,

1812

Bifor þe heued, þat þe rith eye

Bifor þe heued, þat þe rith eye

Vt of þe hole made he fleye,

Vt of the hole he made fly,

And siþe clapte him on þe crune,

And then he hit him on the head,

So þat he stan-ded fel þor dune.

So that he stood very still through the valley.

A fifth he hits between the shoulders.

A fifth shot hits him between the shoulders.

1816

Þe fifte þat he ouer-tok,

The fifth that he overtook,

Gaf he a ful sor dint[e] ok,

Gaf he a full sore dent too,

Bitwen þe sholdres, þer he stod,

Bitwen þe sholdres, þer he stod,

Þat he spen his herte blod.

Þat he spen his herte blod.

A sixth he smites on the neck.

A sixth one he hits on the neck.

1820

Þe sixte wende for to fle,

Þe sixte wende for to fle,

And he clapte him with þe tre

And he hit him with the tree

Rith in þe fule necke so,

Rith in the foul neck so,

Þat he smot hise necke on to.

Þat he smot hise necke on to.

1824

Þanne þe sixe weren doun feld,

Þan the six were down field,

A seventh aims at Havelok’s eye.

A seventh aims for Havelok's eye.

Þe seuenþe brayd ut his swerd,

Þe seuenþe brayd ut his swerd,

1826

And wolde hauelok Riht in the eye;

And would have a cloak right in the eye;

And hauelok le[t þe]81 barre fleye,

And have a look at __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ bar fly,

Havelok kills him.

Havelok takes him out.

1828

And smot him sone ageyn þe brest,

And struck him soon again in the chest,

Þat hauede he neuere sch[r]ifte of prest;

Þat hauede he neuere sch[r]ifte of prest;

For he was ded on lesse hwile,

For he was dead for less time,

Þan men mouthe renne a mile.

Then men run a mile.

The rest divide into two parties,

The rest split into two groups,

1832

Alle þe oþere weren ful kene,

All the others were quite fierce,

A red þei taken hem bi-twene,

A red they took them between,

þat he sholde him bi-halue,

that he should help him,

And brisen so, þat wit no salue

And breakn so, that without any remedy

1836

Ne sholde him helen leche non:

Ne sholde him helen leche non:

Þey drowen ut swerdes, ful god won,

They draw their swords, perfect friend,

1838

and rush at him like dogs at a bear.

and rush at him like dogs would attack a bear.

And shoten on him, so don on bere

And shone on him, so done on bear

Dogges, þat wolden him to-tere,

Dogs that wanted to tear him up,

51 1840

Þanne men doth þe bere beyte:

Þanne men doth þe bere beyte:

Þe laddes were kaske and teyte,

Þe laddes were kaske and teyte,

And vn-bi-yeden him ilkon,

And vn-bi-yeden him ilkon,

Sum smot with tre, and sum wit ston;

Sum kill with trees, and sum with stones;

1844

Summe putten with gleyue, in bac and side,

Summe putten with gleyuve, in bac and side,

They wound Havelok in twenty places.

They wrapped Havelok in twenty places.

And yeuen wundes longe and wide;

And you wonders long and wide;

In twenti stedes, and wel mo,

In twenty states, and well more,

Fro þe croune til the to.

Fro the crown to the toe.

1848

Hwan he saw þat, he was wod,

Hwan saw that, he was enraged,

And was it ferlik hw he stod,

And was it like how he stood,

[Fol. 213, col. 2.]

[Fol. 213, col. 2.]

For the blod ran of his sides

For the blood ran from his sides

So water þat fro þe welle glides;

So water that flows from the well;

1852

But þanne bigan he for to mowe

But then he began to move

With the barre, and let hem shewe,

With the bar, and let them show,

Hw he cowþe sore smite,

How the cow's sore hit,

He at last succeeds in killing twenty of them.

He finally succeeds in killing twenty of them.

For was þer non, long ne lite,

For there was neither long nor short,

1856

Þat he Mouthe ouer-take,

That he overtake the mouth,

Þat he ne garte his croune krake;

Þat he ne garte his croune krake;

So þat on a litel stund,

So that for a little while,

Felde he twenti to þe grund.

Felled the twenty to the ground.

78 Sic in MS.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Sic in the manuscript.

79 MS. ar; but see l. 1894.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. ar; *but see* l. 1894.

80 MS. vnto me datheit,—evidently the repetition of the first word in the succeeding line.

80 MS. vnto me datheit,—evidently the repetition of the first word in the succeeding line.

81 Qu. Hauelok let the. MS. “haue le.”

81 Qu. Hauelok let the. MS. “haue le.”

THE THIEVES SHOOT AT HIM FROM A DISTANCE.

The thieves are shooting at him from afar.

1860

Þo bigan gret dine to rise,

Þo bigan gret dine to rise,

For þe laddes on ilke wise

For the boys in the same way

They throw stones at him.

They throw rocks at him.

Him asayleden wit grete dintes,

Him assailed with great force,

Fro fer he stoden, him with flintes

Fro fer he stoden, him with flintes

1864

And gleyues schoten him fro ferne,

And glances at him from afar,

For drepen him he wolden yerne;

For he really wanted to kill him;

But dursten he newhen him no more,

But couldn’t he see him anymore,

Þanne he bor or leun wore.

Then he bore or loaned.

HUGH AND THE REST COME TO THE RESCUE.

Hugh and the others come to help.

Hugh Raven hears the noise,

Hugh Raven hears the sound,

1868

Huwe rauen þat dine herde,

Huwe rauen þat dine herde,

And þowthe wel, þat men mis-ferde

And though well, that men misbehaved

With his louerd, for his wif,

With his lord, for his wife,

And grop an ore, and a long knif,

And grab an ore, and a long knife,

1872

And þider drof al so an hert,

And there ran all like a deer,

and comes to help.

and comes to assist.

And cham þer on a litel stert,

And came there on a little start,

52

And saw how þe laddes wode

And saw how the lads were crazy

Hauelok his louerd umbistode,

Hauelok his lord surrounded,

1876

And beten on him so doth þe smith

And begs him just like the blacksmith does.

With þe hamer on þe stith.

With the hammer on the anvil.

“Allas!” hwat hwe, “þat y was boren!

“Allas!” what he said, “that I was born!”

Þat euere et ich bred of koren!

Þat euere et ich bred of koren!

1880

Þat ich here þis sorwe se!

Þat ich here þis sorwe se!

Hugh calls out to Robert and William.

Hugh calls out to Robert and William.

Roberd! willam! hware ar ye?

Roberd! William! Where are you?

Gripeth eþer unker a god tre,

Gripeth eþer unker a god tre,

And late we nouth þise doges fle,

And late we now these dogs flee,

1884

Til ure louerd wreke [we];

Till your lord avenges [us];

Cometh swiþe, and folwes me!

Come quickly, and follow me!

Ich haue in honde a ful god ore:

Ich habe in der Hand ein voll gutes Ohr:

Datheit wo ne smite sore!”

"Death where a smite sore!"

Robert comes to the rescue,

Robert saves the day,

1888

“Ya! leue, ya!” quod roberd sone,

“Yeah! leave it, yeah!” said Robert's son,

“We hauen ful god lith of þe mone.”

“We have no full light of the moon.”

Roberd grop a staf, strong and gret,

Roberd grabbed a staff, strong and big,

Þat mouthe ful wel bere a net,

Þat mouthe ful wel bere a net,

and William too, and Bernard.

and William too, and Bernard.

1892

And willam wendut grop a tre

And William went to grab a tree.

Mikel grettere þan his þe,82

Mikel is greater than his __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

And bernard held his ax ful faste;

And Bernard held his axe tightly;

[Fol. 213b, col. 1.]

[Fol. 213b, col. 1.]

I seye, was he nouth þe laste;

I say, was he not the last;

1896

And lopen forth so he weren wode

And they ran out, so they were crazy.

To þe laddes, þer he stode,

To the lads, there he stood,

And yaf hem wundes swiþe grete;

And gave them very big wounds;

They fight with the thieves.

They battle the thieves.

Þer mithe men wel se boyes bete,

Þer mithe men wel se boyes bete,

1900

And ribbes in here sides breke,

And ribs in his sides break,

And hauelok on hem wel wreke.

And make sure to take good revenge on them.

He broken armes, he broken knes,

He has broken arms, he has broken knees,

He broken shankes, he broken thes.

He broke his shins.

1904

He dide þe blode þere renne dune

He died the blood there ran down

To þe fet rith fro the crune,

To the foot right from the crown,

No head was spared.

No one was spared.

For was þer spared heued non:

For there was no spared head:

He leyden on heuedes, ful god won,

He lay on his head, feeling really good,

53 1908

And made croune[s] breke and crake,

And made crowns break and shatter,

Of þe broune, and of þe blake;

Of the brown, and of the black;

He made their backs as soft as their bellies.

He made their backs as soft as their stomachs.

He maden here backes al so bloute

He maden here backs all so proud

Als h[er]e83 wombes, and made hem rowte

Als h[er]e__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ wombes, and made hem rowte

1912

Als he weren kradelbarnes:

Als he weren't cradle kids:

So dos þe child þat moder þarnes.

So does the child that mother desires.

82 MS. þre, the r being caught from the word above. Cf. l. 1903.

82 MS. þre, the r being caught from the word above. Cf. l. 1903.

83 Qu. here. MS. he.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Question here. MS. he.

ALL THE SIXTY THIEVES ARE SLAIN.

ALL SIXTY THIEVES ARE DEAD.

1914

Daþeit wo84 recke! for he it seruede,

Daþeit wo__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ wreck! for he it seruede,

Hwat dide he þore weren he werewed;

Hwat did he think when he was married;

1916

So longe haueden he but and bet

So long had he been but and better

With neues under hernes set,

With new under herne's set,

All sixty assailants are slain.

All sixty attackers are dead.

Þat of þo sixti men and on

Þat of þo sixti men and on

Ne wente þer awey liues non.

Ne wente þer awey liues non.

84 MS. “ƿe,” clearly miswritten for “ƿo” or “wo.” See ll. 2047, 296, 300, &c.

84 MS. “ƿe,” clearly miswritten for “ƿo” or “wo.” See ll. 2047, 296, 300, &c.

UBBE ASKS BERNARD WHAT HAS HAPPENED.

UBBE ASKS BERNARD WHAT HAPPENED.

At morn, there they lay like dogs.

At morning, there they lay like dogs.

1920

ON þe morwen, hwan85 it was day,

ON þe morwen, hwan85 it was day,

Ilc on other wirwed lay,

Ilc on other wired lay,

Als it were dogges þat weren henged,

Als it were dogs that were hung,

And summe leye in dikes slenget,

And summer light in dikes slent,

1924

And summe in gripes bi þe her

And they sum up the complaints by the head

Drawen ware, and laten ther.

Drawn ware, and Latin there.

1926

Sket cam tiding intil ubbe,

Sket cam tiding until further notice,

Þat hauelok hauede with a clubbe

Þat hauelok hauede with a clubbe

1928

Of hise slawen sixti and on

Of his slow 61

Sergaunz, þe beste þat mithen gon.

Sergaunz, the best that might happen.

Ubbe comes to see what is the matter.

Ubbe comes to see what’s going on.

“Deus!” quoth ubbe, “hwat may þis be!

“God!” said Ubbe, “what could this be!

Betere his i nime86 miself and se,

Betere his i nime86 miself and se,

1932

Þat þis baret on hwat is wold,

Þat þis baret on hwat is wold,

Þanne i sende yunge or old.

Þanne i sende yunge or old.

For yif i sende him un-to,

For if I send him to,

I wene men sholde him shame do,

I would be ashamed to do that to him,

1936

And þat ne wolde ich for no þing:54

And I wouldn't do that for anything:54

I loue him wel, bi heuene king!

I love him well, by heaven's king!

Me wore leuere i wore lame,

Me wore leuere i wore lame,

Þanne men dide him ani shame,

Þanne men did him any shame,

[Fol. 213b, col. 2.]

[Fol. 213b, col. 2.]

1940

Or tok, or onne handes leyde,

Or tok, or one's hand lay,

Vn-ornelike,87 or same seyde.”

Vn-ornelike, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ or same side.

He lep up on a stede lith,

He leaped up on a horse.

And with him mani a noble knith,

And with him many a noble knight,

1944

And ferde forth un-to þe tun,

And rode on to the town,

He calls for Bernard Brown.

He's calling for Bernard Brown.

And dide calle bernard brun

And did call Bernard Brun

Vt of his hus, wan he þer cam;

Vt of his house, when he came there;

And bernard sone ageyn [him] nam,

And Bernard's son replied to him,

1948

Al to-tused and al to-torn,

All used up and all torn,

Ner also naked so he was born,

Ner was also born unclothed,

And al to-brised, bac and þe:

And all bruised, back and the:

Ubbe asks who has beaten him about so?

Ubbe asks who has knocked him around like that?

Quoth ubbe, “bernard, hwat is þe?

Quoth Ubbe, “Bernard, what is it?

1952

Hwo haues þe þus ille maked,

Hwo has the thus ill made,

Þus to-riuen, and al mad naked?”

Þus to-riuen, and al mad naked?”

85 MS. “hhan,” miswritten for “hƿan,” from which it differs very slightly.

85 MS. “hhan,” miswritten for “hƿan,” from which it differs very slightly.

86 MS. inime.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. inime.

87 MS. Vn ornelſke; but ſ should certainly be i.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ MS. Vorneliske; but s should definitely be i.

BERNARD RELATES HAVELOK’S PROWESS.

Bernard shares Havelok’s skills.

“Louerd,88 merci,” quot he sone,

“Lord, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ thank you,” said he.

“To-nicht also ros þe mone

"Tonight also rose the moon"

“Sixty thieves attacked me last night.

“Sixty thieves attacked me last night.

1956

Comen her mo þan sixti þeues,

Come in her more than sixty thieves,

With lokene copes, and wide sleues,

With loose hoods and wide sleeves,

Me forto robben, and to pine,

Me forto robben, and to pine,

And for to drepe me and mine.

And to kill me and mine.

1960s

Mi dore he broken up ful sket,

Mi dore he broken up ful sket,

And wolde me binden hond and fet.

And would bind my hands and feet.

Wan þe godemen þat sawe,

When the goddess saw,

Havelok and his friends drove them off.

Havelok and his friends chased them away.

Hauelok, and he þat bi þe wowe

Hauelok, and he who is by the wave

1964

Leye, he stirten up sone on-on,

Leye, he stirred up some on-on,

And summe grop tre, and sum grop ston,

And some big tree, and some big stone,

And driue hem ut, þei he weren crus,

And drive him out, even if he were on a cross,

So dogges ut of milne-hous.

So dogs out of mill house.

1968

Hauelok grop þe dore-tre,

Hauelok grabs the door frame,

And [at] a dint he slow hem thre.

And at that moment, he slowed down.

55

He is þe beste man at nede,

He is the best man in need,

Þat euere mar shal ride stede!

Þat euere mar shal ride stede!

1972

Als helpe god, bi mine wone,

Als helpe god, bi mine wone,

He is worth a thousand men.

He is worth a thousand men.

A þhousend of men his he worth one!

A thousand of men are worth one of him!

Yif he ne were, ich were nou ded,

Yif he were not, I would be dead now,

So haue ich don Mi soule red;

So I have given my soul back.

1976

But it is hof him mikel sinne;

But it is of him much sin;

He maden him swilke woundes þrinne,

He gave him three wounds,

Þat of þe alþer-leste wounde

That of the ultimate wound

Were a stede brouht to grunde.

Were a ship brought to ground.

He has some bad wounds, more than twenty.

He has some serious wounds, over twenty.

1980s

He haues a wunde in the side,

He has a wound in the side,

With a gleyue, ful un-ride,

With a gleyue, full un-ride,

And he haues on þoru his arum,

And he has on through his arms,

Þer-of is ful mikel harum,

There is a lot of harm,

[Fol. 214, col. 1.]

[Fol. 214, col. 1.]

Nineteen Eighty-Four

And he haues on þoru his þhe,

And he has on through his the,

Þe vn-rideste þat men may se,

Þe vn-rideste þat men may se,

And oþe[r] wundes haues he stronge,

And other wounds he has stronger,

Mo than twenti swiþe longe.

More than twenty very long.

1988

But siþen he hauede lauth þe sor

But since he had felt the sorrow

Of þe wundes, was neuere bor

Of the wounds, was never born

Þat so fauth so he fauth þanne;

Þat so fauth so he fauth þanne;

Was non þat hauede þe hern-panne

Was not that had the hern-pan

1992

So hard, þat he ne dede alto-cruhsse,

So hard that he didn’t completely crush,

And alto-shiuere, and alto-frusshe.

And high-pitched singing, and high-leaping.

He followed them like a dog does a hare.

He followed them like a dog follows a rabbit.

He folwede hem so hund dos hare,

He followed him as a dog does a hare,

Daþeyt on he wolde spare,

Daþeyt if he would spare,

1996

Þat [he] ne made hem euerilk on

Þat [he] ne made hem euerilk on

Ligge stille so doth þe ston:

Ligge stille so doth þe ston:

And þer nis he nouth to frie,

And there is not he free,

For oþer sholde he make hem lye

For others, he should make them lie.

2000s

Ded, or þei him hauede slawen,

Ded, or they had slain him,

Or alto-hewen, or al-to-drawen.

Or alto-hewn, or alto-drawn.

88 MS. Iouerd.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. Iouerd.

Louerd, haui no more plith

Lourd, have no more pleth

Of þat ich was þus greþed to-nith.

Of that I was thus greeted tonight.

2004

Þus wolde þe theues me haue reft,56

Þus wolde þe theues me haue reft,56

But god-þank, he hauenet sure keft.

But thank God, he hadn't sure kept.

But I fear Havelok is all but dead.”

But I worry Havelok is pretty much dead.”

But it is of him mikel scaþe:

But it is about him, Mikel Scaþe:

I woth þat he bes ded ful raþe.”

I wish that he were dead very soon.

THE OTHERS CONFIRM BERNARD’S STORY.

THE OTHERS BACK UP BERNARD'S STORY.

2008

Quoth ubbe, “bernard, seyst þou soth?”

Quoth ubbe, “bernard, are you telling the truth?”

“Ya, sire, that i ne89 lepe oth.

“Ya, sire, that i ne89 lepe oth.

Yif y, louerd, a word leye,

Yif y, lord, a word lays,

To-morwen do me hengen heye.”

"Tomorrow do me hengen heye."

The rest confirm Bernard’s story.

The others confirm Bernard’s story.

2012

Þe burgeys þat þer-bi stode þore,

Þe burgeys þat þer-bi stode þore,

Grundlike and grete oþes swore,

Grundlike and grete oaths swore,

Litle and mikle, yunge and holde,

Litle and mikle, yunge and holde,

Þat was soth, þat bernard tolde.

That was true, that Bernard said.

2016

Soth was, þat he wolden him bynde,

Soth was, that he wouldn't bind him,

And trusse al þat he mithen fynde

And trust all that he could find

Of hise, in arke or in kiste,

Of his, in ark or in chest,

Þat he mouthe in seckes þriste.

That he might be in sickness thrice.

“The thieves wanted to steal all he had.

“The thieves wanted to take everything he had."

2020

“Louerd, he haueden al awey born

“Lord, he had taken away”

His þing, and him-self alto-torn,

His thing, and himself all torn,

But als god self barw him wel,

But as God Himself bore him well,

Þat he ne tinte no catel.

Þat he ne tinte no catel.

2024

Hwo mithe so mani stonde ageyn,

Hwo might so many stone again,

Bi nither-tale, knith or swein?

Be neither tale, knight, or swine?

He weren bi tale sixti and ten,

He was nin in his sixties and ten,

Starke laddes, stalworþi men,

Strong warriors, stalwart men,

They were led on by one G[r]iffin Gall.”

They were guided by a guy named G[r]iffin Gall.

2028

And on, þe mayster of hem alle,

And on, the master of them all,

Þat was þe name giffin90 galle.

That was the name given __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ galle.

[Fol. 214, col. 2.]

[Fol. 214, col. 2.]

Hwo mouthe agey[n]91 so mani stonde,

How many stones __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__?

But als þis man of ferne londe

But as this man of foreign land

2032

Haueth hem slawen with a tre?

Did he kill him with a tree?

Mikel ioie haue he!

Mikel, I have it!

God yeue him mikel god to welde,

God give him much good to wield,

Boþe in tun, and ek in felde!

Booth in town, and I in the field!

2036

We[l]92 is set he etes mete.”

We __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ is set he eats meat.

Ubbe sends for Havelok,

Ubbe calls for Havelok,

Quoth ubbe, “doth him swiþe fete,

Quoth ubbe, “does he have swift feet,

57

Þat y mouthe his woundes se,

Þat y mouthe his woundes se,

Yf that he mouthen heled93 be.

If that he might help __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ be.

2040

For yf he mouthe couere yet,

For if he could still cover,

And gangen wel up-on hise fet,

And gang up on his feet,

to dub him knight.

to knight him.

Mi-self shal dubbe him to knith,

Mi-self shal dubbe him to knith,

For-þi þat he is so with.

For that he is so with.

2044

And yif he liuede, þo foule theues,

And if he lived, the foul thieves,

2045

Þat weren of kaym kin and eues,

Þat weren of kaym kin and eues,

He sholden hange bi þe necke;

He should hang by the neck;

Of here ded daþeit wo recke,

Of here ded daþeit wo recke,

2048

Hwan he yeden þus on nithes

Hwan he yeden þus on nithes

To binde boþe burgmen and knithes.

To bind both burgmen and knights.

For bynderes loue ich neuere mo,

For love of a stranger, I never know more,

Of hem ne yeue ich nouht a slo.”

Of him I give nothing now.

89 MS. ine.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. i.e.

90 Qu. griffin.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Qu. griffin.

91 MS. agey.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. Agey.

92 Cf. ll. 772, 907.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Cf. lines 772, 907.

93 MS. holed. See l. 2058.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ MS. marked. See l. 2058.

UBBE SENDS FOR HAVELOK AND TAKES HIM TO HIS CASTLE.

Ubbe calls for Havelok and brings him to his castle.

Havelok is brought before Ubbe.

Havelok is brought before Ubbe.

2052

Hauelok was bifore ubbe browth,

Hauelok was before Ubbe's birth,

Þat hauede for him ful mikel þouth,

Þat hauede for him ful mikel þouth,

And mikel sorwe in his herte

And Mikel sorrowed in his heart

For hise wundes, þat we[r] so smerte.

For his wounds, that were so painful.

2056

But hwan his wundes weren shewed,

But when his wounds were shown,

A leech says he can be healed.

A leech claims he can be cured.

And a leche hauede knawed,

And a milk cow mooed,

Þat he hem mouthe ful wel hele,

Þat he hem mouthe ful wel hele,

Wel make him gange, and ful wel mele,

Wel make him go, and really well deal,

2060

And wel a palefrey bistride,

And well a saddle horse rides,

And wel up-on a stede ride,

And well upon a horse ride,

Þo let ubbe al his care

Þo let ubbe al his care

And al his sorwe ouer-fare;

And all his sorrow overcame;

Ubbe invites him and Goldborough to his own castle.

Ubbe invites him and Goldborough to his castle.

2064

And seyde, “cum now forth with me,

And said, "come now with me,

And goldeboru, þi wif, with þe,

And Goldberu, your wife, is with you,

And þine seriaunz al þre,

And your servants all three,

For nou wile y youre warant be;

For now, I want you to be secure;

2068

Wile y non of here frend

Wile y non of here frend

Þat þu slowe with þin hend

Þat þu slowe with þin hend

Moucte wayte þe [to] slo,

Moute wait the [to] slow,

58

Also þou gange to and fro.

Also you go back and forth.

2072

I shal lene þe a bowr,

I will lend you a bow.

Þat is up in þe heye tour,

Þat is up in þe heye tour,

Til þou mowe ful wel go,

Til þou mowe ful wel go,

[Fol. 214b, col. 1.]

[Fol. 214b, col. 1.]

And wel ben hol of al þi wo.

And well I am free from all your sorrow.

2076

It ne shal no þing ben bitwene

It shall not be anything in between

Þi bour and min, also y wene,

Þi bour and min, also y wene,

But a fayr firrene wowe;—

But a fair foreign woman;—

Speke y loude, or spek y lowe,

Speke you loud, or speak you low,

2080

Þou shalt94 ful wel heren me,

You shall__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ truly hear me,

And þan þu wilt, þou shalt me se.

And when you want, you will see me.

He promises to protect Goldborough.

He vows to protect Goldborough.

A rof shal hile us boþe o-nith,

A rof shal hile us boþe o-nith,

Þat none of mine, clerk ne knith,

Þat none of mine, clerk ne knith,

2084

Ne sholen þi wif no shame bede,

Ne sholen þi wif no shame bede,

No more þan min, so god me rede!”

No more than mine, so help me God!

94 MS. sahalt; and the second a is expuncted by mistake, instead of the first.

94 MS. sahalt; and the second a is expuncted by mistake, instead of the first.

UBBE SEES THE MIRACULOUS LIGHT   WHICH ISSUES FROM HAVELOK’S MOUTH.

UBBE SEES THE AMAZING LIGHT THAT COMES FROM HAVELOK'S MOUTH.

HE dide un-to þe borw bringe

HE dide un-to þe borw bringe

Sone anon, al with ioynge,

Soon after, all with joy,

2088

His wif, and his serganz þre,

His wife, and his servants three,

Þe beste men þat mouthe be.

The best men that might be.

The first night, about midnight,

The first night, around midnight,

Þe firste nith he lay þer-inne,

Þe firste nith he lay þer-inne,

Hise wif, and his serganz þrinne,

Hise wife, and his servants three,

2092

Aboute þe middel of þe nith

Aboute the middle of the night

Ubbe wakes and sees a great light.

Ubbe wakes up and sees a bright light.

Wok ubbe, and saw a mikel lith

Wok ubbe, and saw a mikel lith

In þe bour þat hauelok lay,

In the town where Havelok lay,

Also brith so it were day.

Also bright so it were day.

Ubbe says he must go and see what it means.

Ubbe says he needs to go check out what it means.

2096

“Deus!” quoth ubbe, “hwat may þis be?

“God!” said Ubbe, “What could this be?

Betere is i go miself, and se:

Betere is I go myself, and see:

Hweþer he sitten nou, and wesseylen,

Whether he’s sitting now, and wrestling,

Or of ani shotshipe to-deyle,

Or of any spaceship today,

2100

Þis tid nithes, also foles;

This time of night, also people;

Þan birþe men casten hem in poles,

Then birþe men cast them in poles,

Or in a grip, or in þe fen:

Or in a grip, or in the fen:

59

Nou ne sitten none but wicke men,

Nou ne sitten none but wicke men,

2104

Glotuns, reu[e]res, or wicke þeues,

Glotuns, reu[e]res, or wicked thieves,

Bi crist, þat alle folk onne leues!”

Bi crist, þat alle folk onne leues!”

He peeps in, and sees them all asleep.

He looks in and sees everyone asleep.

He stod, and totede in at a bord,

He stood and walked in at a table,

Her he spak anilepi word,

Her he spoke a few words,

2108

And saw hem slepen faste ilkon,

And saw them all asleep tightly,

And lye stille so þe ston;

And lie still like the stone;

And saw al þat mikel lith

And saw all that great expanse

Fro hauelok cam, þat was so brith.

Fro haelok came, that was so bright.

The light issues from Havelok’s mouth.

The light comes from Havelok’s mouth.

2112

Of his mouth it com il del,

Of his mouth it comes out,

Þat was he war ful swiþe wel.

That was he very strong indeed.

“Deus!” quoth he, “hwat may þis mene!”

“God!” he said, “what could this mean!”

He calde boþe arwe men and kene,

He was both humble and fierce,

2116

Knithes, and serganz swiþe sleie,

Knights, and sergeants very skilled,

Mo þan an hundred, with-uten leye,

More than a hundred, without delay,

And bad hem alle comen and se,

And all the bad ones camen and saw,

Hwat þat selcuth mithe be.

What that wonder might be.

THE LIGHT SHOWS THAT HAVELOK IS THE HEIR.

THE LIGHT SHOWS THAT HAVLOK IS THE HEIR.

[Fol. 214b, col. 2.]

[Fol. 214b, col. 2.]

2120

Als þe knithes were comen alle,

As the knights had all arrived,

Þer hauelok lay, ut of þe halle,

Þer hauelok lay, ut of þe halle,

So stod ut of his mouth a glem,

So stood out of his mouth a gleam,

Rith al swilk so þe sunne-bem;

Rith in the sunlight;

The light is like that of 107 candles.

The light is like that of 107 candles.

2124

Þat al so lith wa[s] þare, bi heuene!

Þat al so lith wa[s] þare, bi heuene!

So þer brenden serges seuene,

So the burning serge seven,

And an hundred serges ok:

And a hundred serges okay:

Þat durste hi sweren on a bok.

That dared he swear on a book.

2128

He slepen faste alle fiue,

They all slept deeply.

So he weren brouth of liue;

So he wasn't brought to life;

Havelok and Goldborough are fast asleep.

Havelok and Goldborough are sound asleep.

And hauelok lay on his lift side,

And Hauelok lay on his left side,

In his armes his brithe bride.

In his arms, his bright bride.

2132

Bi þe pappes he leyen naked:

Bi þe pappes he leyen naked:

So faire two weren neuere maked

So fair two weren't ever made.

In a bed to lyen samen:—

In a bed to lie together:—

Þe knithes þouth of hem god gamen,

Þe knithes þouth of hem god gamen,

2136

Hem forto shewe, and loken to.60

Hem forto shewe, and loken to.60

Rith also he stoden alle so,

Rith also stood there.

And his bac was toward hem wend,

And his back was toward him, wind,

They see a bright cross on his back, denoting kingship.

They see a bright cross on his back, representing royalty.

So weren he war of a croiz ful gent,

So were he in the war of a very gentle cross,

2140

On his rith shuldre sw[iþ]e95 brith,

On his right shoulder very bright, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Brithter þan gold ageyn þe lith.

Brighter than gold against the shore.

So þat he wiste heye and lowe,

So that he knew high and low,

Þat it was kunrik þat he sawe.

Þat it was kunrik þat he sawe.

2144

It sparkede, and ful brith shon,

It sparked, and fully bright shone,

So doth þe gode charbucle ston,

So does the good carbuncle stone,

It was light enough to choose a penny by.

It was bright enough to pick out a penny.

Þat men Mouthe se by þe lith,

Þat men Mouthe se by þe lith,

A peni chesen, so was it brith.

A penny chosen, so was it birth.

2148

Þanne bihelden he him faste,

Then he held on tightly,

So þat he knewen at þe laste,

So that he knew in the end,

They know he is Birkabeyn’s son and heir.

They know he's Birkabeyn's son and heir.

Þat he was birkabeynes sone,

That he was the baker's son,

Þat was here king, þat was hem wone

Þat was here king, þat was he wone

2152

Wel to yeme, and wel were

Wel to yeme, and wel were

Ageynes uten-laddes here.

Aynes are uploaded here.

“For it was neuere yet a broþer

“For it was never yet a brother

In al denemark so lich anoþer,

In Denmark, just like in another,

2156

So þis man þat is so fayr

So this man that is so fair

Als birkabeyn, he is hise eyr.”

Als birkabeyn, he is hise eyr.

95 MS. swe, for swiþe. Cf. l. 1252.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ MS. swe, for very. Cf. l. 1252.

He fellen sone at hise fet,

He fell down quickly at his feet,

They weep for joy.

They cry tears of joy.

Was non of hem þat he ne gret,

Was none of them that he didn’t greet,

2160

Of ioie he weren alle so fawen,

Of joy they were all so happy,

So he him haueden of erþe drawen.

So he pulled him up from the ground.

Hise fet he kisten an hundred syþes,

Hise fet he kissed a hundred times,

Þe tos, þe nayles, and þe lithes,

Þe tos, þe nayles, and þe lithes,

2164

So þat he bigan to wakne,96

So þat he bigan to wakne,96

[Fol. 215, col. 1.]

[Fol. 215, col. 1.]

And wit hem ful sore to blakne,

And with him fully sore to blacken,

For he wende he wolden him slo,

For he thought he would go slow,

Havelok wakes.

Havelok wakes up.

Or elles binde him, and do wo.

Or they bind him and do harm.

96 Here follows the catchword— “And wit hem.”

96 Here follows the catchword— “And wit hem.”

UBBE SAYS HAVELOK SHALL BE KING.

Ubbe says Havelok will be the king.

2168

Quoth ubbe, “louerd, ne dred þe nowth,

Quoth ubbe, “Lord, don't be afraid now,

Me þinkes that I se þi þouth.

Me thinks that I see your thought.

61

Ubbe offers homage to him,

Ubbe pays his respects.

Dere sone, wel is me,

There’s someone, well is me,

Þat y þe with eyn[e]97 se.

That you the with eye __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ see.

2172

Man-red, louerd, bede y þe,

Man-red, louerd, bede y þe,

Þi man auht i ful wel to be,

Þi man auht i ful wel to be,

For þu art comen of birkabeyn,

For you have come from birkabeyn,

Þat hauede mani knith and sweyn;

Þat hauede mani knith and sweyn;

2176

And so shalt þou, louerd, haue,

And so you shall, lord, have,

Þou þu be yet a ful yung knaue.

You are still just a very young boy.

and says he shall be king of Denmark.

and says he will be king of Denmark.

Þou shalt be king of al denemark,

Thou shalt be king of all Denmark,

Was þer-inne neuere non so stark.

Was there never anyone so strong.

2180

To-morwen shaltu manrede take

Tomorrow shall you take command

Of þe brune and of þe blake;

Of the brown and of the black;

Of alle þat aren in þis tun,

Of all that are in this town,

Boþe of erl, and of barun,

Boþe of earl and of baron,

2184

And of dreng, and of thayn,

And of the warrior, and of the noble,

And of knith, and of sweyn.

And of knight, and of swine.

And so shaltu ben mad knith

And so shall you be called the mad knight.

Wit blisse, for þou art so with.”

Wit blisse, for you are so with.

97 We find eyne in ll. 680, 1273, &c.

97 We find eyne in ll. 680, 1273, &c.

Havelok is blithe, and thanks God.

Havelok is cheerful, and he thanks God.

2188

Þo was hauelok swiþe bliþe,

Tho was Havelok very cheerful,

And þankede God ful fele siþe.

And thanked God multiple times.

On þe morwen, wan it was lith,

On the morning, when it was light,

And gon was þisternesse of þe nith,

And gone was this darkness of the night,

2192

Vbbe dide up-on a stede

Vbbe rode on a horse

A ladde lepe, and þider bede

A ladder lies, and there it is placed

Ubbe summons all his lords.

Ubbe calls all his lords.

Erles, barouns, drenges, theynes,

Earls, barons, boys, thanes,

Klerkes, knithes, bu[r]geys,98 sweynes,

Clerks, knights, burghers, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ swains,

2196

Þat he sholden comen a-non,

That he should come soon,

Biforen him sone euerilkon,

Before him soon everyone,

Also he louen here liues,

Also, he lives in love.

And here children, and here wiues.

And here, children, and here, wives.

98 MS. bugeyſ.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. Bugsy.

UBBE RELATES HAVELOK’S HISTORY.

Ubbe shares Havelok's story.

All come to receive his orders.

All come to get his instructions.

2200

Hise bode ne durste he non at-sitte,

Hise body didn't dare to sit down.

2201

Þat he ne neme99 for to wite

Þat he ne neme99 for to wite

62

Sone, hwat wolde þe iustise:

So, what would the justice:

And [he] bigan anon to rise,

And he immediately started to get up,

2204

And seyde sone, “liþes me,

And said son, “listen to me,

Alle samen, þeu and fre.

All together, you and me.

A þing ich wile you here shauwe,

A thing I want to show you here,

Þat ye100 alle ful wel knawe.

That you __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ all know well.

Ubbe tells them about Birkabeyn,

Ubbe shares about Birkabeyn,

2208

Ye witen wel, þat al þis lond

Ye witen wel, þat al þis lond

Was in birkabeynes hond,

Was in birkabeynes hand,

[Fol. 215, col. 2.]

[Fol. 215, col. 2.]

Þe day þat he was quic and ded;

The day that he was alive and dead;

And how þat he, bi youre red,

And how he, by your advice,

who commended his children to Godard;

who entrusted his children to Godard;

2212

Bitauhte hise children þre

Bitauhte his children three

Godard to yeme, and al his fe.

Godard to you, and all his faith.

Hauelok his sone he him tauhte,

Hauelok taught his son.

And hise two douhtres, and al his auhte,

And his two daughters, and all his family,

2216

Alle herden ye him swere

All the herds swear to him

On bok, and on messe-gere,

On book, and on messaging,

Þat he shulde yeme hem wel,

Þat he shulde yeme hem wel,

With-uten lac, with-uten tel.

Without a lake, without a bell.

99 MS. meme; miswritten for neme; see ll. 1207, 1931.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. meme; misspelled for neme; see ll. 1207, 1931.

100 MS. he.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Mr. he.

and how Godard slew the two girls,

and how Godard killed the two girls,

2220

He let his oth al ouer-go,

He let his oath slip away,

Euere wurþe him yuel and wo!

You all are cursed and miserable!

For101 þe maydnes here lif

For __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ the maidens here life

Refte he boþen, with a knif,

Refte he bothen, with a knife,

2224

And him shulde ok haue slawen,

And he should also have slain,

Þe knif was at his herte drawen,

Þe knif was at his herte drawn,

but had pity on the boy;

but felt sorry for the boy;

But god him wolde wel haue saue,

But God wanted to save him,

He hauede reunesse of þe knaue,

He had a meeting with the guy,

2228

So þat he with his hend

So that he with his hand

Ne drop him nouth, þat sor[i] fend,

Ne drop him nouth, þat sor[i] fend,

but afterwards ordered Grim to drown him.

but afterwards told Grim to drown him.

But sone dide he a fishere

But soon he became a fisherman.

Swiþe grete oþes swere,

Very great oaths swear,

2232

Þat he sholde drenchen him

That he should drown him

In þe se, þat was ful brim.

In the sea, that was very fierce.

101 Qu. Fro.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Qu. Fri.

But Grim fled with him to England.

But Grim ran away with him to England.

Hwan grim saw þat he was so fayr,

Hwan grim saw that he was so fair,

And wiste he was þe Rith eir,

And he knew he was the rightful heir,

63 2236

Fro denemark ful sone he fledde

Fro denemark ful sone he fledde

In-til englond, and þer him fedde

In England, and there he was fed

Mani winter, þat til þis day

Mani winter, that to this day

Haues he ben fed and fostred ay.

Haues he been fed and fostered always.

Then Ubbe shows Havelok to them all,

Then Ubbe shows Havelok to everyone.

2240

Lokes, hware he stondes her:

Lokes, where he stoned her:

In al þis werd ne haues he per;

In all this world he has none;

Non so fayr, ne non so long,

Non so fayr, ne non so long,

Ne non so mikel, ne non so strong.

Ne non so mikel, ne non so strong.

2244

In þis middelerd nis no knith

In this middle earth, there is no knight

Half so strong, ne half so with.

Half as strong, nor half as wise.

Bes of him ful glad and bliþe,

Bes of him fully glad and cheerful,

And cometh alle hider swiþe,

And come all here quickly,

and bids them swear fealty to him.

and asks them to swear loyalty to him.

2248

Manrede youre louerd forto make,

Man, ready your lord for making,

Boþe brune and þe blake.

Both brown and black.

I shal mi-self do first þe gamen,

I will myself start the game,

And ye siþen alle samen.”

And then all together.

UBBE DOES HOMAGE TO HAVELOK.

UBBE PAYS TRIBUTE TO HAVELOK.

Ubbe swears fealty first.

Ubbe pledges his loyalty first.

2252

Oknes ful fayre he him sette,

Oknes full fair he him set,

Mouthe noþing him þer-fro lette,

Mouth nothing to him about it,

And bi-cam is man Rith þare,

And the two cameras are in the room,

Þat alle sawen þat þere ware.

That everyone saw that there were.

[Fol. 215b, col. 1.]

[Fol. 215b, col. 1.]

All the rest do the same.

All the others do the same.

2256

After him stirt up laddes ten,

After him stirred up lads ten,

And bi-comen hise men;102

And become his men;__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

And siþen euerilk a baroun,

And since every baron,

Þat euere weren in al that toun;

Þat euere weren in al that toun;

2260

And siþen drenges, and siþen thaynes,

And since boys, and since thanes,

And siþen knithes, and siþen sweynes;

And then knights, and then swains;

So þat, or þat day was gon,

So that, or that day was gone,

In al þe tun ne was nouth on

In all the town, there wasn’t anything on

2264

Þat it ne was his man bicomen:

Þat it ne was his man bicomen:

Manrede of alle hauede he nomen.

Manrede of all heads they named.

102 A word is added in the MS. after men, apparently beye. Perhaps we should read: hise heye men.

102 A word is added in the MS. after men, apparently beye. Perhaps we should read: hise heye men.

ALL SWEAR TO BE FAITHFUL TO HAVELOK.

EVERYONE PROMISES TO BE LOYAL TO HAVELOK.

Havelok makes them swear to be faithful to him always.

Havelok makes them promise to always be loyal to him.

Hwan he hauede of hem alle

Hwan he hated them all

Manrede taken, in the halle,

Manrede taken, in the hall,

64 2268

Grundlike dide he hem swere,

He swore he wouldn’t do it.

Þat he sholden him god feyth bere

Þat he sholden him god feyth bere

Ageynes alle þat woren on liue;

Against all that were alive;

Þer-yen ne wolde neuer on striue,

Þer-yen ne wolde neuer on striue,

2272

Þat he ne maden sone þat oth,

Þat he ne maden sone þat oth,

Riche and poure, lef and loth.

Rich and poor, loved and hated.

Hwan þat was maked, sone he sende,

Hwan that was made, soon he sent,

Ubbe sends for all the sheriffs and constables.

Ubbe calls for all the sheriffs and constables.

Vbbe, writes fer and hende,

Vbbe, writes for and hands,

2276

After alle þat castel yemede,

After all that castle managed,

Burwes, tunes, sibbe an fremde,

Burrows, tunes, family and friends,

Þat þider sholden comen swiþe

That should come there soon.

Til him, and heren tiþandes bliþe,

Til him, and here in the moment of joy,

2280

Þat he hem alle shulde telle:

Þat he hem alle shulde telle:

Of hem ne wolde neuere on dwelle,

Of him, I would never stay.

Þat he ne come sone plattinde,

Þat he ne come sone plattinde,

Hwo hors ne hauede, com gangande.

Hwo hors ne hauede, com gangande.

2284

So þat with-inne a fourtenith,

So that within a fortnight,

In al denemark ne was no knith,

In Denmark, there was no knight,

Ne conestable, ne shireue,

Ne constable, ne sheriff,

Þat com of adam and of eue,

Þat com of adam and of eue,

They all come.

They all arrive.

2288

Þat he ne com biforn sire ubbe:

Þat he ne com biforn sire ubbe:

He dredden him so þhes103 doth clubbe.

He dreaded him so much __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ does club.

103 Qu. þes, i.e. thighs; or the spelling þhes may be intentional; see l. 1984. But Sir F. Madden suggests þeues.

103 Qu. þes, i.e. thighs; or the spelling þhes may be intentional; see l. 1984. But Sir F. Madden suggests þeues.

Hwan he haueden alle þe king gret,

Hwan he had all the king great,

And he weren alle dun set,

And they were all done sitting,

Ubbe shows Havelok to them all.

Ubbe shows Havelok to all.

2292

Þo seyde ubbe, “lokes here,

Then said Ubbe, “Look here,

Vre louerd swiþe dere,

Very loud and expensive,

Þat shal ben king of al þe lond,

That shall be king of all the land,

And haue us alle under hond.

And have us all under control.

2296

For he is birkabeynes sone,

For he is Birkabeyne's son,

Þe king þat was vmbe stonde wone

Þe king þat was vmbe stonde wone

For to yeme, and wel were,

For to remember, and to be well,

Wit sharp[e]104 swerd, and longe spere.

Sharp wit, long spear.

65

[Fol. 215b, col. 2.]

[Fol. 215, col. 2.]

2300

Lokes nou, hw he is fayr;

Lokes now, how he is fair;

Sikerlike he is hise eyr.

Sincerely, he is his eye.

Falles alle to hise fet,

If everyone falls to his feet,

Bicomes hise men ful sket.”

“Become his men fully skilled.”

All swear to obey Havelok.

All pledge to obey Havelok.

2304

He weren for ubbe swiþe adrad,

He wasn't actually scared,

And dide sone al þat he bad,

And did everything he wanted.

And yet deden he sumdel more,

And yet did he sum more,

O bok ful grundlike he swore,

O bok ful grundlike he swore,

2308

Þat he sholde with him halde

Þat he should hold with him

Boþe ageynes stille and bolde,

Both against still and bold,

Þat euere wo[l]de his bodi dere:

Þat euere wo[l]de his bodi dere:

Þat dide [he] hem o boke swere.

Þat dide [he] hem o boke swere.

104 See l. 2645 for the final e.

104 See l. 2645 for the final e.

UBBE DUBS HAVELOK A KNIGHT.

UBBE DUBS HAVELOK A KNIGHT.

2312

Hwan he hauede manrede and oth

Hwan he hauede manrede and oth

Taken of lef and of loth,

Taken of lef and of loth,

2314

Ubbe dubs Havelok a knight,

Ubbe knights Havelok,

Vbbe dubbede him to knith,

Vbbe dubbed him to knight,

With a swerd ful swiþe brith,

With a sword full of brightness,

2316

And þe folk of al þe lond

And the people of all the land

Bitauhte him al in his hond,

Bitauhte him all in his hand,

Þe cunnriche eueril del,

The cunning royal devil,

and makes him king.

and crowns him king.

And made him king heylike and wel.

And made him king, just like that.

2320

Hwan he was king, þer mouthe men se

Hwan he was king, þer mouthe men se

Þe moste ioie þat mouhte be:

Þe moste ioie þat mouhte be:

Great joy and many sports.

Great joy and lots of sports.

Buttinge with sharpe speres,

Butting with sharp spears,

Skirming with taleuaces, þat men beres,

Skirmishing with challenges, that means bears,

2324

Wrastling with laddes, putting of ston,

Wrassling with ladders, putting up stone,

Harping and piping, ful god won,

Harping and playing music, full of joy,

Leyk of mine, of hasard ok,

Leyk of mine, of hasard ok,

Romanz reding on þe bok;

Reading a romance novel;

2328

Þer mouthe men here þe gestes singe,

Þer mouthe men here þe gestes singe,

Þe gleymen on þe tabour dinge;

The drummers on the drum bang;

There is baiting of bulls and boars,

There is baiting of bulls and boars,

Þer mouhte men se þe boles beyte,

Þer mouhte men se þe boles beyte,

And þe bores, with hundes teyte;

And the boars, with dogs tied;

2332

Þo mouthe men se eueril gleu,

Þo mouthe men se eueril gleu,

Þer mouthe men se hw grim greu;

Þer mouthe men se hw grim greu;

Was neuere yete ioie more

Was neuere yete ioie more

66

In al þis werd, þan þo was þore.

In all this world, then there was there.

2336

Þer was so mike105 yeft of cloþes,

Þer was so mike105 yeft of cloþes,

Þat þou i swore you grete othes,

Þat þou i swore you grete othes,

I ne wore nouth þer-offe croud:

I never wore anything like that crowd:

Þat may i ful wel swere, bi god!

That I can fully swear, by God!

and plenty of meat and wine.

and lots of meat and wine.

2340

Þere was swiþe gode metes,

There was very good food,

And of wyn, þat men fer fetes,

And of wine, that men from afar fetch,

Rith al so mik and gret plente,

Rith all so much and great plenty,

So it were water of þe se.

So it was water of the sea.

2344

Þe feste fourti dawes sat,

The last forty days sat,

[Fol. 216, col. 1.]

[Fol. 216, col. 1.]

So riche was neuere non so þat.

So rich was never anyone so that.

The king makes Robert, William, and Hugh all barons.

The king makes Robert, William, and Hugh all barons.

Þe king made Roberd þere knith,

Þe king made Roberd þere knith,

Þat was ful strong, and ful with,

Þat was ful strong, and ful with,

2348

And willam, wendut het, his broþer,

And William, who was called Wendut, his brother,

And huwe rauen, þat was þat oþer,

And that raven, that was the other,

And made hem barouns alle þre,

And made them all three barons,

And yaf hem lond, and oþer fe,

And gave them land, and other livestock,

2352

So mikel, þat ilker twent[i] knihtes

So Mikel, those same twenty knights

Hauede of genge, dayes and nithes.

Hauede of genge, dayes and nithes.

105 See l. 2342.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See line 2342.

HAVELOK IS MADE KING OF DENMARK.

Havelok becomes King of Denmark.

Hwan þat feste was al don,

Hwan that feast was all done,

A thousand knights accompany the king.

A thousand knights are with the king.

A thusand knihtes ful wel o bon

A thousand knights were well on the way

2356

With-held þe king, with him to lede;

Withheld the king, with him to lead;

Þat ilkan hauede ful god stede,

Þat ilkan hauede ful god stede,

Helm, and sheld, and brinie brith,

Helm, and shield, and bright armor,

And al þe wepne þat fel to knith.

And all the weapons that fell to the knight.

and five thousand sergeants.

and 5,000 sergeants.

2360

With hem fiue thusand gode

With him five thousand good

Sergaunz, þat weren to fyht wode,

Sergaunz, that were in to fight wild,

With-held he al of his genge:

Withheld his entire group:

Wile I na more þe storie lenge.

Wile I no more the story long.

2364

Yet hwan he hauede of al þe lond

Yet hwan he hauede of al þe lond

Þe casteles alle in his hond,

The castles all in his hand,

And conestables don þer-inne,

And constables there in,

He swears to be avenged of Godard,

He promises to get revenge on Godard,

He swor, he ne sholde neuer blinne,

He swore he should never be blind,

67 2368

Til þat he were of godard wreken,

Til he were of god's revenge,

Þat ich haue of ofte speken.

Þat ich haue of ofte speken.

Hal hundred knithes dede he calle,

Hal hundred knights did he call,

And hise fif thusand sergaunz alle,

And his five thousand servants all,

2372

And dide sweren on the bok

And did swear on the book

Sone, and on þe auter ok,

Sone, and on the altar too,

Þat he ne sholde neuere blinne,

Þat he ne sholde neuere blinne,

Ne for loue, ne for sinne,

Ne for love, nor for sin,

and to find and bind him.

and to find and capture him.

2376

Til þat he haueden godard funde,

Til þat he had found God.

And brouth biforn him faste bunde.

And brought before him fast bound.

HAVELOK GOES TO SEEK OUT GODARD.

Havelok goes to find Godard.

Þanne he haueden swor þis oth,

Then he had sworn this oath,

Ne leten he nouth for lef ne loth,

Ne leten he nouth for lef ne loth,

2380

Þat he ne foren swiþe rathe,

Þat he ne foren swiþe rathe,

He goes to meet Godard.

He meets Godard.

Þer he was unto þe paþe,

Þer he was unto þe paþe,

Þer he yet on hunting for,

Þer he yet on hunting for,

With mikel genge, and swiþe stor.

With mikel genge, and swiþe stor.

2384

Robert, þat was of al þe ferd

Robert, who was of all the force

Mayster, was girt wit a swerd,

Mayster was dressed with a sword,

And sat up-on a ful god stede,

And sat upon a full good steed,

Þat vnder him Rith wolde wede;

Þat under him Rith would wed;

Robert accosts Godard,

Robert confronts Godard,

2388

He was þe firste þat with godard

He was the first that with godard

Spak, and seyde, “hede106 cauenard!

Spak, and said, “head __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ coward!

[Fol. 216, col. 2.]

[Fol. 216, col. 2.]

Wat dos þu here at þis paþe?

Wat dos þu here at þis paþe?

and tells him to come to the king,

and tells him to go to the king,

Cum to þe king, swiþe and raþe.

Cum to the king, quickly and eagerly.

2392

Þat sendes he þe word, and bedes,

Þat sendes he þe word, and bedes,

Þat þu þenke hwat þu him dedes,

Þat þu þenke hwat þu him dedes,

Hwan þu reftes with a knif

Hwan you take with a knife

Hise sistres here lif,

His sisters live here.

2396

An siþen bede þu in þe se

An siþen bede þu in þe se

Drenchen him, þat herde he.

Drench him, that he heard.

He is to þe swiþe grim:

He's really fierce.

Cum nu swiþe un-to him,

Come very close to him,

2400

Þat king is of þis kuneriche.

That king is of this kingdom.

Þu fule man! þu wicke swike!

Þu fule man! þu wicke swike!

68

who will repay him.

who will pay him back.

And he shal yelde þe þi mede,

And he shall give you your reward,

Bi crist þat wolde on rode blede!”

Bi crist þat wolde on rode blede!”

106 Qu. helde, i.e. old. Unless it means “heed!”

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Qu. helde, i.e. outdated. Unless it means “pay attention!”

2404

Hwan godard herde þat þer þrette,

Hwan godard herde þat þer þrette,

Godard and Robert strike each other.

Godard and Robert hit each other.

With þe neue he robert sette

With the new he robert set

Biforn þe teth a dint ful strong.

Beneath the teeth, there’s a strong impact.

And robert kipt ut a knif long,

And Robert pulled out a long knife,

2408

And smot him þoru þe rith arum:

And struck him through the right arm:

Þer-of was ful litel harum.

There was very little harm.

GODARD’S MEN ARE BEATEN.

GODARD’S MEN ARE DEFEATED.

Hwan his folk þat sau and herde,

Hwan his people that saw and heard,

Hwou robert with here louerd ferde,

Hwou robert with her lord feared,

2412

He haueden him wel ner browt of liue,

He had almost brought himself to life,

Ne weren his two breþren and oþre fiue

Ne weren his two breþren and oþre fiue

Slowen of here laddes ten,

Slowen of here leads ten,

Of godardes alþer-beste men.

Of the best men.

Godard’s men flee,

Godard's men run away,

2416

Hwan þe oþre sawen þat, he fledden,

Hwan the other saw that, he fled,

And godard swiþe loude gredde:

And Godard shouted very loudly:

“Mine knithes, hwat do ye?

"Mine knives, what do you?"

Sule ye þus-gate fro me fle?

Sule, will you go through the gate for me?

2420

Ich haue you fed, and yet shal fede,

Ich haue you fed, and yet shal fede,

Helpe me nu in þis nede,

Helpe me now in this need,

but Godard rallies them.

but Godard inspires them.

And late ye nouth mi bodi spille,

And later you know my body spills,

Ne hauelok don of me hise wille.

Ne hauelok don of me hise wille.

2424

Yif ye id107 do, ye do you shame,

Yif ye id107 do, ye do you shame,

And bringeth you-self in mikel blame.”

And brings yourself plenty of blame.”

Hwan he þat herden, he wenten ageyn,

Hwan he that heard, he went back,

And slowen a knit and108 a sweyn

And slowen a knit and108 a sweyn

2428

Of þe kinges oune men,

Of the king's own men,

And woundeden abuten ten.

And wounded about ten.

107 Qu. it.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Question it.

108 MS. and and.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. and and.

GODARD IS BOUND AND LED TO HAVELOK.

GODARD IS BOUND AND TAKEN TO HAVELOK.

The king’s men kill all Godard’s men.

The king's soldiers kill all of Godard's men.

The kinges men hwan he þat sawe,

The king's men when he saw,

Scuten on hem, heye and lowe,

Scute in on hem, heye and lowe,

2432

And euerilk fot of hem slowe,

And every foot of them slowed,

But godard one, þat he flowe,

But Godard won, that he flowed,

69

So þe þef men dos henge,

So the thief men do hang,

[Fol. 216b, col. 1.]

[Fol. 216, col. 1.]

Or hund men shole in dike slenge.

Or hundred men shall in dike slough.

2436

He bunden him ful swiþe faste,

He bound him very tightly,

Hwil þe bondes wolden laste,

While the bonds would last,

Þat he rorede als a bole,

Þat he rorede als a bole,

Þat he wore parred in an hole,

Þat he wore parred in an hole,

2440

With dogges forto bite and beite:

With dogs to bite and devour:

Were þe bondes nouth to leite.

Were the bonds not to loosen.

They bind Godard,

They restrict Godard,

He bounden him so109 fele sore,

He bound him so__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ felt sore,

Þat he gan crien godes ore,

Þat he gan crien godes ore,

2444

Þat he sholde of his hend plette,

Þat he sholde of his hend plette,

Wolden he nouht þer-fore lette,

Wolden he not therefore let,

Þat he ne bounden hond and fet:

Þat he ne bounden hond and fet:

Daþeit þat on þat þer-fore let!

Daþeit þat on þat þer-fore let!

2448

But dunten him so man doth bere,

But don't him so man does bear,

and cast him on an old mare, to take him to Havelok.

and put him on an old horse, to take him to Havelok.

And keste him on a scabbed mere,

And kissed him on a scarred lake,

2450

Hise nese went un-to þe crice:

Hise nese went up to the church:

So ledden he þat fule swike,

So led him that foul deceit,

2452

Til he was biforn hauelok brouth,

Til he was before he brought the cloak,

Þat he haue[de] ful wo wrowht,

Þat he had full woe wrought,

Boþe with hungre110 and with cold,

Both with hunger __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and with cold,

Or he were twel winter old,

Or he was twelve winters old,

2456

And with mani heui swink,

And with mani heui swink,

With poure mete, and feble drink,

With meager food and weak drink,

And [with] swiþe wikke cloþes,

And with super cool clothes,

For al hise manie grete othes.

For all his many great oaths.

2460

Nu beyes he his holde blame:

Nu beyes he his holde blame:

2461

Old sin makes new shame.

"Old sins bring new shame."

‘Old sinne makes newe shame:’

"Old sin brings new shame:"

Wan he was [brouht] so shamelike

Wan he was [brouht] so shamelike

Biforn111 þe king, þe fule swike,

Before __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ the king, the foolish traitor,

The king summons Ubbe and the rest.

The king calls for Ubbe and the others.

2464

Þe king dede ubbe swiþe calle

Þe king dede ubbe swiþe calle

Hise erles, and hise barouns alle,

Hise erles, and hise barouns alle,

Dreng and thein, burgeis and knith,

Dreng and thein, burgeis and knith,

70

HE IS CONDEMNED TO BE HUNG.

HE IS SENTENCED TO HANG.

And bad he sholden demen him rith:

And he shouldn’t judge himself correctly:

2468

For he kneu, þe swike dam,

For he knew, the deceitful woman,

Euerildel god was him gram.

Euerildel's god was angry.

He setten hem dun bi þe wawe,

He sat them down by the wave,

Riche and pouere, heye and lowe,

Riche and poor, high and low,

They sit in judgment.

They pass judgment.

2472

Þe helde men, and ek þe grom,

Þe helde men, and also þe grom,

And made þer þe rithe dom,

And made there the right judgment,

And seyden unto þe king anon,

And said to the king right away,

Þat stille sat [al] so þe ston:

Þat stille sat [al] so þe ston:

“He is to be flayed, drawn, and hung.”

“He is to be stripped of his skin, pulled apart, and hanged.”

2476

“We deme, þat he be al quic slawen,112

“We deme, þat he be al quic slawen,112

And siþen to þe galwes drawe[n],

And then to the gallows drawn,

At þis foule mere tayl;

At this ugly lake;

Þoru is fet a ful strong nayl;

Þoru is fed a full strong nail;

[Fol. 216b, col. 2.]

[Fol. 216, col. 2.]

2480

And þore ben henged wit two feteres,

And Thore was hanged with two chains,

And þare be writen þise leteres:

And there are written these letters:

‘Þis is þe swike þat wende wel,

‘This is the deception that went well,

Þe king haue reft þe lond il del,

The king has taken the land all across.

2484

And hise sistres with a knif

And his sisters with a knife

Boþe refte here lif.’

Both took their lives.

Þis writ shal henge bi him þare;

This writing shall hang by him there;

Þe dom is demd, seye we na more.”

Þe dom is demd, seye we na more.

109 MS. fo.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms.

110 MS. hungred.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. hungry.

111 MS. Brouht biforn; but the word brouht clearly belongs to the preceding line, in which, however, it is omitted.

111 MS. Brouht biforn; but the word brouht clearly belongs to the preceding line, in which, however, it is omitted.

112 We should perhaps read flawen, as required by the sense. See ll. 2495, 2502.

112 We should perhaps read flawen, as required by the sense. See ll. 2495, 2502.

GODARD IS FLAYED ALIVE AND HUNG.

GODARD IS SKINNED ALIVE AND HUNG.

Godard is shriven.

Godard has been forgiven.

2488

Hwan þe dom was demd and giue,

Hwan the judgment was made,

And he was wit þe prestes shriue,

And he was with the priest's shrive,

And it ne mouhte ben non oþer,

And it couldn’t have been anything else,

Ne for fader, ne for broþer,

Ne for fader, ne for broþer,

2492

Þat he sholde þarne lif;

That he should earn a living;

A lad flays him.

A guy skins him.

Sket cam a ladde with a knif,

Sket came along with a knife,

And bigan Rith at þe to

And began Rith at the to

For to ritte, and for to flo,

For to write, and for to flow,

2496

And he bigan for to rore,

And he began to roar,

So it were grim or gore,

So it was grim or gory,

Þat men mithe þeþen a mile

Þat men mithe þeþen a mile

He roars.

He shouts.

Here him rore, þat fule file.

Here him roar, that foul creature.

2500

Þe ladde ne let no with for-þi,71

Þe ladde ne let no with for-þi,71

Þey he criede ‘merci! merci!’

They cried 'mercy! mercy!'

Þat [he] ne flow [him] eueril del

Þat [he] ne flow [him] eueril del

With knif mad of grunden stel.

With a knife made of grindstone.

He is bound on an old mare,

He is riding an old mare,

2504

Þei garte bringe þe mere sone,

Þei garte bringe þe mere sone,

Skabbed113 and ful iuele o bone,

Skabbed __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and full in value of bone,

And bunden him rith at hire tayl

And bound him right at her tail

With a rop of an old seyl,

With a rope from an old sail,

drawn over rough ground,

drawn over uneven terrain,

2508

And drowen him un-to þe galwes,

And dragged him to the gallows,

Nouth bi þe gate, But ouer þe falwes;

Nouth by the gate, but over the fells;

and hung.

and hung out.

And henge [him] þore Bi þe hals:

And hang him by the neck:

Daþeit hwo recke! he was fals.

Daþeit hwo recke! he was false.

113 MS. Skabbeb.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. Skabbeb.

GODRICH RAISES AN ARMY AGAINST HAVELOK.

Godrich assembles an army to fight against Havelok.

2512

Þanne he was ded, þat sathanas,

Þanne he was ded, þat sathanas,

2513

Sket was seysed al þat his was

Sket was seized all that was his.

In þe kinges hand il del,

In the king's hand it is given,

Lond and lith, and oþer catel,

Lond and livestock, and other property,

Havelok makes Ubbe his steward.

Havelok appoints Ubbe as steward.

2516

And þe king ful sone it yaf

And the king quickly gave it

Vbbe in þe hond, wit a fayr staf,

Vbbe in the hand, with a fair staff,

And seyde, “her ich sayse þe

And said, "I say to you the

In al þe lond, in al þe fe.”

In all the land, in all the celebration.

He founds a priory of black monks for Grim’s soul,

He establishes a priory of black monks for Grim's soul,

2520

Þo swor hauelok he sholde make,

Þo swor hauelok he sholde make,

2521

Al for grim, of monekes blake

Al for grim, of monekes blake

A priorie to seruen inne ay

A priori to serve in the way

Ihesu crist, til domesday,

Jesus, until doomsday,

2524

For þe god he haueden him don,

For the god he had done him,

[Fol. 217, col. 1.]

[Fol. 217, col. 1.]

Hwil he was pouere and iuel114 o bon.

Hwil he was pouere and iuel114 o bon.

And þer-of held he wel his oth,

And he kept his oath well,

For he it made, god it woth!

For he made it, God knows!

in the town of Grimsby.

in Grimsby.

2528

In þe tun þer grim was grauen,

In the town where the grim was buried,

Þat of grim yet haues þe name.

Þat of grim yet haues þe name.

2530

Of grim bidde ich na more spelle.115

Of grim bidde ich na more spelle.115

Godrich, earl of Cornwall,

Godrich, Earl of Cornwall,

But wan godrich herde telle,

But one good rich herd told,

72 2532

Of cornwayle þat was erl,

Of Cornwall that was earl,

(Þat fule traytour, that mixed cherl!)

(That foul traitor, that mixed churl!)

Þat hauelok was king of denemark,

Þat hauelok was king of denmark,

And ferde with him strong and stark,

And went with him strong and tough,

hears that Havelok has invaded England.

hears that Havelok has invaded England.

2536

Comen engelond with-inne,

Come England within,

Engelond al for to winne,

England all for to win,

And þat she, þat was so fayr,

And that she, who was so beautiful,

Þat was of engelond rith eir,

Þat was of engelond rith eir,

2540

Þat was comen up at grimesbi,

Þat was comen up at grimesbi,

He was ful sorful and sori,

He was very sorrowful and sad,

He says he will slay Havelok and his wife.

He says he will kill Havelok and his wife.

And seyde, “Hwat shal me to raþe?

And said, "What should I do quickly?

Goddoth! i shal do slou hem baþe.

Goddoth! I shall slay them both.

2544

I shal don hengen hem ful heye,

I shall hang them up high,

So mote ich brouke mi Rith eie!

So may I break my right eye!

But yif he of mi lond[e]116 fle;

But yif he of mi lond[e]116 fle;

Hwat? wenden he to desherite me?”

What? When did he disinherit me?

He raises a great army.

He raises a massive army.

2548

He dide sone ferd ut bidde,

He soon did some work outside,

Þat al þat euere mouhte o stede

Þat al þat euere mouhte o stede

Ride, or helm on heued bere,

Ride, or lead on steep beer,

Brini on bac, and sheld, and spere,

Brini on back, and shield, and spear,

2552

Or ani oþer wepne bere,

Or any other weapon bear,

Hand-ax, syþe, gisarm, or spere,

Hand axe, scythe, glaive, or spear,

Or aunlaz,117 and god long knif,

Or aunlaz,__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ and god long knife,

Þat als he louede leme or lif,

Þat als he louede leme or lif,

2556

Þat þey sholden comen him to,

That they should come to him,

With ful god wepne ye ber so,

With full god weapon you bear so,

The army is to meet at Lincoln on the 17th of March.

The army will meet in Lincoln on March 17th.

To lincolne, þer he lay,

To Lincoln, there he lay,

Of marz þe seuentenþe day,

On the seventeenth day,

2560

So þat he couþe hem god þank;

So that he could thank God.

And yif þat ani were so rang,

And if anyone were so wrong,

That he þanne ne come anon,

That he then did not come right away,

He swor bi crist, and [bi]118 seint Iohan,

He swor bi crist, and [bi]118 seint Iohan,

73 2564

That he sholde maken him þral,

That he should make himself a slave,

And al his of-spring forth with-al.

And all his descendants along with him.

114 The MS. has “we,” which the scribe several times writes instead of “wel.” But “wel” is a manifest blunder, since “iuel” is meant. Cf. l. 2505.

114 The MS. has “we,” which the scribe several times writes instead of “wel.” But “wel” is a manifest blunder, since “iuel” is meant. Cf. l. 2505.

115 The author has here omitted to tell us that Havelok, at the desire of his wife, invades England. See the note.

115 The author has here omitted to tell us that Havelok, at the desire of his wife, invades England. See the note.

116 Cf. l. 2599.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See line 2599.

117 Printed “alinlaz” in the former edition. The first stroke of the u is longer than the second, and the tail of the x in the line above converts the second downstroke of the u into an apparent i.

117 Printed “alinlaz” in the former edition. The first stroke of the u is longer than the second, and the tail of the x in the line above converts the second downstroke of the u into an apparent i.

118 Cf. l. 1112.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See line 1112.

GODRICH EXCITES THE ENGLISH AGAINST HAVELOK.

GODRICH INCITES THE ENGLISH AGAINST HAVELOK.

Þe englishe þat herde þat,

The English who heard that,

Was non þat euere his bode sat,

Was it ever that his message was sad,

2568

For he him dredde swiþe sore,

For he was very afraid of him,

So Runci spore, and mikle more.

So Runci swore, and much more.

[Fol. 217, col. 2.]

[Fol. 217, col. 2.]

At þe day he come sone

At the day he came soon

Þat he hem sette, ful wel o bone,

Þat he hem sette, ful wel o bone,

All come to Lincoln on that day.

All come to Lincoln on that day.

2572

To lincolne, with gode stedes,

To Lincoln, with good steeds,

And al þe wepne þat knith ledes.

And all the weapons that a knight leads.

Hwan he wore come, sket was þe erl yare,119

Hwan he wore come, sket was þe erl yare,119

Ageynes denshe men to fare,

Against dense men to go,

2576

And seyde, “lyþes me120 alle samen,

And said, “listen to me __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ all together,

Haue ich gadred you for no gamen,

Haue ich gadred you for no gamen,

But ich wile seyen you forþi;

But I want to tell you therefore;

Godrich tells them what Havelok is doing at Grimsby.

Godrich tells them what Havelok is up to in Grimsby.

Lokes hware here at grimesbi,

Lokes hware here at grimesbi,

2580

Hise uten-laddes here comen,

Hise uten-laddes come here,

And haues nu þe priorie numen;

And have now the priority number;

Al þat euere mithen he finde,

Al þat euere mithen he finde,

He brenne kirkes, and prestes binde;

He brings in the churches, and the priests bind;

2584

He strangleth monkes, and nunnes boþe:

He strangles monks and nuns alike:

Wat wile ye, frend, her-offe Rede?

Wat wile ye, friend, her-offe Read?

Yif he regne þus-gate longe,

If he counts this way long,

He Moun us alle ouer-gange,

He Moun us all over-gange,

2588

He moun vs alle quic henge or slo,

He mounts all quick hang or slow,

Or þral maken, and do ful wo,

Or thrall make, and do full woe,

Or elles reue us ure liues,

Or elles reue us ure liues,

And ure children, and ure wiues.

And your children, and your wives.

He excites them to attack Havelok.

He encourages them to go after Havelok.

2592

But dos nu als ich wile you lere,

But dos nu als ich wile you lere,

Als ye wile be with me dere;

Als ye wile be with me dere;

Nimes nu swiþe forth and raþe,

Nimes now very quickly and swiftly,

And helpes me and yu-self baþe,

And helps both me and you,

2596

And slos up-o[n] þe dogges swiþe:

And splashed up on the dogs quickly:

For shal [i] neuere more be bliþe,

For I will never be happy again,

74

THE ENGLISH MARCH TO GRIMSBY.

The English march to Grimsby.

Ne hoseled ben, ne of prest shriuen,

Ne hoseled ben, ne of prest shriuen,

Til þat he ben of londe driuen.

Til þat he ben of londe driuen.

2600

Nime we swiþe, and do hem fle,

Nime we swiþe, and do hem fle,

And folwes alle faste me,

And follows all fast me,

He will lead them himself.

He'll lead them himself.

For ich am he, of al þe ferd,

For I am he, of all the herd,

Þat first shal slo with drawen swerd.

That first shall be slow with drawn sword.

2604

Daþeyt hwo ne stonde faste

Stay strong and steady

Bi me, hwil hise armes laste!”

Bi me, while his arms last!

Earl Gunter and Earl Reyner of Chester support him.

Earl Gunter and Earl Reyner of Chester back him up.

“Ye! lef, ye!”121 couth þe erl gunter;

“Ye! lef, ye!”121 couth þe erl gunter;

“Ya!” quoth þe erl of cestre, reyner.

“Yeah!” said the Earl of Chester, Reyner.

2608

And so dide alle þat þer stode,

And so did all that stood there,

And stirte forth so he were wode.

And he started out as if he were crazy.

Þo mouthe men se þe brinies brihte

Þo mouthe men see the brinies bright

On backes keste, and late rithe,

On backs cozy, and lately just right,

2612

Þe helmes heye on heued sette;

Þe helmes heye on heued sette;

To armes al so swiþe plette,

To arms, all so swiftly prepare,

Þat þei wore on a litel stunde

Þat þei wore on a litel stunde

[Fol. 217b, col. 1.]

[Fol. 217b, col. 1.]

Grethet, als men mithe telle a pund,

Grethet, give me a pound.

2616

And lopen on stedes sone anon,

And immediately got on their horses,

They approach Grimsby.

They're approaching Grimsby.

And toward grimesbi, ful god won,

And towards grimesbi, fully good won,

He foren softe bi þe sti,

He walked softly by the path,

Til he come ney at grimesbi.

Til he come ney at grimesbi.

119 Or þare; but see l. 2954.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Or there; but see l. 2954.

120 MS. mi. Cf. l. 2204.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. mi. Cf. l. 2204.

121 MS. has þe, ƿe, or ye in both places. But see l. 1888.

121 MS. has þe, ƿe, or ye in both places. But see l. 1888.

Havelok meets them boldly,

Havelok meets them with courage,

2620

Hauelok, þat hauede spired wel

Hauelok, that had spired well

Of here fare, eueril del,

Of here fare, eueril del,

With al his ferd cam hem a-geyn,

With all his courage, he came back to them,

For-bar he noþer knith ne sweyn.

For him, neither knight nor swine.

and kills the foremost knight.

and kills the top knight.

2624

Þe firste knith þat he þer mette,

Þe firste knith þat he þer mette,

With þe swerd so he him grette,

With the sword, he greeted him,

For his heued of he plette,

For his head of the plate,

Wolde he nouth for sinne lette.

Would he not let it go for sin.

Robert kills a second.

Robert kills again.

2628

Roberd saw þat dint so hende,

Roberd saw that hit so friendly,

Wolde he neuere þeþe[n] wende,

He would never want to go,

Til þat he hauede anoþer slawen,

Til þat he hauede anoþer slawen,

With þe swerd he held ut-drawen.

With the sword he held drawn out.

75

William disables a third.

William shuts down a third.

2632

Willam wendut his swerd vt-drow,

Willam drew his sword.

And þe þredde so sore he slow,

And the third one he killed so badly,

Þat he made up-on the feld

Þat he made up-on the feld

His lift arm fleye, with the swerd.122

His lift arm fleye, with the swerd.122

122 Cf. l. 1825. We should otherwise be tempted to read sheld; especially as the shield is more appropriate to the left arm.

122 Cf. l. 1825. We should otherwise be tempted to read sheld; especially as the shield is more appropriate to the left arm.

COMBAT BETWEEN UBBE AND GODRICH.

BATTLE BETWEEN UBBE AND GODRICH.

Hugh Raven seizes his sword,

Hugh Raven grabs his sword,

2636

Huwe rauen ne forgat nouth

Huwe rauen ne forgat nouth

Þe swerd he hauede þider brouth,

Þe swerd he hauede þider brouth,

He kipte it up, and smot ful sore

He kept it up, and hit hard.

An erl, þat he saw priken þore,

An erl, that he saw pricking there,

2640

Ful noblelike upon a stede,

Full noble on a horse,

Þat with him wolde al quic wede.

That with him would all live.

and cleaves an earl’s head in two.

and splits an earl’s head in two.

He smot him on þe heued so,

He struck him on the head so,

Þat he þe heued clef a-two,

Þat he þe heued clef a-two,

2644

And þat bi þe shu[l]dre-blade

And that by the shoulder blade

Þe sharpe swerd let [he] wade,

Þe sharpe swerd let he wade,

Þorw the brest unto þe herte;

Þorw the breast unto the heart;

Þe dint bigan ful sore to smerte,

Þe dint bigan ful sore to smerte,

2648

Þat þe erl fel dun a-non,

Þat þe erl fel dun a-non,

Al so ded so ani ston.

Al so ded so ani ston.

Ubbe attacks Godrich.

Ubbe fights Godrich.

Quoth ubbe, “nu dwelle ich to longe,”

Quoth ubbe, “now I dwell too long,”

And leth his stede sone gonge

And let his horse go right away

2652

To godrich, with a god spere,

To Godrich, with a god spear,

Þat he saw a-noþer bere,

That he saw another bear,

And smoth godrich, and Godrich him,

And smooth Godrich, and Godrich him,

Hetelike with herte grim,

Hetelike with herte grim,

Both fall.

Both drop.

2656

So þat he boþe felle dune,

So that he both fell down,

To þe erþe first þe croune.

To the earth first the crown.

Þanne he woren fallen dun boþen,

Then he wore fallen dun both,

Grundlike here swerdes ut-drowen,

Grundlike here was spoken out,

[Fol. 217b, col. 2.]

[Fol. 217b, col. 2.]

2660

Þat weren swiþe sharp and gode,

They were very sharp and good,

They fight on foot.

They fight on foot.

And fouhten so þei woren wode,

And fought so they went mad,

Þat þe swot ran fro þe crune

Þat þe swot ran fro þe crune

[To the fet rith þere adune.]123

[To the fet rith þere adune.]123

76

GODRICH DISPLAYS GREAT PROWESS.

GODRICH SHOWS EXCELLENT SKILLS.

2664

Þer mouthe men se to knithes bete

Þer mouthe men se to knithes bete

Ayþer on oþer dintes grete,

Ayther on other dints great,

So þat with alþer-lest[e] dint

So that with all-others' blow

Were al to-shiuered a flint,

Were all to shatter a flint,

The fight lasts from morn to night.

The fight goes on from morning till night.

2668

So was bi-twenen hem a fiht,

So was between him a fight,

Fro þe morwen ner to þe niht,

Fro the morning near to the night,

So þat þei nouth ne bl[u]nne,*

So that they don't blink, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Til þat to sette bigan þe sunne.

Til þat to sette bigan þe sunne.

Godrich wounds Ubbe sorely.

Godrich severely wounds Ubbe.

2672

Þo yaf godrich þorw þe side

Þo yaf godrich þorw þe side

Vbbe a wunde ful un-ride,

Grab a wonderful ride,

So þat þorw þat ilke wounde

So that through that same wound

Hauede ben brouth to þe grunde,

Hauede ben brouth to þe grunde,

2676

And his heued al of-slawen,

And his head all smashed,

Hugh Raven rescues him.

Hugh Raven saves him.

Yif god ne were, and huwe rauen,

Yif god ne were, and huwe rauen,

Þat drow him fro godrich awey,

Þat drow him fro godrich awey,

And barw him so þat ilke day.

And he accepted him so that same day.

2680

But er he were fro godrich drawen,

But he was not drawn from Godrich,

A thousand knights slain.

A thousand knights killed.

Þer were a þousind knihtes slawen

Þere were a thousand knights slain.

Bi boþe halue, and mo y-nowe,

Bi boþe halue, and mo y-nowe,

Þer þe ferdes to-gidere slowe.

They traveled together slowly.

2684

Þer was swilk dreping of þe folk,

Þer was such a killing of the people,

The pools are full of blood.

The pools are filled with blood.

Þat on þe feld was neuere a polk

Þat on þe feld was neuere a polk

Þat it ne stod of blod so ful,

Þat it ne stod of blod so ful,

Þat þe strem ran intil þe hul.

Þat þe strem ran into the hole.

Godrich attacks the Danes like lightning.

Godrich strikes the Danes like a flash.

2688

Þo tarst124 bigan godrich to go

Þo tarst__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ started a journey to go

Vp-on þe danshe, and faste to slo,

Vp-on þe danshe, and faste to slo,

And forth rith also leuin fares,

And then right away, love travels,

Þat neuere kines best ne spares,

Þat neuere kines best ne spares,

2692

Þanne his [he] gon, for he garte alle

Þanne his [he] gon, for he garte alle

Þe denshe men biforn him falle.

Þe denshe men biforn him falle.

He felde browne, he felde blake,

He felt brown, he felt black,

Þat he mouthe ouer-take.

That he could surpass.

2696

Was neuere non þat mouhte þaue

Was neuere non þat mouhte þaue

Hise dintes, noyþer knith ne knaue,

Hise dentes, neither knight nor knave,

He mows them down like grass.

He cuts them down like grass.

Þat he felden so dos þe gres

Þat he felden so dos þe gres

77

COMBAT BETWEEN GODRICH AND HAVELOK.

FIGHT BETWEEN GODRICH AND HAVELOK.

Bi-forn þe syþe þat ful sharp is.

Bi-forn þe syþe þat ful sharp is.

2700

Hwan hauelok saw his folk so brittene,

Hwan hauelok saw his people so bright,

And his ferd so swiþe littene,

And his horse was very small,

He cam driuende up-on a stede,

He came riding on a horse,

And bigan til him to grede,

And started to greet him,

2704

And seyde, “godrich, wat is þe

And said, "Godrich, what is the

Þat þou fare þus with me?

Þat þou fare þus with me?

[Fol. 218, col. 1.]

[Fol. 218, col. 1.]

And mine gode knihtes slos,

And my good knights lose,

Siker-like þou mis-gos.

Siker-like you misbehave.

Havelok reproves Godrich,

Havelok scolds Godrich,

2708

Þou wost ful wel, yif þu wilt wite,

Þou wost ful wel, yif þu wilt wite,

Þat aþelwold þe dide site

The nobleman who died sits

On knes, and sweren on messe-bok,

On knees, and swear on a mess book,

On caliz, and on [pateyn]125 hok

On chalice, and on [paten]__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ hook

2712

Þat þou hise douhter sholdest yelde,

Þat þou hise douhter sholdest yelde,

Þan she were winnan126 of elde,

Then she was a winner __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ of age,

Engelond eueril del:

England's eternal delight:

Godrich þe erl, þou wost it wel.

Godrich the earl, you know it well.

and bids him perform his oaths.

and asks him to fulfill his oaths.

2716

Do nu wel with-uten fiht,

Do now well without fight,

Yeld hire þe lond, for þat is rith.

Yeld hire the land, for that is right.

Wile ich forgiue þe þe lathe,

Wile ich forgiue þe þe lathe,

Al mi dede and al mi wrathe,

Al mi dede and al mi wrathe,

2720

For y se þu art so with,

For you are so with,

And of þi bodi so god knith.”

And of the body so good knight.

Godrich refuses.

Godrich says no.

“Þat ne wile ich neuere mo,”

“Þat ne wile ich neuere mo,”

Quoth erl godrich, “for ich shal slo

Quoth erl godrich, “for ich shal slo

2724

Þe, and hire for-henge heye.

The, and her for-henge high.

I shal þrist ut þi rith eye

I shall thrust out your right eye

Þat þou lokes with on me,

Þat þou lokes with on me,

But þu swiþe heþen fle.”

But you are very lucky.

2728

He grop þe swerd ut sone anon,

He quickly pulled out the sword.

And hew on hauelok, ful god won,

And hew on the jacket, fully good,

He cleaves Havelok’s shield in two.

He splits Havelok's shield in two.

So þat he clef his sheld on two:

So that he split his shield in two:

Hwan hauelok saw þat shame do

Hwan hauelok saw that shame do

78 2732

His bodi þer bi-forn his ferd,

His body there before his journey,

He drow ut sone his gode swerd,

He drew out soon his good sword,

Havelok smites him down.

Havelok takes him down.

And smot him so up-on þe crune,

And struck him so on the crown,

Þat godrich fel to þe erþe adune.

Þat godrich fell to þe erþe adune.

2736

But godrich stirt up swiþe sket,

But Godrich stirred up a very quick response,

Lay he nowth longe at hise fet,

Lay he nowth longe at hise fet,

Godrich rises, and wounds Havelok in the shoulder.

Godrich gets up and injures Havelok in the shoulder.

And smot him on þe sholdre so,

And hit him on the shoulder like that,

Þat he dide þare undo

That he did there undo

2740

Of his brinie ringes mo,

Of his salty rings more,

Þan þat ich kan tellen fro;

Þan þat ich kan tellen fro;

And woundede him rith in þe flesh,

And wounded him right in the flesh,

Þat tendre was, and swiþe nesh,

Þat tendre was, and very soft,

2744

So þat þe blod ran til his to:

So that the blood ran to his toe:

Havelok is enraged,

Havelok is furious,

Þo was hauelok swiþe wo,

Þo was havaloc very bad,

Þat he hauede of him drawen

Þat he hauede of him drawen

Blod, and so sore him slawen.

Blod, and so sore him slain.

2748

Hertelike til him he wente,

Hertelike until he went,

and cuts off his foe’s hand.

and cuts off his enemy's hand.

And godrich þer fulike shente;

And Godrich fully ruined you;

For his swerd he hof up heye,

For his sword he held up high,

[Fol. 218, col. 2.]

[Fol. 218, col. 2.]

And þe hand he dide of fleye,

And he took the hand off the fly,

2752

Þat he smot him with so sore:

That he struck him so hard:

Hw mithe he don him shame more?

Hw mithe he don him shame more?

123 Cf. l. 1904.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See l. 1904.

* The MS. reading blinne should clearly be blunne. A few other suggestions of emendations will be found in the Glossarial Index. See the words Arwe, Birþe, Felde, Sor, Tauhte, Þenne, Thit, Werewed, Wreken, &c. See also the suggestions in the preface, pp. xxxix, xli, xlvi, xlvii.

* The MS. reading blinne should clearly be blunne. A few other suggestions of emendations will be found in the Glossarial Index. See the words Arwe, Birþe, Felde, Sor, Tauhte, Þenne, Thit, Werewed, Wreken, &c. See also the suggestions in the preface, pp. xxxix, xli, xlvi, xlvii.

124 So in MS. Qu. faste, as in next line.

124 So in MS. Qu. faste, as in next line.

125 MS. here repeats messe, by mistake. Read pateyn. Cf. l. 187.

125 MS. here repeats messe, by mistake. Read pateyn. Cf. l. 187.

126 MS. wīman, i.e. winman or wimman; but we are sure, from l. 174, that winnan is meant.

126 MS. wīman, i.e. winman or wimman; but we are sure, from l. 174, that winnan is meant.

GODRICH IS BOUND AND FETTERED.

Godrich is tied up.

Hwan he hauede him so shamed,

Hwan felt really ashamed,

His hand of plat, and yuele lamed,

His hand was flat, and badly injured,

2756

He tok him sone bi þe necke

He took him soon by the neck

Als a traytour, daþeyt wo recke!

Als a traytour, daþeyt wo recke!

He has him bound and fettered,

He has him tied up and restrained,

And dide him binde and fetere wel

And had him tied up and restrained well

With gode feteres al of stel,

With good fetters made of steel,

and sends him to the queen.

and sends him to the queen.

2760

And to þe quen he sende him,

And to the queen he sent him,

Þat birde wel to him ben grim;

Þat birde wel to him ben grim;

And Bad she sholde don him gete,

And bad she should get him.

And þat non ne sholde him bete,

And that no one should hit him,

2764

Ne shame do, for he was knith,

Ne shame do, for he was knith,

Til knithes haueden demd him Rith.

Till knights had deemed him right.

When the English find out that Goldborough is the heiress,

When the English learn that Goldborough is the heiress,

Þan þe englishe men þat sawe,

Þan þe englishe men þat sawe,

79

Þat þei wisten, heye and lawe,

Þat þei wisten, heye and lawe,

2768

Þat Goldeboru, þat was so fayr,

Þat Goldeboru, þat was so fayr,

Was of engeland rith eyr,

Was of England right here,

And þat þe king hire hauede wedded,

And that the king had married her,

And haueden ben samen bedded,

And were together in bed,

they submit to Havelok.

they submit to Havelok.

2772

He comen alle to crie merci,

He came to plead mercy,

Vnto þe king, at one cri,

Vnto the king, at one cry,

And beden him sone manrede and oth,

And soon after, he spoke to him in a way that was thoughtful and kind,

Þat he ne sholden, for lef ne loth,

Þat he shouldn’t, for love or hate,

2776

Neuere more ageyn him go,

No one goes near him,

Ne ride, for wel ne for wo.

Ne ride, for wel ne for wo.

THE ENGLISH SUBMIT TO GOLDBOROUGH.

THE ENGLISH SURRENDER TO GOLDBOROUGH.

Þe king ne wolde nouth for-sake,

Þe king ne wolde nouth for-sake,

Þat he ne shulde of hem take

Þat he ne shulde of hem take

2780

Manrede þat he beden, and ok

Manrede þat he beden, and ok

Hold oþes sweren on þe bok;

Take an oath on the book;

Havelok wishes to show Goldborough to the English.

Havelok wants to show Goldborough to the English.

But or bad he, þat þider were brouth

But for bad he, that there were brought

Þe quen, for hem, swilk was his þouth,

Þe quen, for them, such was his thought,

2784

For to se, and forto shawe,

For to see, and for to show,

Yif þat he hire wolde knawe.

Yif that he wanted to know her.

Þoruth hem witen wolde he,

Þoruth knew he would,

Yif þat she aucte quen to be.

Yif that she acted when to be.

Six earls fetch her in.

Six earls come to get her.

2788

Sixe erles weren sone yare,

Six earls were soon ready,

After hire for to fare.

After hiring for to go.

He nomen on-on, and comen sone,

He said on, and come soon,

And brouthen hire, þat under mone

And brought her, that under moon

2792

In al þe werd ne hauede per,

In all the world, there was no such thing,

Of hende-leik, fer ne ner.

Of handy play, fer ne ner.

Hwan she was come þider, alle

When she came here, all

Þe englishe men bi-gunne to falle

Þe englishe men bi-gunne to falle

[Fol. 218b, col. 1.]

[Fol. 218, col. 1.]

2796

O knes, and greten swiþe sore,

O knees, and greatly sore,

And seyden, “leuedi, k[r]istes ore,

And said, “Lady, Christ’s favor,

The English ask her pardon.

The English ask for her pardon.

And youres! we hauen misdo mikel,

And you’re! We have no issues,

Þat we ayen you haue be fikel,

Þat we ayen you haue be fikel,

2800

For englond auhte forto ben youres,80

For England ought to be yours,80

And we youre men and youres.

And we’re yours, me and you.

Is non of us, yung ne old,

Is none of us, young or old,

Þat we ne wot, þat aþelwold

Þat we ne wot, þat aþelwold

2804

Was king of þis kunerike,

Was king of this kingdom,

They admit she is heiress.

They admit she is an heiress.

And ye his eyr, and þat þe swike

And you, his heir, and that the deceiver

Haues it halden with mikel wronge:

Haues it halden with mikel wronge:

God leue him sone to honge!”

God leave him soon to hang!”

GODRICH IS CONDEMNED TO BE BURNT.

GODRICH IS SENTENCED TO BE EXECUTED BY FIRE.

2808

Quot127 hauelok, “hwan þat ye it wite.

Quot127 hauelok, “hwan þat ye it wite.

Havelok says they must pass judgment on Godrich.

Havelok says they need to judge Godrich.

Nu wile ich þat ye doun site,

Nu wile ich þat ye doun site,

And after godrich haues wrouht,

And after Godrich’s house was built,

Þat haues in sorwe him-self brouth,

Þat haues in sorwe him-self brouth,

2812

Lokes þat ye demen him rith,

Make sure you judge him right,

For dom ne spared128 clerk ne knith,

For dom ne spared128 clerk ne knith,

And siþen shal ich under-stonde

And then I shall understand

Of you, after lawe of londe,

Of you, according to the laws of the land,

2816

Manrede, and holde oþes boþe,

Manrede, and hold oaths both,

Yif ye it wilen, and ek rothe.”

Yif ye it wilen, and ek rothe.

Anon þer dune he hem sette,

He quickly put them down,

For non þe dom ne durste lette,

For not the judgment nor dared to stop,

They say he is to be bound on an ass’s back,

They say he is going to be tied on a donkey's back,

2820

And demden him to binden faste

And tied him up tight

Vp-on an asse swiþe un-wraste,

Vp-on a very unwasteful meal,

Andelong, nouht ouer-þwert,

Andelong, no other part,

His nose went unto þe stert;

His nose went to the start;

taken to Lincoln,

brought to Lincoln,

2824

And so to lincolne lede,

And so to Lincoln lead,

Shamelike in wicke wede,

Shameful in wicked ways,

And hwan he cam un-to þe borw,

And when he came to the town,

Shamelike ben led þer-þoru,

Shamelike ben led there-through,

2828

Bisouþe þe borw, un-to a grene,

Bisouþe the borough, to a green,

Þat þare is yet, als[o] y wene,

Þat þare is yet, als[o] y wene,

bound to a stake, and burnt.

bound to a stake and burned.

And þere be bunden til a stake,

And they are tied to a stake,

Abouten him ful gret fir make,

About him full great fire make,

2832

And al to dust be brend Rith þere;

And all to dust be burned right there;

And yet demden he þer more,

And yet they’re more there,

Oþer swikes for to warne,

Other deceivers to warn,

81

Þat hise children sulde þarne

That his children should learn

2836

Euere more þat eritage,

Your more that heritage,

Þat his was, for hise utrage.

Þat his was, for hise utrage.

127 MS. Guot. Cf. l. 1954.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. Guot. Cf. l. 1954.

128 Qu. spares.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Qu. discounts.

Hwan þe dom was demd and seyd,

Hwan the judgment was made and said,

So he is laid on the ass, and burnt.

So he is placed on the donkey and burned.

Sket was þe swike on þe asse leyd,

Sket was the deceiver on the donkey laid,

2840

And [led vn-]til129 þat ilke grene,

And [led vn-]til__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ that same green,

[Fol. 218b, col. 2.]

[Fol. 218b, col. 2.]

And brend til asken al bidene.

And burned to ashes all the bits.

Þo was Goldeboru ful bliþe,

Goldeboru was very happy,

She þanked god fele syþe,

She thanked God many times,

2844

Þat þe fule swike was brend,

Þat þe fule swike was brend,

Þat wende wel hire bodi haue shend,

Þat wende wel hire bodi haue shend,

Goldborough rejoices.

Goldborough celebrates.

And seyde, “nu is time to take

And said, “now is the time to take

Manrede of brune and of blake,

Manrede of brune and of blake,

2848

Þat ich se ride[n] and go:

Þat ich se ride[n] and go:

Nu ich am wreke[n]130 of mi fo.”

Nu ich am wreke[n]130 of mi fo.”

129 MS. “And him til,” which is nonsense. See l. 2827.

129 MS. “And him til,” which is nonsense. See l. 2827.

130 See l. 2992.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See line 2992.

Havelok makes the English swear fealty.

Havelok makes the English pledge loyalty.

Hauelok anon manrede tok

Hauelok soon marooned took

Of alle englishe, on þe bok,

Of all English, on the book,

2852

And dide hem grete oþes swere,

And they made great oaths swearing,

Þat he sholden him god feyth bere

Þat he should him good faith bear

Ageyn alle þat woren liues,

Again all that were lives,

And þat sholde ben born of wiues.

And that should be born of women.

THE EARL OF CHESTER MARRIES GUNILD.

The Earl of Chester marries Gunild.

2856

Þanne he hauede131 sikernesse

Then he had __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ certainty

Taken of more and of lesse,

Taken of more and of lesse,

Al at hise wille, so dide he calle

Al at hise wille, so dide he calle

He proposes that Earl Reyner of Chester

He suggests that Earl Reyner of Chester

Þe erl of cestre, and hise men alle,

Þe erl of cestre, and hise men alle,

2860

Þat was yung knith wit-uten wif,

That was a young knight without a wife,

And seyde, “sire erl, bi mi lif,

And said, “Sir Earl, by my life,

And þou wile mi conseyl tro,

And you will follow my advice,

Ful wel shal ich with þe do,

Ful wel shal ich with þe do,

2864

For ich shal yeue þe to wiue

For I shall give you to wife

Þe fairest þing that is oliue.

The fairest thing that is alive.

82

HAVELOK REMEMBERS BERTRAM’S KINDNESS.

Havelok remembers Bertram’s kindness.

shall marry Gunild, Grim’s daughter;

will marry Gunild, Grim’s daughter;

Þat is gunnild of grimesby,

That is the legend of Grimsby,

Grimes douther, bi seint dauy!

Grimes daughter, by Saint David!

2868

Þat me forth broute, and wel fedde,

Þat me forth broute, and wel fedde,

And ut of denemark with me fledde,

And out of Denmark, I fled with me,

Me for to burwe fro mi ded:

Me for to burwe fro mi ded:

Sikerlike, þoru his red

Sincerely, trust his advice

2872

Haue ich liued in-to þis day,

Haue ich liived until this day,

Blissed worþe his soule ay!

Blessed be his soul forever!

I rede þat þu hire take,

I read that you should take her,

And spuse, and curteyse make,

And spouse, and kindness make,

2876

For she is fayr, and she is fre,

For she is beautiful, and she is free,

And al so hende so she may be.

And as nice as she can be.

Þertekene she is wel with me,

Þertekene she is wel with me,

and he will then always be his friend.

and he will then always be his friend.

Þat shal ich ful wel shewe þe,

Þat shal ich ful wel shewe þe,

2880

For ich giue þe a giue,

For I give you a gift,

Þat euere more hwil ich liue,

Þat euere more hwil ich liue,

For hire shal-tu be with me dere,

For hire you shall be with me, dear,

Þat wile ich þat þis folc al here.”

Þat wile ich þat þis folc al here.

2884

Þe erl ne wolde nouth ageyn

Þe erl ne wolde nouth ageyn

Þe king[e] be, for knith ne sweyn,

Þe king[e] be, for knith ne sweyn,

[Fol. 219, col. 1.]

[Fol. 219, col. 1.]

Ne of þe spusing seyen nay,

Ne of þe spusing seyen nay,

But spusede [hire] þat ilke day.

But supposed [her] that same day.

2888

Þat spusinge was god time maked,

Þat spusinge was god time maked,

They are married,

They're married,

For it ne were neuere clad ne naked,

For it was neither dressed nor naked,

In a þede samened two

In a used gathering two

Þat cam to-gidere, liuede so,

That came together, lived so,

2892

So þey dide[n] al here liue:

So they did all their living:

and have five sons.

and have five kids.

He geten samen sones fiue,

He got five sons,

Þat were þe beste men at nede,

Þat were þe beste men at nede,

Þat mouthe riden on ani stede.

That mouth can ride on any horse.

2896

Hwan gunnild was to cestre brouth,

Hwan gunnild was to cestre brouth,

Havelok remembers Bertram, the earl’s cook

Havelok remembers Bertram, the earl’s cook,

Hauelok þe gode ne for-gat nouth

Hauelok the good did not forget.

Bertram, þat was the erles kok,

Bertram, that was the earl's cook,

Þat he ne dide callen ok,

That he didn't call,

2900

And seyde, “frend, so god me rede!

And said, “Friend, may God guide me!

Nu shaltu haue riche mede,

Now you shall have rich reward,

83

BERTRAM MARRIES GRIM’S SECOND DAUGHTER.

Bertram marries Grim's second daughter.

For wissing, and þi gode dede,

For wishing, and your good deed,

Þat tu me dides in ful gret nede.

Þat tu me dides in ful gret nede.

2904

For þanne y yede in mi cuuel,

For then I went in my heart,

And ich ne haue[de] bred, ne sowel,

And I neither have bread nor meat,

Ne y ne hauede no catel,

Ne y ne hauede no catel,

Þou feddes and claddes me ful wel.

Thou fed and clothed me very well.

and makes him Earl of Cornwall.

and makes him the Earl of Cornwall.

2908

Haue nu for-þi of cornwayle

Have now for-the of Cornwall

Þe erldom ildel, with-uten fayle,

The kingdom is idle, without fail,

And al þe lond þat godrich held,

And all the land that Godrich held,

Boþe in towne, and ek in feld;

Boath in town and also in the field;

2912

And þerto wile ich, þat þu spuse,

And I want you to be my spouse,

And fayre bring hire un-til huse,

And kindly bring her home,

He is to marry Levive, Grim’s daughter,

He is going to marry Levive, Grim's daughter,

Grimes douther, leuiue þe hende,

Grimes daughter, leave the end,

For þider shal she with þe wende.

For there she shall go with the other.

2916

Hire semes curteys forto be,

Hire courteous servants to be,

For she is fayr so flour on tre;

For she is fair like a flower on a tree;

Þe heu is swilk in hire ler

Þe heu is swilk in hire ler

who is as fair as a rose.

who is as beautiful as a rose.

So [is] þe rose in roser,

So is the rose in rosary,

2920

Hwan it is fayr sprad ut newe

Hwan it is fayr sprad ut newe

Ageyn þe sunne, brith and lewe.”

Ageyn the sun, bright and warm.

And girde him sone with þe swerd

And quickly struck him with the sword.

Of þe erldom, bi-forn his ferd,

Of the earldom, before his journey,

2924

And with his hond he made him knith,

And with his hand, he made him a knight,

And yaf him armes, for þat was rith,

And gave him armor, because that was right,

They are married.

They're married.

And dide him þere sone wedde

And did him then soon wed.

2927

Hire þat was ful swete in bedde.

Hire that was full sweet in bed.

131 MS. haueden.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. Hauden.

2928

After þat he spused wore,

After that he passed away,

Wolde þe erl nouth dwelle þore,

Wolde the earl not dwell there,

Havelok and Goldborough lived 100 years, and had many children.

Havelok and Goldborough lived for 100 years and had many children.

But sone nam until his lond,

But son named until his land,

[Fol. 219, col. 2.]

[Fol. 219, col. 2.]

And seysed it al in his hond,

And took it all in his hand,

2932

And liuede þer-inne, he and his wif,

And lived in there, he and his wife,

An hundred winter in god lif,132

An hundred winter in god lif,132

84

And gaten mani children samen,

And gather many children together,

And liueden ay in blisse and gamen.

And lived always in joy and fun.

2936

Hwan þe maydens were spused boþe,

When the maidens were wed,

Hauelok anon bigan ful rathe

Hauelok soon began very quickly

The Danes are enriched.

The Danes are thriving.

His denshe men to feste wel

His dense men to feast well

Wit riche landes and catel,

Wealthy lands and livestock,

2940

So þat he weren alle riche:

So that they were all wealthy:

For he was large and nouth chinche.

For he was big and had a stubborn chin.

132 Between this line and the next are inserted in the MS. the words: For he saw þat he, which have been subsequently struck out by the same hand, and the word vacat affixed.

132 Between this line and the next are inserted in the MS. the words: For he saw þat he, which have been subsequently struck out by the same hand, and the word vacat affixed.

HAVELOK IS CROWNED KING OF ENGLAND.

Havelok is crowned King of England.

Þer-after sone, with his here,

Then soon after, with his army,

Havelok is crowned at London.

Havelok is crowned in London.

For he to lundone, forto bere

For him to be undone, to bear

2944

Corune, so þat [alle] it sawe,

Corune, so everyone could see,

Henglishe ant denshe, heye and lowe,

Henglishe ant denshe, heye and lowe,

Hwou he it bar with mikel pride,

Hwou he it bar with mikel pride,

For his barnage þat was un-ride.

For his barnage that was unridden.

The feast lasts 40 days.

The feast goes on for 40 days.

2948

Þe feste of his coruni[n]g133

The celebration of his crowning __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Laste[de] with gret ioying

Lasted with great joy

Fourti dawes, and sumdel mo;

Forty days, and somewhat more;

Þo bigunnen þe denshe to go

Þo bigunnen þe denshe to go

2952

Vn-to þe king, to aske leue,

Vn-to the king, to ask leave,

And he ne wolde hem nouth greue,

And he wouldn’t give them any trouble,

The Danes return home.

The Danes go home.

For he saw þat he woren yare

For he saw that they were ready

In-to denemark for to fare,

Into Denmark to travel,

2956

But gaf hem leue sone anon,

But gave him leave soon after,

And bitauhte hem seint Johan;

And instructed him Saint John;

Ubbe is to rule Denmark.

Ubbe will rule Denmark.

And bad ubbe, his iustise,

And bad ubbe, his justice,

Þat he sholde on ilke wise

Þat he sholde on ilke wise

2960

Denemark yeme and gete so,

Denmark food and drink so,

Þat no pleynte come him to.

Þat no pleynte come him to.

133 MS. corunig.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. Corunig.

Havelok remained in England for sixty years.

Havelok stayed in England for sixty years.

Hwan he wore parted alle samen,

Hwan, he wore them all the same,

Hauelok bi-lefte wit ioie and gamen

Hauelok bi-lefte wit ioie and gamen

85 2964

In engelond, and was þer-inne

In England, and was therein

Sixti winter king with winne,

Sixty winter king with winner,

And Goldeboru quen, þat I wene:

And Queen Goldeboru, I think:

So mikel loue was hem bitwene,

So Mikel loved her in between,

2968

Þat al þe werd spak of hem two:

That all the world spoke of them two:

He louede hire, and she him so,

He loved her, and she loved him too.

He and Goldborough were never apart.

He and Goldborough were always together.

Þat neyþer oþe[r] mithe be

That neither other might be

For134 oþer, ne no ioie se,

For__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ another, let no one see,

2972

But yf he were to-gidere135 boþe;

But if he were together __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ both;

Neuere yete ne weren he wroþe,

Neuere yet never he wrote

For here loue was ay newe,

For here, love was always new,

[Fol. 219b, col. 1.]

[Fol. 219, col. 1.]

Neuere yete wordes ne grewe

New words didn't grow.

2976

Bitwene hem, hwar-of ne lathe

Between him, whereof not late

Mithe rise, ne no wrathe.

Mite rise, no wrath.

134 Qu. Fro.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Question. From.

135 MS. togidede.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Ms. togidede.

SUCH IS THE “GESTE” OF HAVELOK.

THIS IS THE STORY OF HAVELOK.

They had 15 children, all kings and queens.

They had 15 kids, all of whom were kings and queens.

He geten children hem bi-twene

He gotten children between them

Sones and douthres rith fiuetene,

Sones and douthres right fifteen,

2980

Hwar-of þe sones were kinges alle,

Hwar of the sons were kings all,

So wolde god it sholde bifalle;

So I wish it would happen;

And þe douhtres alle quenes:

And the daughters all queens:

Him stondes wel þat god child strenes.

Him stones well that good child strains.

Such is the geste of Havelok and Goldborough.

Such is the story of Havelok and Goldborough.

2984

Nu haue ye herd þe gest al þoru

Nu haue ye herd þe gest al þoru

Of hauelok and of goldeborw.

Of hallmark and of goldwork.

Hw he weren born, and hw fedde,

Hw he weren born, and hw fedde,

And hwou he woren with wronge ledde

And how he wore in with wrong lead

2988

In here youþe, with trecherie,

In here you're, with treachery,

With tresoun, and with felounye,

With treason and with felony,

2990

And hwou þe swikes haueden thit

And how the deceivers have this

Reuen hem þat was here rith,

Reuven, who was right here,

2992

And hwou he weren wreken wel,

And how he would be avenged,

Haue ich sey you euerildel;

Have I said you ever?

SAY A PATERNOSTER FOR THE AUTHOR.

Pray a Pater Noster for the author.

And forþi ich wolde biseken you,

And therefore I would ask you,

Þat hauen herd þe rim[e] nu,

That have you heard the rhyme now,

Each of you say a pater-noster for the author.

Each of you say a pater-noster for the author.

2996

Þat ilke of you, with gode wille,86

Þat ilke of you, with gode wille,86

Seye a pater-noster stille,

Seye a pater-noster still,

For him þat haueth þe rym[e] maked,

For him that has the rhyme made,

And þer-fore fele nihtes waked;

And therefore stayed awake many nights;

3000

Þat ihesu crist his soule bringe

Þat ihesu crist his soule bringe

Bi-forn his fader at his endinge.

Bi-forn his fader at his endinge.

Amen.

Amen.

87

NOTES.

[The following notes are abridged from the notes in Sir F. Madden’s excellent edition, the abridgement being effected almost entirely by occasional omissions, and with but very slight unimportant changes of a few words, chiefly in the case of references to later editions of various works than were existing in 1828. I have added one or two short notes upon difficult constructions, but these are distinguished by being enclosed within square brackets. —W. W. S.]

[The following notes are shortened from Sir F. Madden’s excellent edition, with the shortening done mostly through occasional omissions and only very minor changes to a few words, mainly regarding references to later editions of various works that weren’t available in 1828. I have added a couple of brief notes on challenging constructions, but these are marked by being inside square brackets. —W. W. S.]

 

He was the wicteste man at nede

He was the wisest man in need

That thurte riden on ani stede.

That man rode on any horse.

This appears to have been a favourite expression of the poet, and to have comprehended, in his idea, the perfection of those qualifications required in a knight and hero. He repeats it, with some slight variation, no less than five times, viz. in ll. 25, 87, 345, 1757, and 1970. The lines, however, are by no means original, but the common property of all our early poetical writers. We find them in Laȝamon:

This seems to have been a favorite phrase of the poet, encapsulating what he thought were the ideal qualities needed in a knight and hero. He uses it, with some minor changes, at least five times: in lines 25, 87, 345, 1757, and 1970. However, these lines are by no means original; they are shared among all our early poets. We can find them in Laȝamon:

þis wes þe feiruste mon

this was the first man

þe æuere æhte ær þusne kinedom,

þe æuere æhte ær þusne kinedom,

þa he mihte beren wepnen,

when he could carry weapons,

& his hors wel awilden.

& his horse is wild.

Laȝamon, vol. i. p. 174.

Laȝamon, vol. 1, p. 174.

So also in the Romance of Guy of Warwick:

So also in the story of Guy of Warwick:

He was the best knight at neede

He was the best knight in a time of need.

That euer bestrode any stede.

That ever rode any horse.

Coll. Garrick, K. 9. sign. Ll. ii.

Coll. Garrick, K. 9. sign. Ll. ii.

Again, in the Continuation of Sir Gy, in the Auchinleck MS., (ed. for the Abbotsford Club, 1840, 4to; p. 266),

Again, in the Continuation of Sir Gy, in the Auchinleck MS., (ed. for the Abbotsford Club, 1840, 4to; p. 266),

The best bodi he was at nede

The best body he had was needed.

That ever might bistriden stede,

That might always be stayed,

And freest founde in fight.

And free found in battle.

And again, in the Chronicle of England, published by Ritson from a copy in the British Museum, MS. Reg. 12. C. XII.

And again, in the Chronicle of England, published by Ritson from a copy in the British Museum, MS. Reg. 12. C. XII.

88

After him his sone Arthur

After him, his son Arthur.

Hevede this lond thourh and thourh.

He walked this land back and forth.

He was the beste kyng at nede

He was the best king in times of need.

That ever mihte ride on stede,

That ever might ride on a horse,

Other wepne welde, other folk out-lede,

Other weapons wielded, other people led,

Of mon he hede he never drede.

Of him, he never felt fear.

—l. 261.

—l. 261.

The very close resemblance of these lines to those in Havelok, ll. 87-90, would induce a belief that the writer of the Chronicle had certainly read, and perhaps copied from, the Romance. The MS. followed by Ritson was undoubtedly written soon after the death of Piers Gaveston, in 1313, with the mention of which event it concludes; but in the Auchinleck copy it is continued, by a later hand, to the minority of Edward III. It only remains to be observed, that the poem in MS. Reg. 12. C. XII. is written by the same identical hand as the MS. Harl. 2253 (containing Kyng Horn, &c.), whence some additional light is thrown on the real age of the latter, respecting which our antiquaries so long differed.

The strong similarity between these lines and those in Havelok, ll. 87-90, suggests that the writer of the Chronicle must have read—or possibly copied from—the Romance. The manuscript used by Ritson was definitely written shortly after Piers Gaveston's death in 1313, which is the event it concludes with; however, the Auchinleck copy continues the narrative, added by a later hand, until the minority of Edward III. It's important to note that the poem in MS. Reg. 12. C. XII. is written by the exact same hand as the MS. Harl. 2253 (which contains Kyng Horn, etc.), providing some extra insight into the true age of the latter, which has puzzled our antiquaries for so long.

[15. “And I will drink ere I tell my tale.” Her = ere.

[15. “And I will drink ere I tell my tale.” Her = ere.

19. And wite, &c., i.e. And ordain that it may be so; cf. ll. 517, 1316. Both metre and grammar require the final e.]

19. And wite, &c., i.e. And ordain that it may be so; cf. ll. 517, 1316. Both metre and grammar require the final e.]

31. Erl and barun, dreng and kayn. The appellation of Dreng, and, in the plural, Drenges, which repeatedly occurs in the course of this poem, is uniformly bestowed on a class of men who hold a situation between the rank of Baron and Thayn. We meet with the term more than once in Doomsday Book, as, for instance, in Tit. Cestresc: “Hujus manerii [Neuton] aliam terram xv. hom. quos Drenches vocabant, pro xv. maneriis tenebant.” And in a Charter of that period we read: “Alger Prior, et totus Conventus Ecclesiæ S. Cuthberti, Edwino, et omnibus Teignis et Drengis, &c.” Hence Spelman infers, that the Drengs were military vassals, and held land by knight’s service, which was called Drengagium. This is confirmed by a document from the Chartulary of Welbeck, printed in Dugdale, Mon. Angl. V. II. p. 598, and in Blount, Jocular Tenures, p. 177, where it is stated, “In eadem villa [Cukeney, co. Nottingh.] manebat quidam homo qui vocabatur Gamelbere, et fuit vetus Dreyinghe ante Conquestum.” It appears from the same document, that this person held two carucates of land of the King in capite, and was bound to perform military service for the same, whenever the army went into Wales. In the Epistle also from the Monks of Canterbury to Henry II. printed by Somner, in his Treatise on Gavelkind, p. 123, we find: “Quia vero non erant adhuc tempore Regis Willelmi Milites in Anglia, sed Threnges, præcepit Rex, ut de eis Milites fierent, ad terram defendendam.” In Laȝamon’s translation of Wace the term is frequently used in the acceptation of thayn, and spelt either dringches, drenches, dranches, or dringes. [Cf. Sw. dräng, a man, servant; Dan. dreng, a boy.] In the Isl. and Su. Goth. Dreng originally signified vir fortis, miles strenuus, and hence Olaf, King of Norway, received the epithet of Goddreng. See Wormii Lex. Run. p. 26. Ihre, Vet. Cat. Reg. 89 p. 109. Langebek, Script. Rer. Danic. V. I. p. 156. The term subsequently was applied to persons in a servile condition, and is so instanced by Spelman, as used in Denmark. In this latter sense it may be found in Hickes, Diction. Isl., and in Sir David Lyndsay’s Poems,

31. Erl and barun, dreng and kayn. The appellation of Dreng, and, in the plural, Drenges, which repeatedly occurs in the course of this poem, is uniformly bestowed on a class of men who hold a situation between the rank of Baron and Thayn. We meet with the term more than once in Doomsday Book, as, for instance, in Tit. Cestresc: “Hujus manerii [Neuton] aliam terram xv. hom. quos Drenches vocabant, pro xv. maneriis tenebant.” And in a Charter of that period we read: “Alger Prior, et totus Conventus Ecclesiæ S. Cuthberti, Edwino, et omnibus Teignis et Drengis, &c.” Hence Spelman infers, that the Drengs were military vassals, and held land by knight’s service, which was called Drengagium. This is confirmed by a document from the Chartulary of Welbeck, printed in Dugdale, Mon. Angl. V. II. p. 598, and in Blount, Jocular Tenures, p. 177, where it is stated, “In eadem villa [Cukeney, co. Nottingh.] manebat quidam homo qui vocabatur Gamelbere, et fuit vetus Dreyinghe ante Conquestum.” It appears from the same document, that this person held two carucates of land of the King in capite, and was bound to perform military service for the same, whenever the army went into Wales. In the Epistle also from the Monks of Canterbury to Henry II. printed by Somner, in his Treatise on Gavelkind, p. 123, we find: “Quia vero non erant adhuc tempore Regis Willelmi Milites in Anglia, sed Threnges, præcepit Rex, ut de eis Milites fierent, ad terram defendendam.” In Laȝamon’s translation of Wace the term is frequently used in the acceptation of thayn, and spelt either dringches, drenches, dranches, or dringes. [Cf. Sw. dräng, a man, servant; Dan. dreng, a boy.] In the Isl. and Su. Goth. Dreng originally signified vir fortis, miles strenuus, and hence Olaf, King of Norway, received the epithet of Goddreng. See Wormii Lex. Run. p. 26. Ihre, Vet. Cat. Reg. 89 p. 109. Langebek, Script. Rer. Danic. V. I. p. 156. The term subsequently was applied to persons in a servile condition, and is so instanced by Spelman, as used in Denmark. In this latter sense it may be found in Hickes, Diction. Isl., and in Sir David Lyndsay’s Poems,

Quhilk is not ordanit for dringis

Which is not ordinary for drinks

But for Duikis, Empriouris, and Kingis.

But for Duikis, Empriouris, and Kingis.

V. Pinkerton’s Scotish Poems Reprinted, ii. 97.

V. Pinkerton’s Scottish Poems Reprinted, ii. 97.

V. Jamieson, Dict. in voce.

V. Jamieson, Dict. in voce.

In that time a man that bore

In that time, a man who bore

(Wel fyfty pund, y woth, or more.)

(Well, fifty pounds, I swear, or more.)

This insertion receives additional authority from a similar passage in the Romance of Guy of Warwick, where it is mentioned as a proof of the rigorous system of justice pursued by Earl Sigard,

This inclusion gains more credibility from a similar section in the Romance of Guy of Warwick, where it’s cited as evidence of the strict justice system enforced by Earl Sigard,

Though a man bore an hundred pound,

Though a man carried a hundred pounds,

Upon him of gold so round,

Upon him of gold so round,

There n’as man in all this land

There is no man in all this land

That durst him do shame no schonde.

That dared him to do shame no harm.

Ellis, Metr. Rom. V. II. p. 9. Ed. 1811.

Ellis, Metr. Rom. V. II. p. 9. Ed. 1811.

Many of the traits here attributed to Athelwold appear to be borrowed from the praises so universally bestowed by our ancient historians on the character of King Alfred, in whose time, as Otterbourne writes, p. 52, “armillas aureas in bivio stratas vel suspensas, nemo abripere est ausus.” Cf. Annal. Eccl. Roffens. MS. Cott. Nero, D. II. The same anecdote is related of Rollo, Duke of Normandy, by Guillaume de Jumieges, and Dudon de Saint Quentin.

Many of the characteristics attributed to Athelwold seem to be taken from the praises that our ancient historians commonly gave to King Alfred's character. In his time, as Otterbourne writes, p. 52, “no one dared to take golden armlets laid on the crossroads or hanging [there].” Cf. Annal. Eccl. Roffens. MS. Cott. Nero, D. II. The same story is told about Rollo, Duke of Normandy, by Guillaume de Jumieges and Dudon de Saint Quentin.

91. Sprong forth so sparke of glede. Cf. l. 870. It is a very common metaphor in early English poetry.

91. Sprong forth so sparke of glede. Cf. l. 870. It is a very common metaphor in early English poetry.

He sprong forð an stede,

He sprang forth on a horse,

swa sparc ded of fure,

so spark dead of fire,

Laȝamon v. ii. p. 565.

Laȝamon vol. ii. p. 565.

He sprange als any sparke one glede.

He sprang as high as any spark.

Sir Isumbras, st. 39 (Camd. Soc. 1844)

Sir Isumbras, st. 39 (Camd. Soc. 1844)

He spronge as sparkle doth of glede,

He sprang up like a spark from embers,

K. of Tars, l. 194.

K. of Tars, line 194.

And lepte out of the arsoun,

And jumped out of the wagon,

As sperk thogh out of glede.

As spark thought out of joy.

Ly Beaus Desconus, l. 623.

Ly Beaus Desconus, l. 623.

Cf. Chaucer, Cant. Tales, l. 13833, and Tyrwhitt’s note.

Cf. Chaucer, Cant. Tales, l. 13833, and Tyrwhitt’s note.

110. Of his bodi, &c. Compare the French text, l. 208.

110. Of his bodi, &c. Compare the French text, l. 208.

Mes entre eus n’eurent enfant

Nos entre eux n'eurent enfant

Mes qe vne fille bele;

Mes que vne fille belle;

Argentille out non la pucele.

Argentille outside the chapel.

Rois Ekenbright fut enfermez,

Rois Ekenbright was imprisoned,

Et de grant mal forment greuez;

Et de grant mal forment greuez;

Bien siet n’en poet garrir.

Good luck in your endeavor.

90

[Here Argentille is Goldborough, and Ekenbright answers to Athelwold. This quotation, and others below, shewing the passages of the French text which most nearly resemble the English poem, are from a MS. in the Herald’s College, marked E. D. N. No. 14. See the Preface.]

[Here Argentille is Goldborough, and Ekenbright corresponds to Athelwold. This quote, along with others below, highlights the sections of the French text that closely match the English poem, and are taken from a manuscript in the Herald's College, designated E. D. N. No. 14. See the Preface.]

[118. Wat shal me to rede, lit. what shall be for a counsel to me. See Rede in the Glossary to William of Palerne.

[118. Wat shal me to rede, lit. what shall be for a counsel to me. See Rede in the Glossary to William of Palerne.

130. And don hem of þar hire were queme, lit. and do them off where it should be agreeable to her; i.e. and keep men at a distance as she pleased. Such seems to me the meaning of this hitherto unexplained line.

130. And don hem of þar hire were queme, lit. and do them off where it should be agreeable to her; i.e. and keep men at a distance as she pleased. Such seems to me the meaning of this hitherto unexplained line.

132. For me we ought probably to read hit.]

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ For me we should probably read hit.

136. He sende writes sone onon. We must here, and in l. 2275, simply understand letters, without any reference to the official summonses of parliament, which subsequently were so termed, κατ’ εξοχην. The word briefs is used in the same sense by the old French writers, and in Laȝamon we meet with some lines nearly corresponding with the present; see ll. 6669-6678.

136. He sende writes sone onon. We must here, and in l. 2275, simply understand letters, without any reference to the official summonses of parliament, which subsequently were so termed, by far. The word briefs is used in the same sense by the old French writers, and in Laȝamon we meet with some lines nearly corresponding with the present; see ll. 6669-6678.

[175. þa. Frequently written for þat. See William of Palerne.]

[175. þa. Frequently written for þat. See William of Palerne.]

189-203. Ther-on he garte, &c. Compare the French Romance, ll. 215-228.

189-203. Ther-on he garte, &c. Compare the French Romance, ll. 215-228.

Sa fille li ad comandée,

His daughter he has ordered,

Et sa terre tote liuerée.

And his land is completely freed.

Primerement li fet iurer,

First, he made a promise,

Veiant sa gent & affier,

Venture with people & affirm,

Qe leaument la nurrireit,

Qe leaument la nurrireit,

Et sa terre lui gardereit,

And his land would keep him,

Tant q’ele fust de tiel age

Tant q’ele fust de tiel age

Qe suffrir porroit mariage.

We could suffer from marriage.

Quant la pucele seit granz,

When the girl is grown,

Par le consail de ses tenanz,

Par le consail de ses tenanz,

Au plus fort home la dorroit

Au plus fort home la dorroit

Qe el reaume troueroit;

Qe el raume troueroit;

Qu’il li baillast ses citez,

Qu'il lui donne ses villes,

Ses chasteus & ses fermetez.

His chastity & his firmness.

 

Justises dede he maken newe,

Justice is now being made,

Al Engelond to faren thorw.

Al Engelond to faren through.

The earliest instance produced by Dugdale of the Justices Itinerant, is in 23 Hen. II. 1176, when by the advice of the Council held at Northampton, the realm was divided into six parts, and into each were sent three Justices. Orig. Judic. p. 51. This is stated on the authority of Hoveden. Dugdale admits however the custom to have been older, and in Gervasius Dorobernensis, we find, in 1170, certain persons, called inquisitores, appointed to perambulate England. Gervase of Tilbury, or whoever was the author of the Dialogus de Scaccario, calls them deambulantes, vel perlustrantes judices. See Spelman, in voc. The office continued to the time of Edward III., when it was superseded by that of the Justices of Assize.

The earliest example provided by Dugdale of the Justices Itinerant is in 1176 during the reign of Henry II, when, upon the advice of the Council held at Northampton, the kingdom was divided into six regions, and three Justices were assigned to each. Orig. Judic. p. 51. This is confirmed by Hoveden. However, Dugdale acknowledges that the practice existed earlier, as in 1170, we find certain individuals called inquisitores, appointed to travel around England in Gervasius Dorobernensis. Gervase of Tilbury, or whoever wrote the Dialogus de Scaccario, refers to them as deambulantes, vel perlustrantes judices. See Spelman, in voc. The role persisted until the time of Edward III, when it was replaced by the Justices of Assize.

91

280. The kinges douther, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 283.

280. The kinges douther, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 283.

Argentille,

Argentille,

La meschine qu’ert sa fille,

La mère qui pleure sa fille,

Que ia estoit creue & grant,

Que ia estoit creue & grant,

Et bien poeit auoir enfant.

Et bien peut avoir enfant.

[338. Sawe, put for “Say we.” Cf. biddi for “bidde i,” l. 484; hauedet for “hauede it,” 714; &c.

[338. Sawe, put for “Say we.” Cf. biddi for “bidde i,” l. 484; hauedet for “hauede it,” 714; &c.

365. His quiste, &c. “His bequest made, and (things) distributed for him.”]

365. His quiste, &c. “His bequest made, and (things) distributed for him.”]

Crist warie him with his mouth!

Crist warned him with his words!

Waried wrthe he of north and suth!

Worried wrote he of north and south!

So, in the Romance of Merlin, Bishop Brice curses the enemies of Arthur,

So, in the Romance of Merlin, Bishop Brice curses Arthur's enemies,

Ac, for he is king, and king’s son,

Ac, because he is the king and the king's son,

Y curse alle, and y dom

Y curse alle, and y dom

His enemies with Christes mouth,

His enemies with Christ's mouth,

By East, by West, by North, and South!

By East, by West, by North, and South!

Ellis, Metr. Rom. V. I. p. 260.

Ellis, Metr. Rom. V. I. p. 260.

[506. For nouth we must read mouth or wolde. The sense is— “He thought that he would he were dead, except that he might not (or would not) slay him with his (own) hand.”

[506. For nouth we must read mouth or wolde. The sense is— “He thought that he would he were dead, except that he might not (or would not) slay him with his (own) hand.”

550. The sense is— “When he had done that deed (i.e. gagged the child), then the deceiver had commanded him,” &c.

550. The sense is— “When he had done that deed (i.e. gagged the child), then the deceiver had commanded him,” &c.

560. with may mean knowest, but this hardly gives sense. Perhaps we should read wilt, i.e. “As thou wilt have (preserve) my life.”

560. with may mean knowest, but this hardly gives sense. Perhaps we should read wilt, i.e. “As thou wilt have (preserve) my life.”

567. Mr Morris suggests that the riming words are adoun and croune. We might then read—

567. Mr Morris suggests that the riming words are adoun and croune. We might then read—

“And caste þe knaue so harde adoun,

“And cast the knave down so hard,

þat he crakede þer hise croune.”]

þat he crakede þer hise croune.”]

591. Of hise mouth, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 71. sq.

591. Of hise mouth, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 71. sq.

Totes les houres q’il dormoit,

Toutes les heures qu’il dormait,

Vne flambe de lui issoit.

A flame came out of him.

Par la bouche li venoit fors,

Par la bouche li venoit fors,

Si grant chalur auoit el cors.

Si grant chalur auoit el cors.

La flambe rendoit tiel odour,

The flame gave off such scent,

Onc ne sentit nul home meillour.

Onc ne sentit nul homme meilleur.

676. And with thi chartre make (me) fre. Instances of the manumission of villains or slaves by charter may be found in Hickes, Diss. Epistol. p. 12, Lye’s Dict. ad calc., and Madox’s Formulare Anglicanum, p. 750. The practice was common in the Saxon times, and existed so late as the reign of Henry VIII.

676. And with thi chartre make (me) fre. Instances of the manumission of villains or slaves by charter may be found in Hickes, Diss. Epistol. p. 12, Lye’s Dict. ad calc., and Madox’s Formulare Anglicanum, p. 750. The practice was common in the Saxon times, and existed so late as the reign of Henry VIII.

[694. Wite he him onliue, if he knows him (to be) alive.

[694. Wite he him onliue, if he knows him (to be) alive.

701. It is evident that the words and gate = and goats, must be supplied. For the spelling gate, cf. Pricke of Conscience, ed. Morris, l. 6134, where gayte is used collectively as a plural.]

701. It is evident that the words and gate = and goats, must be supplied. For the spelling gate, cf. Pricke of Conscience, ed. Morris, l. 6134, where gayte is used collectively as a plural.]

92

706. Hise ship, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 89.

706. Hise ship, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 89.

Grim fet niefs apparailler,

Grim fate needs preparation,

Et de viande bien charger.

And well-loaded meat.

715-720. Hauelok the yunge, &c. Comp. the Fr. ll. 97-105.

715-720. Hauelok the yunge, &c. Comp. the Fr. ll. 97-105.

Quant sa nief fut apparaillée,

When her ship appeared,

Dedenz fist entrer sa meisnée,

Dedenz punched in his face,

Ses cheualers & ses serganz,

His lawyers & his sergeants,

Sa femme demeine & ses enfanz:

Sa femme demeure & ses enfants:

La reyne mist el batel,

The queen got into the boat,

Haueloc tint souz son mantel.

Haueloc tint souz son mantel.

Il meismes apres entra,

Il meismes après entra,

A Dieu del ciel se comanda,

A God in heaven rules,

Del hauene sont desancré,

Del hauene sont desancré,

Car il eurent bon orré.

Because they had good luck.

Instead of the storm, in the French text Grim’s ship is attacked by pirates, who kill the whole of the crew, with the exception of himself and family, whom they spare on the score of his being an old acquaintance.

Instead of the storm, in the French text Grim’s ship is attacked by pirates, who kill the entire crew, except for him and his family, whom they spare because he is an old acquaintance.

733-749. In Humber, &c. So in the Fr. Ceo fut el north, &c. Cf. ll. 122-135.

733-749. In Humber, &c. So in the Fr. Ceo fut el north, &c. Cf. ll. 122-135.

Tant out nagé & tant siglé,

Tant out nagé & tant siglé,

Q’en vne hauene out parvenu,

Q'en vne hauene out parvenu,

Et de la nief a terre issu.

Et de la nief a terre issu.

Ceo fut el North, a Grimesbi;

Ceo was at the North, in Grimsby;

A icel tens qe ieo vus di,

A icel tens qe ieo vus di,

Ni out onques home habité,

Ni out onques home habité,

Ne cele hauene n’ert pas haunté.

Ne cele hauene n’ert pas haunté.

Il i adresca primes maison,

Il y a des primes maison,

De lui ad Grimesbi a non.

De lui ad Grimesbi a non.

Quant Grim primes i ariua,

Quant Grim primes i ariua,

En .ii. moitez sa nief trencha,

En .ii. moitez sa nief trencha,

Les chiefs en ad amont drescé,

Les chiefs en ad amont drescé,

Iloec dedenz s’est herbergé.

Iloec dedenz has checked in.

Pescher aloit sicome il soloit,

Pescher started as usual,

Siel vendoit & achatoit.

Siel sold & bought.

 

He took the sturgiun and the qual,

He took the sturgeon and the quail,

And the turbut, and lax withal,

And the turbot, and the eel as well,

He tok the sele, and the hwel, &c.

He took the seal, and the wheel, &c.

The list of fish here enumerated may be increased from l. 896, and presents us with a sufficiently accurate notion of the different species eaten in the 13th century. Each of the names will be considered separately in the Glossary, and it is only intended here to make a few remarks on those, which in the present day appear rather strangely to have found a place on the tables of our ancestors. The sturgeon is well known to have been esteemed a dainty, both in England and France, and specially appropriated to the King’s service, but that the whale, the seal, and the porpoise 93 should have been rendered palatable, excites our astonishment. Yet that the whale was caught for that purpose, appears not only from the present passage, but also from the Fabliau intitled Bataille de Charnage et de Caresme, written probably about the same period, and printed by Barbazan. It is confirmed, as we learn from Le Grand, by the French writers; and even Rabelais, near three centuries later, enumerates the whale among the dishes eaten by the Gastrolatres. In the list of fish also published by Le Grand from a MS. of the 13th century, and which corresponds remarkably with the names in the Romance, we meet with the Baleigne. See Vie Privée des François, T. II. sect. 8.

The list of fish mentioned here can be expanded from line 896 and gives us a fairly accurate idea of the different types eaten in the 13th century. Each name will be looked at individually in the Glossary, and here I’ll just make a few comments on those that seem quite unusual today to have been served at our ancestors' tables. The sturgeon was well-known as a delicacy in both England and France, especially reserved for the King’s table. However, it's surprising to think that whale, seal, and porpoise were considered tasty. It seems the whale was caught for this purpose, which is evident not just from this passage but also from the Fabliau titled Bataille de Charnage et de Caresme, likely written around the same time and printed by Barbazan. This is supported by French writers according to Le Grand, and even Rabelais, nearly three centuries later, lists whale among the dishes eaten by the Gastrolatres. In the list of fish also published by Le Grand from a 13th-century manuscript, which closely matches the names in the Romance, we find the Baleigne. See <

Among the articles at Archbishop Nevil’s Feast, 6 Edw. IV., we find, Porposes and Seales XII. and at that of Archbishop Warham, held in 1504, is an item: De Seales & Porposs. prec. in gross XXVI. s. VIII. d. Champier asserts that the Seal was eaten at the Court of Francis I., so that the taste of the two nations seems at this period to have been nearly the same. For the courses of fish in England during the 14th and 15th centuries, see Pegge’s Form of Cury, and Warner’s Antiquitates Culinariæ, to which we may add MS. Sloane, 1986. [Cf. Babees Book, &c., ed. Furnivall, 1868, p. 153.]

Among the items listed at Archbishop Nevil’s Feast, 6 Edw. IV., we find, Porposes and Seales XII. and at the Feast of Archbishop Warham, held in 1504, there is an entry: De Seales & Porposs. prec. in gross XXVI. s. VIII. d. Champier claims that the Seal was eaten at the court of Francis I., indicating that the tastes of both nations seem to have been quite similar during this time. For information on the fish dishes in England during the 14th and 15th centuries, refer to Pegge’s Form of Cury and Warner’s Antiquitates Culinariæ, along with MS. Sloane, 1986. [Cf. Babees Book, &c., ed. Furnivall, 1868, p. 153.]

[784. For setes we should probably read seten or sette, which would be as good a rime as many others. The scribe has probably made the rime more perfect than the sense. It must mean, “In the sea were they oft set.” We cannot here suppose setes = set es = set them.]

[784. For setes we should probably read seten or sette, which would be as good a rime as many others. The scribe has probably made the rime more perfect than the sense. It must mean, “In the sea were they oft set.” We cannot here suppose setes = set es = set them.]

839. And seyde, Hauelok, dere sone. In the French, Grim sends Havelok away for quite a different reason, viz. because he does not understand fishing.

839. And seyde, Hauelok, dere sone. In the French, Grim sends Havelok away for quite a different reason, viz. because he does not understand fishing.

903. The kok stod, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 242.

903. The kok stod, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 242.

Et vn keu le roi le retint,

Et vn keu le roi le retint,

Purceo qe fort le vist & grant,

Purceo saw him very clearly and greatly,

Et mult le vist de bon semblant.

Et mult le vist de bon semblant.

Merueillous fes poeit leuer,

Merueillous fes poeit leuer,

Busche tailler, ewe porter.

Bushy tail, sheep carrier.

The last line answers to l. 942 of the English version.

The last line corresponds to line 942 of the English version.

939. He bar the turues, he bar the star. The meaning of the latter term will be best illustrated by a passage in Moor’s Suffolk Words, where, under the word Bent, he writes, “Bent or Starr, on the N.W. coast of England, and especially in Lancashire, is a coarse reedy shrub—like ours perhaps—of some importance formerly, if not now, on the sandy blowing lands of those counties. Its fibrous roots give some cohesion to the silicious soil. By the 15 and 16 G. II. c. 33, plucking up and carrying away Starr or Bent, or having it in possession within five miles of the sand hills, was punishable by fine, imprisonment, and whipping.” The use stated in the Act to which the Starr was applied, is, “making of Mats, Brushes, and Brooms or Besoms,” therefore it might very well be adapted to the purposes of a kitchen, and from its being coupled with turves in the poem, was perhaps sometimes burnt for fuel. The origin of the word is Danish, and still exists in the Dan. Stær, Swed. Starr, Isl. 94 staer, a species of sedge, or broom, called by Lightfoot, p. 560, carex cespitosa. Perhaps it is this shrub alluded to in the Romance of Kyng Alisaunder, and this circumstance will induce us to assign its author to the district in which the Starr is found.

939. He bar the turues, he bar the star. The meaning of the latter term will be best illustrated by a passage in Moor’s Suffolk Words, where, under the word Bent, he writes, “Bent or Starr, on the N.W. coast of England, and especially in Lancashire, is a coarse reedy shrub—like ours perhaps—of some importance formerly, if not now, on the sandy blowing lands of those counties. Its fibrous roots give some cohesion to the silicious soil. By the 15 and 16 G. II. c. 33, plucking up and carrying away Starr or Bent, or having it in possession within five miles of the sand hills, was punishable by fine, imprisonment, and whipping.” The use stated in the Act to which the Starr was applied, is, “making of Mats, Brushes, and Brooms or Besoms,” therefore it might very well be adapted to the purposes of a kitchen, and from its being coupled with turves in the poem, was perhaps sometimes burnt for fuel. The origin of the word is Danish, and still exists in the Dan. Stær, Swed. Starr, Isl. 94 staer, a species of sedge, or broom, called by Lightfoot, p. 560, carex cespitosa. Perhaps it is this shrub alluded to in the Romance of Kyng Alisaunder, and this circumstance will induce us to assign its author to the district in which the Starr is found.

The speris craketh swithe thikke,

The spirit cracks very thick,

So doth on hegge sterre-stike.

So does on hedge star-strike.

—l. 4438.

—l. 4438.

945. of alle men, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 254.

945. of alle men, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 254.

Tant estoit franc & deboneire,

So generous and kind,

Que tuz voloit lur pleisir fere,

Que tuz voloit lur pleisir fere,

Pur la franchise q’il out.

For the franchise he has.

959. Of him ful wide the word sprong. A phrase which from the Saxon times occurs repeatedly in all our old writers. A few examples may suffice.

959. Of him ful wide the word sprong. A phrase which from the Saxon times occurs repeatedly in all our old writers. A few examples may suffice.

Beowulf wæs breme,

Beowulf was famous,

Blæd wíde sprang.

Blad wide sprang.

Beowulf, ed. Thorpe, p. 2.

Beowulf, ed. Thorpe, p. 2.

Welle wide sprong þas eorles word.

Welle wide sprang the earl's word.

Laȝamon, l. 26242.

Laȝamon, line 26242.

Of a knight is that y mene,

Of a knight is that I mean,

His name is sprong wel wide.

His name is spring well wide.

Sir Tristrem, st. 2, p. 12.

Sir Tristrem, st. 2, p. 12.

The word of Horn wide sprong,

The word of Horn spread far and wide,

How he was bothe michel and long.

How he was both big and tall.

Horn Childe, ap. Rits. Metr. Rom. V. iii. p. 291.

Horn Childe, ap. Rits. Metr. Rom. V. iii. p. 291.

See also the Kyng of Tars, ll. 19, 1007, Emare, l. 256, Roland and Ferragus, as quoted by Ellis, Ly beaus Desconus, l. 172, and Chronicle of England, l. 71.

See also the King of Tars, ll. 19, 1007, Emare, l. 256, Roland and Ferragus, as quoted by Ellis, Ly beaus Desconus, l. 172, and Chronicle of England, l. 71.

In armes him noman (ne) nam,

In arms, no one knows him.

þat he doune sone ne caste.

that he doesn't throw down soon.

The same praise is bestowed on Havelok in the French text, l. 265,—

The same praise is given to Havelok in the French text, l. 265,—

Deuant eus liuter le fesoient

Deuant eux lièrent le faisaient

As plus forz homes q’il sauoient,

As plus forz homes qu'ils savaient,

Et il trestouz les abatit—

And he destroys the enemy—

and it was doubtless in imitation or ridicule of the qualities attributed to similar heroes, that Chaucer writes of Sir Thopas, “Of wrastling was ther non his per.” Cant. Tales, l. 13670.

and it was certainly in imitation or mockery of the traits ascribed to similar heroes that Chaucer writes of Sir Thopas, “Of wrestling was there none his peer.” Cant. Tales, l. 13670.

1006. To ben þer at þe parlement. Cf. l. 1178. If we examine our historical records, we shall find that the only parliament held at Lincoln was in the year 1300, 28 Edw. I., and the writs to the Archbishop of York, and other Nobles, both ecclesiastical and secular, are still extant. The proceedings are detailed at some length by Robert of Brunne, Vol. II. p. 312, who might have been in Lincoln at the time, or, at all events, was sufficiently informed of all that took place, from his residence in the 95 county. If we could suppose that the author of the Romance alluded to this very parliament, it would reduce the period of the poem’s composition to a later date, than either the style or the writing of the MS. will possibly admit of. It is therefore far more probable the writer here makes use of a poetical, and very pardonable licence, in transferring the parliament to the chief city of the county in which he was evidently born, or brought up, without any reference whatever to historical data.

1006. To ben þer at þe parlement. Cf. l. 1178. If we examine our historical records, we shall find that the only parliament held at Lincoln was in the year 1300, 28 Edw. I., and the writs to the Archbishop of York, and other Nobles, both ecclesiastical and secular, are still extant. The proceedings are detailed at some length by Robert of Brunne, Vol. II. p. 312, who might have been in Lincoln at the time, or, at all events, was sufficiently informed of all that took place, from his residence in the 95 county. If we could suppose that the author of the Romance alluded to this very parliament, it would reduce the period of the poem’s composition to a later date, than either the style or the writing of the MS. will possibly admit of. It is therefore far more probable the writer here makes use of a poetical, and very pardonable licence, in transferring the parliament to the chief city of the county in which he was evidently born, or brought up, without any reference whatever to historical data.

Biforn here fet þanne lay a tre,

Biforn here fet then lay a tree,

And putten with a mikel ston, &c.

And put with a big stone, &c.

This game of putting the stone, is of the highest antiquity, and seems to have been common at one period to the whole of England, although subsequently confined to the Northern counties, and to Scotland. Fitzstephen enumerates casting of stones among the amusements of the Londoners in the 12th century, and Dr Pegge, in a note on the passage, calls it “a Welch custom.” The same sport is mentioned by Geoffrey of Monmouth, among the diversions pursued at King Arthur’s feast, as will appear in a subsequent note (l. 2320). By an edict of Edward III. the practice of casting stones, wood, and iron, was forbidden, and the use of the bow substituted, yet this by no means superseded the former amusement, which was still in common use in the 16th century, as appears from Strutt’s Popular Pastimes, Introd. pp. xvii, xxxix, and p. 56, sq. In the Highlands this sport appears to have been longer kept up than in any other part of Britain, and Pennant, describing their games, writes, “Those retained are, throwing the putting-stone, or stone of strength (Cloch neart) as they call it, which occasions an emulation who can throw a weighty one the farthest.” Tour in Scotl. p. 214. 4to. 1769. See also Statist. Account of Argyleshire, xi. 287. In the French Romance of Horn, preserved in MS. Harl. 527, is almost a similar incident to the one in Havelok, and would nearly amount to a proof, that Tomas, the writer of the French text of Horn, was an Englishman.

This game of putting the stone is very old and seems to have been popular throughout England at one time, although it later became more common in the Northern counties and Scotland. Fitzstephen mentions stone throwing as one of the pastimes of Londoners in the 12th century, and Dr. Pegge notes that it was “a Welsh custom.” The same activity is mentioned by Geoffrey of Monmouth among the entertainments at King Arthur’s feast, as will be detailed in a later note (l. 2320). An edict from Edward III banned the practice of throwing stones, wood, and iron, replacing it with the use of the bow, yet this did not erase the previous pastime, which remained widely practiced in the 16th century, as seen in Strutt’s Popular Pastimes, Introd. pp. xvii, xxxix, and p. 56, sq. In the Highlands, this sport seems to have persisted longer than in any other part of Britain, and Pennant, while describing their games, writes, “The ones still played are throwing the putting-stone, or stone of strength (Cloch neart) as they call it, which leads to competition about who can throw a heavy one the farthest.” Tour in Scotl. p. 214. 4to. 1769. See also Statist. Account of Argyleshire, xi. 287. In the French Romance of Horn, preserved in MS. Harl. 527, there’s almost a similar incident to the one in Havelok, which could nearly prove that Tomas, the writer of the French text of Horn, was an Englishman.

In the Romance of Octovian Imperator it is said of Florent,

In the story of Octovian Imperator, it is mentioned that Florent,

At wrestelyng, and at ston castynge

At wrestling and at stone casting

He wan the prys, without lesynge;

He won the prize, without hesitation;

Ther n’as nother old ne yynge

Ther n’as nother old ne yynge

So mochell of strength,

So much strength,

That myght the ston to hys but bryng,

That might bring the stone to his but,

Bi fedeme lengthe.

Bi reached out.

—l. 895.

—l. 895.

It is singular enough, that the circumstance of Havelok’s throwing the stone, mentioned in the Romance, should have been founded on, or preserved in, a local tradition, as attested by Robert of Brunne, p. 26.

It’s quite unique that the event of Havelok throwing the stone, referred to in the Romance, seems to have been based on or kept alive through a local tradition, as confirmed by Robert of Brunne, p. 26.

Men sais in Lyncoln castelle ligges ȝit a stone,

Men say in Lincoln castle lies yet a stone,

That Hauelok kast wele forbi euerilkone.

That Hauelok cast well beyond everyone.

1077-1088. The king Athelwald, &c. Comp. the Fr. text, ll. 354-370.

1077-1088. The king Athelwald, &c. Comp. the Fr. text, ll. 354-370.

96

Quant Ekenbright le roi fini,

Quant Ekenbright the king ends,

En ma garde sa fille mist;

En ma garde sa fille mist;

Vn serement iurer me fist,

He made me swear,

Q’au plus fort home le dorroie,

Q’au plus fort home le dorroie,

Qe el reaume trouer porroie.

Qe el reaume trouer porroie.

Assez ai quis & demandé,

Asking a lot & requested,

Tant q’en ai vn fort troué;

Tant qu'en ai v'n fort troué;

Vn valet ai en ma quisine,

Vn valet ai en ma quisine,

A qui ieo dorrai la meschine; &c.

A qui ieo dorrai la meschine; &c.

1103. After Goldeborw, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 377.

1103. After Goldeborw, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 377.

Sa niece lur fet amener,

His niece made him bring,

Et a Cuaran esposer;

Et a Cuaran esposer;

Pur lui auiler & honir,

Pour lui aider & honnir,

La fist la nuit lez lui gesir.

La fist la nuit lez lui gesir.

The French Romance differs here very considerably from the English, and in the latter, the dream of Argentille, her visit to the hermit, and the conversation relative to Havelok’s parents, is entirely omitted.

The French Romance is quite different from the English version here, and in the latter, Argentille's dream, her visit to the hermit, and the discussion about Havelok’s parents are completely left out.

[1174. This may mean—“He (Havelok) is given to her, and she has taken (him)”—but this makes yaf and tok past participles, which they properly are not; or else we must translate it—“He (Godard) gave them to her, and she took them,” i.e. the pence. This alone is the grammatical construction, and it suits the context best; observe, that the words ys and as are equivalent to es = them. Cf. l. 970. See Morris; Gen. & Exod., Pref. p. xviii.]

[1174. This may mean—“He (Havelok) is given to her, and she has taken (him)”—but this makes yaf and tok past participles, which they properly are not; or else we must translate it—“He (Godard) gave them to her, and she took them,” i.e. the pence. This alone is the grammatical construction, and it suits the context best; observe, that the words ys and as are equivalent to es = them. Cf. l. 970. See Morris; Gen. & Exod., Pref. p. xviii.]

1203. Thanne he komen there, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 556.

1203. Thanne he komen there, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 556.

A Grimesby s’en alerent;

A Grimsby took off;

Mes li prodoms estoit finiz,

My ancestors were finished,

Et la Dame q’is out nurriz.

Et la Dame q’is out nurriz.

Kelloc sa fille i ont trouée,

Kelloc and his daughter have found it,

Vn marchant l’out esposée.

Vn selling the displayed item.

The marriage of Kelloc, Grim’s daughter, with a merchant is skilfully intro­duced in the French, and naturally leads to the mention of Denmark. The plot of the English story is wholly dissimilar in this respect.

The marriage of Kelloc, Grim’s daughter, to a merchant is cleverly introduced in the French version, which naturally leads to a mention of Denmark. The plot of the English story is completely different in this regard.

1247. On the nith, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 381.

1247. On the nith, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 381.

Quant couché furent ambedui,

When both were lying down,

Cele out grant honte de lui,

Cele out grant honte de lui,

Et il assez greindre de li.

Et il assez greindre de li.

As deuz se geut, si se dormi.

As two go, one rests.

Ne voloit pas q’ele veist

Ne voulait pas qu'elle voie

La flambe qe de lui issist.

La flambe qe de lui issist.

The voice of the angel is completely an invention of the English author, and the dream (which is transferred from Argentille to Havelok) is altogether different in its detail.

The angel's voice is entirely a creation of the English author, and the dream (which is shifted from Argentille to Havelok) is completely different in its details.

1260. He beth heyman, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 521.

1260. He beth heyman, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 521.

97

Il est né de real lignage,

Il est né d'un vrai lignage,

Oncore auera grant heritage.

Oncore auera grant heritage.

Grant gent fra vers li encline,

Grant gent fra vers li encline,

Il serra roi & tu reyne.

Il serra roi & tu reyne.

[1334. The words euere-il del are corruptly repeated from line 1330 above. Perhaps we should read wit-uten were, i.e. without doubt.]

[1334. The words euere-il del are corruptly repeated from line 1330 above. Perhaps we should read wit-uten were, i.e. without doubt.]

1430. Hauede go for him gold ne fe. Cf. l. 44. So in Laȝamon:

1430. Hauede go for him gold ne fe. Cf. l. 44. So in Laȝamon:

Ne sculde him neoðer gon fore

Ne sculde him neoðer gon fore

Gold ne na gærsume, &c.;

Gold in the garden, etc.;

—vol. ii. p. 537.

—vol. 2, p. 537.

[1444. The French text helps but little to supply the blank. It shows that Havelok and his wife sailed to Denmark, and, on their arrival, sought out the castle belonging to Sigar, who answers to the Ubbe of the English version.]

[1444. The French text helps but little to supply the blank. It shows that Havelok and his wife sailed to Denmark, and, on their arrival, sought out the castle belonging to Sigar, who answers to the Ubbe of the English version.]

1632. A gold ring drow he forth anon, &c. A similar incident, and in nearly the same words, occurs in Sir Tristrem.

1632. A gold ring drow he forth anon, &c. A similar incident, and in nearly the same words, occurs in Sir Tristrem.

A ring he raught him tite,

A ring she brought him tight,

The porter seyd nought nay,

The porter said nothing.

In hand:

On hand:

He was ful wis, y say,

He was very wise, I say,

That first yave yift in land.

That first huge gift of land.

—fytte i. st. 57, p. 39.

—fytte i. st. 57, p. 39.

So also Wyntoun, who relates the subsidy of 40,000 moutons sent from France to Scotland in 1353, and adds,

So does Wyntoun, who mentions the aid of 40,000 sheep sent from France to Scotland in 1353, and adds,

Qwha gyvis swilk gyftyis he is wyse.

Qwha gyvis swilk gyftyis he is wyse.

[See also Piers Plowman, Text A. iii. 202.]

[See also Piers Plowman, Text A. iii. 202.]

1646. Hw he was wel of bones, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 743.

1646. Hw he was wel of bones, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 743.

Gent cors & bele feture,

Gentlemen's clothes & beautiful features,

Lungs braz & grant furcheure

Lungs brazen & grant furcheure

Ententiuement l’esgarda.

Entendre le regard.

[1678. This line has two syllables too little.]

[1678. This line has two syllables too little.]

1722. Thanne he were set, &c. This is an amplification of the Fr. l. 677, sq.

1722. Thanne he were set, &c. This is an amplification of the Fr. l. 677, sq.

Quant fut houre del manger,

When it's time to eat,

Et qe tuz alerent lauer,

Et que tu as alerté l'heure,

Li prodoms a manger s’assist,

Li prodoms a manger s’assist,

Les .iii. valez seeir i fist,

Les .iii. valez seeir i fist,

Argentille lez son seignur;

Argentille reads its lord;

Serui furent a grant honur.

Serui had a great honor.

1726. Kranes, swannes, veneysun, &c. We have here the principal constituents of what formed the banquets of our ancestors. The old Romances abound with descriptions of this nature, which coincide exactly with the present. See Richard Cœur de Lion, l. 4221; Guy of Warwick; The Squyr of Lowe Degre, l. 317; and Morte Arthure, ed. Perry, p. 7.

1726. Kranes, swannes, veneysun, &c. We have here the principal constituents of what formed the banquets of our ancestors. The old Romances abound with descriptions of this nature, which coincide exactly with the present. See Richard Cœur de Lion, l. 4221; Guy of Warwick; The Squyr of Lowe Degre, l. 317; and Morte Arthure, ed. Perry, p. 7.

98

“Wine is common,” says Dr Pegge, speaking of the entertainments of the 14th century, “both red and white. This article they partly had of their own growth, and partly by importation from France and Greece.” A few examples will illustrate this:

“Wine is common,” says Dr. Pegge, talking about the entertainment of the 14th century, “in both red and white varieties. They produced some of it themselves and also imported it from France and Greece.” A few examples will illustrate this:

He laid the cloth, and set forth bread,

He spread the cloth and put out bread,

And also wine, both white and red.

And also wine, both white and red.

Sir Degore, ap. Ellis, Metr. Rom. V. 3, p. 375.

Sir Degore, ap. Ellis, Metr. Rom. V. 3, p. 375.

And dronke wyn, and eke pyment,

And drunk wine, and also mead,

Whyt and red, al to talent.

White and red, all to talent.

Kyng Alisaunder, l. 4178.

King Alexander, l. 4178.

[Cf. Piers Plowman, Text B, at the end of the Prologue.]

[Cf. Piers Plowman, Text B, at the end of the Prologue.]

In the Squyr of Lowe Degre is a long list of these wines, which has received considerable illustration in the curious work of Dr Henderson.

In the Squyr of Lowe Degre, there's a detailed list of these wines that has been thoroughly discussed in the intriguing work of Dr. Henderson.

[1736. I print kiwing, as in Sir F. Madden’s edition; but I quite give up the meaning of it, and doubt if it is put for kirving. The word is obscurely written, and looks like kilþing, and my impression is that it is miswritten for ilk þing, the word þe being put for þer, as frequently elsewhere. We should thus get hwan he haueden þer ilk þing deled, when they had there distributed every thing. This is, at any rate, the sense of the passage.]

[1736. I print kiwing, as in Sir F. Madden’s edition; but I quite give up the meaning of it, and doubt if it is put for kirving. The word is obscurely written, and looks like kilþing, and my impression is that it is miswritten for ilk þing, the word þe being put for þer, as frequently elsewhere. We should thus get hwan he haueden þer ilk þing deled, when they had there distributed every thing. This is, at any rate, the sense of the passage.]

1749. And sende him unto the greyues. In the French, Havelok is simply sent to an ostel, and the greyve does not appear in the story.

1749. And sende him unto the greyues. In the French, Havelok is simply sent to an ostel, and the greyve does not appear in the story.

1806. Hauelok lifte up, &c. In the French, all the amusing details relative to Robert and Huwe Raven are omitted, and Havelok is made to retire to a monastery, where he defends himself by throwing down the stones on his assailants.

1806. Hauelok lifte up, &c. In the French, all the amusing details relative to Robert and Huwe Raven are omitted, and Havelok is made to retire to a monastery, where he defends himself by throwing down the stones on his assailants.

[1826. wolde, offered at, intended to hit, would have hit.]

[1826. wolde, offered at, intended to hit, would have hit.]

And shoten on him, so don on bere

And shoot on him, so done on bear

Dogges, that wolden him to-tere

Dogs that wanted to tear him.

The same comparison is made use of in the Romance of Horn Childe:

The same comparison is used in the Romance of Horn Childe:

The Yrise folk about him yode,

The Yrise people encircled him,

As hondes do to bare.

As dogs do to bare.

Rits. Metr. Rom. V. III. p. 289.

Rits. Metr. Rom. Vol. III. p. 289.

See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

[1914. “Cursed be he who cares! for they deserved it! What did they? There were they worried.” A mark of interrogation seems required after dide he.]

[1914. “Cursed be he who cares! for they deserved it! What did they? There were they worried.” A mark of interrogation seems required after dide he.]

1926-1930. Sket cam tiding, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 719.

1926-1930. Sket cam tiding, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 719.

La nouele vint a chastel,

The news came to the castle,

Au seneschal, qui n’est pas bel,

Au seneschal, qui n’est pas bel,

Qe cil qu’il auoit herbergé

The person he had hosted

Cinc de ses homes out tué.

Cinc de ses homes han estat assassinats.

[1932. Apparently corrupt. Perhaps is should be it. “That this strife—as to what it meant.”]

[1932. Apparently corrupt. Perhaps is should be it. “That this strife—as to what it meant.”]

2045. That weren of Kaym kin and Eues. The odium affixed to 99 the supposed progeny of Cain, and the fables engrafted on it, owe their origin to the theological opinions of the Middle Ages, which it is not worth while to trace to their authors. See Beowulf, ed. Thorpe, p. 8; and Piers Plowman, A. X. 135-156; answering to p. 177 of Whitaker’s edition. See also the Romance of Kyng Alisaunder:

2045. That weren of Kaym kin and Eues. The odium affixed to 99 the supposed progeny of Cain, and the fables engrafted on it, owe their origin to the theological opinions of the Middle Ages, which it is not worth while to trace to their authors. See Beowulf, ed. Thorpe, p. 8; and Piers Plowman, A. X. 135-156; answering to p. 177 of Whitaker’s edition. See also the Romance of Kyng Alisaunder:

And of Sab the duk Mauryn,

And of Sab, Duke Mauryn,

He was of Kaymes kunrede.

He was from Kaymes kunrede.

—l. 1932.

—l. 1932.

In Ywaine and Gawaine, l. 559, the Giant is called “the karl of Kaymes kyn,” and so also in a poem printed by Percy, intitled Little John Nobody, written about the year 1550.

In Ywaine and Gawaine, l. 559, the Giant is referred to as “the karl of Kaymes kyn,” and this title also appears in a poem published by Percy, titled Little John Nobody, which was written around the year 1550.

Such caitives count to be come of Cain’s kind.

Such captives are considered to be of Cain's lineage.

Anc. Reliq. V. II. p. 130. Ed. 1765.

Anc. Reliq. V. II. p. 130. Ed. 1765.

It ne shal no thing ben bitwene

There will be nothing between

Thi bour and min, also y wene,

This burden and mine, also you know,

But a fayr firrene wowe.

But a fair foreign woman.

These lines will receive some illustration from a passage in Sir Tristrem, where it is said,

These lines will be clarified by a passage in Sir Tristrem, where it says,

A borde he tok oway

A border he took away

Of her bour.

Of her drink.

—p. 114.

—p. 114.

On which Sir W. Scott remarks, “The bed-chamber of the queen was constructed of wooden boards or shingles, of which one could easily be removed.” This will explain the line which occurs below, 2106, “He stod, and totede in at a bord.”

On which Sir W. Scott comments, “The queen's chamber was built with wooden boards or shingles, and one could easily take one out.” This clarifies the line that follows, 2106, “He stood, and went in at a board.”

2092. Aboute the middel, &c. In the French, a person is placed by the Seneschal to watch, who first discovers the light.

2092. Aboute the middel, &c. In the French, a person is placed by the Seneschal to watch, who first discovers the light.

2132. Bi the pappes he leyen naked. “From the latter end of the 13th to near the 16th century, all ranks, and both sexes, were universally in the habit of sleeping quite naked. This custom is often alluded to by Chaucer, Gower, Lydgate, and all our ancient writers.” Ellis, Spec. Metr. Rom. V. I. p. 324, 4th Ed. In the Squyr of Lowe Degre is a remarkable instance of this fact:

2132. Bi the pappes he leyen naked. “From the latter end of the 13th to near the 16th century, all ranks, and both sexes, were universally in the habit of sleeping quite naked. This custom is often alluded to by Chaucer, Gower, Lydgate, and all our ancient writers.” Ellis, Spec. Metr. Rom. V. I. p. 324, 4th Ed. In the Squyr of Lowe Degre is a remarkable instance of this fact:

How she rose, that lady dere,

How she rose, that lady there,

To take her leue of that squyer;

To say goodbye to that squire;

Al so naked as she was borne

Al so naked as she was borne

She stod her chambre-dore beforne.

She stood in her golden room.

—l. 671.

—l. 671.

The custom subsisted both in England and France to a very recent period, and hence probably was derived the phrase naked-bed, illustrated so copiously by Archdeacon Nares in his Glossary.

The practice continued in both England and France until very recently, which likely led to the term naked-bed, extensively explained by Archdeacon Nares in his Glossary.

2192. Cf. the French, l. 843.

__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ See the French, l. 843.

Ses chapeleins fet demander,

Her chaplains were summoned,

Ses briefs escriure & enseeler;

Ses briefs écrire & enseigner;

Par ses messages les manda,

Par ses messages les envoie,

Et pur ses amis enuoia;

Et pour ses amis envoie;

Pur ses homes, pur ses parenz;

Pur ses homes, pur ses parenz;

Mult i assembla granz genz.

Mult i assembla granz genz.

100

[2201. Read ne neme = took not, sc. their way, just as in l. 1207.]

[2201. Read ne neme = took not, sc. their way, just as in l. 1207.]

2240-2265. Lokes, hware he stondes her, &c. Comp. the Fr. ll. 913-921.

2240-2265. Lokes, hware he stondes her, &c. Comp. the Fr. ll. 913-921.

“Veez ci nostre dreit heir,

"See our rightful heir,"

Bien en deuom grant ioie aueir.”

Bien en deuom grant ioie aueir.

Tut primerain se desafubla,

Tut primerain se desafubla,

Par deuant lui s’agenuilla;

Before him, they knelt;

Sis homs deuint, si li iura

Sis homs deuint, si li iura

Qe leaument le seruira.

We serve the community.

Li autre sont apres alé,

Li autres sont après allé,

Chescuns de bone volenté;

Everyone with good intentions;

Tuit si home sont deuenu.

Tuit si home sont devenu.

 

Vbbe dubbede him to knith,

Vbbe urged him to kneel,

With a swerd ful swithe brith.

With a fully polished sword.

So likewise in the Fr. l. 928, A cheualier l’out adubbé. The ceremony of knighthood is described with greater minuteness in the Romance of Ly beaus Desconus, l. 73; and see Kyng Horn, ed. Lumby, ll. 495-504.

So similarly in Fr. l. 928, A cheualier l’out adubbé. The ceremony of knighthood is detailed more thoroughly in the Romance of Ly beaus Desconus, l. 73; and see Kyng Horn, ed. Lumby, ll. 495-504.

2320. Hwan he was king, ther mouthe men se, &c. Ritson has justly remarked, Notes to Ywaine and Gawaine, l. 15, that the elaborate description of Arthur’s feast at Carlisle, given by Geoffrey of Monmouth, l. ix. c. 12, has served as a model to all his successors. The original passage stands thus in a fine MS. of the 13th century, MS. Harl. 3773. fol. 33 b. “Refecti autem epulis diversos ludos acturi campos extra civitatem adeunt. Tunc milites simulachra belli scientes equestrem ludum componunt, mulieribus ab edito murorum aspicientibus. Alii cum cestibus, alii cum hastis, alii gravium lapidum jactu, alii cum facis, [saxis, Edd.] alii cum aleis, diversisque alii alteriusmodi jocis contendentes.” In the translation of this description by Wace we approach still nearer to the imitation of the Romance before us.

2320. Hwan he was king, ther mouthe men se, &c. Ritson has justly remarked, Notes to Ywaine and Gawaine, l. 15, that the elaborate description of Arthur’s feast at Carlisle, given by Geoffrey of Monmouth, l. ix. c. 12, has served as a model to all his successors. The original passage stands thus in a fine MS. of the 13th century, MS. Harl. 3773. fol. 33 b. “Refecti autem epulis diversos ludos acturi campos extra civitatem adeunt. Tunc milites simulachra belli scientes equestrem ludum componunt, mulieribus ab edito murorum aspicientibus. Alii cum cestibus, alii cum hastis, alii gravium lapidum jactu, alii cum facis, [saxis, Edd.] alii cum aleis, diversisque alii alteriusmodi jocis contendentes.” In the translation of this description by Wace we approach still nearer to the imitation of the Romance before us.

A plusurs iuis se departirent,

A few days later,

Li vns alerent buhurder,

Li vns alerent buhurder,

E lur ignels cheuals mustrer,

E lur ignels cheuals mustrer,

Li altre alerent eskermir,

Li altre alerent eskermir,

V pere geter, v saillir;

V pere geter, v saillir;

Tels i-aueit ki darz lanconent,

Tels i-aueit ki darz lanconent,

E tels i-aueit ki lutouent:

E tels i-aueit ki lutouent:

Chescon del gru [geu?] s’entremetait

Chescon del gru was intervening

Dunt entremettre se saueit.

Don't interfere with yourself.

MS. Reg. 13. A. xxi.

MS. Reg. 13 A. xxi.

The parallel versions, from the French, of Laȝamon, Robert of Gloucester, and Robert of Brunne, may be read in Mr Ellis’s Specimens of Early English Poets. At the feast of Olimpias, described in the Romance of Kyng Alisaunder, we obtain an additional imitation.

The parallel versions, from the French, of Laȝamon, Robert of Gloucester, and Robert of Brunne, can be found in Mr. Ellis’s Specimens of Early English Poets. At the feast of Olimpias, mentioned in the Romance of Kyng Alisaunder, we get another imitation.

Withoute theo toun was mury,

Without the town was lively,

Was reised ther al maner pley;

Was raised there all manner of play;

101

There was knyghtis turnyng,

There were knights jousting,

There was maidenes carolyng,

There was maidens caroling,

There was champions skyrmyng,

There were champions skyrmyng,

Of heom and of other wrastlyng,

Of them and of other wrestling,

Of liouns chas, of beore baityng,

Of lions chas, of beore baityng,

And bay of bor, of bole slatyng.

And bay of bor, of bole slatyng.

—l. 193. Cf. l. 1045.

—l. 193. See l. 1045.

Some additional illustrations on each of the amusements named in our text may not be unacceptable:

Some extra examples of each of the activities mentioned in our text might be helpful:

1. Buttinge with sharpe speres. This is tilting, or justing, expressed in Wace by buhurder. See Strutt’s Sports and Pastimes, p. 96, sq. 108.

1. Butting with sharp spears. This refers to tilting, or jousting, mentioned in Wace as buhurder. See Strutt’s Sports and Pastimes, p. 96, sq. 108.

2. Skirming with taleuaces. This is described more at large by Wace, in his account of the feast of Cassibelaunus. Cf. Laȝamon, v. i. p. 347; l. 8144. In Strutt’s Sports and Pastimes is a representation of this game, taken from MS. Bodl. 264, illuminated between 1338 and 1344, in which the form of the talevas is accurately defined. It appears to have been pursued to such an excess, as to require the interference of the crown, for in 1286 an edict was issued by Edward I. prohibiting all persons Eskirmer au bokeler. This, however, had only a temporary effect in restraining it, and in later times, under the appellation of sword and buckler play, it again became universally popular.

2. Skirmishing with taleuaces. Wace provides a more detailed account of this in his description of the feast of Cassibelaunus. See Laȝamon, v. i. p. 347; l. 8144. Strutt’s Sports and Pastimes includes an illustration of this game from MS. Bodl. 264, created between 1338 and 1344, which accurately depicts the form of the talevas. It seems this activity was taken to such extremes that the crown had to step in; in 1286, Edward I issued an edict banning all people from Eskirmer au bokeler. However, this only temporarily limited the practice, and later on, under the name sword and buckler play, it once again became widely popular.

3. Wrastling with laddes, puttinge of ston. See the notes on ll. 984 and 1022.

3. Wrestling with ladders, lifting stones. See the notes on ll. 984 and 1022.

4. Harping and piping. This requires no illustration.

4. Playing music with a harp and a flute. This doesn't need any explanation.

5. Leyk of mine, of hasard ok. Among the games mentioned at the marriage of Gawain, in the Fabliau of Le Chevalier à l’Epée, we have:

5. My love, of chance too. Among the games mentioned at the wedding of Gawain, in the Fabliau of The Knight with the Sword, we have:

Cil Chevalier jeuent as tables,

Cil Chevalier plays at tables,

Et as eschés de l’autre part,

Et as eschés de l’autre part,

O à la mine, o à hazart.

O to the mine, o to hazart.

Le Grand, in his note on this passage, T. i. p. 57, Ed. 1779, writes: “Le Hasard était une sorte de jeu de dez. Je ne connais point la Mine; j’ai trouvé seulement ailleurs un passage qui prouve que ce jeu était tres-dangereux, et qu’on pouvait s’y ruiner en peu de tems.” It appears however from the Fabliau of Du Prestre et des deuz Ribaus, to have been certainly a species of Tables, or Backgammon, and to have been played with dice, on a board called Minete. The only passage we recollect in which any further detail of this game is given, is that of Wace, in the account of Arthur’s feast, Harl. MS. 6508, and MS. Cott. Vit. A. x., but it must be remarked, that the older copy 13 A. xxi. does not contain it, nor is it found in the translations of Laȝamon, or Robert of Gloucester.

Le Grand, in his note on this passage, T. i. p. 57, Ed. 1779, writes: “Le Hasard was a type of dice game. I don't know the Mine; I found only a reference elsewhere that shows this game was very dangerous, and you could lose everything in a short time.” However, it seems from the Fabliau of Du Prestre et des deuz Ribaus, that it was definitely a type of Tables or Backgammon, and was played with dice on a board called Minete. The only other mention we remember that gives more detail about this game is from Wace in the account of Arthur’s feast, Harl. MS. 6508, and MS. Cott. Vit. A. x., but it's worth noting that the older copy 13 A. xxi. does not include it, nor is it found in the translations by Laȝamon or Robert of Gloucester.

6. Romanz reding. See Sir W. Scott’s note on Sir Tristrem, p. 290, [p. 306, ed. 1811]; and the Dissertations of Percy, Ritson, and Ellis.

6. Reading Romance. See Sir W. Scott’s note on Sir Tristrem, p. 290, [p. 306, ed. 1811]; and the Dissertations of Percy, Ritson, and Ellis.

7.

7.

Ther mouthe men se the boles beyte,

Their mouths often see the bowls bite,

And the bores, with hundes teyte.

And the boring people, with their endless talk.

Cf. ll. 1838, 2438. Both these diversions are mentioned by Lucianus, in his inedited tract De laude Cestriæ, MS. Bodl. 672, who is supposed by 102 Tanner to have written about A.D. 1100, but who must probably be placed near half a century later. They formed also part of the amusements of the Londoners in the 12th century, as we learn from Fitzstephen, p. 77, and are noticed in the passage above quoted from the Romance of Kyng Alisaunder. In later times, particularly during the 16th century, these cruel practices were in the highest estimation, as we learn from Holinshed, Stowe, Laneham, &c. See Strutt’s Sports and Pastimes, p. 192, and the plate from MS. Reg. 2. B. vii. Also Pegge’s Dissertation on Bull-baiting, inserted in Vol. ii. of Archæologia.

Cf. ll. 1838, 2438. Both of these activities are mentioned by Lucian in his unpublished work De laude Cestriæ, MS. Bodl. 672, who Tanner suggests wrote around CE 1100, but he likely wrote about fifty years later. They were also part of the entertainment for Londoners in the 12th century, as noted by Fitzstephen, p. 77, and are mentioned in the earlier quoted section from the Romance of Kyng Alisaunder. In later years, especially during the 16th century, these brutal practices were highly valued, as noted by Holinshed, Stowe, Laneham, etc. See Strutt’s Sports and Pastimes, p. 192, and the plate from MS. Reg. 2. B. vii. Also, Pegge’s Dissertation on Bull-baiting, included in Vol. ii. of Archæologia.

8. Ther mouthe men se hw Grim greu. If this is to be understood of scenic representation (and we can scarcely view it in any other light), it will present one of the earliest instances on record of any attempt to represent an historical event, or to depart from the religious performances, which until a much later period were the chief, and almost only, efforts towards the formation of the drama. Of course, the words of the writer must be understood to refer to the period in which he lived, i.e. according to our supposition, about the end of Hen. III’s reign, or beginning of Edw. I. See Le Grand’s notes to the Lai de Courtois, V. i. p. 329, and Strutt’s Sports and Pastimes, B. 3, ch. 2.

8. The mouth men see how Grim grows. If this is meant to be understood as a visual representation (and we can hardly see it any other way), it will be one of the earliest recorded attempts to depict a historical event, or to move away from the religious performances, which until a much later time were the main, and almost only, efforts towards developing drama. Of course, the writer's words should be understood in the context of the period he lived in, that is, according to our assumption, around the end of Henry III's reign or the beginning of Edward I’s. See Le Grand’s notes to the Lai de Courtois, V. i. p. 329, and Strutt’s Sports and Pastimes, B. 3, ch. 2.

2344. The feste fourti dawes sat. Cf. l. 2950. This is borrowed also from Geoffrey, and is the usual term of duration fixed in the Romances.

2344. The feste fourti dawes sat. Cf. l. 2950. This is borrowed also from Geoffrey, and is the usual term of duration fixed in the Romances.

Fourty dayes hy helden feste,

Forty days he held a feast,

Ryche, ryall, and oneste.

Ryche, ryall, and oneste.

Octouian Imperator, l. 73.

Octavian Emperor, l. 73.

Fourty dayes leste the feste.

Forty days until the feast.

Launfal, l. 631.

Launfal, line 631.

And certaynly, as the story sayes,

And certainly, as the story says,

The revell lasted forty dayes.

The revel lasted forty days.

Squyr of Lowe Degre, l. 1113.

Squyr of Lowe Degre, l. 1113.

2384. The French story here differs wholly from the English. Instead of the encounter of Robert and Godard, and the cruel punishment inflicted on the latter, in the French is a regular battle between the forces of Havelok and Hodulf (Godard). A single combat takes place between the two leaders, in which Hodulf is slain.

2384. The French story here differs wholly from the English. Instead of the encounter of Robert and Godard, and the cruel punishment inflicted on the latter, in the French is a regular battle between the forces of Havelok and Hodulf (Godard). A single combat takes place between the two leaders, in which Hodulf is slain.

2450. Cf. ll. 2505 and 2822. This appears to have been a common, but barbarous, method in former times of leading traitors or malefactors to execution. Thus in the Romance of Kyng Alisaunder, the treatment of the murderers of Darius is described:

2450. Cf. ll. 2505 and 2822. This appears to have been a common, but barbarous, method in former times of leading traitors or malefactors to execution. Thus in the Romance of Kyng Alisaunder, the treatment of the murderers of Darius is described:

He dude quyk harnesche hors,

He dude quick harness horse,

And sette theron heore cors,

And set there her course,

Hyndeforth they seten, saun faile;

From then on they sat, without fail;

In heore hand they hulden theo tailes.

In their hands, they held the tails.

—l. 4708.

—l. 4708.

2461. We find a similar proverb in the Historie de Melusine, tirée des Chroniques de Poitou, &c. 12mo. Par. 1698, in which (at p. 72) Thierry, Duke of Bretagne, says to Raimondin;— “Vous autorisez par votre silence notre Proverbe, qui dit, Qu’un vieux peché fait nouvelle vergogne.”

2461. We find a similar proverb in the Historie de Melusine, tirée des Chroniques de Poitou, &c. 12mo. Par. 1698, in which (at p. 72) Thierry, Duke of Bretagne, says to Raimondin;— “Vous autorisez par votre silence notre Proverbe, qui dit, Qu’un vieux peché fait nouvelle vergogne.”

2513. Sket was seysed, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 971.

2513. Sket was seysed, &c. Comp. the Fr. l. 971.

103

Apres cest fet, ad receu

After it's done, it received

Le regne q’a son piere fu.

Le regne q’a son piere fu.

 

And the king ful sone it yaf

And the king soon gave it

Vbbe in the hond, wit a fayr staf.

Vbbe in the hand, with a fair staff.

So in Sir Tristrem:

So in *Sir Tristrem*:

Rohant he yaf the wand,

Rohant gave him the wand,

And bad him sitte him bi,

And he sat down beside him,

That fre;

That fre;

‘Rohant lord mak y

‘Rohant lord makes you

To held this lond of me.’

To hold this land of me.

—fytte i. st. 83; p. 52.

—fytte i. st. 83; p. 52.

The editor is clearly mistaken in explaining the wand to be a truncheon, or symbol of power. For the custom of giving seisin or investiture per fustim, and per baculum, see Madox’s Formul. Anglican. pref. p. ix. and Spelman, Gloss. in v. Investire, and Traditio. The same usage existed in France, par rain et par baton.

The editor is clearly wrong in saying that the wand is a truncheon or symbol of power. For the tradition of granting seisin or investiture per fustim and per baculum, see Madox’s Formul. Anglican. pref. p. ix. and Spelman, Gloss. in v. Investire, and Traditio. The same practice was found in France, par rain et par baton.

——of monekes blake

of monekes blake

A priorie to seruen inne ay.

A priority to serve in any.

The allusion here may be made either to the Abbey of Wellow, in Grimsby, which was a monastery of Black Canons, said to have been built about A.D. 1110, or (what is more probable) to the Augustine Friary of Black Monks, which is stated in the Monumental Antiquities of Grimsby, by the Rev. G. Oliver, to have been “founded about the year 1280,” p. 110. No notice of it occurs in Tanner till the year 1304. Pat. 33 Edw. I. Some old walls of this edifice, which was dissolved in 1543, still remain, and the site is still called “The Friars.” If the connection between this foundation and the one recorded in the poem be considered valid, the date of the composition must be referred to rather a later period than we wish to admit.

The reference here might be to the Abbey of Wellow in Grimsby, which was a monastery of Black Canons, believed to have been built around CE 1110, or (more likely) to the Augustine Friary of Black Monks, which the Rev. G. Oliver mentions in the Monumental Antiquities of Grimsby as having been “founded around the year 1280,” p. 110. It is not mentioned in Tanner until the year 1304. Pat. 33 Edw. I. Some old walls of this structure, which was dissolved in 1543, still exist, and the site is still called “The Friars.” If the link between this foundation and the one mentioned in the poem is considered valid, the date of its composition must be placed rather in a later period than we would like to acknowledge.

2530. The French supplies what is here omitted, viz. that Havelok sails to England by the persuasion of his wife.

2530. The French supplies what is here omitted, viz. that Havelok sails to England by the persuasion of his wife.

[Indeed, ll. 979-1006 of the French text may serve to fill up the evident gap in the story; a translation of the passage is added, to shew this more clearly.

[Indeed, lines 979-1006 of the French text can help fill the obvious gap in the story; a translation of the passage is included to clarify this further.]

Quant Haueloc est rois pussanz,

Quant Haueloc est rois puissants,

Le regne tint plus de .iiii. anz;

Le regne tint plus de .iiii. anz;

Merueillos tresor i auna.

Merueillos treasure and auna.

Argentille li commanda

Argentille commands him/her

Qu’il passast en Engleterre

He passed through England

Pur son heritage conquerre,

For his heritage to conquer,

Dont son oncle l’out engettée,

Dont son oncle l’a empoisonnée,

[Et] A grant tort desheritée.

A grant to disinherit.

When Havelok is a mighty king,

When Havelok is a powerful king,

He reigned more than 4 years,

He reigned for over 4 years,

Marvellous treasure he amassed.

Amazing treasure he collected.

Argentille (Goldborough) bade him

Argentille (Goldborough) told him

Pass into England

Enter England

To conquer her heritage,

To embrace her heritage,

Whence her uncle had cast her out,

Whence her uncle had thrown her out,

And very wrongly disinherited her.

And wrongfully disinherited her.

Li rois li dist qu’il fera

Li rois li dist qu’il fera

Ceo qu’ele li comandera.

Ceo that she will lead.

Sa nauie fet a-turner,

Sa nauie fet a-turner,

104

Ses genz & ses ostz mander.

Ses genz & ses ostz mander.

En mier se met quant orré a,

En mier se met quant orré a,

Et la reyne od lui mena.

Et la reine avec lui mena.

Quatre vinz & quatre cenz

Four twenty and four hundred

Out Haueloc, pleines de genz.

Out Haueloc, full of people.

Tant out nagé & siglé,

Tant out swum & signed,

Q’en Carleflure est ariué.

Q’en Carleflure has arrived.

Sur le hauene se herbergerent,

Sur le hauene se herbergerent,

Par le pais viande quierent.

By the peace meat desired.

The king told her that he would do

The king told her that he would do

That which she should command him.

That which she should tell him to do.

He got ready his fleet,

He prepared his fleet,

And sent for his men and his hosts.

And called for his men and his troops.

He puts to sea when he has prayed,

He sets sail after he has prayed,

And took the queen with him.

And took the queen with him.

Four score and four hundred (ships)

480 ships

Had Havelok, full of men.

Had Havelok, full of people.

So far has he steered and sailed

So far has he navigated and sailed

That he has arrived at Carleflure.

That he has arrived at Carleflure.

Hard by the haven they abode,

Hard by the harbor they lived,

And sought food in the country round.

And looked for food in the surrounding area.

Puis enuoia li noble rois,

Then the noble king sent,

Par le consail de ses Danois,

Par le consail de ses Danois,

A Alsi qu’il li rendist

A Alsi qu'il li rendist

La terre qe tint Ekenbright,

La terre que tint Ekenbright,

Q’a sa niece fut donée,

Q’a was given a niece,

Dont il l’out desheritée;

Don't inherit the disinherited;

Then sent the noble king,

Then the noble king sent,

By the advice of his Danes,

By the suggestion of his Danish advisors,

To Alsi (Godrich)—that he should restore to him

To Alsi (Godrich)—that he should give back to him

The land that Ekenbright (Athelwold) held,

The land that Ekenbright (Athelwold) owned,

Which was given to his niece,

Which was given to his niece,

And of which he had deprived her.

And from which he had taken away from her.

Et, si rendre n’el voleit,

And if he didn't want to pay,

Mande qu’il le purchaceroit.

Order him to buy it.

Av roi uindrent li messager—

Av roi uindrent le messager—

And, if he would not give it up,

And, if he wouldn’t let it go,

He sends word that he will take it.

He lets us know that he will accept it.

To the king came the messengers.]

To the king came the messengers.

The remainder of the French poem altogether differs in its detail from the English.

The rest of the French poem is completely different in detail from the English.

2927. Hire that was ful swete in bedde.] Among Kelly’s Scotch Proverbs, p. 290, we find: “Sweet in the bed, and sweir up in the morning, was never a good housewife;” and in a ballad of the last century quoted by Laing, the editor of that highly curious collection, the Select pieces of Ancient Popular Poetry of Scotland, we meet with the same expression:

2927. Hire that was ful swete in bedde.] Among Kelly’s Scotch Proverbs, p. 290, we find: “Sweet in the bed, and sweir up in the morning, was never a good housewife;” and in a ballad of the last century quoted by Laing, the editor of that highly curious collection, the Select pieces of Ancient Popular Poetry of Scotland, we meet with the same expression:

A Clown is a Clown both at home and abroad,

A clown is a clown whether at home or away,

When a Rake he is comely, and sweet in his bed.

When a Rake, he is handsome and great in bed.

[2990. The last word is written thit in the MS., but, as it rimes to rith, we should suppose tiht to be the word meant. Thit cannot be explained, but tiht (or perhaps tith, according to our scribe’s spelling) is the pp. of a verb signifying to purpose, which is the exact meaning required. Cf.

[2990. The last word is written thit in the MS., but, as it rimes to rith, we should suppose tiht to be the word meant. Thit cannot be explained, but tiht (or perhaps tith, according to our scribe’s spelling) is the pp. of a verb signifying to purpose, which is the exact meaning required. Cf.

 “And y to turne to þee have tiȝt;”

“And to turn to you have tight;”

i.e.  “I have resolved to turn to thee.”

i.e. "I have decided to turn to you."

Political, Religious, and Love Poems; ed. Furnivall, 1866; p. 177.]

Political, Religious, and Love Poems; ed. Furnivall, 1866; p. 177.]

105

GLOSSARIAL INDEX.


ABBREVIATIONS.

Barb. Barbour’s Bruce. —Chauc. Chaucer. —Doug. Gawin Douglas’s Transl. of the Æneid. —Ellis, M. R. Ellis’s Specimens of Metrical Romances. —Gl. Glossary. —Jam. Jamieson’s Dictionary. —Laȝam. Laȝamon’s Transl. of Wace (ed. Madden). —Lynds. Sir D. Lyndsay’s Works. —N.E. Northern English. —Percy, A. R. Percy’s Reliques of Ancient English Poetry. —P. Plowm. Piers Plowman. —R. Br. Robert of Brunne. —R. Gl. Robert of Gloucester, ed. Hearne (2nd ed. 1810). —Rits. A. S. Ritson’s Ancient Songs. —Rits. M. R. Ritson’s Metrical Romances. —Sc. Scotch, Scotland. —Sir Tr. Sir Tristrem. —Wall. Wallace. —Web. Weber’s Metrical Romances. —Wilb. Wilbraham’s Cheshire Glossary. —Wynt. Wyntoun’s Chronicle. —B. Lat. Barbarous Latin. —Belg. Belgic. —Fr. French. —Isl. Islandic. —Lat. Latin. —S. Saxon. —Sibb. Sibbald’s Chronicle of Scottish Poetry. —Su. G. Suio-Gothic. —Teut. Teutonic. —q.v. Quod vide. —The Romances separately cited are sufficiently indicated by the Titles. The numbers refer to the line of the Poem.

Barb. Barbour’s Bruce. —Chauc. Chaucer. —Doug. Gawin Douglas’s translation of the Æneid. —Ellis, M. R. Ellis’s Specimens of Metrical Romances. —Gl. Glossary. —Jam. Jamieson’s Dictionary. —Laȝam. Laȝamon’s translation of Wace (ed. Madden). —Lynds. Sir D. Lyndsay’s Works. —N.E. Northern English. —Percy, A. R. Percy’s Reliques of Ancient English Poetry. —P. Plowm. Piers Plowman. —R. Br. Robert of Brunne. —R. Gl. Robert of Gloucester, ed. Hearne (2nd ed. 1810). —Rits. A. S. Ritson’s Ancient Songs. —Rits. M. R. Ritson’s Metrical Romances. —Sc. Scotch, Scotland. —Sir Tr. Sir Tristrem. —Wall. Wallace. —Web. Weber’s Metrical Romances. —Wilb. Wilbraham’s Cheshire Glossary. —Wynt. Wyntoun’s Chronicle. —B. Lat. Barbarous Latin. —Belg. Belgic. —Fr. French. —Isl. Icelandic. —Lat. Latin. —S. Saxon. —Sibb. Sibbald’s Chronicle of Scottish Poetry. —Su. G. Suio-Gothic. —Teut. Teutonic. —q.v. Quod vide. —The Romances separately cited are sufficiently indicated by the Titles. The numbers refer to the line of the Poem.

It may be useful to add that the names of the Romances edited by Ritson are— vol. i. Ywaine and Gawin; Launfal. —vol. ii. Lybeaus Disconus; King Horn; King of Tars; Emare; Sir Orpheo; Chronicle of England. —vol. iii. Le bone Florence; Erle of Tolous; Squyr of Lowe Degre; Knight of Curtesy. Those edited by Weber are— vol. i. Kyng Alisaunder; Sir Cleges; Lai-le-freine. —vol. ii. Richard Cœur de Lion; Ipomydon; Amis and Amiloun. —vol. iii. Seuyn Sages; Octouian; Sir Amadas; Hunting of the Hare. Beowulf and the Codex Exoniensis are quoted from Thorpe’s editions.

It might be helpful to note that the names of the Romances edited by Ritson are— vol. i. Ywaine and Gawin; Launfal. —vol. ii. Lybeaus Disconus; King Horn; King of Tars; Emare; Sir Orpheo; Chronicle of England. —vol. iii. Le bone Florence; Erle of Tolous; Squyr of Lowe Degre; Knight of Curtesy. Those edited by Weber are— vol. i. Kyng Alisaunder; Sir Cleges; Lai-le-freine. —vol. ii. Richard Cœur de Lion; Ipomydon; Amis and Amiloun. —vol. iii. Seuyn Sages; Octouian; Sir Amadas; Hunting of the Hare. Beowulf and the Codex Exoniensis are cited from Thorpe’s editions.

U and V are combined; J is not used. Þ (Thorn) is alphabetized as Th.

U and V are combined; J is not used. Þ (Thorn) is listed as Th.

 

A

A, 610, 936. Apparently an error of the scribe for Al, but perhaps written as pronounced. N.E. and Sc. aw. V. Jam.

A, 610, 936. Apparently a mistake by the scribe for Al, but maybe written as it sounds. N.E. and Sc. aw. V. Jam.

A before a noun is commonly a corruption of the S. on, as proved clearly by the examples in Tyrwhitt’s Gl., Jam., and Gl. Lynds. Adoun, q.v. is an exception. A-two, 1413, 2643. See On.

A before a noun is commonly a corruption of the S. on, as proved clearly by the examples in Tyrwhitt’s Gl., Jam., and Gl. Lynds. Adoun, q.v. is an exception. A-two, 1413, 2643. See On.

Aboven, prep. S. above, 1700.

Aboven, prep. S. above, 1700.

Abouten, prep. S. [on-bútan] about, 521, 670, 1010, &c. Abuten, 2429.

Abouten, prep. S. [on-bútan] about, 521, 670, 1010, &c. Abuten, 2429.

Adoun, adv. S. down, 567. Adune, 2735. Doun, 901, 925, &c. Dun, 888, 927. Dune, 1815, 2656. A.S. of-dúne.

Adoun, adv. S. down, 567. Adune, 2735. Doun, 901, 925, &c. Dun, 888, 927. Dune, 1815, 2656. A.S. of-dúne.

Adrad, part. pa. S. afraid, 278, 1048, 1163, 1682, 2304. Adradde, 1787. Adred, 1258. Odrat, 1153. Sir Tr. p. 174; K. Horn, 124. See Dred.

Adrad, part. pa. S. afraid, 278, 1048, 1163, 1682, 2304. Adradde, 1787. Adred, 1258. Odrat, 1153. Sir Tr. p. 174; K. Horn, 124. See Dred.

Agen, prep. S. [on-gean] against, 1792. Ageyn, 493, 569, 2024, &c. Ageynes, 2153, 2270, &c. Ayen, 489, 1210, 2799. Yen, 2271. Ageyn, toward, 451, 1696, 1947; 106 opposite to, 1809; upon, on, 1828. Ayen, towards, 1207. Ageyn him go, 934, opposite him, so as to bear an equal weight. Ageyn hire, 1106, at her approach. Ageyn þe lith, 2141, opposed to the light, on which the light shines. V. R. Gl., R. Br., Chauc. &c.

Agen, prep. S. [on-gean] against, 1792. Ageyn, 493, 569, 2024, &c. Ageynes, 2153, 2270, &c. Ayen, 489, 1210, 2799. Yen, 2271. Ageyn, toward, 451, 1696, 1947; 106 opposite to, 1809; upon, on, 1828. Ayen, towards, 1207. Ageyn him go, 934, opposite him, so as to bear an equal weight. Ageyn hire, 1106, at her approach. Ageyn þe lith, 2141, opposed to the light, on which the light shines. V. R. Gl., R. Br., Chauc. &c.

Ageyn, adv. S. again, 2426.

Ageyn, adv. S. again, 2426.

Al, adv. S. wholly, entirely, 34, 70, 139, 203, &c.

Al, adv. S. completely, fully, 34, 70, 139, 203, &c.

Al, adj. S. all, 203, 264, &c.; every one, 104; every part, 224; plu. alle, 2, 150, &c.

Al, adj. S. all, 203, 264, &c.; everyone, 104; every part, 224; plu. alle, 2, 150, &c.

Albidene, adv. See Bidene.

Albidene, adv. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Als, Also, Also, conj. S. [eal-swá] as, like, so, 306, 319, &c. Als, 1912, as if. Al so foles, like fools, 2100. Als is merely the abbreviation of Al so; and the modern as is again shortened from als. In Laȝamon it is often written alse, as in l. 4953.

Als, Also, Also, conj. S. [eal-swá] as, like, so, 306, 319, etc. Als, 1912, as if. Al so foles, like fools, 2100. Als is just a short form of Al so; and the modern "as" is once again shortened from als. In Laȝamon, it is often written as alse, like in l. 4953.

And he hæfde a swithe god wif

And he had a really good wife

& he heo leouede alse his lif.

& he heo leouede alse his lif.

Cf. Havelok, l. 1663. Als and Also are used indifferently, and universally by the old English and Scotch poets.

Cf. Havelok, l. 1663. Als and Also are used interchangeably and universally by the old English and Scottish poets.

Alþer-beste, adj. S. best of all, 182, 720, 1040, 1197, 2415. Alþer-lest, Alþer-leste, 1978, 2666, least of all. It is the gen. c. pl. of Alle, joined to an adj. in the superl. degree, and is extensively employed. Alre-leofust, Alre-heudest, Alre-kenest, Laȝamon, Althe-werste, K. Horn, MS. Alder-best, Alder-most, R. Br. Alther-best, Alther-formest, &c. Web. Alther-furste, Alther-next, Alther-last, Rits. M. R. Alder-first, Alder-last, Alder-levest, Chauc. Alder-liefest, Shakesp.

Alþer-beste, adj. S. best of all, 182, 720, 1040, 1197, 2415. Alþer-lest, Alþer-leste, 1978, 2666, least of all. It is the gen. c. pl. of Alle, combined with an adj. in the superlative degree, and is widely used. Alre-leofust, Alre-heudest, Alre-kenest, Laȝamon, Althe-werste, K. Horn, MS. Alder-best, Alder-most, R. Br. Alther-best, Alther-formest, &c. Web. Alther-furste, Alther-next, Alther-last, Rits. M. R. Alder-first, Alder-last, Alder-levest, Chauc. Alder-liefest, Shakesp.

Amideward, prep. S. in the midst, 872. Amiddewart, K. Horn, 556. Amydward, K. Alisaund. 690. A mydward, Ly Beaus Desc. 852. Amydwart, Doug. Virg. 137, 35.

Amideward, prep. S. in the midst, 872. Amiddewart, K. Horn, 556. Amydward, K. Alisaund. 690. A mydward, Ly Beaus Desc. 852. Amydwart, Doug. Virg. 137, 35.

An. conj. S. and, 29, 359, &c. So used by Laȝamon, and still in Somersetsh. V. Jennings. Ant, 36, 557, K. Horn, 9, &c.

An. conj. S. and, 29, 359, &c. So used by Laȝamon, and still in Somersetsh. V. Jennings. Ant, 36, 557, K. Horn, 9, &c.

And, conj. if, 2862.

And, conj. if, 2862.

Andelong, adv. S. lengthways, i.e. from the head to the tail, 2822.

Andelong, adv. S. lengthwise, meaning from head to tail, 2822.

Ovyrtwart and endelang

Ovyrtwart and endelang

With strenges of wyr the stones hang.

With strands of wire, the stones hang.

R. Cœur de Lion, 2649.

R. Lionheart, 2649.

Chauc. endelong, C. T. 1993.

Chaucer. endelong, C. T. 1993.

Anilepi, adj. S. [ánlepig] one, a single, 2107. Onlepi, 1094. In the very curious collection of poems in MS. Digb. 86 (written in the Lincolnshire dialect, temp. Edw. I.) we meet with this somewhat rare word:

Anilepi, adj. S. [ánlepig] one, a single, 2107. Onlepi, 1094. In the fascinating collection of poems in MS. Digb. 86 (written in the Lincolnshire dialect, during the time of Edw. I.) we come across this somewhat uncommon word:

A! quod the vox, ich wille the telle,

A! said the voice, I want to tell you,

On alpi word ich lie nelle.

On alpi I will lie down.

Of the vox and of the wolf (Rel. Ant. ii. 275).

Of the voice and of the wolf (Rel. Ant. ii. 275).

It occurs also in the Ormulum.

It also appears in the Ormulum.

Anoþer, adj. S. Al another, 1395, in a different way, on another project.

Anoþer, adj. S. Al another, 1395, in a different way, on another project.

Ah al hit iwruth on other

Ah al hit iwruth on other

Sone ther after.

Some time after.

Laȝamon, l. 21005.

Laȝamon, line 21005.

Ac Florice thought al another.

Ac Florice thought of another.

Flor. and Blaunchefl. ap. Ellis, M. R. V. 3, p. 125, ed. 1803. (Cf. Horn, ed. Lumby, p. 52, l. 32.)

Flor. and Blaunchefl. ap. Ellis, M. R. V. 3, p. 125, ed. 1803. (Cf. Horn, ed. Lumby, p. 52, l. 32.)

Anuye, v. Fr. to trouble, weary, 1735; R. Gl., K. Alisaund. 876; Chauc. Melibeus. Noye, Lynds. Gl. q.v.

Anuye, v. From French, to trouble or tire out, 1735; R. Gl., K. Alisaund. 876; Chauc. Melibeus. Noye, Lynds. Gl. q.v.

Are, adj. S. former, 27. Cf. are, adv., Sir Tr. p. 32; Rits. M. R., Web., R. Gl., R. Br., Minot. p. 31. Air, Ayr, Sc. V. Jam. See Er, Or.

Are, adj. S. former, 27. Cf. are, adv., Sir Tr. p. 32; Rits. M. R., Web., R. Gl., R. Br., Minot. p. 31. Air, Ayr, Sc. V. Jam. See Er, Or.

Aren, 1 and 3 p. pl. S. are, 619, 1321, &c. Arn, Chauc.

Aren, 1 and 3 p. pl. S. are, 619, 1321, &c. Arn, Chauc.

Arke, n. S. Lat. a chest or coffer, 2018. R. Br., Jam.

Arke, n. S. Lat. a chest or coffer, 2018. R. Br., Jam.

Armes, n. pl. Lat. arms, armor, 2605, 2613, 2925.

Arms, n. pl. Lat. arms, armor, 2605, 2613, 2925.

Arum for Arm, 1982, 2408.

Arum for Arm, 1982, 2408.

107

Arwe, S. [earg] timid, 2115. Alter the punctuation, and read—

Arwe, S. [earg] shy, 2115. Change the punctuation, and read—

He calde boþe arwe men and kene,

He was both intense and bold,

Knithes and serganz swiþe sleie.

Knives and swords are very sharp.

“Arwe or ferefulle. Timidus.

“Fearful. Timid.

Prompt. Parv.

Parv.

Cf. Stille, q.v.

Cf. Stille, see also.

As for Has, 1174.

As for Has, 1174.

Asayleden, pa. t. pl. Fr. assailed, 1862.

Asayleden, pa. t. pl. Fr. assailed, 1862.

Asken, n. pl. S. ashes, 2841. Aske, R. Gl. Askes, R. Br. Ashen, Chauc. Assis, Doug.

Asken, n. pl. S. ashes, 2841. Aske, R. Gl. Askes, R. Br. Ashen, Chauc. Assis, Doug.

Astirte, pa. t. leaped, 893. Astert, King’s Quair, ap. Jam. See Stirt.

Astirte, pa. t. leaped, 893. Astert, King’s Quair, ap. Jam. See Stirt.

At, prep. S. of or to, 1387. Yw. and Gaw. (Rits.) 963. Still existing in Scotland.

At, prep. S. of or to, 1387. Yw. and Gaw. (Rits.) 963. Still existing in Scotland.

At-sitte, v. S. contradict, oppose, 2200. It corresponds with the term with-sitten, 1683. In R. Gl. it is used synonymously with at-stonde.

At-sitte, v. S. contradict, oppose, 2200. It corresponds with the term with-sitten, 1683. In R. Gl. it is used interchangeably with at-stonde.

For ther nas so god knygt non no-wer a-boute France,

For there was no good knight anywhere around France,

That in joustes scholde at-sitte the dynt of ys lance.

That in jousts should sit the impact of his lance.

—p. 137.

—p. 137.

See Sat.

Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Aucte, Auchte, Auhte, Authe, n. S. possessions, 531, 1223, 1410, 2215.

Aucte, Auchte, Auhte, Authe, n. S. possessions, 531, 1223, 1410, 2215.

And alle the æhten of mine londe.

And all the æhten of my land.

Laȝamon, l. 25173.

Laȝamon, line 25173.

Aughtte, K. Alisaund. 6884. Aucht, Doug. Virg. 72, 4; Lynds. Gl.

Aughtte, K. Alisaund. 6884. Aucht, Doug. Virg. 72, 4; Lynds. Gl.

Aucte, Auht, Auhte, v. imp. (originally pa. t. of Aw, or Owe) S. [ágan, áhte] ought, 2173, 2787, 2800. Aught, Sir Tr. p. 44. Ohte, K. Horn, 418. Aght, Yw. and Gaw. 3229. Aute, R. Gl. Aught, Chauc. Troil. 3, 1801. Aucht, Doug. Virg. 110, 33.

Aucte, Auht, Auhte, v. imp. (originally pa. t. of Aw, or Owe) S. [ágan, áhte] ought, 2173, 2787, 2800. Aught, Sir Tr. p. 44. Ohte, K. Horn, 418. Aght, Yw. and Gaw. 3229. Aute, R. Gl. Aught, Chauc. Troil. 3, 1801. Aucht, Doug. Virg. 110, 33.

Aute, Awcte, (pa. t. of the same verb), possessed, 207, 743. Aught, Sir Tr. p. 182. Ly Beaus Desc. 1027. Oght, Le bone Flor. 650. Auht, R. Br. p. 126; Wynt., Lynds. Gl.

Aute, Awcte, (past tense of the same verb), possessed, 207, 743. Aught, Sir Tr. p. 182. Ly Beaus Desc. 1027. Oght, Le bone Flor. 650. Auht, R. Br. p. 126; Wynt., Lynds. Gl.

Aueden. See Haueden.

Aueden. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Aunlaz, n. Anelace, 2554. “A kind of knife or dagger, usually worn at the girdle.” Tyrw. note on Chauc. l. 359. So in Matth. Paris, “Genus cultelli, quod vulgariter Anelacius dicitur.” V. Gl. in voc. and Todd’s Gl. to Illustr. of Chauc. In Sir Gawan and Sir Galoran, ii. 4, an anlas signifies a sharp spike fixed in the chanfron of a horse. Probably from the Francic Anelaz, Analeze. V. Jam.

Aunlaz, n. Anelace, 2554. “A type of knife or dagger, usually worn at the waist.” Tyrw. note on Chauc. l. 359. So in Matth. Paris, “A kind of small knife, which is commonly called Anelacius.” V. Gl. in voc. and Todd’s Gl. to Illustr. of Chauc. In Sir Gawan and Sir Galoran, ii. 4, an anlas refers to a sharp spike attached to the front of a horse's harness. Probably from the Francic Anelaz, Analeze. V. Jam.

Auter, n. Fr. Lat. altar, 389, 1386, 2373. Sir Tr. p. 61, Octovian, 1312, R. Br., Chauc. Awter, Barb.

Auter, n. Fr. Lat. altar, 389, 1386, 2373. Sir Tr. p. 61, Octovian, 1312, R. Br., Chauc. Awter, Barb.

Ax, n. S. axe, 1776, 1894.

Ax, n. S. ax, 1776, 1894.

Ay, adv. S. ever, aye, always, 159, 946, 1201, &c. Ae, Sc. V. Jam.

Ay, adv. S. ever, yeah, always, 159, 946, 1201, &c. Ae, Sc. V. Jam.

Ayen. See Agen.

Ayen. View __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Ayþer, pron. S. [Ægþer] either, each, 2665. Eþer, 1882. Athir, Sc. V. Jam. See Other.

Ayþer, pron. S. [Ægþer] either, each, 2665. Eþer, 1882. Athir, Sc. V. Jam. See Other.

Awe, v. S. to owe, own, possess, 1292. It may also very possibly be a corruption of Have. Cf. ll. 1188, 1298.

Awe, v. S. to owe, own, possess, 1292. It might also be a variation of Have. Cf. ll. 1188, 1298.

B

Bac, n. S. back, 1844, 1950, &c; backes, pl. 2611.

Bac, n. S. back, 1844, 1950, &c; backes, pl. 2611.

Baldelike, adv. S. boldly, 53. Baldeliche, R. Glouc. Baldely, R. Br., Minot, p. 20.

Baldelike, adv. S. boldly, 53. Baldeliche, R. Glouc. Baldely, R. Br., Minot, p. 20.

Bale, n. S. sorrow, misery, 327.

Bale, n. S. grief, misery, 327.

Bar. See Beren.

Bar. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Baret, n. (O.Fr. barat, Isl. baratta) contest, hostile contention, 1932.

Baret, n. (O.Fr. barat, Isl. baratta) contest, hostile disagreement, 1932.

Ther nis baret, nothir strif,

There is no bar, no strife,

Nis ther no deth, ac euer lif.

Nis ther no death, ac euer life.

Land of Cokaygne, ap. Hickes, Thes. 1, p. 231.

Land of Cokaygne, in Hickes, Thes. 1, p. 231.

In alle this barette the kynge and Sir Symon Tille a lokyng tham sette, of the prince suld it be don.

In all this barette the king and Sir Symon Tille kept looking at them, it should be done by the prince.

R. Brunne, p. 216. Cf. p. 274.

R. Brunne, p. 216. See p. 274.

That mekill bale and barete till Ynglande sall brynge.

That big boat and barete will bring us to England.

Awntyrs of Arthure, st. 23.

Awntyrs of Arthure, st. 23.

108

Barfot, adj. S. barefoot, 862.

Barefoot, adj. S. barefoot, 862.

Barnage, n. Fr. barons or noblemen collectively, baronage, 2947. Yw. and Gaw. 1258. Web. Doug. Virg. 314, 48.

Barnage, n. French for barons or noblemen as a group, baronage, 2947. Yw. and Gaw. 1258. Web. Doug. Virg. 314, 48.

Barre, n. Fr. bar of a door, 1794, 1811, 1827. Synonymous with Dore-tre, q.v. Chauc. C. T. 552.

Barre, n. Fr. bar of a door, 1794, 1811, 1827. Same meaning as Dore-tre, q.v. Chauc. C. T. 552.

Barw. See Berwen.

Barw. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Baþe, adj. S. both, 1336, 2543. Bethe, 694, 1680.

Baþe, adj. S. both, 1336, 2543. Bethe, 694, 1680.

Be. See Ben.

Be. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Be-bedde, v. S. to provide with a bed, 421.

Be-bedde, v. S. to give a bed, 421.

Bede, n. S. prayer, 1385.

Bede, n. S. prayer, 1385.

Bede, v. S. to order, to bid, 668, 2193, 2396; to offer, 1665, 2084, 2172. Beden, pa. t. pl. offered, 2774, 2780. Bedes, bids, 2392. Of common occurrence in both senses. See Bidd.

Bede, v. S. to order, to bid, 668, 2193, 2396; to offer, 1665, 2084, 2172. Beden, pa. t. pl. offered, 2774, 2780. Bedes, bids, 2392. Of common occurrence in both senses. See Bidd.

Bedden, v. S. to bed, put to bed, 1235. Bedded, Beddeth, part. pa. put to bed, 1128, 2771.

Bedden, v. to bed, put to bed, 1235. Bedded, Beddeth, part. pa. put to bed, 1128, 2771.

Bedels, n. pl. S. beadles, 266. V. Spelm. in v. Bedellus, and Blount, Joc. Ten. p. 120, ed. 1784.

Bedels, n. pl. S. beadles, 266. V. Spelm. in v. Bedellus, and Blount, Joc. Ten. p. 120, ed. 1784.

Beite, Beyte, v. to bait, to set dogs on, 1840, 2330, 2440. Bayte, R. Br. From the Isl. Beita, incitare; Su. Goth. Beita biorn, to bait the bear. V. Jam. and Thomson’s Etymons.

Beite, Beyte, v. to bait, to set dogs on, 1840, 2330, 2440. Bayte, R. Br. From the Isl. Beita, to incite; Su. Goth. Beita biorn, to bait the bear. See Jam. and Thomson’s Etymons.

Bem. See Sunne-bem.

Okay. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Ben, v. S. to be, 19, 905, 1006, &c. Ben, pr. t. pl. are, 1787, 2559. Be, Ben, part. pa. been, 1428, 2799. Bes, Beth, imp. and fut. be, shall be, 1261, 1744, 2007, 2246. Lat be, 1265, 1657, leave, relinquish, a common phrase in the Old Romances. Lat abee, Sc. V. Jam.

Ben, v. S. to be, 19, 905, 1006, &c. Ben, pr. t. pl. are, 1787, 2559. Be, Ben, part. pa. been, 1428, 2799. Bes, Beth, imp. and fut. be, shall be, 1261, 1744, 2007, 2246. Lat be, 1265, 1657, leave, relinquish, a common phrase in the Old Romances. Lat abee, Sc. V. Jam.

Benes, n. pl. S. beans, 769.

Benes, n. pl. S. beans, 769.

Beneysun, n. Fr. blessing, benediction. 1723. R. Br., Web., Chauc. C. T. 9239. Lynds. Gl.

Beneysun, n. Fr. blessing, benediction. 1723. R. Br., Web., Chauc. C. T. 9239. Lynds. Gl.

Bere, n. S. bear, 573, 1838, 1840, 2448.

Bere, n. S. bear, 573, 1838, 1840, 2448.

Bere, Beren, v. S. to bear, to carry, 581, 762, 805. Ber, 2557; Bar, pa. t. bore, 557, 815, 877. Bere, 974. Beres, pr. t. pl. bear. 2323.

Bere, Beren, v. to bear, to carry, 581, 762, 805. Ber, 2557; Bar, past tense bore, 557, 815, 877. Bere, 974. Beres, present tense plural bear. 2323.

Bermen, n. pl. S. bar-men, porters to a kitchen, 868, 876, 885. The only author in which this term has been found is Laȝamon, in the following passages:

Bermen, n. pl. S. bar-men, porters to a kitchen, 868, 876, 885. The only author in which this term has been found is Laȝamon, in the following passages:

Vs selve we habbet cokes,

We have cakes,

to quecchen to cuchene,

to question to kitchen,

Vs sulue we habbet bermen,

Vs sulue we habbet bermen,

& birles inowe. —l. 3315.

& birles inowe. —l. 3315.

Weoren in þeos kinges cuchene

We were in this king's kitchen

twa hundred cokes,

two hundred cokes,

& ne mæi na man tellen

& ne mæi na man tellen

for alle þa bermannen.

for all the bearmen.

—l. 8101.

—l. 8101.

Bern, n. S. child, 571. Barn, bearne, R. Br. Bairn, Sc.

Bern, n. S. child, 571. Barn, bearne, R. Br. Bairn, Sc.

Berwen, v. S. [beorgan] to defend, preserve, guard, 697, 1426; burwe, 2870. Barw, pa. t. 2022, 2679. The original word is found in Beowulf:

Berwen, v. S. [beorgan] to defend, preserve, guard, 697, 1426; burwe, 2870. Barw, pa. t. 2022, 2679. The original word is found in Beowulf:

Scyld-weall gebearg

Scyld's wall protects

Líf and líce.

Life and body.

(The shield-wall defended

The shield wall defended

Life and body.)

Life and body.

—l. 5134.

—l. 5134.

So in K. Horn, MS. Laud. 108.

So in K. Horn, MS. Laud. 108.

At more ich wile the serue,

At more I still want to serve,

And fro sorwe the berwe.

And from sorrow the berwe.

—f. 224b, c. 2.

—f. 224b, c. 2.

Bes. See Ben.

Bes. Check __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Bes for Best, 354.

Bes for Best, 354.

Best, Beste, n. Fr. beast, 279, 574, 944, 2691.

Best, Beste, n. Fr. beast, 279, 574, 944, 2691.

Bete, v. S. [beátan] to beat, fight, 1899, 2664, 2763. Beten, pa. t. pl. beat, struck, 1876. Chauc. C. T. 4206, to which Tyrwh. gives a Fr. derivation.

Bete, v. S. [beátan] to beat, fight, 1899, 2664, 2763. Beten, pa. t. pl. beat, struck, 1876. Chauc. C. T. 4206, to which Tyrwh. provides a French origin.

Betere, adv. comp. S. better, 1758.

Better, adv. comp. S. better, 1758.

Beye, v. S. to buy, 53, 1654. Byen, 1625.

Beye, v. S. to buy, 53, 1654. Byen, 1625.

109

Beyes, pr. t. for Abeyes, S. suffers, or atones for, 2460.

Beyes, pr. t. for Abeyes, S. suffers, or atones for, 2460.

His deth thou bist to night,

His death thou art tonight,

Mi fo.

Mi fo.

Sir Tristr. p. 146.

Sir Tristr. p. 146.

We shulden alle deye

We shouldn’t all die

Thy fader deth to beye.

Your father's death to beye.

K. Horn, 113.

K. Horn, 113.

An of yow schall bye thys blunder.

An of you shall buy this blunder.

Le bone Flor. 1330.

The Good Flower. 1330.

See Jam. in v. Aby. Web. Gl. and Lynds. Gl.; also Nares, v. Bye.

See Jam. in v. Aby. Web. Gl. and Lynds. Gl.; also Nares, v. Bye.

Bicomen, pa. t. pl. became, 2257; part. pa. become, 2264. Bicomes, imp. pl. become (ye), 2303.

Bicomen, pa. t. pl. became, 2257; part. pa. become, 2264. Bicomes, imp. pl. become (you), 2303.

Bidd, Bidde, v. S. offer, 484, 2530; order, bid, 529, 1733. Ut bidde, 2548, order out. Biddes, pr. t. bids, orders, 1232. Bidde, to ask, 910. R. Glouc., Lynds. Gl. See Bede.

Bidd, Bidde, v. S. offer, 484, 2530; order, bid, 529, 1733. Ut bidde, 2548, order out. Biddes, pr. t. bids, orders, 1232. Bidde, to ask, 910. R. Glouc., Lynds. Gl. See Bede.

Bidene, adv. forthwith, 730, 2841.

Bidene, adv. immediately, 730, 2841.

“Rohand told anon

“Rohand told someone”

His aventours al bidene.”

His adventures all together.

Sir Tr. p. 45.

Sir Tr. p. 45.

From Du. bij dien, by that.

From Du. bij dien, by that.

Bifalle, v. S. to happen, befall, 2981. Bifel, pa. t. 824. Fel, 1009; appertained, 2359.

Bifalle, v. To happen, to occur, 2981. Bifel, past tense. 824. Fel, 1009; related to, 2359.

Biforn, prep. S. (1) before, 1022, 1034, 1364, &c.; bifor, 1357; biforen, 1695; (2) in front of, 2406; bifor, 1812.

Biforn, prep. S. (1) before, 1022, 1034, 1364, etc.; bifor, 1357; biforen, 1695; (2) in front of, 2406; bifor, 1812.

Bigan, pa. t. began, 1357. Bigunnen, pl. 1011, 1302. Biginnen, pr. t. pl. begin, 1779.

Bigan, past tense began, 1357. Bigunnen, plural 1011, 1302. Biginnen, present tense plural begin, 1779.

Bihalue, v. S. to divide into two parts, or companies, 1834. Halue occurs as a noun in Chauc. Troil. 4, 945.

Bihalue, v. S. to split into two parts or groups, 1834. Halue appears as a noun in Chauc. Troil. 4, 945.

Bihel for Beheld, 1645. Bihelden, pa. t. pl. beheld, 2148.

Bihel for Beheld, 1645. Bihelden, pa. t. pl. beheld, 2148.

Bihetet, pa. t. S. promised, 677. Bihight, Sir Tr. p. 105. Behet, Bihet, R. Gl. Be-hette, R. Br. Be-hete, Web., Rits. M. R. Behighte, Chauc.

Bihetet, pa. t. S. promised, 677. Bihight, Sir Tr. p. 105. Behet, Bihet, R. Gl. Be-hette, R. Br. Be-hete, Web., Rits. M. R. Behighte, Chauc.

Bihoten, part. pa. promised, 564. Behighte, Chauc.

Bihoten, part. pa. promised, 564. Behighte, Chaucer.

Bihoue, n. S. behoof, advantage, 1764. R. Gl., R. Br., Chauc.

Bihoue, n. S. benefit, advantage, 1764. R. Gl., R. Br., Chauc.

Bikenneth, pa. t. S. betokens, 1268. Bikenne, R. Br.

Bikenneth, pa. t. S. signifies, 1268. Bikenne, R. Br.

Bileue, imp. tarry, remain, 1228. Bilefte, pa. t. remained, 2963. From v. S. belifan, to be left behind.

Bileue, imp. stay, remain, 1228. Bilefte, pa. t. remained, 2963. From v. S. belifan, to be left behind.

Winde thai hadde as thai wolde,

Winde they had as they wanted,

A lond bilaft he.

A long bi-annual he.

Sir Tristr. p. 29. Cf. pp. 38, 60.

Sir Tristr. p. 29. Cf. pp. 38, 60.

He schal wiþ me bileue,

He shall believe with me

Til hit beo nir eue.

Til hit be on you.

K. Horn, ed. Lumby, 363.

K. Horn, ed. Lumby, 363.

Horn than, withouten lesing,

Horn than, withouten lesing,

Bilaft at hom for blode-leteing.

Bilaft at home for bloodletting.

Horn Childe, ap. Rits. M. R. V. 3, p. 298.

Horn Childe, ap. Rits. M. R. V. 3, p. 298.

Sojourn with us evermo,

Sojourn with us forever,

I rede thee, son, that it be so.

I advise you, son, that it should be this way.

Another year thou might over-fare,

Another year you might endure,

But thou bileve, I die with care.

But you believe, I’m dying from worry.

Guy of Warw. ap. Ellis, M. R. V. 2, p. 23.

Guy of Warw. in Ellis, M. R. Vol. 2, p. 23.

See also the Gl. to R. Gl., R. Br. and Web., to which add Emare, 496, and Gower, Conf. Am. This is sufficient authority for the reading adopted in the text, and it may hence be reasonably questioned, whether bilened in Lye, and belenes in Sir Gawan and Sir Galoran, i. 6, quoted by Jamieson in v. Belene, be not the fault of the scribe, or of the Editors.

See also the notes for R. Gl., R. Br., and Web., and add Emare, 496, and Gower, Conf. Am. This is enough authority for the version used in the text, and it can reasonably be questioned whether bilened in Lye, and belenes in Sir Gawan and Sir Galoran, i. 6, cited by Jamieson in v. Belene, might not be errors from the scribe or the editors.

Bimene, v. S. mean, 1259.

Bimene, v. S. mean, 1259.

Binden, v. S. to bind, 1961. Used passively, 2820, as Bynde, 42. Bounden, pa. t. pl. 2442. Bunden, 2506. Bounden, part. pa. 545. Bunden, 1428.

Binden, v. S. to bind, 1961. Used passively, 2820, as Bynde, 42. Bounden, pa. t. pl. 2442. Bunden, 2506. Bounden, part. pa. 545. Bunden, 1428.

Binne, adv. S. within, 584. Byn, Rits. M. R. But and ben, Doug., Virg., 123, 40; without and within. V. Jam., in v. Ben.

Binne, adv. S. inside, 584. Byn, Rits. M. R. But and ben, Doug., Virg., 123, 40; outside and inside. V. Jam., in v. Ben.

Birde. See Birþe.

Birde. See Birþe.

Birþe (should rather be birþ), 3 p. s. pres. it behoves, 2101. Hence birde, 3 p. s. pt. t. behoved, 2761. A.S. býrian, gebýrian, to fit, suit, be to one’s taste. See Buren in Stratmann.

Birþe (should rather be birþ), 3 p. s. pres. it is necessary, 2101. Hence birde, 3 p. s. pt. t. was necessary, 2761. A.S. býrian, gebýrian, to fit, suit, be to one’s taste. See Buren in Stratmann.

110

Birþene, n. S. burden, 900, 902.

Birþene, n. S. burden, 900, 902.

Bise, n. Fr. a north wind, 724. Bise traverse, a north-west or north-east wind. Cotgr.

Bise, n. Fr. a north wind, 724. Bise traverse, a north-west or north-east wind. Cotgr.

Après grant joie vient grant ire,

Après une grande joie vient une grande colère,

Et après Noel vent bise.

And after Christmas, northeast wind.

Rom. de Renart, 13648.

Rom. de Renart, 13648.

The term is still in common use.

The term is still widely used.

Biseken, v. S. to beseech, 2994.

Biseken, v. S. to beg, 2994.

Biswike, part. pa. S. cheated, deceived, 1249.

Biswike, part. pa. S. cheated, deceived, 1249.

Hu þu biswikest

Hu þu biswikest

Monine mon.

Monine mon.

Laȝam. l. 3412.

Laȝam. l. 3412.

Byswuke, K. Horn, 296; Yw. and Gaw. 2335. Bisuike, R. Br. Beswyke, R. Cœur de L. 5918.

Byswuke, K. Horn, 296; Yw. and Gaw. 2335. Bisuike, R. Br. Beswyke, R. Cœur de L. 5918.

Bitaken, v. S. [bitǽcan, tǽcan] to commit, deliver, give in charge, 1226. Bitechen, 203, 384, 395. Bi-teche, pr. sing. 384; imp. sing. 395. Laȝam. 5316. Bitake, Sir Tr. p. 87. Byteche, K. Horn, 577. Biteche, Web. Betake, Beteche, Chauc., Barb., Wall. Bitaucte, pa. t. delivered, 206, 558. Bitauhte, 2212, 2317, 2957. Bitawchte, 1224. Bitawte, 1408. Tauhte, 2214. Bitæht, Bitachet, Laȝam. Bitaught, Sir Tr. p. 85. Bitoke, K. Horn, 1103. Betok, Ly Beaus Desc. 82. Betauht, bitauht, tauht, biteched, R. Br. Bitake, R. Gl. Betake, Sir Guy. Betaught, Chauc. Betaucht, Doug., Lynds.

Bitaken, v. S. [bitǽcan, tǽcan] to commit, hand over, give in charge, 1226. Bitechen, 203, 384, 395. Bi-teche, pr. sing. 384; imp. sing. 395. Laȝam. 5316. Bitake, Sir Tr. p. 87. Byteche, K. Horn, 577. Biteche, Web. Betake, Beteche, Chauc., Barb., Wall. Bitaucte, pa. t. delivered, 206, 558. Bitauhte, 2212, 2317, 2957. Bitawchte, 1224. Bitawte, 1408. Tauhte, 2214. Bitæht, Bitachet, Laȝam. Bitaught, Sir Tr. p. 85. Bitoke, K. Horn, 1103. Betok, Ly Beaus Desc. 82. Betauht, bitauht, tauht, biteched, R. Br. Bitake, R. Gl. Betake, Sir Guy. Betaught, Chauc. Betaucht, Doug., Lynds.

Bite, v. S. to taste, drink, 1731.

Bite, v. S. to taste, drink, 1731.

Horn toc hit hise yfere,

Horn blew to hit his friend,

Ant seide, Quene, so dere,

Ant said, Queen, so dear,

No beer nullich bite,

No beer, no fun.

Bote of coppe white.

Bottle of white wine.

K. Horn (Ritson), 1129.

K. Horn (Ritson), 1129.

Biþ for By the, 474. Cf. l. 2470.

Biþ for By the, 474. Cf. l. 2470.

Bituene, Bitwenen, Bitwene, prep. S. between, 748, 2668, 2967.

Bituene, Bitwenen, Bitwene, prep. S. between, 748, 2668, 2967.

Blac, adj. S. black, 555, 1008. Pl. Blake, 1909, 2181, &c.

Blac, adj. S. black, 555, 1008. Pl. Blake, 1909, 2181, &c.

Blakne, v. S. to blacken in the face, grow angry, 2165.

Blakne, v. S. to turn dark in the face, get angry, 2165.

And Arthur sæt ful stille,

And Arthur sat completely still,

ænne stunde he wes blac,

he was black,

and on heuwe swithe wak,

and on heuwe swithe walk,

ane while he wes reod.

ane while he was reading.

Laȝam. l. 19887.

Laȝam. line 19887.

Tho Normans were sorie, of contenance gan blaken.

Tho Normans were sorry, their expressions began to darken.

R. Brunne, p. 183.

R. Brunne, p. 183.

Blawe. v. S. to blow, 587. Blou, imp. blow, 585.

Blawe. v. S. to blow, 587. Blou, imp. blow, 585.

Blede, v. S. to bleed, 2403.

Blede, v. S. to bleed, 2403.

Bleike, pl. adj. bleak, pale, wan, 470. A.S. blác, bleak, Su.-G. blek.

Bleike, pl. adj. bleak, pale, wan, 470. A.S. blác, bleak, Su.-G. blek.

Blenkes, n. pl. blinks, winks of the eye, in derision, 307. R. Br. p. 270; Sc. V. Jam. Suppl. Derived from S. blican, Su.-G. blænka, Belg. blencken, to glance. See Gl. Lynds.

Blenkes, n. pl. blinks, winks of the eye, in mockery, 307. R. Br. p. 270; Sc. V. Jam. Suppl. Derived from S. blican, Su.-G. blænka, Belg. blencken, to glance. See Gl. Lynds.

Blinne, v. n. S. to cease, 2367, 2374. Sir Tr. p. 26; Rits. M. R. Web., R. Gl., Chauc.; so in Sc. V. Jam. Gl. Lynds. Blinne, pa. t. pl. ceased, 2670. Blinneth, pr. t. ceases, 329.

Blinne, v. n. S. to stop, 2367, 2374. Sir Tr. p. 26; Rits. M. R. Web., R. Gl., Chauc.; also in Sc. V. Jam. Gl. Lynds. Blinne, pa. t. pl. stopped, 2670. Blinneth, pr. t. stops, 329.

Blissed, part pa. S. blessed, 2873.

Blissed, part pa. S. blessed, 2873.

Bliþe, adj. S. happy, 632, 651.

Bliþe, adj. S. joyful, 632, 651.

Blome, n. S. bloom, flower, 63.

Blome, n. S. bloom, flower, 63.

Bloute, adj. soft, 1910. Sw. blöt, soft, pulpy.

Bloute, adj. soft, 1910. Sw. blöt, soft, mushy.

Bode, n. S. command, 2200, 2567. Sir Tr. p. 121, Web.

Bode, n. S. command, 2200, 2567. Sir Tr. p. 121, Web.

Bok, n. S. book, 1173, 1418, &c. See Messe-bok.

Bok, n. S. book, 1173, 1418, &c. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Bole, n. [Isl. bolli, W. bwla. Cf. A.S. bulluca] bull, 2438. Boles, pl. 2330.

Bole, n. [Isl. bolli, W. bwla. Cf. A.S. bulluca] bull, 2438. Boles, pl. 2330.

Bon, Bone. See O-bone.

Bon, Bone. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Bondemen, n. pl. S. husbandmen, 1016, 1308. R. Gl.

Bondemen, n. pl. S. husbandmen, 1016, 1308. R. Gl.

Bone, n. S. [bén] boon, request, 1659. Sir Tr. p. 31, and all the Gloss.

Bone, n. S. [bén] benefit, request, 1659. Sir Tr. p. 31, and all the Gloss.

Bor, n. S. boar, 1867, 1989. Bores, pl. 2331.

Bor, n. S. boar, 1867, 1989. Bores, pl. 2331.

Bord, n. S. (1) table, 1722. K. Horn, 259; Rits. M. R., Web., 111 Chauc.; (2) a board, 2106. See the note on l. 2076.

Bord, n. S. (1) table, 1722. K. Horn, 259; Rits. M. R., Web., 111 Chauc.; (2) a board, 2106. See the note on l. 2076.

Boren, part. pa. S. born, 1878.

Boren, part. pa. S. born, 1878.

Boru, n. S. borough, 773, 847, 1014, 1757, 2086, 2826. Borwes, pl. 1293, 1444, 1630. Burwes, 55, 2277. Sir Tr. pp. 12, 99. Chalmers is certainly mistaken when he says it does not signify boroughs, but castles. Introd. Gl. p. 200. In Laȝamon the word is always clearly distinguished from castle, as it is in many other writers. V. Spelm. in v. Burgus.

Boru, n. S. borough, 773, 847, 1014, 1757, 2086, 2826. Borwes, pl. 1293, 1444, 1630. Burwes, 55, 2277. Sir Tr. pp. 12, 99. Chalmers is definitely wrong when he claims it means castles, not boroughs. Introd. Gl. p. 200. In Laȝamon, the term is always clearly differentiated from castle, as it is in many other authors. V. Spelm. in v. Burgus.

Bote, adv. S. but, only, 721. See But.

Bote, adv. S. but, only, 721. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Bote, n. S. remedy, help, 1200. Laȝm., Sir Tr. p. 93; Web., Rits. M. R., Rob. Gl., R. Br., Minot, Chauc., Doug., Lynds. Gl.

Bote, n. S. remedy, help, 1200. Laȝm., Sir Tr. p. 93; Web., Rits. M. R., Rob. Gl., R. Br., Minot, Chauc., Doug., Lynds. Gl.

Boþen, adj. pl. S. both, 173, 697, 958; g. c. of both, 2223.

Boþen, adj. pl. S. both, 173, 697, 958; g. c. of both, 2223.

Bounden, Bunden. See Binden.

Bounden, Bunden. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Bour, Boure, Bowr, n. S. [búr] chamber, 239, 2072, 2076, &c. In Beowulf the apartment of the women is called Bryd-bur; l. 1846.

Bour, Boure, Bowr, n. S. [búr] chamber, 239, 2072, 2076, &c. In Beowulf, the women’s room is called Bryd-bur; l. 1846.

Ygarne beh to bure

Ygarne, check out bure

& lætte bed him makien.

& and let him make.

Laȝam. l. 19042.

Laȝam. l. 19042.

Honder hire boures wowe, K. Horn, 982, MS., where Rits. Ed. reads chambre wowe. Cf. Sir Tr. p. 114; Rits. M. R., Web., R. Br., Doug., V. Jam. See note on l. 2076.

Honder hire boures wowe, K. Horn, 982, MS., where Rits. Ed. reads chambre wowe. Cf. Sir Tr. p. 114; Rits. M. R., Web., R. Br., Doug., V. Jam. See note on l. 2076.

Bouthe, pa. t. S. bought, 875, 968. Cf. Sir Tr. p. 104.

Bouthe, pa. t. S. bought, 875, 968. Cf. Sir Tr. p. 104.

Bouth, part. pa. bought, 883.

Bouth, part. pa. bought, 883.

Boyes, n. pl. S. boys, men, 1899.

Boyes, n. pl. S. boys, men, 1899.

Brayd, pa. t. S. (1) started, 1282. Chauc., Gaw. and Gal. iii. 21; R. Hood, II. p. 83; (2) drew out, 1825, a word particularly applied to the action of drawing a sword from the scabbard.

Brayd, pa. t. S. (1) started, 1282. Chauc., Gaw. and Gal. iii. 21; R. Hood, II. p. 83; (2) drew out, 1825, a word specifically used for the act of pulling a sword out of its scabbard.

Sone his sweord he ut abræid.

Sone he drew his sword.

Laȝam. l. 26533.

Laȝam. l. 26533.

Cf. Am. and Amil. 1163; Sir Ferumbras, ap. Ellis, M. R. V. 2, p. 387. Rauf Coilzear, ap. Laing, and Wall. i. 223.

Cf. Am. and Amil. 1163; Sir Ferumbras, in Ellis, M. R. V. 2, p. 387. Rauf Coilzear, in Laing, and Wall. i. 223.

Brede, n. S. bread, 98. Bred, 1879.

Brede, n. S. bread, 98. Bred, 1879.

Breken, v. S. to break, 914. Broken, pa. t. pl. broke, 1238.

Breken, v. S. to break, 914. Broken, pa. t. pl. broke, 1238.

Brennen, Brenne, v. S. to burn, 916, 1162; Rits. M. R., Rob. Gl., R. Br., Chauc. Brenden, pa. t. pl. burnt, 594, 2125. Brend, part. pa. burnt, 2832, 2841, &c. Sir Tr. p. 93.

Brennen, Brenne, v. to burn, 916, 1162; Rits. M. R., Rob. Gl., R. Br., Chauc. Brenden, past tense plural burnt, 594, 2125. Brend, past participle burnt, 2832, 2841, etc. Sir Tr. p. 93.

Brenne. See On brenne.

Brenne. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Brigge, n. S. bridge, 875. Sir Tr. p. 148. Still used in Sc. and N.E.

Brigge, n. S. bridge, 875. Sir Tr. p. 148. Still used in Scotland and the Northeast.

Brihte. See Brith.

Brihte. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Brim, adj. S. furious, raging, 2233; R. Br. p. 244; Chauc. Rom. Rose, 1836. Breme, Rits. M. R. It originally signified the sea itself, and was afterwards used for the raging of the sea, Beowulf, l. 56; Compl. of Scotland, p. 62. V. Jam.

Brim, adj. S. furious, raging, 2233; R. Br. p. 244; Chauc. Rom. Rose, 1836. Breme, Rits. M. R. It originally referred to the ocean itself and was later used to describe the turmoil of the ocean, Beowulf, l. 56; Compl. of Scotland, p. 62. V. Jam.

Bringe, Bringen, v. S. to bring, 72, 185, &c.

Bringe, Bringen, v. To bring, 72, 185, &c.

Brini, Brinie, n. S. [Mœso-Goth. brunjo] cuirass, 1775, 2358, 2551. Brinies, pl. 2610. Sir Tr. p. 20. Burne, Laȝam. Brenye, K. Horn, 719, MS. See Merrick’s Gl. to Ess. on Anc. Armor. The Brini then worn was of mail, as appears from l. 2740, Of his brinie ringes mo. Hence in Beowulf it is termed Breostnet, l. 3100; Here-net, 3110; Hringedbyrne, 2495. So in the French K. Horn, MS. Douce, Mes vnc de sun halberc maele ne falsa. See Rits. Gl. M. R.

Brini, Brinie, n. S. [Mœso-Goth. brunjo] body armor, 1775, 2358, 2551. Brinies, pl. 2610. Sir Tr. p. 20. Burne, Laȝam. Brenye, K. Horn, 719, MS. See Merrick’s Gl. to Ess. on Anc. Armor. The Brini then used was made of mail, as shown in l. 2740, Of his brinie rings mo. Therefore, in Beowulf, it is referred to as Breostnet, l. 3100; Here-net, 3110; Hringedbyrne, 2495. Similarly, in the French K. Horn, MS. Douce, Mes vnc de sun halberc maele ne falsa. See Rits. Gl. M. R.

Brisen, v. S. to bruise, beat, 1835. See To-Brised.

Brisen, v. S. to bruise, beat, 1835. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Brith, adj. S. bright, 589, 605, &c. Brihte, 2610. Bryth, 1252. Brithter, comp. brighter, 2141.

Brith, adj. S. bright, 589, 605, etc. Brihte, 2610. Bryth, 1252. Brithter, comp. brighter, 2141.

Brittene, part. pa. S. destroyed, 2700; R. Br. p. 244. Pistill of Sussan, ap. Laing. In Doug., Virg. pp. 76, 5; 296, 1, the verb has the sense of to kill, which it 112 may also bear here. See Bruten in Will. of Palerne.

Brittene, part. pa. S. destroyed, 2700; R. Br. p. 244. Pistill of Sussan, ap. Laing. In Doug., Virg. pp. 76, 5; 296, 1, the verb has the sense of to kill, which it 112 may also have here. See Bruten in Will. of Palerne.

Brod, adj. S. broad, 1647.

Brod, adj. S. wide, 1647.

Broucte, pa. t. and pp. brought, 767. Brouht, 1979. Broute, 2868. Brouth, 336, 64. Browt, 2412. Browth, 2052. Brouct of liue, 513, 2412, dead. Brouthen, pl. brought, 2791.

Broucte, past tense and past participle brought, 767. Brouht, 1979. Broute, 2868. Brouth, 336, 64. Browt, 2412. Browth, 2052. Brouct of live, 513, 2412, dead. Brouthen, plural brought, 2791.

Brouke, 1 p. pres. sing. S. brook, enjoy, use, 311, 1743, 2545 (cf. Ch. Non. Pr. Ta. 480).

Brouke, 1 p. pres. sing. S. brook, enjoy, use, 311, 1743, 2545 (cf. Ch. Non. Pr. Ta. 480).

So brouke thou thi croune!

So you broke the crown!

K. Horn, 1041.

K. Horn, 1041.

Cf. Rits. Gl. M. R., Rich. C. de Lion, 4578; Chauc. C. T. 10182, 15306, R. Hood, V. I. 48, II. 112; Lynds. Gl. Percy, A. R. In Sc. Bruike. With these numerous instances before him, it is inconceivable how Jamieson, except from a mere love of his own system, should write: ‘There is no evidence that the Engl. brook is used in this sense, signifying only to bear, to endure.’

Cf. Rits. Gl. M. R., Rich. C. de Lion, 4578; Chauc. C. T. 10182, 15306, R. Hood, V. I. 48, II. 112; Lynds. Gl. Percy, A. R. In Sc. Bruike. With these many examples in front of him, it's hard to believe how Jamieson, unless driven by a simple attachment to his own viewpoint, could claim: ‘There is no evidence that the Engl. brook is used in this sense, which means only to bear, to endure.’

Broys, n. S. broth, 924. Brouwys, R. Cœur de L. 3077; Sc. V. Jam. and Brockett’s North country words, v. Brewis; also Nares. Sc. brose.

Broys, n. S. broth, 924. Brouwys, R. Cœur de L. 3077; Sc. V. Jam. and Brockett’s North country words, v. Brewis; also Nares. Sc. brose.

Brune, adj. pl. S. brown, 2181, 2249.

Brune, adj. pl. S. brown, 2181, 2249.

Bulder, adj. or n. 1790. In the north a Boother or Boulder, is a hard flinty stone, rounded like a bowl. Brockett’s Gl. So also in Grose, Boulder, a large round stone. Bowlders, Marsh. Midl. Count. Gl. The word has a common origin with Isl. ballaðr, Fr. boulet, Sc. boule, in Doug. V. Jam.

Bulder, adj. or n. 1790. In the north, a Boother or Boulder is a hard, flint-like stone that’s rounded like a bowl. Brockett’s Gl. The same goes for Grose, where Boulder refers to a large, round stone. Bowlders, Marsh. Midl. Count. Gl. The word shares a common origin with Isl. ballaðr, Fr. boulet, Sc. boule, in Doug. V. Jam.

Bunden. See Binden.

Bunden. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Burgeys, n. S. burgess, 1328. Burgeis, 2466, pl. 2012. Burgmen, 2049. Burhmen, Borhmen, Laȝamon., V. Spelm. in v. Burgarii.

Burgeys, n. S. burgess, 1328. Burgeis, 2466, pl. 2012. Burgmen, 2049. Burhmen, Borhmen, Laȝamon., V. Spelm. in v. Burgarii.

Burwe. See Berwen.

Burwe. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Burwes. See Boru.

Burwes. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

But, Bute, conj. S. except, unless, 85, 690, 1149, 1159, 2022, 2031, 2727. But on, 535, 962, except. Butand, Sc. But yf, 2972, unless. [It should be noted that but on should properly be one word, being the A.S. búton or bútan, except. But it is written as two words in the MS.]

But, Bute, conj. S. except, unless, 85, 690, 1149, 1159, 2022, 2031, 2727. But on, 535, 962, except. Butand, Sc. But yf, 2972, unless. [It should be noted that but on should properly be one word, being the A.S. búton or bútan, except. But it is written as two words in the MS.]

But, n. 1040. Probably the same as Put, q.v. The word Bout is derived from the same source.

But, n. 1040. Probably the same as Put, see that entry. The word Bout comes from the same origin.

But, part. pa. contended, struggled with each other (or perhaps struck, thrust, pushed), 1916. Buttinge, part. pr. striking against with force, 2322. From the Fr. Bouter, Belg. Botten, to impel, or drive forward. V. Jam. Suppl. in v. Butte, and Butt in Wedgwood.

But, part. pa. argued, struggled with each other (or maybe struck, thrust, pushed), 1916. Buttinge, part. pr. hitting against with force, 2322. From the Fr. Bouter, Belg. Botten, to push or drive forward. V. Jam. Suppl. in v. Butte, and Butt in Wedgwood.

Butte, n. a flounder or plaice, 759. Du. bot. See Halliwell.

Butte, n. a type of flounder or plaice, 759. Du. bot. See Halliwell.

Byen. See Beye.

Good. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Bynde. See Binden.

Bynde. View __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Bynderes, n. pl. S. binders, robbers who bind, 2050.

Bynderes, n. pl. S. binders, thieves who tie up their victims, 2050.

C

Caliz, n. S. chalice, 187, 2711.

Caliz, n. S. cup, 187, 2711.

Lunet than riche relikes toke,

Lunet took richer relics,

The chalis and the mes boke.

The chalice and the mess book.

Yw. and Gaw. 3907.

Yw. and Gaw. 3907.

Callen, v. S. to call, 747, 2899.

Callen, v. S. to call, 747-2899.

Cam. See Komen.

Cam. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Canst, pr. t. S. knowest, 846. Cone, 622, canst. Kunne, pl. 435. V. Gl. Chauc. in v. Conne. Jam. and Gl. Lynds. See Couthe.

Canst, pr. t. S. knowest, 846. Cone, 622, canst. Kunne, pl. 435. V. Gl. Chauc. in v. Conne. Jam. and Gl. Lynds. See Couthe.

Carl, n. S. churl, slave, villain, 1789. Cherl, 682, 684, 2533. Cherles, g. c. churl’s, 1092. Cherles, pl. villains, bondsmen, 262, 620. Sir Tr. p. 39; V. Spelm. in v. Ceorlus, and Jam. and Gl. Lynds.

Carl, n. S. churl, servant, rogue, 1789. Cherl, 682, 684, 2533. Cherles, g. c. churl’s, 1092. Cherles, pl. rogues, laborers, 262, 620. Sir Tr. p. 39; V. Spelm. in v. Ceorlus, and Jam. and Gl. Lynds.

Casten. See Kesten.

Casten. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Catel, n. Fr. chattels, goods, 225, 2023, 2515, 2906, 2939. Web. Gl., R. Br., P. Plowm., Chauc.

Catel, n. Fr. chattels, goods, 225, 2023, 2515, 2906, 2939. Web. Gl., R. Br., P. Plowm., Chauc.

Nowe hath Beuis the treasure wone,

Now he has won Bevis's treasure,

Through Arundell that wyll runne,

Through Arundell that will run,

113

Wherefore with that and other catel,

Therefore with that and other catel,

He made the castle of Arundel.

He constructed Arundel Castle.

Syr Bevys, O. iii.

Sir Bevys, O. iii.

Cauenard, n. Fr. [cagnard caignard] a term of reproach, originally derived from the Lat. canis, 2389. V. Roquef. Menage.

Cauenard, n. Fr. [cagnard caignard] a derogatory term, originally derived from the Latin canis, 2389. V. Roquef. Menage.

This crokede caynard sore he is adred.

This crooked caynard swore he is afraid.

Rits. A. S. p. 36.

Rits. A. S. p. 36.

Sire olde kaynard, is this thin aray?

Sire old kaynard, is this thin array?

Chauc. C. T. 5817.

Chauc. C. T. 5817.

Cayser, Caysere, n. Lat. emperor, 977, 1317, 1725. Kaysere, 353.

Cayser, Caysere, n. Latin for emperor, 977, 1317, 1725. Kaysere, 353.

Cerges, n. pl. Fr. wax tapers, 594. Serges, 2125. Chauc. Rom. R. 6251; V. Le Grand. Vie privée des F.; V. 3, p. 175.

Cerges, n. pl. Fr. wax candles, 594. Serges, 2125. Chauc. Rom. R. 6251; V. Le Grand. Private Life of F.; V. 3, p. 175.

Chaffare, n. S. merchandise, 1657. R. Cœur de L. 2468, R. Gl., Sir Ferumbras, ap. Ellis, M. R. V. 2, p. 412, Chauc., R. Hood, I. 87. Chaffery, Sc. V. Lynds. Gl.

Chaffare, n. S. merchandise, 1657. R. Cœur de L. 2468, R. Gl., Sir Ferumbras, apud Ellis, M. R. V. 2, p. 412, Chauc., R. Hood, I. 87. Chaffery, Sc. V. Lynds. Gl.

Cham for Came, 1873.

Cham for Came, 1873.

Chanbioun, n. Fr. champion, 1007. Sir Tr. p. 97. Chaunpiouns, pl. 1015, 1031, 1055; V. Spelm. in v. Campio. Cf. A.S. cempa.

Chanbioun, n. Fr. champion, 1007. Sir Tr. p. 97. Chaunpiouns, pl. 1015, 1031, 1055; V. Spelm. in v. Campio. Cf. A.S. cempa.

Chapmen, n. pl. S. merchants, 51, 1639; R. Gl., R. Br., Chauc. In Sc. pedlars. V. Jam., and Gl. Lynds.

Chapmen, n. pl. S. merchants, 51, 1639; R. Gl., R. Br., Chauc. In Sc. pedlars. V. Jam., and Gl. Lynds.

Charbucle, n. Fr. Lat. a carbuncle, 2145. Charbocle, Syr Bevys. Charbokull, Le bone Flor. 390. Charboucle, Chauc. C. T. 13800. Charbukill, Doug. Virg. 3, 10.

Charbucle, n. Fr. Lat. a carbuncle, 2145. Charbocle, Syr Bevys. Charbokull, Le bone Flor. 390. Charboucle, Chauc. C. T. 13800. Charbukill, Doug. Virg. 3, 10.

Cherl. See Carl.

Cherl. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Chesen, v. S. to choose, select, 2147. Sir Tr. p. 27; K. Horn, 666; Rits. M. R., Web., R. Br., Chauc., V. Jam. in v. Cheis.

Chesen, v. S. to choose, select, 2147. Sir Tr. p. 27; K. Horn, 666; Rits. M. R., Web., R. Br., Chauc., V. Jam. in v. Cheis.

Chinche, adj. Fr. niggardly, penurious, 1763, 2941.

Chinche, adj. Fr. stingy, 1763, 2941.

Bothe he was scars, and chinche.

Both he was scarred, and chinche.

The Sevyn Sages, 1244.

The Sevyn Sages, 1244.

So in Chauc. Rom. Rose, 5998, and Gower, Conf. Am. 109 b.

So in Chaucer's Romance of the Rose, 5998, and Gower, Conf. Am. 109 b.

Chiste, n. S. Lat. chest, 222. Kiste, 2018. Kist, Yorksh. and Sc.; V. Jam. and Lynds. Gl.

Chiste, n. S. Lat. chest, 222. Kiste, 2018. Kist, Yorksh. and Sc.; V. Jam. and Lynds. Gl.

Citte, pa. t. S. cut, 942. Kit, Web. M. R. Kyt, Syr Eglam. B. iv. Kette, Syr Bevys, C. iii. So Chauc. C. T. 6304.

Citte, pa. t. S. cut, 942. Kit, Web. M. R. Kyt, Syr Eglam. B. iv. Kette, Syr Bevys, C. iii. So Chauc. C. T. 6304.

Claddes, pa. t. 2 p. S. claddest, 2907.

Claddes, pa. t. 2 p. S. claddest, 2907.

Clapte, pa. t. S. struck, 1814, 1821.

Clapte, pa. t. S. hit, 1814, 1821.

Clare, n. Fr. spiced wine, 1728. See Claret in Prompt. Parv.

Clare, n. Fr. spiced wine, 1728. See Claret in Prompt. Parv.

Clef, pa. t. S. cleft, 2643, 2730.

Clef, pa. t. S. cleft, 2643, 2730.

Cleue, n. S. dwelling, 557, 596. A.S. cleofa.

Cleue, n. S. dwelling, 557, 596. A.S. cleofa.

Cleuen, v. S. to cleave, cut, 917.

Cleuen, v. S. to cut, 917.

Clothe, Clothen, v. S. to clothe, 1138, 1233. In l. 1233, Garnett suggests that cloþen may be a nom. pl. = clothes. If so, dele the comma after it.

Clothe, Clothen, v. S. to clothe, 1138, 1233. In l. 1233, Garnett suggests that cloþen may be a nom. pl. = clothes. If so, delete the comma after it.

Clutes, n. pl. S. clouts, shreds of cloth, 547. Clottys, Huntyng of the hare, 92. Cf. Chauc. C. T. 9827, and Clut in Bosworth.

Clutes, n. pl. S. clouts, pieces of cloth, 547. Clottys, Hunting of the hare, 92. See Chauc. C. T. 9827, and Clut in Bosworth.

Clyueden, pa. t. pl. S. cleaved, fastened, 1300.

Clyueden, pa. t. pl. S. cleaved, fastened, 1300.

Cok, n. Lat. cook, 967. Kok, 903, 921, 2898. Cokes, Kokes, g. c. cook’s, 1123, 1146.

Cok, n. Latin. cook, 967. Kok, 903, 921, 2898. Cokes, Kokes, g. c. cook’s, 1123, 1146.

Comen, Comes, Cometh. See Komen.

Come, Coming, Comes. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Cone. See Canst.

Cone. View __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Conestable, n. Fr. constable, 2286. Conestables, pl. 2366.

Conestable, n. Fr. constable, 2286. Conestables, pl. 2366.

Conseyl, n. Fr. counsel, 2862.

Counsel, n. Fr. counsel, 2862.

Copes. See Kope.

Copes. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Corporaus, n. Fr. Lat. the fine linen wherein the sacrament is put, 188; Cotgr. V. Du Cange, and Jam. in v. Corperale.

Corporaus, n. Fr. Lat. the fine linen in which the sacrament is placed, 188; Cotgr. V. Du Cange, and Jam. in v. Corperale.

After the relics they send;

After they send the relics;

The corporas, and the mass-gear,

The corporas, and the mass machinery,

On the handom [halidom?] they gun swear,

On the holy place, they can swear,

With wordes free and hend.

With free and smooth words.

Guy of Warw. ap. Ellis, M. R. V. 2, p. 77.

Guy of Warw. ap. Ellis, M. R. V. 2, p. 77.

114

Corune, n. Lat. crown, 1319, 2944.

Corune, n. Latin for crown, 1319, 2944.

Coruning, n. Lat. coronation, 2948.

Coruning, n. Latin coronation, 2948.

Cote, n. S. cot, cottage, 737, 1141.

Cote, n. S. cot, cottage, 737, 1141.

Couel, n. coat, garment, 768, 858, 1144. Cuuel, 2904. Kouel, 964. The word is connected with A.S. cufle, cugele, a cowl.

Couel, n. coat, garment, 768, 858, 1144. Cuuel, 2904. Kouel, 964. The word is related to A.S. cufle, cugele, meaning a cowl.

Couere, v. Fr. to recover, 2040.

Couere, v. Fr. to recover, 2040.

And prayde to Marie bryght,

And prayed to bright Mary,

Kevere hym of hys care.

Kevere song of his sorrow.

Ly Beaus Desc. 1983.

Ly Beaus Desc. 1983.

Hyt wolde covyr me of my care.

He would cover me of my care.

Erl of Tol. 381.

Earl of Tol. 381.

Coupe, v. buy, buy dearly, get in exchange, 1800. Icel. kaupa.

Coupe, v. buy, buy at a high price, receive in exchange, 1800. Icel. kaupa.

Couth. See Quath.

Refined. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Couþe, pa. t. of Conne, v. aux. S. knew, was able, could, 93, 112, 194, 750, 772. Kouþen, pl. 369.

Couþe, past tense. of Conne, auxiliary verb. S. knew, was able, could, 93, 112, 194, 750, 772. Kouþen, plural. 369.

More he couthe of veneri,

More he knew of women,

Than couthe Manerious.

Than couth Manerious.

Sir Tristr. p. 24.

Sir Tristr. p. 24.

See Canst.

Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Crake, Crakede. See Kraken.

Crake, Crakede. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Crauede, pa. t. S. craved, asked, 633.

Crauede, pa. t. S. craved, asked, 633.

Crice, n. explained to mean rima podicis in Coleridge’s Glossarial Index, 2450. Cf. A.S. crecca. Icel. kryki, a corner. In Barb. x. 602, crykes is used for angles, corners. See Krike.

Crice, n. explained to mean rima podicis in Coleridge’s Glossarial Index, 2450. Cf. A.S. crecca. Icel. kryki, a corner. In Barb. x. 602, crykes is used for angles, corners. See Krike.

Crist, n. Lat. Gr. Christ, 16, &c. Cristes, g. c. 153. Kristes, 2797.

Crist, n. Lat. Gr. Christ, 16, &c. Cristes, g. c. 153. Kristes, 2797.

Croiz, n. Fr. Lat. cross, 1263, 1268, 1358, &c. Croice, Sir Tr. p. 115.

Croiz, n. Fr. Lat. cross, 1263, 1268, 1358, &c. Croice, Sir Tr. p. 115.

Croud, part. pa. crowded, oppressed (?) 2338. K. Alisaund, 609. Cf. A.S. crydan, p. p. gecróden.

Croud, part. pa. crowded, oppressed (?) 2338. K. Alisaund, 609. Cf. A.S. crydan, p. p. gecróden.

Croun, Croune, n. Fr. crown, head, 568, 902, 2657. Crune, 1814, 2734.

Croun, Croune, n. Fr. crown, head, 568, 902, 2657. Crune, 1814, 2734.

Fykenildes crowne

Fykenildes crown

He fel ther doune.

He fell to the ground.

K. Horn, 1509.

K. Horn, 1509.

Cf. K. of Tars, 631; Le bone Flor. 92, and Erle of Tol. 72.

Cf. K. of Tars, 631; Le bone Flor. 92, and Erle of Tol. 72.

Cruhsse. See To-cruhsse.

Cruhsse. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Crus, brisk, nimble, 1966. It is the Sw. krus, excitable, Sc. crouse. See Crouse in Atkinson’s Cleveland Glossary.

Crus, quick and lively, 1966. It is the Sw. krus, energetic, Sc. crouse. See Crouse in Atkinson’s Cleveland Glossary.

Cunnriche, n. S. kingdom, 2318. Kinneriche, 976. Kuneriche, 2400. Kunerike, 2804. Kunrik, 2143. In the last instance it means a mark of royalty, or monarchy. Web. Kyngriche, Kynryche.

Cunnriche, n. S. kingdom, 2318. Kinneriche, 976. Kuneriche, 2400. Kunerike, 2804. Kunrik, 2143. In the last instance it means a mark of royalty, or monarchy. Web. Kyngriche, Kynryche.

Curt, n. Fr. court, 1685.

Curt, n. Fr. court, 1685.

Curteys, Curteyse, adj. Fr. courteous, 2875, 2916.

Courteous, adj. Fr. courteous, 2875, 2916.

Cuuel. See Couel.

Cool. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

D

Dam, n. 2468, here used in a reproachful sense, but apparently from the same root as the Fr. Dam, Damp, Dan, and Don, i.e. from Dominus.

Dam, n. 2468, used here in a disapproving way, but seemingly from the same root as the French Dam, Damp, Dan, and Don, meaning Dominus.

Dame, n. Fr. Lat. mistress, lady, 558, 1717. V. Gl. Chauc.

Dame, n. Fr. Lat. mistress, lady, 558, 1717. V. Gl. Chauc.

Danshe, n. pl. Danish men, 2689, 2945, &c. See Denshe.

Danshe, n. pl. Danish men, 2689, 2945, &c. See Denshe.

Datheit, interj. 296, 300, 926, 1125, 1887, 1914, 2047, 2447, 2511. Datheyt, 1799, 1995, 2604, 2757. An interjection or imprecation, derived from the Fr. Deshait, dehait, dehet, explained by Barbazan and Roquefort, affliction, malheur; [from the O.F. hait, pleasure]. It may be considered equivalent to Cursed! Ill betide! In the old Fabliaux it is used often in this sense:

Datheit, interj. 296, 300, 926, 1125, 1887, 1914, 2047, 2447, 2511. Datheyt, 1799, 1995, 2604, 2757. An interjection or curse, derived from the Fr. Deshait, dehait, dehet, explained by Barbazan and Roquefort, affliction, misfortune; [from the O.F. hait, pleasure]. It can be regarded as equivalent to Cursed! Bad luck! In the old Fabliaux, it is often used in this sense:

Fils à putain, fet-il, lechiere,

Fils à putain, fet-il, lechiere,

Vo jouglerie m’est trop chiere,

Vo jouglerie m’est trop chiere,

Dehait qui vous i aporta,

Dehait that brought you,

Par mon chief il le comparra.

Par mon chief il le comparra.

De S. Pierre et du Jougleor, 381.

De S. Pierre et du Jougleor, 381.

The term was very early engrafted on the Saxon phraseology. Thus in the Disputation of Ane Hule and a Niȝtingale, l. 99.

The term was adopted very early into Saxon language. Thus in the Disputation of Ane Hule and a Niȝtingale, l. 99.

Dahet habbe that ilke best,

That have that same favorite,

That fuleth his owe nest!

That fuels his own nest!

115

It occurs also frequently in the Old English Romances. See Sir Tristr. pp. 111, 191; Horn Childe, ap. Rits. V. 3, p. 290; Amis and Amil. 1569; Sevyn Sages, 2395; R. Brunne, where it is printed by Hearne Dayet. To this word, in all probability, we are indebted for the modern imprecation of Dase you! Dise you! Dash you! still preserved in many counties, and in Scotland. V. Jam. Suppl. v. Dash you.

It also appears quite often in the Old English Romances. See Sir Tristr. pp. 111, 191; Horn Childe, ap. Rits. V. 3, p. 290; Amis and Amil. 1569; Sevyn Sages, 2395; R. Brunne, where it is printed by Hearne Dayet. We likely owe the modern curses of Dase you! Dise you! Dash you! to this word, which are still used in many counties and in Scotland. V. Jam. Suppl. v. Dash you.

Dawes, n. pl. S. days, 27, 2344, 2950. Dayes, 2353.

Dawes, n. pl. S. days, 27, 2344, 2950. Dayes, 2353.

Ded, Dede, n. S. death, 149, 167, 332, 1687, 2719, &c.

Ded, Dede, n. S. death, 149, 167, 332, 1687, 2719, &c.

Ded, part. pa. S. dead, 2007.

Ded, part. pa. S. dead, 2007.

Dede, n. S. deed, action, 1356.

Dede, n. S. deed, action, 1356.

Dede, Deden, Dedes. See Do.

Dede, Deden, Dedes. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Deide. See Deye.

Deide. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Del, n. S. deal, part, 218, 818, 1070, &c. Web., R. Gl., R. Br., Chauc. Deil, Sc. V. Jam.

Del, n. S. deal, part, 218, 818, 1070, &c. Web., R. Gl., R. Br., Chauc. Deil, Sc. V. Jam.

Deled, part. pa. S. distributed, 1736. See To-deyle.

Deled, past participle. S. distributed, 1736. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Demen, v. S. to judge, pass judgment, 2467. Deme, Demen, pr. t. pl. judge, 2476, 2812. Demden, pa. t. pl. judged, 2820, 2833. Demd, part. pa. judged, 2488, 2765, 2838.

Demen, v. S. to judge, pass judgment, 2467. Deme, Demen, pr. t. pl. judge, 2476, 2812. Demden, pa. t. pl. judged, 2820, 2833. Demd, part. pa. judged, 2488, 2765, 2838.

Denshe, adj. Danish, 1403, 2575, 2693. See Danshe.

Denshe, adj. Danish, 1403, 2575, 2693. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Deplike, adj. S. deeply, 1417. Synonymous with Grundlike, q.v.

Deplike, adj. S. deeply, 1417. Synonymous with Grundlike, see also.

Dere, n. S. dearth, scarcity, 824, 841. R. GL. p. 416.

Dere, n. S. lack, shortage, 824, 841. R. GL. p. 416.

Dere, adv. S. dearly, 1637, 1638.

Dere, adv. S. dear, 1637, 1638.

Dere, v. S. to harm, injure, 490, 574, 806, 2310. Dereth, pr. t. injures, 648. K. Horn, 148; R. Br. p. 107; K. of Tars, 192; Chauc. Deir, Sc. Doug. Virg. 413, 52; Lynds. Gl.

Dere, v. S. to harm, injure, 490, 574, 806, 2310. Dereth, pr. t. injures, 648. K. Horn, 148; R. Br. p. 107; K. of Tars, 192; Chauc. Deir, Sc. Doug. Virg. 413, 52; Lynds. Gl.

Dere, adj. S. dear, 1637, 2170, &c.

Dere, adj. S. dear, 1637, 2170, &c.

Deuel, n. S. devil, 446, 496, 1188. Deueles, g. c. devil’s, 1409.

Deuel, n. S. devil, 446, 496, 1188. Deueles, g. c. devil’s, 1409.

Deus. This is undoubtedly the vocative case of the Lat. Deus, used as an interjection, 1312, 1650, 1930, 2096, 2114. “Its use was the same in French as in English. Thus in King Horn:

Deus. This is definitely the vocative case of the Latin Deus, used as an interjection, 1312, 1650, 1930, 2096, 2114. “Its use was the same in French as in English. Thus in King Horn:

Euuers Deu en sun quer a fait grant clamur,

Euuers Deu en sun quer a fait grant clamur,

Ohi, Deus! fait il, ki es uerrai creatur,

Ohi, God! he said, you are a true creature,

Par ki deuise, &c.

Par ki device, &c.

Harl. MS. 527, f. 66 b. c. 2.

Harl. MS. 527, f. 66 b. c. 2.

It was probably introduced into the English language by the Normans, and its pronunciation remained the same as in the French.

It was likely brought into the English language by the Normans, and its pronunciation stayed the same as in French.

And gradde ‘as armes,’ for Douce Mahons!

And grade 'as arms,' for Douce Mahons!

K. Alisaunder, 3674.

K. Alisaunder, 3674.

It is curious to remark, that we have here the evident and simple etymology of the modern exclamation Deuce! for the derivation of which even the best and latest Lexicographers have sent us to the Dusii of St Augustine, the Dues of the Gothic nations, Diis of the Persians, Teus of the Armoricans, &c. Thomson very justly adds, that all these words, ‘seem, like dæmon, to have been once used in a good sense,’ and in fact are probably all corruptions of the same root. Cf. R. Brunne, p. 254, and Gl. in v. Deus. For the first suggestion of this derivation the Editor is indebted to Mr Will. Nicol.” —M.

It's interesting to note that we have here a clear and straightforward origin of the modern exclamation Deuce!. Even the best and most recent lexicographers have traced its roots back to the Dusii of St. Augustine, the Dues of the Gothic nations, the Diis of the Persians, the Teus of the Armoricans, etc. Thomson rightly points out that all these words ‘seem, like dæmon, to have once been used in a positive way,’ and are likely all distortions of the same root. See R. Brunne, p. 254, and Gl. in v. Deus. The Editor owes the first suggestion of this derivation to Mr. Will. Nicol.” —M.

Deye, v. S. to die, 840. Deide, pa. t. pl. died, 402.

Deye, v. S. to die, 840. Deide, pa. t. pl. died, 402.

Dide, Diden, Dides. See Do.

Dide, Diden, Dides. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Dike, n. S. ditch, 2435. Dikes, pl. 1923. N.E. and Sc., V. Jam. and Brockett.

Dike, n. S. ditch, 2435. Dikes, pl. 1923. N.E. and Sc., V. Jam. and Brockett.

Dine, n. S. din, noise, 1860, 1868.

Dine, n. S. din, noise, 1860, 1868.

Dinge, v. S. to strike, scourge, beat, 215, 2329. Dong, pa. t. struck, 1147. Dungen, part. pa. beaten, or scourged, 227. Sc. and N.E. See Jam. Gl., Lynds., and Ray.

Dinge, v. To hit, whip, or beat, 215, 2329. Dong, past tense. hit, 1147. Dungen, past participle. hit or whipped, 227. Scotland and Northeast See Jam. Gl., Lynds., and Ray.

116

Dint, n. S. blow, stroke, 1807, 1817, 1969, &c. Dent, Sir Tr. p. 92; Chauc. Dynt, R. Br. Dintes, pl. 1437, 1862, 2665. Duntes, K. Horn, 865. Dentys, Rits. M. R. Dyntes, R. Gl. Dintes, Minot, p. 23; V. Gl. Lynds.

Dint, n. S. blow, stroke, 1807, 1817, 1969, &c. Dent, Sir Tr. p. 92; Chauc. Dynt, R. Br. Dintes, pl. 1437, 1862, 2665. Duntes, K. Horn, 865. Dentys, Rits. M. R. Dyntes, R. Gl. Dintes, Minot, p. 23; V. Gl. Lynds.

Do, Don, v. S. The various uses of this verb in English and Scotch, in an auxiliary, active, and passive sense, have been pointed out by Tyrwhitt, Essay on Vers. of Chauc. Note (37), Chalmers, Gl. Lynds. and Jamieson. It signifies: to do, facere, 117, 528, 1191; to cause, efficere, 611; do casten, 519; do hem fle, 2600, to put or place (used with in or on), 535, 577, &c. Dones on = don es on = do them on, put them on (see Es), 970. Dos, pr. t. 2 p. dost, 2390. Dos, pr. t. 3 p. does, 1994, 2434, 2698. Doth, Don, pr. t. pl. do, 1838, 1840. Doth, imp. do, cause (ye), 2037. Dos, imp. pl. do ye, 2592. Dede, Dide, pa. t. caused, 658, 970, &c. Dede, Dide, pa. t. put, placed, 659, 709, 859. Dedes, Dides, pa. t. 2 p. didest, 2393, 2903. Deden, Diden, pa. t. pl. caused, 242; did, performed, 953, 1176, 2306. Don, part. pa. caused, 1169. Don, part. pa. done, 667. Of liue haue do, 1805, have slain.

Do, Don, v. S. The various uses of this verb in English and Scotch, in an auxiliary, active, and passive sense, have been pointed out by Tyrwhitt, Essay on Vers. of Chauc. Note (37), Chalmers, Gl. Lynds. and Jamieson. It signifies: to do, facere, 117, 528, 1191; to cause, efficere, 611; do casten, 519; do hem fle, 2600, to put or place (used with in or on), 535, 577, &c. Dones on = don es on = do them on, put them on (see Es), 970. Dos, pr. t. 2 p. dost, 2390. Dos, pr. t. 3 p. does, 1994, 2434, 2698. Doth, Don, pr. t. pl. do, 1838, 1840. Doth, imp. do, cause (ye), 2037. Dos, imp. pl. do ye, 2592. Dede, Dide, pa. t. caused, 658, 970, &c. Dede, Dide, pa. t. put, placed, 659, 709, 859. Dedes, Dides, pa. t. 2 p. didest, 2393, 2903. Deden, Diden, pa. t. pl. caused, 242; did, performed, 953, 1176, 2306. Don, part. pa. caused, 1169. Don, part. pa. done, 667. Of liue haue do, 1805, have slain.

Dom, n. S. doom, judgment, 2473, 2487, 2813, &c. Sir Tr. p. 127.

Dom, n. S. doom, judgment, 2473, 2487, 2813, &c. Sir Tr. p. 127.

Dore, n. S. door, 1788.

Dore, n. S. door, 1788.

Dore-tre, n. S. bar of the door, 1806. See Tre.

Dore-tre, n. S. bar of the door, 1806. See Tre.

Douhter, n. S. daughter, 120, 2712. Douthe, 1079. Douther, 2867, 2914. Douhtres, pl. 350, 2982. Douthres, 2979. Doutres, 717.

Douhter, n. S. daughter, 120, 2712. Douthe, 1079. Douther, 2867, 2914. Douhtres, pl. 350, 2982. Douthres, 2979. Doutres, 717.

Doun. See Adoun.

Doun. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Doutede, pa. t. Fr. feared, 708.

Doubted, pa. t. Fr. feared, 708.

Douthe, n. Fr. fear, 1331, 1377.

Douthe, n. Fr. fear, 1331, 1377.

Douthe, pa. t. of Dow, v. imp. S. [dugan, valere, prodesse] was worth, was sufficient, availed, 703, 833, 1184. It is formed in the same manner as Mouthe, Might. See Sir Tr. p. 77; Jam. and Gl. Lynds. in v. Dow.

Douthe, pa. t. of Dow, v. imp. S. [dugan, valere, prodesse] meant worth, sufficient, availed, 703, 833, 1184. It is formed the same way as Mouthe, Might. See Sir Tr. p. 77; Jam. and Gl. Lynds. in v. Dow.

Drad. See Dred.

Drad. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Drawe, Drawen. See Drou.

Drew, Drawn. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Dred, imp. dread, fear (thou), 2168. Dredden, Dredde, pa. t. pl. dreaded, feared, 2289, 2568. Drad, part. pa. afraid, 1669. See Adrad.

Dred, imp. dread, fear (thou), 2168. Dredden, Dredde, pa. t. pl. dreaded, feared, 2289, 2568. Drad, part. pa. afraid, 1669. See Adrad.

Drede, n. S. dread, 1169; doubt, anxiety, care, 828, 1664. Chauc.

Drede, n. S. dread, 1169; doubt, anxiety, care, 828, 1664. Chauc.

Dremede, pa. t. S. (used with me), dreamed, 1284, 1304.

Dremede, pa. t. S. (used with me), dreamed, 1284, 1304.

Dreinchen, Drenchen, Drinchen, v. S. to drown, 553, 561, 583, 1416, 1424, &c. Drenched, part. pa. drowned, 520, 669, 1368, 1379. V. Gl. Web., R. Gl., Chauc.

Dreinchen, Drenchen, Drinchen, v. To drown, 553, 561, 583, 1416, 1424, &c. Drenched, past participle. Drowned, 520, 669, 1368, 1379. V. Gl. Web., R. Gl., Chauc.

Dreng, n. See note on l. 31.

Dreng, n. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Drepen, v. S. to kill, slay, 1783, 1865, &c. Drepe, would slay, 506. Drop, pa. t. killed, slew, 2229. Bosworth gives drepan, to slay. Cf. Sw. dräpa.

Drepen, v. S. to kill, slay, 1783, 1865, &c. Drepe, would slay, 506. Drop, pa. t. killed, slew, 2229. Bosworth gives drepan, to slay. Cf. Sw. dräpa.

Dreping, n. slaughter, 2684. Cf. A.S. drepe.

Dreping, n. killing, 2684. Cf. A.S. drepe.

Drinchen. See Dreinchen.

Drink up. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Drinken, v. S. to drink, 459, 800.

Drinken, v. S. to drink, 459, 800.

Drinkes, n. pl. S. drinks, liquors, 1738.

Drinks, n. pl. S. drinks, liquors, 1738.

Drit, n. [Icel. drítr, Du. dreet] dirt, 682. A term expressing the highest contempt. K. Alisaund. 4718; Wickliffe. So, in an ancient metrical invective against Grooms and Pages, written about 1310,

Drit, n. [Icel. drítr, Du. dreet] dirt, 682. A term showing the utmost disdain. K. Alisaund. 4718; Wickliffe. So, in an old poetic insult against Grooms and Pages, written around 1310,

Thah he ȝeue hem cattes dryt to huere companage,

Thah he gave them cats dirt for their company,

Ȝet hym shulde arewen of the arrerage.

Yet he should account for the debt.

MS. Harl. 2253, f. 125.

MS. Harl. 2253, f. 125.

Cf. Jam. Suppl. in v. Dryte, and Gl. Lynds.

Cf. Jam. Suppl. in v. Dryte, and Gl. Lynds.

Driuende. See Drof.

Driuende. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

117

Drou, pa. t. S. drew, 705, 719, &c. Vt-drow, pa. t. out-drew, 2632. With-drow, withdrew, 498; (spelt wit-drow), 502. Drawe, Drawen, part. pa. drawn, 1925, 2225, 2477, 2603, &c. Ut-drawe, Ut-drawen, out-drawn, 1802, 2631. See To-Drawe.

Drou, pa. t. S. drew, 705, 719, &c. Vt-drow, pa. t. out-drew, 2632. With-drow, withdrew, 498; (spelt wit-drow), 502. Drawe, Drawen, part. pa. drawn, 1925, 2225, 2477, 2603, &c. Ut-drawe, Ut-drawen, out-drawn, 1802, 2631. See To-Drawe.

Drof, pa. t. S. drove, 725; hastened, 1793, 1872. Driuende, part. pr. driving, riding quickly, 2702.

Drof, pa. t. S. drove, 725; hurried, 1793, 1872. Driuende, part. pr. driving, riding fast, 2702.

Drurye, n. Fr. courtship, gallantry, 195. Web., Rits. M. R., P. Plowm., Chauc., Lynds.

Drurye, n. Fr. courtship, gallantry, 195. Web., Rits. M. R., P. Plowm., Chauc., Lynds.

Dubbe, v. Fr. S. to dub, create a knight, 2042. Dubbede, pa. t. dubbed, 2314. Dubban to ridere, Chron. Sax. An. 1085, [11086]. To cnihte hine dubben, Laȝam. l. 22497. “Hickes, Hearne, Gl. R. Gl., and Tyrwhitt, Gl. Chauc., all refer the word to the Saxon root, which primarily signified to strike, the same as the Isl. at dubba. Todd on the contrary, Gl. Illustr. Chauc., thinks this questionable, and refers to Barbazan’s Gl. in v. Adouber, which is there derived from the Lat. adaptare. Du Cange and Dr Merrick give it also a Latin origin, from Adoptare, and by corruption Adobare.” —M. The etymology is discussed in Wedgwood, s.v. Dub. See Note on l. 2314.

Dubbe, v. Fr. S. to dub, create a knight, 2042. Dubbede, pa. t. dubbed, 2314. Dubban to ridere, Chron. Sax. An. 1085, [11086]. To cnihte hine dubben, Laȝam. l. 22497. “Hickes, Hearne, Gl. R. Gl., and Tyrwhitt, Gl. Chauc., all refer the word to the Saxon root, which primarily signified to strike, the same as the Isl. at dubba. Todd on the contrary, Gl. Illustr. Chauc., thinks this questionable, and refers to Barbazan’s Gl. in v. Adouber, which is there derived from the Lat. adaptare. Du Cange and Dr Merrick give it also a Latin origin, from Adoptare, and by corruption Adobare.” —M. The etymology is discussed in Wedgwood, s.v. Dub. See Note on l. 2314.

Duelle, v. S. to dwell, give attention, 4.

Duelle, v. To live, concentrate on, 4.

A tale told Ysoude fre,

A story told Ysoude fre,

Thai duelle:

Thai duel:

Tristrem that herd he.

Tristrem that heard him.

Sir Tristr. p. 181.

Sir Tristr. p. 181.

Cf. Sir Otuel, l. 3, and Sevyn Sages, 1. Dwellen, to dwell, remain, 1185; to delay, 1351. Dwellen, pr. t. pl. dwell, tarry, 1058. Dwelleden, pa. t. pl. dwelt, tarried, 1189.

Cf. Sir Otuel, l. 3, and Sevyn Sages, 1. Dwellen, to live, stay, 1185; to postpone, 1351. Dwellen, present tense, plural dwell, linger, 1058. Dwelleden, past tense, plural dwelt, lingered, 1189.

Dunten, pa. t. pl. S. struck, beat, 2448.

Dunten, past tense plural S. struck, beat, 2448.

Dwelling, n. delay, 1352

Dwelling, n. postponement, 1352

Dun. See Adoun.

Dun. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Dungen. See Dinge.

Dungen. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Dursten, pa. t. pl. S. durst, 1866.

Dursten, pa. t. pl. S. durst, 1866.

E

Eie, n. S. eye, 2545. Heie, 1152. Eyne, pl. eyes, 680, 1273, 1364; eyen, 1340; eyn, 2171.

Eie, n. S. eye, 2545. Heie, 1152. Eyne, pl. eyes, 680, 1273, 1364; eyen, 1340; eyn, 2171.

Eir, n. Fr. Lat. heir, 410, 2539. Eyr, 110, 289, &c. Jam. gives it a Northern etymology, in v. Ayr.

Eir, n. Fr. Lat. heir, 410, 2539. Eyr, 110, 289, & c. Jam. offers a Northern origin, in v. Ayr.

Ek, conj. S. [eac] eke, also, 1025, 1038, 1066, &c. Ok [Su.-G. och, Du. ook] 187, 200, 879, 1081, &c. V. Jam. in v. Ac.

Ek, conj. S. [eac] also, 1025, 1038, 1066, etc. Ok [Su.-G. och, Du. ook] 187, 200, 879, 1081, etc. See Jam. in v. Ac.

Eld, adj. S. old, 546. Helde, 2472. Heldeste, sup. 1396.

Eld, adj. S. old, 546. Helde, 2472. Heldeste, sup. 1396.

Elde, n. S. age, 2713. Helde, 128, 174, 387, 1435.

Elde, n. S. age, 2713. Helde, 128, 174, 387, 1435.

Ælde hæfde heo na mare

Aging had no more for her

Buten fihtene ȝere.

Buten fighting year.

Laȝam. l. 25913.

Laȝam. l. 25913.

R. Br. In Sc. Eild. It was subsequently restricted to the sense of old age, as in Chauc.

R. Br. In Sc. Eild. It was later limited to mean old age, as in Chaucer.

Elles, adv. S. else, 1192, 2590.

Elles, adv. S. else, 1192, 2590.

Em, S. uncle, 1326. Sir Tr. p. 53. Properly, says Sir W. Scott, an uncle by the father’s side. It appears however to have been used indifferently either on the father’s or mother’s side. See Hearne’s Gl. on R. Gl. and R. Br., Web., Erle of Tol. 988; Chauc. Troil. 2, 162, and Nares. Prov. Eng. Eam.

Em, S. uncle, 1326. Sir Tr. p. 53. Properly, says Sir W. Scott, an uncle on the father's side. However, it seems to have been used interchangeably for both the father's and mother's side. See Hearne’s Gl. on R. Gl. and R. Br., Web., Erle of Tol. 988; Chauc. Troil. 2, 162, and Nares. Prov. Eng. Eam.

Er, adv. S. before, 684. Her, 541. Are, Sir Tr. p. 152. Er, K. Horn, 130. See Are, Or.

Er, adv. S. before, 684. Her, 541. Are, Sir Tr. p. 152. Er, K. Horn, 130. See Are, Or.

Er, conj. S. before, 317, 1261, 2680. Her, 229.

Er, conj. S. before, 317, 1261, 2680. Her, 229.

Erl, n. S. earl, 189, &c. Erles, g. c. 2898, earl’s. Herles, 883. Erldom, earldom, 2909.

Erl, n. S. earl, 189, &c. Erles, g. c. 2898, earl’s. Herles, 883. Erldom, earldom, 2909.

Ern, n. S. eagle, 572. Rits. M. R. Octovian, 196; R. Gl. p. 177; Will. of Palerne.

Ern, n. S. eagle, 572. Rits. M. R. Octovian, 196; R. Gl. p. 177; Will. of Palerne.

Erþe, n. S. earth, 740; ground, 2657.

Erþe, n. S. earth, 740; ground, 2657.

Erþe, v. S. to dwell, 739. A.S. eardian.

Erþe, v. S. to live, 739. A.S. eardian.

118

Es, a plural pronoun signifying them, as in don es on = put them on, 970. See Gen. and Exod. ed. Morris, pref. p. xix.

Es, a plural pronoun signifying them, as in don es on = put them on, 970. See Gen. and Exod. ed. Morris, pref. p. xix.

Et, a singular pronoun, equivalent to it, used in hauenet = hauen et, 2005; hauedet = haued et, 714.

Et, a singular pronoun, equivalent to it, used in hauenet = hauen et, 2005; hauedet = haued et, 714.

Ete, Eten, v. S. to eat, 791, 800, 911, &c. Hete, Heten, 146, 317, 457, 641. Et, imp. eat (thou), 925. Et, Het, pa. t. ate, 653, 656. Etes, fut. 2 p. thou shalt eat, 907. Eteth, fut. 3 p. shall eat, 672. Eten, part. pa. eaten, 657.

Ete, Eten, v. S. to eat, 791, 800, 911, &c. Hete, Heten, 146, 317, 457, 641. Et, imp. eat (you), 925. Et, Het, pa. t. ate, 653, 656. Etes, fut. 2 p. you will eat, 907. Eteth, fut. 3 p. will eat, 672. Eten, part. pa. eaten, 657.

Eþen, adv. S. hence, 690. Heþen, 683, 845, 1085, 2727.

Eþen, adv. S. therefore, 690. Heathen, 683, 845, 1085, 2727.

Eþer. See Ayþer.

Either. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Euere, Eure, adv. S. ever. 207, 424, 704, &c. Heuere, 17, 327, 830.

Euere, Eure, adv. S. ever. 207, 424, 704, &c. Heuere, 17, 327, 830.

Euereich, adj. S. every, 137. Euere il, 218, 1334, 1644. Euere ilc, 1330. Eueri, 1070, 1176, 1383. Eueril, 1764, 2318, &c. Euerilk, 2258, 2432. Euerilkon, every one, 1062, 1996, 2197. See Il.

Euereich, adj. S. every, 137. Euere il, 218, 1334, 1644. Euere ilc, 1330. Eueri, 1070, 1176, 1383. Eueril, 1764, 2318, &c. Euerilk, 2258, 2432. Euerilkon, every one, 1062, 1996, 2197. See Il.

Euere-mar, adv. S. evermore, 1971.

Euere-mar, adv. S. forever, 1971.

Eyen, Eyn, Eyne. See Eie.

Eyen, Eyn, Eyne. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Eyr. See Eir.

Eyr. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

F

Fader, n. S. Lat. father, 1224, 1403, 1416. Sir Tr. p. 35; K. Horn, 114. The cognate words may be found in Jam.

Fader, n. S. Lat. father, 1224, 1403, 1416. Sir Tr. p. 35; K. Horn, 114. The related words can be found in Jam.

Faderles, adj. fatherless, 75.

Faderless, adj. fatherless, 75.

Fadmede, pa. t. S. fathomed, embraced, 1295. From fæthmian, Utraque manu extensa complecti, Cod. Exon., ed. Thorpe, p. 334. It has the same meaning in Sc. V. Jam.

Fadmede, pa. t. S. fathomed, embraced, 1295. From fæthmian, to encompass with both hands, Cod. Exon., ed. Thorpe, p. 334. It has the same meaning in Sc. V. Jam.

Falle, v. S. to fall, 39, &c. Falles, imp. pl. fall ye, 2302. Fel, pa. t. fell, appertained. 1815, 2359. Fellen, pa. t. pl. fell, 1303.

Falle, v. S. to fall, 39, &c. Falles, imp. pl. you all fall, 2302. Fel, pa. t. fell, belonged to. 1815, 2359. Fellen, pa. t. pl. fell, 1303.

Fals, adj. S. false, 2511.

Fals, adj. S. false, 2511.

Falwes, n. pl. S. fallows, fields, 2509. Chauc. C. T. 6238, where Tyrwh. explains it harrowed lands.

Falwes, n. pl. S. fallows, fields, 2509. Chauc. C. T. 6238, where Tyrwh. explains it harrowed lands.

Fare, n. S. journey, 1337, 2621. R. Gl. p. 211; R. Br., Minot, p. 2 (left unexplained by Rits.); Barb. iv. 627. Schip-fare, a voyage, Sir Tr. p. 53.

Fare, n. S. journey, 1337, 2621. R. Gl. p. 211; R. Br., Minot, p. 2 (left unexplained by Rits.); Barb. iv. 627. Schip-fare, a trip, Sir Tr. p. 53.

Faren, v. S. to go, 264. Fare, 1378, 1392, &c. Fare, pr. t. 2 p. farest, behavest, 2705. Fares, pr. t. 3 p. goes, flies, 2690. Ferde, pa. t. went, 447, 1678, &c.; behaved, 2411. For (went), 2382, 2943. Foren, pa. t. pl. went, 2380, 2618.

Faren, v. S. to go, 264. Fare, 1378, 1392, &c. Fare, pr. t. 2 p. fares, behaves, 2705. Fares, pr. t. 3 p. goes, flies, 2690. Ferde, pa. t. went, 447, 1678, &c.; behaved, 2411. For (went), 2382, 2943. Foren, pa. t. pl. went, 2380, 2618.

Faste, adv. S. attentively, earnestly, 2148.

Faste, adv. S. closely, seriously, 2148.

Tristrem as a man

Tristrem as a guy

Fast he gan to fight.

He quickly started to fight.

Sir Tristr. p. 167.

Sir Tristr. p. 167.

Bidde we ȝeorne Ihū Crist, and seint Albon wel faste,

Bidde we ȝeorne Jesus Christ, and Saint Alban well faste,

That we moten to the Ioye come, that euere schal i-laste.

That we meet to the joy that will last forever.

Vita S. Albani, MS. Laud. 108. f. 47 b.

Vita S. Albani, MS. Laud. 108. f. 47 b.

Fastinde, part. pr. S. fasting, 865.

Fast, part. pr. S. fasting, 865.

Fauth. See Fyht.

Fauth. Check __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Fawen, adj. S. fain, glad, 2160. Fawe, K. of Tars, 1058; Octovian, 307; R. Gl. p. 150; Chauc. C. T. 5802.

Fawen, adj. S. fain, glad, 2160. Fawe, King of Tars, 1058; Octovian, 307; R. Gl. p. 150; Chauc. C. T. 5802.

Fe, n. S. fee, possessions, or money, 386, 563, 1225, &c. See Jam. and Lynds. Gl.

Fe, n. S. fee, belongings, or money, 386, 563, 1225, &c. See Jam. and Lynds. Gl.

Feble, adj. Fr. feeble, poor, scanty, 323.

Feble, adj. Fr. feeble, weak, insufficient, 323.

Feblelike, adv. feebly, scantily, 418. Febli, Sir Tr. p. 179, for meanly.

Feblelike, adv. weakly, barely, 418. Febli, Sir Tr. p. 179, for meanly.

Feden, v. S. to feed, 906. Feddes, pa. t. 2 p. feddest, 2907.

Feden, v. S. to feed, 906. Feddes, pa. t. 2 p. feddest, 2907.

Fel. See Bifalle, Falle.

Fel. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Felawes, n. pl. S. fellows, companions, 1338.

Felawes, n. pl. S. friends, companions, 1338.

Feld, n. S. field, 2634, 2685, 1291.

Feld, n. S. field, 2634, 2685, 1291.

119

Felde, Felede. pa. t. S. felled, 67, 1859, 2694. Felden (? read he ne fellen, they did not fall), 2698. Feld, part. pa. felled, 1824. Sir F. Madden writes— “in l. 2698, I prefer reading ne felden, did not fell, governed by that. In l. 67, Garnett suggested felede, pursued, from Swed. följade.”

Felde, Felede. past tense. S. felled, 67, 1859, 2694. Felden (? read he ne fellen, they did not fall), 2698. Feld, past participle. felled, 1824. Sir F. Madden writes— “in line 2698, I prefer reading ne felden, did not fell, governed by that. In line 67, Garnett suggested felede, pursued, from Swedish följade.”

Fele, adj. S. many, often, 778, 1277, 1737, &c. Sir Tr. p. 19.

Fele, adj. S. many, often, 778, 1277, 1737, &c. Sir Tr. p. 19.

Fele, adv. S. very, 2442.

Fele, adv. S. super, 2442.

Fend, n. S. fiend, 506, 1411, 2229.

Fend, n. S. fiend, 506, 1411, 2229.

Fer, adv. S. far. 359, 1863, 2275, &c. Ferne, far, 1864; pl. adj. foreign, 2031.

Fer, adv. S. far. 359, 1863, 2275, &c. Ferne, far, 1864; pl. adj. foreign, 2031.

Þa kingges buh stronge,

The king's book is strong.

And of ferrene lond.

And of ferrene land.

Laȝam. l. 5528.

Laȝam. l. 5528.

Cf. Chauc. Prol. l. 14.

Cf. Chaucer Prologue line 14.

Ferd, n. S. army, 2384, 2548, &c. Ferde, 2535. Laȝam., R. Gl., R. Br., Web. Ferdes, pl. 2683.

Ferd, n. S. army, 2384, 2548, etc. Ferde, 2535. Laȝam., R. Gl., R. Br., Web. Ferdes, pl. 2683.

Ferde. See Fare.

Ferde. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Fere, n. S. companion, wife, 1214. Sir Tr. p. 157. K. Horn, Web., R. Gl., R. Br., Minot, Chauc. Feir, Sc. V. Jam. and Gl. Lynds.

Fere, n. S. companion, wife, 1214. Sir Tr. p. 157. K. Horn, Web., R. Gl., R. Br., Minot, Chauc. Feir, Sc. V. Jam. and Gl. Lynds.

Ferlike, n. S. wonder, 1258. Ferlik, 1849. Sir Tr. p. 21. Originally in all probability an adj.

Ferlike, n. S. wonder, 1258. Ferlik, 1849. Sir Tr. p. 21. Originally probably an adj.

Ferþe, adj. S. fourth, 1810.

Ferþe, adj. S. fourth, 1810.

Feste, n. Fr. feast, 2344, &c.

Feste, n. Fr. festival, 2344, &c.

Feste, v. Fr. to feast, 2938.

Feste, v. Fr. to feast, 2938.

Festen, v. S. to fasten, 1785; (used passively) 82. Fest, pa. t. fastened, 144.

Festen, v. to fasten, 1785; (used passively) 82. Fest, pa. t. fastened, 144.

Fet. See Fot.

Fet. View __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Fete, v. S. to fetch, bring, 642, 912, 937, &c. Used passively, 316, 2037. Fetes, pr. t. s. fetch, 2341. V. Pegge’s Anecd. of Engl. Lang. p. 135.

Fete, v. S. to fetch, bring, 642, 912, 937, etc. Used passively, 316, 2037. Fetes, pr. t. s. fetch, 2341. V. Pegge’s Anecd. of Engl. Lang. p. 135.

Fetere, v. S. to fetter, chain, 2758. Used passively.

Fetere, v. S. to fetter, chain, 2758. Used passively.

Feteres, n. pl. S. fetters, 82, 2759.

Fetters, n. pl. S. fetters, 82, 2759.

Fey, n. Fr. faith, 255, 1666. Feyth, 2853.

Fey, n. Fr. faith, 255, 1666. Feyth, 2853.

Fiht, n. S. fight, 2668, 2716.

Fiht, n. S. fight, 2668, 2716.

Fikel, adj. S. fickle, inconstant, 1210, 2799.

Fikel, adj. S. fickle, unreliable, 1210, 2799.

File, n. vile, worthless person, 2499.

File, n. despicable, useless person, 2499.

Men seth ofte a muche file,

Men often set a big file,

They he serue boten a wile,

They served both for a while,

Bicomen swithe riche.

Bicomen is very rich.

Hending the hende, MS. Digb. 86.

Hending the hende, MS. Digb. 86.

So in R. Br. p. 237.

So in R. Br. p. 237.

David at that while was with Edward the kyng,

David was with King Edward at that time.

Ȝit auanced he that file vntille a faire thing.

Ȝit auanced he that file vntille a faire thing.

It is used for coward by Minot, pp. 31, 36. Cf. Du. vuil, foul, malicious.

It is used for coward by Minot, pp. 31, 36. Cf. Du. vuil, foul, malicious.

Finden, v. S. to find, 1083. Finde, 220. Fynde, 42. Funden, pa. t. pl. found, 602. Funde, part. pa. found, 2376. Funden, 1427.

Finden, v. S. to find, 1083. Finde, 220. Fynde, 42. Funden, pa. t. pl. found, 602. Funde, part. pa. found, 2376. Funden, 1427.

Fir, n. S. fire, 585, 1162, &c. Fyr, 915.

Fir, n. S. fire, 585, 1162, &c. Fyr, 915.

Firrene, adj. S. made of fir, 2078. Firron, Doug. Virg. 47. 34.

Firrene, adj. S. made of fir, 2078. Firron, Doug. Virg. 47. 34.

Flaunes, n. pl. Fr. custards, or pancakes, 644. See Way’s note in Prompt. Parv.

Flaunes, n. pl. Fr. custards, or pancakes, 644. See Way’s note in Prompt. Parv.

Fledden, pa. t. pl. S. fled, 2416.

Fledden, past tense plural S. fled, 2416.

Flemen, v. S. to drive away, banish, 1160. R. Gl., R. Br., Chauc., Rits. A. S. So in Sc. V. Jam.

Flemen, v. S. to drive away, banish, 1160. R. Gl., R. Br., Chauc., Rits. A. S. So in Sc. V. Jam.

Flete, pres. subj. S. float, swim, 522. Sir Tr. p. 27; K. Horn, 159; Chauc. Fleit, Sc. V. Jam.

Flete, pres. subj. S. float, swim, 522. Sir Tr. p. 27; K. Horn, 159; Chauc. Fleit, Sc. V. Jam.

Fleye, v. S. to fly, 1791, 1813, 1827, 2751. Fley, pa. t. flew, 1305.

Fleye, v. S. to fly, 1791, 1813, 1827, 2751. Fley, pa. t. flew, 1305.

Flo, v. S. to flay, 612, 2495. K. Horn, 92. Flow, pa. t. flayed, 2502. Flowe, pa. t. pl. 2433.

Flo, v. S. to strip the skin off, 612, 2495. K. Horn, 92. Flow, past tense. stripped, 2502. Flowe, past tense plural. 2433.

Flok, n. S. flock, troop, 24. See Trome.

Flok, n. S. flock, group, 24. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Flote, n. S. boat, 738. A.S. flóta, a ship; Icel. floti, (1) a ship, (2) a fleet; cf. Laȝam. 4530.

Flote, n. S. boat, 738. A.S. flóta, a ship; Icel. floti, (1) a ship, (2) a fleet; cf. Laȝam. 4530.

120

Flour, n. Fr. flower, 2917.

Flour, n. Fr. flower, 2917.

Fnaste, v. S. to breathe, 548. Cf. A.S. Fnæstiað, the wind-pipe, Fnæstan, puffs of wind. Fnast = breath in Owl and Nightingale, l. 44.

Fnaste, v. S. to breathe, 548. Cf. A.S. Fnæstiað, the wind-pipe, Fnæstan, puffs of wind. Fnast = breath in Owl and Nightingale, l. 44.

Fo, n. S. foe, 1363, 2849; pl. foos, 67.

Fo, n. S. foe, 1363, 2849; pl. foos, 67.

Fol, n. Fr. fool, 298. Foles, pl. 2100.

Fol, n. Fr. fool, 298. Foles, pl. 2100.

Folc, Folk, n. S. men collectively, people, 89, 438, &c.

Folc, Folk, n. S. people as a group, community, 89, 438, &c.

Folwes, imp. S. follow ye, 1885, 2601.

Folwes, imp. S. follow you, 1885, 2601.

Fonge, v. S. to take, receive, 763; 2 p. pres. subj. 856. In common use from Laȝam. to Chauc. and much later.

Fonge, v. S. to take, receive, 763; 2 p. pres. subj. 856. Commonly used from Laȝam. to Chaucer, and much later.

For, prep. S. For to is prefixed to the inf. of verbs in the same manner as the Fr. pour, or Sp. por. It is so used in all the old writers, and in the vulgar translation of the Scriptures, and is still preserved in the North of England. Cf. 17, &c. For = on account of, 1670. Sir Tr. p. 62.

For, prep. S. For to is added to the infinitive of verbs just like the French pour or Spanish por. This usage can be found in all the old writers and in the popular translation of the Scriptures, and it is still used in Northern England. Cf. 17, &c. For = because of, 1670. Sir Tr. p. 62.

For, Foren. See Faren.

For, Foren. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Forbere, v. S. spare, abstain from, 352. Chauc. Rom. R. 4751. Forbar, pa. t. spared, abstained from, 764, 2623.

Forbere, v. S. spare, avoid, 352. Chauc. Rom. R. 4751. Forbar, pa. t. spared, avoided, 764, 2623.

Forfaren, v. S. to perish, 1380. R. Br. Forfard (p. p.) Ly Beaus Desc. 1484. The inf. is also used in Web., P. Plowm., Chauc. In Sc. Forfair. V. Compl. of Scotl. p. 100, and Gl. Lynds.

Forfaren, v. S. to perish, 1380. R. Br. Forfard (p. p.) Ly Beaus Desc. 1484. The infinitive is also used in Web., P. Plowm., Chauc. In Sc. Forfair. V. Compl. of Scotl. p. 100, and Gl. Lynds.

Forgat, pa. t. S. forgot, 2636, &c. Foryat, 249.

Forgat, pa. t. S. forgot, 2636, &c. Foryat, 249.

For-henge, v. to kill by hanging, 2724. Cf. Du. verhangen zich, to hang one’s self.

For-henge, v. to execute by hanging, 2724. Cf. Du. verhangen zich, to commit suicide by hanging.

Forlorn, part. pa. S. utterly lost, 770, 1424. Forloren, 580. R. Br., Rits. M. R., Chauc. Used actively, Sir Tr. p. 35.

Forlorn, part. pa. S. completely lost, 770, 1424. Forloren, 580. R. Br., Rits. M. R., Chauc. Used actively, Sir Tr. p. 35.

Forþi, adv. S. on this account, therefore, because, 1194, 1431, 2043, 2500, 2578. Sir Tr. p. 14, and in all the Gloss.

Forþi, adv. S. for this reason, therefore, because, 1194, 1431, 2043, 2500, 2578. Sir Tr. p. 14, and in all the Gloss.

Forthwar, adv. S. forthward; i.e. as we go on, 731.

Forthwar, adv. S. forthward; meaning as we progress, 731.

Forw, n. S. furrow, 1094.

Forw, n. S. furrow, 1094.

Forward, n. S. promise, word, covenant, 486. Forwarde, 554. Laȝam. l. 4790. Sir Tr. p. 13. Rits. M. R., Web., R. Gl., R. Br., Minot, Chauc.

Forward, n. S. promise, word, agreement, 486. Forwarde, 554. Laȝam. l. 4790. Sir Tr. p. 13. Rits. M. R., Web., R. Gl., R. Br., Minot, Chauc.

Fostred, part. pa. S. nourished, 1434, 2239.

Fostred, part. pa. S. nourished, 1434, 2239.

Fot, n. S. Euerilk fot, 2432, every foot, or man. Fet, pl. 616, 1022, 1303, 2479. Fote, 1054, 1199.

Fot, n. S. Euerilk fot, 2432, every foot, or man. Fet, pl. 616, 1022, 1303, 2479. Fote, 1054, 1199.

Fouhten. See Fyht.

Fouhten. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Fourtenith, n. S. fortnight, 2284.

Fortnight, n. S. fortnight, 2284.

Fremde, adj. (used as a n.) S. stranger, 2277.

Fremde, adj. (used as a n.) S. stranger, 2277.

Vor hine willeth sone uorgiete

Before he wants to forget

Tho fremde and tho sibbe.

Though strange and though kindred.

MS. Digb. 4.

MS. Digb. 4.

Ther ne myhte libbe

There might be life

The fremede ne the sibbe.

The fremede is the family.

K. Horn, 67.

K. Horn, 67.

See also R. Gl. p. 346; Chron. of Eng. 92; P. Plowm., Chau., Jam. and Gl. Lynds.

See also R. Gl. p. 346; Chron. of Eng. 92; P. Plowm., Chau., Jam. and Gl. Lynds.

Freme, v. S. to perform, 441.

Freme, v. S. to do, 441.

Fri, adj. S. free, liberal, 1072. Chauc.

Fri, adj. S. free, liberal, 1072. Chaucer.

Frie, v. to blame, 1998. Icel. fryja, to blame. Cf. freles, blameless. Allit. Poems, ed. Morris, A. 431.

Frie, v. to blame, 1998. Icel. fryja, to blame. Cf. freles, blameless. Allit. Poems, ed. Morris, A. 431.

Fro, prep. S. from, 265, &c.

Fro, prep. S. from, 265, &c.

Frusshe. See To-frusshe.

Frusshe. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Ful, adv. S. very, much, completely, 6, 82, &c. Ful wo, 2589, much sorrow.

Ful, adv. S. very, much, completely, 6, 82, &c. Ful wo, 2589, a lot of sorrow.

Ful, Fule, adj. S. foul, 506, 555, 626, 965, &c. Foule, 1158.

Ful, Fule, adj. S. foul, 506, 555, 626, 965, &c. Foule, 1158.

Fulike, adv. S. foully, shamefully, 2749.

Fulike, adv. S. foully, shamefully, 2749.

Fulde, part. pa. S. filled, complete, 355.

Fulde, part. pa. S. filled, complete, 355.

121

Funde, Funden. See Finde.

Funde, Funden. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Fyht, v. S. to fight, 2361. Fauth, pa. t. fought, 1990. Fouhten, pa. t. pl. fought, 2661.

Fyht, v. S. to fight, 2361. Fauth, past tense fought, 1990. Fouhten, past tense plural fought, 2661.

Fyn, n. Fr. Lat. ending, 22. R. Br., Minot, Chauc., &c.

Fyn, n. Fr. Lat. ending, 22. R. Br., Minot, Chauc., &c.

G

Ga, v. S. to go. See Ouer-ga.

Go. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Gad, n. S. goad, 279. Gaddes, pl. 1016. In Gl. Ælfr. among the instruments of husbandry occur Gad, stimulus, and Gadiron, aculeus. So in The Fermeror and his Docter, printed by Laing:

Gad, n. S. goad, 279. Gaddes, pl. 1016. In Gl. Ælfr. among the farming tools are Gad, meaning stimulus, and Gadiron, meaning spike. Also in The Fermeror and his Docter, printed by Laing:

Quhen Symkin standis quhisling with ane quhip and ane gaid,

Quhen Symkin stands whispering with a whip and a gait,

Priking and ȝarkand ane auld ox hide.

Priking and marking an old ox hide.

V. Jam. in v. Gade, 4. and Nares.

V. Jam. in v. Gade, 4. and Nares.

Gadred, part. pa. S. gathered, 2577.

Gadred, part. pa. S. gathered, 2577.

Gadeling, n. S. an idle vagabond, low man, 1121.

Gadeling, n. S. an idle wanderer, low-status person, 1121.

Þa wes æuer alc cheorl

Then was every commoner

Al swa bald alse an eorl,

Al swa bald alse an eorl,

& alle þa gadelinges

& and all the gadelinges

Alse heo weoren sunen kinges.

Also, they were the sons of the king.

Laȝam. l. 12333.

Laȝam. l. 12333.

Cf. K. Alisaund. 1733, 4063. Gadlyng, Rob. of Cicyle, MS. Harl. 1701. R. Gl. p. 277, 310. Chauc. Rom. Rose, 938. The word originally meant Vir generosus. See Beowulf, l. 5227.

Cf. K. Alisaund. 1733, 4063. Gadlyng, Rob. of Cicyle, MS. Harl. 1701. R. Gl. p. 277, 310. Chauc. Rom. Rose, 938. The word originally meant Vir generosus. See Beowulf, l. 5227.

Gaf. See Yeue.

Gaf. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Galwe-tre, n. S. the gallows, 43, 335, 695. Le Bone Fl. 1726. Erle of Tol. 657. Galues, Galwes, Galewes, 687, 1161, 2477, 2508. R. Br., Chauc. Cf. Ihre Gl. Suiog. in v. galge, ab Isl. gayl, ramus arboris.

Galwe-tre, n. S. the gallows, 43, 335, 695. Le Bone Fl. 1726. Erle of Tol. 657. Galues, Galwes, Galewes, 687, 1161, 2477, 2508. R. Br., Chauc. Cf. Ihre Gl. Suiog. in v. galge, ab Isl. gayl, branch of a tree.

Gamen, n. S. game, sport, 980, 1716, 2135, 2250, 2577; joy, 2935, 2963. Gamyn, Barb. iii. 465. V. Jam.

Gamen, n. S. game, sport, 980, 1716, 2135, 2250, 2577; joy, 2935, 2963. Gamyn, Barb. iii. 465. V. Jam.

Gan, pa. t. S. began, 2443. V. Jam.

Gan, pa. t. S. began, 2443. V. Jam.

Gangen, v. S. to go, walk, 370, 845, &c. Gange, 796. Gongen, 855. Gonge, 1185, 1739, &c. Gonge, pr. t. 2 p. goest, 690, 843. Gangande, part. pr. on foot, walking, 2283. Wynt. V. Jam.

Gangen, v. S. to go, walk, 370, 845, &c. Gange, 796. Gongen, 855. Gonge, 1185, 1739, &c. Gonge, pr. t. 2 p. goest, 690, 843. Gangande, part. pr. on foot, walking, 2283. Wynt. V. Jam.

Garte, pa. t. S. made, 189, 1857, &c. Gart, 1001, 1082. Gert, Sir Tr. p. 147. V. Jam. and Gl. Lynds.

Garte, pa. t. S. made, 189, 1857, &c. Gart, 1001, 1082. Gert, Sir Tr. p. 147. V. Jam. and Gl. Lynds.

Gat, Gaten. See Geten.

Gat, Gaten. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Gate, n. S. (1) way, road, 846, 889. Sir Tr. p. 27; (2) manner, fashion (see þus-gate), 783, 2419, 2586.

Gate, n. S. (1) way, road, 846, 889. Sir Tr. p. 27; (2) manner, fashion (see þus-gate), 783, 2419, 2586.

Genge, n. S. family, company, 786, 1735; retinue, 2353, 2362, 2383.

Genge, n. S. family, company, 786, 1735; retinue, 2353, 2362, 2383.

þe king of þan londe

the king of the land

Mid muchelere genge.

In the thick of it.

Laȝam. l. 6156.

Laȝam. l. 6156.

Hence Gang. V. Todd’s Johns.

Hence Gang V. Todd’s Johns.

Gent, adj. Fr. neat, pretty, 2139. Sir Tr. p. 87, R. Br., Chauc.

Gent, adj. Fr. neat, pretty, 2139. Sir Tr. p. 87, R. Br., Chauc.

Gere. See Messe-gere.

Gere. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Gest, n. Fr. tale, adventure, 2984. See Note in Warton’s Hist. E. P., V. I. p. 69. Ed. 1840.

Gest, n. French tale, adventure, 2984. See Note in Warton’s Hist. E. P., V. I. p. 69. Ed. 1840.

Gete, v. to guard, watch, keep, 2762, 2960. Icel. gæta, to guard. Cf. Ormulum, 2079. [Suggested by Garnett.]

Gete, v. to guard, watch, keep, 2762, 2960. Icel. gæta, to guard. Cf. Ormulum, 2079. [Suggested by Garnett.]

Geten, v. S. to get, take, 792. Gete, 1393. Gat, pa. t. begot, got, 495, 730. Gaten, Geten, pa. t. pl. begot, 2893, 2934, 2978. Getes, f. t. 2 p. shalt get, 908.

Geten, v. to get, take, 792. Gete, 1393. Gat, pa. t. begot, got, 495, 730. Gaten, Geten, pa. t. pl. begot, 2893, 2934, 2978. Getes, f. t. 2 p. you shall get, 908.

Ghod for Good, 255.

Ghod for Good, 255.

Gisarm, n. Fr. a bill, 2553. See Gl. Rits. M. R., Spelm. in v., Jam. Dict., and Merrick’s Gl. in v. Gesa, Gesum. [“Distinguished from other weapons of the axe kind by a spike rising from the back. There were two kinds, viz. the glaive-gisarme, with a sabre-blade and spike; and the bill-gisarme, in shape of a hedging-bill with a spike.” Godwin’s Archæol. Handbook, p. 254.]

Gisarm, n. Fr. a bill, 2553. See Gl. Rits. M. R., Spelm. in v., Jam. Dict., and Merrick’s Gl. in v. Gesa, Gesum. [“Different from other axe-like weapons by having a spike on the back. There were two types, namely the glaive-gisarme, which has a sabre blade and a spike; and the bill-gisarme, shaped like a hedge bill with a spike.” Godwin’s Archæol. Handbook, p. 254.]

Giue. See Yeue.

Give. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Giue, n. S. gift, 2880. Gyue, 357. Yeft, 2336.

Give, n. S. gift, 2880. Give, 357. Gift, 2336.

122

Giueled, piled up, 814. [The O.Fr. gavelé means piled up, heaped together. To gavel corn (see Halliwell) is to put it into heaps, and a gavel is a heap of corn. But this may very well be derived from gable, since a heap takes the shape of a peaked end of a house; and the O.Fr. term is probably originally Teutonic, and connected, as gable is, with Mœso-Goth. gibla, a pinnacle, with which compare German giebel, Du. gevel, and hence our word would be taken from a verb givelen, to pile up. The fish in Havelok’s basket would be what the Dutch call gevelvormig, or formed like a gable, or like the peaked end of a stack of hay or corn, whence the author’s expression—giueled als a stac, piled up in the shape of a stack. Other explanations are flayed, from Du. villen, to flay; or filed, ranged in rows upon a stick, where stick is represented by stac. But the latter supposition would require the reading on rather than als; not to mention the fact that if fish are carried in a pannier they would not resemble fish carried on a stick. Nor is it quite satisfactory to say that giueled is put for gefilled, filled; for this is not elucidated by the expression als a stac, any more than the explanation flayed is. Gable is Icel. gafl, Sw. gafvel, Dan. gavl, Du. gevel, Ger. giebel, gipfel, &c. Its forked shape seems to give rise to Ger. gabel, Sw. gaffel, a fork; respecting which set of words see Gaff in Wedgwood.]

Giueled, piled up, 814. [The Old French gavelé means piled up, heaped together. To gavel corn (see Halliwell) is to put it into heaps, and a gavel is a heap of corn. But this might very well derive from gable, since a heap takes the shape of the peaked end of a house; and the Old French term is probably originally Teutonic, and connected, as gable is, with Mœso-Goth. gibla, a pinnacle, which is similar to German giebel, Dutch gevel, and thus our word would come from a verb givelen, to pile up. The fish in Havelok’s basket would be what the Dutch call gevelvormig, or shaped like a gable, or like the peaked end of a stack of hay or corn, hence the author’s expression—giueled als a stac, piled up in the shape of a stack. Other explanations include flayed, from Dutch villen, to flay; or filed, arranged in rows upon a stick, where stick is represented by stac. But the latter assumption would require reading on rather than als; not to mention the fact that if fish are carried in a pannier they would not look like fish carried on a stick. Nor is it entirely satisfactory to say that giueled stands for gefilled, filled; because this is not clarified by the phrase als a stac, just like the explanation flayed is not. Gable is Icelandic gafl, Swedish gafvel, Danish gavl, Dutch gevel, German giebel, gipfel, etc. Its forked shape seems to give rise to German gabel, Swedish gaffel, meaning fork; concerning which set of words see Gaff in Wedgwood.]

Gladlike, adv. S. gladly, 805, 906, 1760.

Gladlike, adv. S. gladly, 805, 906, 1760.

Glede, n. S. a burning coal, 91, 869. Rits. M. R., Web., R. Br., Chauc. See Note on l. 91.

Glede, n. S. a burning coal, 91, 869. Rits. M. R., Web., R. Br., Chauc. See Note on l. 91.

Gleiue, Gleyue, Fr. a spear, lance, 1770, 1844, 1981. Gleiues, Gleyues, pl. 267, 1748, 1864. Dr Merrick explains it, “A weapon composed of a long cutting blade at the end of a staff.” See R. Gl. p. 203; Guy of Warw. R. iii.; Chauc. Court of Love, 544; Percy, A. R.

Gleiue, Gleyue, Fr. a spear, lance, 1770, 1844, 1981. Gleiues, Gleyues, pl. 267, 1748, 1864. Dr. Merrick describes it as “A weapon with a long cutting blade at the end of a staff.” See R. Gl. p. 203; Guy of Warw. R. iii.; Chauc. Court of Love, 544; Percy, A. R.

Glem, n. S. gleam, ray, 2122. See Stem.

Glem, n. S. gleam, ray, 2122. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Gleu, n. S. game, skill, 2332. Properly, says Sir W. Scott, the joyous science of the minstrels. Cf. Sir Tr. p. 24, 35, 150.

Gleu, n. S. game, skill, 2332. According to Sir W. Scott, it’s the joyful art of the minstrels. See also Sir Tr. p. 24, 35, 150.

Gleymen, n. pl. S. gleemen, 2329. Glewemen, Sir Tr. p. 110.

Gleymen, n. pl. S. gleemen, 2329. Glewemen, Sir Tr. p. 110.

Whar bin thi glewmen that schuld thi glewe,

Where have the glewmen gone that should the glewe,

With harp and fithel, and tabour bete.

With harp and lute, and tambour beat.

Disp. betw. the bodi & saul, ap. Leyd. Compl. of Scotl.

Disp. betw. the body & soul, ap. Leyd. Compl. of Scotland.

Glotuns, n. pl. Fr. gluttons, wicked men, 2104.

Glotuns, n. pl. Fr. gluttons, bad people, 2104.

Va, Glutun, envers tei nostre lei se defent.

Va, Glutun, against our law it is forbidden.

K. Horn, 1633, MS. Douce.

K. Horn, 1633, MS. Douce.

Cf. K. Horn, 1124, ap. Rits., Yw. and Gaw. 3247; R. Cœur de L. 5953, and Chauc.

Cf. K. Horn, 1124, ap. Rits., Yw. and Gaw. 3247; R. Cœur de L. 5953, and Chauc.

Gnede, adj. S. niggardly, frugal, 97. Nearly equivalent to chinche, l. 1763. Printed guede in Sir Tr. p. 169. [Cf. Gnede in Halliwell, and A.S. gneadlícnes, frugality.]

Gnede, adj. S. stingy, economical, 97. Almost the same as chinche, l. 1763. Printed guede in Sir Tr. p. 169. [See Gnede in Halliwell, and A.S. gneadlícnes, frugality.]

God, n. S. gain, wealth, goods, 797, 2034; pl. gode, 1221. R. Gl., R. Br., Chauc.

God, n. S. gain, wealth, goods, 797, 2034; pl. gode, 1221. R. Gl., R. Br., Chauc.

God, Gode, adj. S. good, excellent, 7, &c.

God, Gode, adj. S. good, excellent, 7, &c.

Goddot, Goddoth, interj. god wot! 606, 642, 796, 909, 1656, 2543; cf. 2527. It is formed probably in the same manner as Goddil, for God’s will, in Yorksh. and Lanc. V. Craven dialect, and View of Lanc. dialect, 1770, 8vo. The word before us appears to have been limited to Lincolnshire or Lancashire, and does not appear in the Glossaries. Other instances are in the Cursor Mundi, MS. Cott. Vesp. F. iii. fol. 87b, and in MS. Cott. Galba E. ix. fol. 61. It also occurs in a translation of a French Fabliau, written in the reign of Edw. I.

Goddot, Goddoth, interj. god knows! 606, 642, 796, 909, 1656, 2543; cf. 2527. It's probably formed in a similar way as Goddil, meaning God’s will, in the Yorkshire and Lancashire dialects, as noted in the Craven dialect and View of Lancashire dialect, 1770, 8vo. This word seems to be mostly found in Lincolnshire or Lancashire and doesn’t appear in the Glossaries. Other examples can be found in the Cursor Mundi, MS. Cott. Vesp. F. iii. fol. 87b, and in MS. Cott. Galba E. ix. fol. 61. It also appears in a translation of a French Fabliau written during the reign of Edward I.

123

Goddot! so I wille,

Goddot! So I will,

And loke that thou hire tille,

And look that you hire there,

And strek out hire thes.

And strike out hire these.

La fablel & la cointise de dame Siriz, MS. Digb. 86.

The fable and the tale of Lady Siriz, MS. Digb. 86.

Grundtvig told me (adds Sir F. Madden) that it is “undoubtedly the same interjection spelled Ioduth in the old Danish rime-chronicle.”

Grundtvig told me (adds Sir F. Madden) that it is “definitely the same interjection spelled Ioduth in the old Danish rime-chronicle.”

Gome, n. S. man, 7.

Gome, n. S. man, 7.

Gon, v. S. to go, walk, 113, 1045. Goth, imp. go ye, 1780. Gon, part. pa. gone, 2692.

Gon, v. S. to go, walk, 113, 1045. Goth, imp. go ye, 1780. Gon, part. pa. gone, 2692.

Gonge, Gongen. See Gange.

Gonge, Gongen. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Gore, 2497. See Grim.

Gore, 2497. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Gos, n. S. goose, 1240. Gees, pl. 702.

Gos, n. S. goose, 1240. Gees, pl. 702.

Gouen. See Yeue.

Gouen. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Goulen, pr. t. pl. 2 p. S. howl, cry, 454. Gouleden, pa. t. pl. howled, cried, 164.

Goulen, pr. t. pl. 2 p. S. howl, cry, 454. Gouleden, pa. t. pl. howled, cried, 164.

An yollen mote thu so heye,

An yollen might you so high,

That ut berste bo thin ey.

That ut berste bo thin ey.

Hule and Nihtingale, l. 970.

Hule and Nihtingale, l. 970.

Used also by Wickliffe. In Scotland and the North it is still preserved, but in the South Yell is used as an equivalent. See Jam. and Gl. Lynds.

Used also by Wickliffe. In Scotland and the North it is still preserved, but in the South Yell is used as an equivalent. See Jam. and Gl. Lynds.

Gram, n. S. grief, 2469.

Gram, n. S. sorrow, 2469.

Graten, v. S. [grǽtan] to weep, cry, cry out, 329. Grede, 96. Grete, pres. pl. 454, 2703. Gret, pa. t. cried out, wept, 615, 1129, 2159. Gredde, 2417. Greten, pa. t. pl. wept, 164, 415, 2796. Grotinde, part. pr. weeping, 1390. Graten, part. pa. wept, 241. Igroten, 285. See Jam. and Gl. Lynds.

Graten, v. S. [grǽtan] to weep, cry, shout, 329. Grede, 96. Grete, pres. pl. 454, 2703. Gret, pa. t. cried out, wept, 615, 1129, 2159. Gredde, 2417. Greten, pa. t. pl. wept, 164, 415, 2796. Grotinde, part. pr. weeping, 1390. Graten, part. pa. wept, 241. Igroten, 285. See Jam. and Gl. Lynds.

Graue, v. S. to bury, 613. Grauen, part. pa. buried, 2528. Web., Sir Guy, Ii. iv., Chauc.

Graue, v. to bury, 613. Grauen, part. pa. buried, 2528. Web., Sir Guy, Ii. iv., Chauc.

Greme, v. S. to irritate, grieve, 442. In R. Br. Gram is used as a verb, in the same sense.

Greme, v. S. to annoy, upset, 442. In R. Br. Gram is used as a verb, in the same sense.

Grene, n. desire, lust, 996. It is simply the Mœso-Goth. gairuni, lust; Icel. girni, desire. V. Jam. in v. Grene. Halliwell suggests sport, play, to which it is opposed.

Grene, n. desire, lust, 996. It is simply the Mœso-Goth. gairuni, lust; Icel. girni, desire. V. Jam. in v. Grene. Halliwell suggests sport, play, to which it is opposed.

Gres, n. S. grass, 2698.

Gres, n. S. grass, 2698.

Gret, adj. S. great, heavy, loud, 807, 1860. Greth, 1025; pl. grete, 1437, 1862. Grettere, comp. greater, 1893.

Gret, adj. S. great, heavy, loud, 807, 1860. Greth, 1025; pl. grete, 1437, 1862. Grettere, comp. greater, 1893.

Grete. See Graten.

Grete. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Greþede, 2003. Explained as greeted, accosted, by Sir F. Madden; but the use of þ (not th) renders this doubtful. May it not signify treated, handled (lit. arrayed), from the vb. greyþe?

Greþede, 2003. Interpreted as greeted, accosted, by Sir F. Madden; but the use of þ (not th) makes this uncertain. Could it not mean treated, handled (literally arrayed), from the vb. greyþe?

Grethet. See Greyþe.

Grethet. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Greting, n. S. weeping, 166.

Greting, n. S. weeping, 166.

Grette, pa. t. S. accosted, greeted, 452, 1811, 2625. Gret, part. pa. accosted, greeted, 2290.

Grette, pa. t. S. approached, greeted, 452, 1811, 2625. Gret, part. pa. approached, greeted, 2290.

Greu, pa. t. S. grew, prospered, 2333; pl. grewe, 2975.

Greu, pa. t. S. grew, prospered, 2333; pl. grewe, 2975.

Greue, v. S. to grieve, 2953.

Greue, v. S. to mourn, 2953.

Greyþe, v. S. [gerǽdian] to prepare, 1762. Greyþede, pa. t. prepared, 706. Greyþed, part. pa. prepared, made ready, 714. Grethet, 2615. Laȝam. l. 4414. Sir Tr. p. 33. Sc. Graith. V. Jam. and Gl. Lynds.

Greyþe, v. S. [gerǽdian] to prepare, 1762. Greyþede, pa. t. prepared, 706. Greyþed, part. pa. prepared, made ready, 714. Grethet, 2615. Laȝam. l. 4414. Sir Tr. p. 33. Sc. Graith. V. Jam. and Gl. Lynds.

Greyue, n. S. [geréfa] greave, magistrate, 1771. Greyues, g. c. greave’s, 1749. Greyues, pl. 266. V. Spelm. in v. Grafio, and Hickes, Diss. Epist. p. 21, n. p. 151.

Greyue, n. S. [geréfa] greave, magistrate, 1771. Greyues, g. c. greave’s, 1749. Greyues, pl. 266. V. Spelm. in v. Grafio, and Hickes, Diss. Epist. p. 21, n. p. 151.

Grim, adj. S. cruel, savage, fierce, 155, 680, 2398, 2655, 2761. R. Br., Rits. M. R. See Beowulf, l. 204.

Grim, adj. S. cruel, savage, fierce, 155, 680, 2398, 2655, 2761. R. Br., Rits. M. R. See Beowulf, l. 204.

Grim, n. [smut, dirt, 2497. The explanation is that Godard, on being flayed, did not bear his sentence as one of rank and blood would have done, but began to roar out as if he were mere dirt or mud, i.e. one of the dregs of the common herd. This curious expression is ascertained to have the meaning here 124 assigned to it by observing (1) that grim and gore must be substantives, and (2) that they must be of like signification; but chiefly by comparing the line with others similar to it. Now the context, in the couplet following, repeats that “men might hear him roar, that foul vile wretch, a mile off;” and in l. 682, Godard calls Grim “a foul dirt, a thrall, and a churl.” The author clearly uses dirt and churl as synonyms. The word grim is the Danish grim, soot, lampblack, smut, dirt, answering to the English grime; see grime in Atkinson’s Glossary of the Cleveland dialect. Gore is the A.S. gór, wet mud, or clotted blood, in the latter of which senses it is still used. See “Gore. Limus” in Prompt. Parv., and Way’s note.]

Grim, n. [smut, dirt, 2497. The explanation is that Godard, when facing punishment, did not react like someone of high social standing, but instead began to scream as if he were just dirt or mud, meaning he was one of the lowest members of society. This unusual expression is understood to mean, based on the following points: (1) that grim and gore must be treated as nouns, and (2) that they share similar meanings; but mostly by comparing this line with others that are similar. The context, in the couplet that follows, states that “men could hear him roar, that foul vile wretch, from a mile away;” and in line 682, Godard refers to Grim as “a foul dirt, a thrall, and a churl.” The author clearly uses dirt and churl as synonyms. The word grim is the Danish grim, meaning soot, lampblack, smut, dirt, which corresponds to the English grime; see grime in Atkinson’s Glossary of the Cleveland dialect. Gore is the Old English gór, meaning wet mud, or clotted blood, which is still used in this sense. See “Gore. Limus” in Prompt. Parv., and Way’s note.]

Grip, n. griffin, 572. Web. Graip, Sc., V. Jam. The plural gripes is in Laȝam. l. 28062, and K. Alisaund. 4880. Swed. grip.

Grip, n. griffin, 572. Web. Graip, Sc., V. Jam. The plural gripes is in Laȝam. l. 28062, and K. Alisaund. 4880. Swed. grip.

Grip, n. S. [græp] ditch, trench, 2102. Gripes, pl. 1924. V. Jam. in v. Grape; and Skinner, v. Groop. Cf. Swed. grop.

Grip, n. S. [græp] ditch, trench, 2102. Gripes, pl. 1924. V. Jam. in v. Grape; and Skinner, v. Groop. Cf. Swed. grop.

Gripen, pr. t. pl. S. gripe, grasp, 1790. Gripeth, imp. gripe ye, 1882. Grop, pa. t. grasped, 1776, 1871, 1890, &c.

Gripen, present tense, plural S. grip, grasp, 1790. Gripeth, past tense grip you, 1882. Grop, past tense grasped, 1776, 1871, 1890, &c.

Grith, n. S. peace, 61, 511. Grith-sergeans, 267, legal officers to preserve the peace. These must not be confounded with the Justitiarii Pacis established in the beginning of Edw. III. reign, and called Gardiani Pacis. V. Spelm. in v. Cf. Icel. grið.

Grith, n. S. peace, 61, 511. Grith-sergeants, 267, legal officers responsible for maintaining peace. These should not be confused with the Justices of the Peace established at the beginning of King Edward III's reign, known as Guardians of the Peace. See Spelm. in v. Cf. Icel. grið.

Grom, n. male child, youth, 790; young man, 2472. Belgic grom has the same sense of boy. Cf. Icel. gromr, homuncio. So in Sir Degore, A. iv.

Grom, n. boy, young man, 790; young man, 2472. The Belgic grom means the same as boy. Compare with Icel. gromr, homuncio. So in Sir Degore, A. iv.

He lyft up the shete anone

He lifted up the sheet right away.

And loked upon the lytle grome.

And looked upon the little groom.

It generally elsewhere signifies lad, page.

It usually signifies lad, page.

Gronge, n. Fr. grange, 764. [Halliwell says that, in Lincolnshire, a lone farm-house is still called a grange. In old English it is sometimes spelt graunge, which comes near the form here used. Cf. Fr. grange; Ital. grangia (Florio), a country-farm.]

Gronge, n. Fr. grange, 764. [Halliwell mentions that, in Lincolnshire, a solitary farmhouse is still referred to as a grange. In Old English, it was sometimes spelled graunge, which is similar to the form used here. See Fr. grange; Ital. grangia (Florio), a rural farm.]

Grop. See Gripen.

Grop. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Grotes, n. pl. S. [grót] small pieces, grit, dust, 472, 1414.

Grotes, n. pl. S. [grót] small pieces, grit, dust, 472, 1414.

Grotinde. See Graten.

Grotinde. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Grund, adj. used as adv. 1027. See Grundlike.

Grund, adj. used as adv. 1027. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Grunde, n. S. dat. c. ground, 1979, 2675.

Grunde, n. S. dat. c. ground, 1979, 2675.

Grunden, part. pa. S. ground, 2503. Yw. and Gaw. 676. Grounden, Chauc.

Grunden, part. pa. S. ground, 2503. Yw. and Gaw. 676. Grounden, Chauc.

Grundlike, adv. heartily, 651, 2659; deeply, 2013, 2268, 2307, where it is equivalent to Deplike, q.v. The word is undoubtedly Saxon, but in the Lexicons we only find Grundlinga, funditus, from Ælf. Gl. It is used by Laȝamon, l. 9783.

Grundlike, adv. wholeheartedly, 651, 2659; profoundly, 2013, 2268, 2307, where it is similar to Deplike, see below. The word is definitely Saxon, but in the dictionaries, we only find Grundlinga, funditus, from Ælf. Gl. It is referenced by Laȝamon, l. 9783.

Cnihtes heom gereden

Cnihtes heom ridden

Grundliche feire.

Thorough celebration.

Gyue. See Giue.

Gyue. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

H

Hal, all, 2370.

Hal, all, 2370.

[Hal, more probably, is shortened from half, like twel from twelue.]

[Hal is likely a shortened version of half, similar to how twel comes from twelue.]

Halde, v. S. to hold, take part, 2308. Holden, to keep or observe, 29, 1171. Haldes, pr. t. 3 p. holds, 1382. Hel, pa. t. held, 109. Helden, pa. t. pl. held, 1201. Halden, part. pa. held, holden, 2806.

Halde, v. to hold, take part, 2308. Holden, to keep or observe, 29, 1171. Haldes, pr. t. 3 p. holds, 1382. Hel, pa. t. held, 109. Helden, pa. t. pl. held, 1201. Halden, part. pa. held, holden, 2806.

Hals, n. S. neck, 521, 670, 2510. Sir Tr. p. 109.

Hals, n. S. neck, 521, 670, 2510. Sir Tr. p. 109.

Halue, n. S. side, part; bi bothe halue, 2682. See Bi-halue.

Halue, n. S. side, part; bi bothe halue, 2682. See Bi-halue.

Haluendel, n. S. the half part, 460. R. Gl. p. 5; R. Br.; K. Alisaund. 7116; Emare, 444; Chron. of Engl. 515; R. Hood, i. 68.

Haluendel, n. S. the half part, 460. R. Gl. p. 5; R. Br.; K. Alisaund. 7116; Emare, 444; Chron. of Engl. 515; R. Hood, i. 68.

125

Handlen, v. S. to handle, 347. Handel, 586.

Handlen, v. S. to handle, 347. Handel, 586.

Hangen, v. S. to hang, 335, 695. Hengen, 43, &c. Honge, 2807. Henged, part. pa. hung, 1922, 2480. Cf. For-henge.

Hangen, v. S. to hang, 335, 695. Hengen, 43, &c. Honge, 2807. Henged, part. pa. hung, 1922, 2480. Cf. For-henge.

Harum for Harm, 1983, 2408.

Harum for Harm, 1983, 2408.

Hasard, n. Fr. game at dice, 2326. See Note on l. 2320.

Hasard, n. Fr. dice game, 2326. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hatede, pa. t. S. hated, 1188.

Hated, pa. t. S. hated, 1188.

Hauen, v. S. to have, 78, &c. Hawe, 1188. Haue, 1298. Haues, Hauest, pr. t. 2 p. hast, 688, 848. Haues, Haueth, pr. t. 3 p. haveth, hath, has, 1266, 1285, 1952, 1980, &c. Hauet, hath, 564. Hauen, pr. t. pl. have, 1227. Hauenet, have it, 2005. Hauede, pa. t. had, 649, 775, &c. Hauedet, 714, had it. Haueden, pa. t. pl. had, 238, &c. Aueden, 163. Haue, Hauede, Haueden, subj. would have, 1428, 1643, 1687, 2020, 2675.

Hauen, v. to have, 78, &c. Hawe, 1188. Haue, 1298. Haues, Hauest, present tense, 2nd person. hast, 688, 848. Haues, Haueth, present tense, 3rd person. haveth, hath, has, 1266, 1285, 1952, 1980, &c. Hauet, hath, 564. Hauen, present tense, plural. have, 1227. Hauenet, have it, 2005. Hauede, past tense. had, 649, 775, &c. Hauedet, 714, had it. Haueden, past tense, plural. had, 238, &c. Aueden, 163. Haue, Hauede, Haueden, subjunctive. would have, 1428, 1643, 1687, 2020, 2675.

Haui for Haue I, 2002.

Haui for Haue I, 2002.

He, pron. S. Is often understood, as in ll. 869, 1428, 1777, and hence might perhaps have been designedly omitted in ll. 135, 860, 1089, 2311, though the metre seems to require he in 135 and 1089. He, pl. they, 54, &c.

He, pron. S. is often understood, as in lines 869, 1428, 1777, and so might have been deliberately left out in lines 135, 860, 1089, 2311, although the meter seems to need he in 135 and 1089. He, pl. they, 54, & etc.

Heie, n. See Eie.

Heie, n. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Heie, adj. S. tall, 987. Hey, 1071, 1083; high, 1289. Heye se, 719. Heye curt, 1685. Heye and lowe, 2431, 2471, &c.

Heie, adj. S. tall, 987. Hey, 1071, 1083; high, 1289. Heye se, 719. Heye curt, 1685. Heye and lowe, 2431, 2471, &c.

Hel, Helden. See Halde.

Hey, heroes. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Helde, Heldeste. See Eld.

Held, Holdest. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Helen, v. S. [hǽlan] to heal, 1836. Hele, 2058. Holed, part. pa. healed, 2039.

Helen, v. S. [hǽlan] to heal, 1836. Hele, 2058. Holed, part. pa. healed, 2039.

Helm, n. S. helmet, 379, 624, 1653, &c. Helmes, pl. 2612.

Helm, n. S. helmet, 379, 624, 1653, &c. Helmes, pl. 2612.

Helpen, v. S. to help, 1712. Helpes, imp. pl. help ye, 2595. Holpen, part. pa. helped, 901.

Helpen, v. S. to help, 1712. Helps, imp. pl. help you, 2595. Holpen, part. pa. helped, 901.

Hem, pron. S. them, 367, &c.

Hem, pron. S. them, 367, & etc.

Hend. See Hond.

Hend. View __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hende for Ende, 247.

Hende for Ende, 247.

Hende, n. S. a duck, 1241. A.S. ened; Lat. anas (anat-is); Du. eend; Icel. önd. “Ende mete, for dookelyngys, Lenticula;” and again, “Ende, dooke byrde, Anas.” Prompt. Parv.

Hende, n. S. a duck, 1241. A.S. ened; Lat. anas (anat-is); Du. eend; Icel. önd. “Ende mete, for dookelyngys, Lenticula;” and again, “Ende, dooke byrde, Anas.” Prompt. Parv.

Hende, adj. courteous, gentle, 1104, 1421, 1704, 2793, 2877, 2914; skilful, 2628. It certainly is the same word with hendi, hendy. See Tyrwh. on C. T. 3199; Gl. R. Glouc.; Amis and Amil. 1393; Ly Beaus Desc. 333; Morte Arthur, ap. Ellis, M. R. V. I. p. 359, &c.; Dan. and Sw. händig, dexterous.

Hende, adj. polite, kind, 1104, 1421, 1704, 2793, 2877, 2914; skilled, 2628. It definitely is the same word as hendi, hendy. See Tyrwh. on C. T. 3199; Gl. R. Glouc.; Amis and Amil. 1393; Ly Beaus Desc. 333; Morte Arthur, ap. Ellis, M. R. V. I. p. 359, &c.; Dan. and Sw. händig, skillful.

Hende, adv. S. near, handy, 359, 2275. Web.

Hende, adv. close by, convenient, 359, 2275. Web.

Hendeleik, n. courtesy, 2793. Cf. Allit. Poems, ed. Morris, B. 860.

Hendeleik, n. courtesy, 2793. Cf. Allit. Poems, ed. Morris, B. 860.

Henged, Hengen. See Hangen.

Henged, Hengen. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Henne, adv. S. hence, 843, 1780, 1799. In the same manner is formed Whenne, K. Horn, 169, which Ritson thought a mistake for whence.

Henne, adv. S. hence, 843, 1780, 1799. It's similarly formed as Whenne, K. Horn, 169, which Ritson believed was an error for whence.

Henne, n, S. hen, 1240. Hennes, pl. 702.

Henne, n, S. hen, 1240. Hennes, pl. 702.

Her. See Er.

Her. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Her, adv. S. here, 689, 1058, &c. Her offe, 2585, hereof.

Her, adv. S. here, 689, 1058, &c. Her offe, 2585, hereof.

Her, n. S. hair, 1924. Hor, 235.

Her, n. S. hair, 1924. Hor, 235.

Herboru, n. S. habitation, harbour, lodging, 742. Herberowe, Web.; Herbegerie, R. Br.; Harbroughe, Sq. of Lowe Degre, 179; Herberwe, Chauc.; Herbry, Wynt.; Herberye, Lynds. Gl. q.v. and Jam.

Herboru, n. S. dwelling, harbor, accommodation, 742. Herberowe, Web.; Herbegerie, R. Br.; Harbroughe, Sq. of Lowe Degre, 179; Herberwe, Chauc.; Herbry, Wynt.; Herberye, Lynds. Gl. q.v. and Jam.

Herborwed, pa. t. S. lodged, 742. Laȝam., Chauc., V. Jam. in v. Herbery.

Herborwed, pa. t. S. lodged, 742. Laȝam., Chauc., V. Jam. in v. Herbery.

Here, pron. S. their, 52, 465, &c.

Here, pron. S. their, 52, 465, etc.

Here, n. S. army, 346, 379, 2153, 2942. R. Br., K. Alisaund, 2101.

Here, n. S. army, 346, 379, 2153, 2942. R. Br., K. Alisaund, 2101.

Here, Heren, v. S. to hear, 4, 126 732, 1640, 2279, &c. Y-here, 11. Herd, Herde, pa. t. heard, 286, 465, &c. Herden, pa. t. pl. 150.

Here, Heren, v. S. to hear, 4, 126 732, 1640, 2279, etc. Y-here, 11. Herd, Herde, pa. t. heard, 286, 465, etc. Herden, pa. t. pl. 150.

Herinne, adv. S. herein, 458.

Herinne, adv. S. here, 458.

Herkne, imp. s. S. hearken, 1285. Herknet, imp. pl. hearken ye, 1.

Herkne, imp. s. S. hearken, 1285. Herknet, imp. pl. hearken you, 1.

Herles. See Erl.

Herles. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hernes, n. Fr. armour, harness, 1917. R. Br., &c.

Hernes, n. Fr. armor, gear, 1917. R. Br., &c.

Hernes, n. pl. S. brains, 1808.

Hernes, n. pl. S. brains, 1808.

Hern-panne, n. S. skull, 1991. Yw. and Gaw. 660; R. Cœur de L., 5293. Hardynpan, Compl. of Scotl. p. 241; V. Gl.

Hern-panne, n. S. skull, 1991. Yw. and Gaw. 660; R. Cœur de L., 5293. Hardynpan, Compl. of Scotl. p. 241; V. Gl.

Hert, n. S. hart, deer, 1872.

Hert, n. S. hart, deer, 1872.

Herte, n. S. heart, 479, 2054, &c. Herte blod, 1819. Laȝam. l. 15846; Sir Tr. p. 98; Chauc.

Herte, n. S. heart, 479, 2054, &c. Herte blod, 1819. Laȝam. l. 15846; Sir Tr. p. 98; Chauc.

Hertelike, adv. S. heartily, 1347, 2748.

Hertelike, adv. S. warmly, 1347, 2748.

Het, part. S. hight, named, 2348. Hoten, part. pa. called, named, 106, 284.

Het, part. S. hight, named, 2348. Hoten, part. pa. called, named, 106, 284.

Het, Hete, Heten. See Ete.

Het, Hete, Heten. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hetelike, adv. S. hotly, furiously, 2655.

Hetelike, adv. S. heatedly, angrily, 2655.

And Guy hent his sword in hand,

And Guy took his sword in hand,

And hetelich smot to Colbrand.

And hetelich hit Colbrand.

Guy of Warw. ap. Ellis, M. R. V. 2, p. 82.

Guy of Warw. ap. Ellis, M. R. V. 2, p. 82.

In Sir Tr. p. 172, Hethelich is explained Haughtily by the Editor, and by Jam. reproachfully. Cf. Hetterly in Gloss. to Will. of Palerne.

In Sir Tr. p. 172, Hethelich is described Haughtily by the Editor, and by Jam. reproachfully. See Hetterly in the Gloss. to Will. of Palerne.

Hethede, pa. t. commanded, 551. A.S. hetan. The th is here pronounced like t, as elsewhere.

Hethede, pa. t. commanded, 551. A.S. hetan. The th is pronounced like t, as it is in other places.

Heþen. See Eþen.

Heathen. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Heu, n. S. hue, colour, complexion, 2918. Very common. We may hence explain the “inexplicable phrase” complained of by Mr Ellis, Spec. E. E. P. V. I. p. 109. “On heu her hair is fair enough” —occasioned by Ritson having inadvertently copied it hen, from the MS.; see Anc. Songs, p. 25.

Heu, n. S. hue, color, complexion, 2918. Very common. We can explain the “inexplicable phrase” that Mr. Ellis mentioned, Spec. E. E. P. V. I. p. 109. “On heu her hair is fair enough” —caused by Ritson accidentally copying it hen from the manuscript; see Anc. Songs, p. 25.

Heued, n. S. head, 624, 1653, 1701, 1759, &c. Heuedes, pl. 1907.

Heued, n. S. head, 624, 1653, 1701, 1759, &c. Heuedes, pl. 1907.

Heuere. See Euere.

Heuere. Check __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Heui, adj. S. heavy, 808; laborious, 2456.

Heui, adj. S. hefty, 808; hard work, 2456.

Hew, pa. t. S. cut, 2729. Sir Tr. p. 20.

Hew, pa. t. S. cut, 2729. Sir Tr. p. 20.

Hext, adj. sup. S. highest, tallest, 1080. Haxt, Laȝamon; Hext, K. Alisaund. 7961; R. Gl.; Chauc.

Hext, adj. sup. S. highest, tallest, 1080. Haxt, Laȝamon; Hext, K. Alisaund. 7961; R. Gl.; Chauc.

Hey, Heye. See Heie.

Hey, Heye. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Heye, adv. S. on high, 43, 335, 695, &c.

Heye, adv. S. up high, 43, 335, 695, &c.

Heylike, adv. S. highly, honourably, 2319. Heyelike, 1329.

Heylike, adv. S. highly, honorably, 2319. Heyelike, 1329.

Heyman, n. S. nobleman, 1260. Sir Tr. p. 82. Heymen, Heyemen, pl. 231, 958.

Heyman, n. S. nobleman, 1260. Sir Tr. p. 82. Heymen, Heyemen, pl. 231, 958.

Hi, Hic. See Ich.

Hi, Hic. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hider, adv. S. hither, 868, 885, 1431.

Hider, adv. S. here, 868, 885, 1431.

Hides, n. pl. S. hides, skins, 918.

Hides, n. pl. S. hides, skins, 918.

Hijs, pron. S. his, 47, 468. Hise, 34, &c. Hyse, 355. [The final e is most used with plural nouns.]

Hijs, pron. S. his, 47, 468. Hise, 34, &c. Hyse, 355. [The final e is most commonly used with plural nouns.]

Hile, v. S. [hélan] to cover, hide, 2082. Hele, Sir Tr. p. 19, Web., Rits. M. R., Chauc. Hilles, Yw. and Gaw. 741. V. Jam. in v. Heild. —Somersetsh.

Hile, v. S. [hélan] to cover, hide, 2082. Hele, Sir Tr. p. 19, Web., Rits. M. R., Chauc. Hilles, Yw. and Gaw. 741. V. Jam. in v. Heild. —Somersetsh.

Him, pron. S. them, 257, 1169.

Him, pron. They, 257, 1169.

Hine, n. pl. S. hinds, bondsmen, 620. Web. Hinen, R. Gl., V. Jam. in v.

Hine, n. pl. S. hinds, bondsmen, 620. Web. Hinen, R. Gl., V. Jam. in v.

Hinne. See Þer-inne.

Hinne. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hire, pron. S. her, 127, &c. Hire semes, it beseems her, 2916.

Hire, pron. S. her, 127, &c. Hire semes, it suits her, 2916.

His for Is, 279, 1973, 2692.

His for Is, 279, 1973, 2692.

Hise. See Hijs.

Hi. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hof for Of, 1976.

Hof for Of, 1976.

Hof, pa. t. S. heaved, 2750.

Hof, pa. t. S. lifted, 2750.

Hok, n. S. hook, 1102.

Hok, n. S. hook, 1102.

Hol, adj. whole, well, 2075.

Hol, adj. complete, fine, 2075.

Holi, adj. S. holy, 1361. [Printed hoh in the former edition.]

Holi, adj. S. holy, 1361. [Printed hoh in the former edition.]

127

Hold, adj. S. firm, faithful, 2781, 2816.

Hold, adj. S. solid, dependable, 2781, 2816.

Ant suore othes holde,

Ant suore othes hold,

That huere non ne sholde

That whore should not

Horn never bytreye.

Horn never forgets.

K. Horn, 1259.

K. Horn, 1259.

Cf. R. Glouc. p. 377, 383, 443; K. Alisaund. 2912; Chron. of Engl. 730.

Cf. R. Glouc. p. 377, 383, 443; K. Alisaund. 2912; Chron. of Engl. 730.

Hold, Holde, adj. S. old, 30, 192, 417, 956, &c.; former, 2460.

Hold, Holde, adj. S. old, 30, 192, 417, 956, &c.; former, 2460.

Holden. See Halde.

Holden. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hole, n. S. socket of the eye, 1813.

Hole, n. S. eye socket, 1813.

Holed. See Helen.

Holed. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Holpen. See Helpen.

Helped. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hond, n. S. hand, 2446. Hon, 1342. Dat. c. hend, 505, 2069; pl. hondes, 215, 636. Hond-dede, n. S. handiwork, 92.

Hond, n. S. hand, 2446. Hon, 1342. Dat. c. hend, 505, 2069; pl. hondes, 215, 636. Hond-dede, n. S. handiwork, 92.

Honge. See Hangen.

Honge. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hor. See Her, n.

Hor. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, n.

Hore, n. mercy, 153. See Ore.

Hore, n. mercy, 153. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Horn, n. S. 779. [This probably refers to the shape of the simnel. Halliwell says, a Simnel is “generally made in a three-cornered form.” Cracknels are still made with pointed and turned up ends, not unlike horns.]

Horn, n. S. 779. [This likely refers to the shape of the simnel. Halliwell mentions that a Simnel is “usually made in a three-cornered shape.” Cracknels are still made with pointed and curled ends, similar to horns.]

Hors, n. S. horse, 2283. Horse-knaue, groom, 1019. So in a curious satirical poem, temp. Edw. II.

Hors, n. S. horse, 2283. Horse-knaue, groom, 1019. So in a curious satirical poem, around the time of Edward II.

Of rybaudz y ryme,

Of rybaudz y ryme,

Ant rede o my rolle,

Aunt read to my role,

Of gedelynges, gromes,

Of gatherings, grumbles,

Of Colyn, & of Colle;

Of Colyn, and of Colle;

Harlotes, hors knaues,

Harlots, horse thieves,

Bi pate & by polle.

Bi pate & by polle.

MS. Harl. 2253, f. 124 b.

MS. Harl. 2253, f. 124 b.

Used also by Gower, Conf. Am. See Todd’s Illustr. p. 279.

Used also by Gower, Conf. Am. See Todd’s Illustr. p. 279.

Hosen, n. pl. S. hose, stockings, 860, 969. In Sir Tr. p. 94, trowsers seem to be indicated.

Hosen, n. pl. S. hose, stockings, 860, 969. In Sir Tr. p. 94, trousers seem to be indicated.

Hoslen, v. S. to administer or receive the sacrament, 212. Hoslon, 362. Hosled, part. pa. 364. Hoseled, 2598. Le Bone Flor. 776. Chauc.

Hoslen, v. S. to administer or receive the sacrament, 212. Hoslon, 362. Hosled, part. pa. 364. Hoseled, 2598. Le Bone Flor. 776. Chauc.

Hoten. See Het.

Hoten. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Houes, pr. t. S. behoves, 582. [Read bi-houes?]

Houses, pr. t. S. behoves, 582. [Read bi-houses?]

Hul, n. S. hollow, i.e. vale, 2687. A.S. hole. Cf. l. 2439.

Hul, n. S. hollow, meaning valley, 2687. hole. See l. 2439.

Hund, n. S. hound, 1994, 2435. Hundes, pl. 2331.

Hund, n. S. hound, 1994, 2435. Hundes, pl. 2331.

Hungred for Hunger, 2454.

Hungered for Hunger, 2454.

Hungreth, pr. t. hunger, 455. Hungrede, pa. t. hungered, 654.

Hungreth, pr. t. hunger, 455. Hungrede, pa. t. hungered, 654.

Hure, pron. S. our, 338, 842, 1231, &c.

Hure, pron. S. our, 338, 842, 1231, &c.

Hus for Us, 1217, 1409.

Hus for Us, 1217, 1409.

Hus, n. S. house, 740. Huse, 2913. Hws, 1141. Milne-hous, mill-house, 1967.

Hus, n. S. house, 740. Huse, 2913. Hws, 1141. Milne-hous, mill-house, 1967.

Hyl, n. S. heap, 892. Hil, hill, 1287.

Hyl, n. S. heap, 892. Hil, hill, 1287.

Hw, W, adv. S. how, 120, 288, 827, 960, 1646, &c. Hwou, 2411, 2946, 2987, &c.

Hw, W, adv. S. how, 120, 288, 827, 960, 1646, &c. Hwou, 2411, 2946, 2987, &c.

Hwan, adv. S. when, 408, 474, &c. See Quan.

Hwan, adv. S. when, 408, 474, &c. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hware, adv. S. where, 1881, 2240, 2579. Hwar-of, whereof, 2976. Hwere, 549, 1083.

Hware, adv. S. where, 1881, 2240, 2579. Hwar-of, whereof, 2976. Hwere, 549, 1083.

Hwat, pron. S. what, 596, 635, 1137, 2547. Wat, 117, 541, &c. Wat is yw, 453. Hwat or Wat is þe, 1951, 2704.

Hwat, pron. S. what, 596, 635, 1137, 2547. Wat, 117, 541, &c. Wat is yw, 453. Hwat or Wat is þe, 1951, 2704.

Hwat. See Quath.

Huh. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hwel, n. S. whale, or grampus, 755. Hwæl, balena, vel cete, vel cetus. Ælf. Gl. See Qual.

Hwel, n. S. whale, or grampus, 755. Hwæl, balena, vel cete, vel cetus. Ælf. Gl. See Qual.

Hweþer, adv. S. whether, 294, 2098.

Whether, adv. S. whether, 294, 2098.

Hwi, adv. S. why, 454. See Qui.

Hwi, adv. S. why, 454. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hwil, adv. S. whilst, 301, 363, 538, 2437.

Hwil, adv. S. while, 301, 363, 538, 2437.

Hwile, n. S. time, 722, 1830.

Hwile, n. S. time, 722, 1830.

Hwil-gat, adv. S. how, lit. which way, 838. Howgates, Skinner

Hwil-gat, adv. S. how, literally which way, 838. Howgates, Skinner

Hwit, adj. S. white, 1729.

Hwit, adj. S. white, 1729.

128

Hwo, pron. S. who, 296, 300, 368, 2604, &c. See Wo.

Hwo, pron. S. who, 296, 300, 368, 2604, &c. See Wo.

Hwor, adv. S. whether, 1119. Hwore-so, wheresoever, 1349.

Hwor, adv. S. whether, 1119. Hwore-so, wherever, 1349.

Hwou. See Hw.

How. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hws. See Hus.

Hws. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Hyse. See Hijs.

Hyse. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

I

Ich, pron. S. I, 167, &c. Ihc, 1377. Hic, 305. Hi, 487. I, 686. Y, 15, &c.

Ich, pron. S. I, 167, &c. Ihc, 1377. Hic, 305. Hi, 487. I, 686. Y, 15, &c.

Id for It, 2424.

Id for It, 2424.

I-gret, 163. See Grette.

I-gret, 163. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

I-groten. See Graten.

I-groten. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Il, adj. S. each, every, 818, 1740, 2112, 2483, 2514. Ilc, 1056, 1921. Ilke, 821, 1861, 2959, 2996; (= same), 1088, 1215, 2674, &c. Ilker, each (of them), 2352. Ilkan, each one, 1770, 2357. Ilkon, 1842, 2108. See Eueri.

Il, adj. S. each, every, 818, 1740, 2112, 2483, 2514. Ilc, 1056, 1921. Ilke, 821, 1861, 2959, 2996; (= same), 1088, 1215, 2674, &c. Ilker, each (of them), 2352. Ilkan, each one, 1770, 2357. Ilkon, 1842, 2108. See Eueri.

Ille, adv. S. Likede hire swithe ille, 1165, it displeased her much. Sir Tr. p. 78. A common phrase. Ille maked, ill treated, 1952.

Ille, adv. S. Like this made her very upset, 1165, it displeased her a lot. Sir Tr. p. 78. A common phrase. This was treated poorly, 1952.

I-maked. See Maken.

I made. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Inne, adv. S. in, 762, 807. See Þerinne.

Inne, adv. S. in, 762, 807. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Inow, adv. S. enough, 706, 911, 931, &c. Ynow, 563, 1795. Ynou, 904.

Inow, adv. S. enough, 706, 911, 931, &c. Ynow, 563, 1795. Ynou, 904.

Intil, prep. S. into, 128, 251, &c. See Til.

Intil, prep. S. into, 128, 251, &c. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Ioie, n. Fr. joy, 1209, 1237, 1278, &c. Ioye, 1315.

Ioie, n. Fr. joy, 1209, 1237, 1278, &c. Ioye, 1315.

Ioyinge, n. gladness, 2087.

Ioyinge, n. joy, 2087.

Ioupe, n. Fr. a doublet, 1767. Roquefort gives the form Jupe, but Jupon or Gipoun is more usual. See Jupon in Halliwell, and Gipe in Roquefort.

Ioupe, n. Fr. a doublet, 1767. Roquefort gives the form Jupe, but Jupon or Gipoun is more common. See Jupon in Halliwell, and Gipe in Roquefort.

Is for His, 735, 2254, 2479.

Is for Him, 735, 2254, 2479.

Iuele, n. S. evil, injury, 50, 1689. Yuel, 2221. Yuele, 994. Iuel, sickness, 114. Yuel, 144, 155.

Iuele, n. S. wrongdoing, harm, 50, 1689. Yuel, 2221. Yuele, 994. Iuel, illness, 114. Yuel, 144, 155.

þa þe he wes ald mon,

þa þe he wes ald mon,

þa com him ufel on.

then the evil came to him.

Laȝam. l. 19282.

Laȝam. l. 19282.

Ful iuele o-bone, very lean, 2505; cf. 2525.

Full yellow of bone, very lean, 2505; cf. 2525.

Iuele, adv. S. evilly, 2755. Me yuele like, displease me, 132. Cf. Ille liken.

Iuele, adv. S. evilly, 2755. Me yuele like, displease me, 132. Cf. Ille liken.

K

Kam. See Komen.

Kam. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Kaske, adj. strong, vigorous, 1841. Sw. karsk.

Kaske, adj. strong, vigorous, 1841. Sw. karsk.

Kaym, n. p. Cain, 2045. See note in loc.

Kaym, n. p. Cain, 2045. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Kayn, n. 31, 1327. Evidently a provincial pronunciation of Thayn, which in the MS. may elsewhere be read either chayn or thayn. By the same mutation of letters make has been converted into mate, cake into cate, wayke into wayte, lake into late (R. Hood, I. 106), &c., or vice versâ. See Thayn.

Kayn, n. 31, 1327. Evidently a provincial pronunciation of Thayn, which in the MS. may elsewhere be read either chayn or thayn. By the same mutation of letters make has been converted into mate, cake into cate, wayke into wayte, lake into late (R. Hood, I. 106), &c., or vice versâ. See Thayn.

Kaysere. See Cayser.

Kaysere. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Keft, part. pa. purchased, 2005. Sure keft = sourly (bitterly) purchased it. See Sure and Coupe.

Keft, part. pa. purchased, 2005. Sure keft = sourly (bitterly) purchased it. See Sure and Coupe.

Keling, n. 757, cod of a large size, Jam. q.v. The kelyng appears in the first, course of Archb. Nevil’s Feast, 6 Edw. IV. See Warner’s Antiq. Cul. Cotgrave explains Merlus, A Melwall or Keeling, a kind of small cod, whereof stockfish is made.

Keling, n. 757, a large cod, Jam. q.v. The kelyng first shows up in the menu of Archb. Nevil’s Feast, 6 Edw. IV. See Warner’s Antiq. Cul. Cotgrave describes Merlus as a Melwall or Keeling, a type of small cod used to make stockfish.

Keme. See Komen.

Keme. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Kempe, n. S. knight, champion, 1036. V. Jam. in v.

Kempe, n. S. knight, champion, 1036. V. Jam. in v.

Kene, adj. S. keen, bold, eager, 1832, 2115. A term of very extensive use in old Engl. and Sc. poetry, and the usual epithet of a knight.

Kene, adj. S. keen, bold, eager, 1832, 2115. A term that was widely used in old English and Scottish poetry, and it's the typical description of a knight.

Kesten, v. S. to cast in prison, or to overthrow, 81, 1785 (used passively). Casten, cast, throw, 2101. Keste, pa. t. cast, 2449. Keste, part. pa. cast, placed, 2611; [or it may be the infin. mood.]

Kesten, v. S. to throw into prison, or to overthrow, 81, 1785 (used passively). Casten, cast, throw, 2101. Keste, past tense cast, 2449. Keste, past participle cast, placed, 2611; [or it may be the infinitive form.]

Keuel, n. S. a gag, 547. See Kevel in Hall., Kewl in. Jam. A.S. cæfli, a halter, headstall.

Keuel, n. S. a gag, 547. See Kevel in Hall., Kewl in. Jam. A.S. cæfli, a halter, headstall.

129

Kid, part. pa. S. made known, discovered, 1060. Sir Tr. p. 150; R. Br.; Yw. and Gaw. 530; Minot, p. 4; Chauc. From cýþan, notum facere.

Kid, part. pa. S. made known, discovered, 1060. Sir Tr. p. 150; R. Br.; Yw. and Gaw. 530; Minot, p. 4; Chauc. From cýþan, notum facere.

Kin, Kyn, n. S. kindred, 393, 414, 2045.

Kin, Kyn, n. S. family, 393, 414, 2045.

Kines, n. S. gen. c. kind, 861, 1140, 2691. None kines = of no kind; neuere kines = of never a kind.

Kines, n. S. gen. c. kind, 861, 1140, 2691. None kines = of no kind; neuere kines = of never a kind.

Kinneriche. See Cunnriche.

Kinneriche. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Kippe, v. S. [cépan] to take up hastily, 894. Kipt, Kipte, pa. t. snatched up, 1050, 2407, 2638.

Kippe, v. S. [cépan] to grab quickly, 894. Kipt, Kipte, pa. t. grabbed, 1050, 2407, 2638.

Horn in is armes hire kepte.

Horn in is arms here kept.

K. Horn, 1208.

K. Horn, 1208.

Kypte heore longe knyues, and slowe faste to gronde.

Kiped their long knives, and struck fast to the ground.

Rob. Glouc. p. 125.

Rob. Glouc. p. 125.

Kept up, snatcht up, Gl. R. Br. Jamieson derives the word from Su.-G. kippa, to take anything violently. V. in v. Kip. Ihre quotes the Icel. kipti up = snatched up.

Kept up, snatched up, Gl. R. Br. Jamieson gets the word from Su.-G. kippa, which means to take something forcefully. V. in v. Kip. Ihre cites the Icel. kipti up = snatched up.

Kirke, n. S. church, 1132, 1355. Kirkes, pl. 2583. V. Gl. Lynds. and Jam.

Kirke, n. S. church, 1132, 1355. Kirkes, pl. 2583. V. Gl. Lynds. and Jam.

Kiste. See Chiste.

Box. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Kiste, pa. t. s. kissed, 1279. Kisten, pa. t. pl. S. kissed, 2162.

Kiste, pa. t. s. kissed, 1279. Kisten, pa. t. pl. S. kissed, 2162.

Kiwing, n. 1736. [Respecting this word I can only record my conviction that it is not safe to quote it, as the MS. is indistinct. I read the word as kilþing, which I believe to be merely miswritten for ilk þing (which the scribe also spells il þing), and I suppose the sense of the line to be— “when they had there distributed everything.”]

Kiwing, n. 1736. [About this word, I can only say that it’s not safe to quote it since the manuscript is hard to read. I interpret the word as kilþing, which I think is just a misspelling of ilk þing (which the scribe also spells as il þing), and I assume the meaning of the line is— “when they had distributed everything there.”]

Knaue, n. S. lad, 308, 409, 450, &c. Attendant, servant, 458. Cokes knaue, scullion, 1123.

Knaue, n. S. boy, 308, 409, 450, &c. Attendant, servant, 458. Cokes knaue, kitchen helper, 1123.

Heore cokes & heore cnaues

Heore cakes & heore cnaues

Alle heo duden of lif dæȝen.

Alle heo duden of lif dæȝen.

Laȝam. l. 13717.

Laȝam. l. 13717.

V. Jam. in v. Gl. Lynds. and Gl. Todd’s Illustr. Chauc.

V. Jam. in v. Gl. Lynds. and Gl. Todd’s Illustr. Chauc.

Knawe, v. S. to know, 2785. Knawe, pr. t. pl. know, 2207. Kneu, pa. t. knew, 2468. Knawed, part. pa. known, 2057.

Knawe, v. to know, 2785. Knawe, pr. t. pl. know, 2207. Kneu, pa. t. knew, 2468. Knawed, part. pa. known, 2057.

Knicth, Knith, n. S. knight, 77, 343, &c. Knictes, pl. 239. Knithes, 1068. Knihtes, 2706.

Knicth, Knith, n. S. knight, 77, 343, &c. Knictes, pl. 239. Knithes, 1068. Knihtes, 2706.

Kok, n. a cook, 873, 180, 891, 903, 921, 2898. See Cok.

Kok, n. a cook, 873, 180, 891, 903, 921, 2898. See Cok.

Komen, v. S. to come, 1001. Comes, Cometh, imp, pl. come ye, 1798, 1885, 2247. Kam, pa. t. came, 766, 863. Kom, 1309. Cam, 2622. Komen, pa. t, pl. came, 1012, 1202. Comen, 2790. Keme, 1208. Comen, part. pa. come, 1714.

Komen, v. to come, 1001. Comes, Cometh, imp, pl. come you, 1798, 1885, 2247. Kam, pa. t. came, 766, 863. Kom, 1309. Cam, 2622. Komen, pa. t, pl. came, 1012, 1202. Comen, 2790. Keme, 1208. Comen, part. pa. come, 1714.

Kope, n. Lat. cope, 429. Copes, pl. 1957.

Kope, n. Lat. cope, 429. Copes, pl. 1957.

Koren, n. S. corn, 1879.

Koren, n. S. corn, 1879.

Kouel. See Couel.

Kouel. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Kouþen. See Couþe.

Kouþen. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Kradel-barnes, n. pl. S. children in the cradle, 1912.

Kradel-barnes, n. pl. S. kids in the cradle, 1912.

Kraken, v. S. to crack, break, 914. Krake, 1857. Crake, 1908. Crakede, pa. t. cracked, broke, 568. Kraked, part. pa. 1238.

Kraken, v. S. to crack, break, 914. Krake, 1857. Crake, 1908. Crakede, pa. t. cracked, broke, 568. Kraked, part. pa. 1238.

Krike, n. S. creek, 708.

Krike, n. S. creek, 708.

Kunne. See Canst.

Could. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Kuneriche, Kunerike, Kunrik. See Cunnriche.

Kuneriche, Kunerike, Kunrik. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Kyne-merk, n. S. mark or sign of royalty, 604. In the same manner are compounded cine-helm, cine-stol, &c.

Kyne-merk, n. S. mark or sign of royalty, 604. In the same way are combined cine-helm, cine-stol, & c.

& Cador þe kene

& Cador the Brave

scal beren þas kinges marke;

scal bear this king's mark;

hæbben haȝe þene drake,

have the dragon,

biforen þissere duȝeðe.

before this duty.

Laȝam. l. 19098.

Laȝam. l. 19098.

Thyll ther was of her body

Thyll ther was of her body

A fayr chyld borne, and a godele,

A fair child born, and a good one,

Hadde a dowbyll kynges marke.

Had a double king’s mark.

Emare, 502.

Emare, 502.

130 L

Lac, n. S. fault, reproach, 191, 2219. Yw. and Gaw. 264, 1133. Lak, R. Br., Rom. of Merlin, ap. Ellis, M. R. V. I. p. 252. Sir Orpheo, 421. Lakke, P. Plowm. Chauc. So in Sc. V. Jam. and Gl. Lynds. v. Lak, Lack.

Lac, n. S. fault, reproach, 191, 2219. Yw. and Gaw. 264, 1133. Lak, R. Br., Rom. of Merlin, ap. Ellis, M. R. V. I. p. 252. Sir Orpheo, 421. Lakke, P. Plowm. Chauc. So in Sc. V. Jam. and Gl. Lynds. v. Lak, Lack.

Ladde, n. S. lad, 1786. Ladden, pl. 1038. Laddes, 1015, &c. A term subsequently applied to persons of low condition. “When laddes weddeth leuedis—” Prophecy of Tho. of Essedoune, MS. Harl. 2253, f. 127.

Ladde, n. S. lad, 1786. Ladden, pl. 1038. Laddes, 1015, &c. A term later used to describe people of low status. “When laddes marry ladies—” Prophecy of Tho. of Essedoune, MS. Harl. 2253, f. 127.

Large, adj. Fr. Lat. liberal, bountiful, 97, 2941. R. Gl. Yw. and Gaw. 865. Sir Orpheo, 27. Sevyn Sages, 1251. Chauc.

Large, adj. Fr. Lat. liberal, generous, 97, 2941. R. Gl. Yw. and Gaw. 865. Sir Orpheo, 27. Sevyn Sages, 1251. Chauc.

Late, v. S. [lǽtan] pres. subj. let, suffer, 486. Late, pr. t. let, permit, 1741. Late, imp. let, suffer, 17, 1376, 2422. Leth, pa. t. let, suffered, 2651; caused, 252. Late, part. pa. or inf. put, 2611.

Late, v. S. [lǽtan] present subjunctive let, allow, 486. Past tense let, permit, 1741. Past imperative let, suffer, 17, 1376, 2422. Past participle let, suffered, 2651; caused, 252. Past participle or infinitive put, 2611.

Laten, v. S. [lǽtan] to leave, 328. Late be, imp. leave, relinquish, 1265; inf. 1657. Let, pa. t. left, 2062. Laten, part. pa. left, abated, 240, 1925.

Laten, v. S. [lǽtan] to leave, 328. Late be, imp. leave, give up, 1265; inf. 1657. Let, pa. t. left, 2062. Laten, part. pa. left, reduced, 240, 1925.

Lath, n. S. injury, 76. Lathe, 2718, 2976.

Lath, n. S. injury, 76. Lathe, 2718, 2976.

Lauhwinde, part. pr. S. laughing, 946.

Lauhwinde, part. pr. S. laughing, 946.

Laute, pa. t. S. [læccan, læhte] received, took, 744. Lauthe, 1673. Lauth, part. pa. received, taken, 1988. I-lahte, Laȝam. l. 29260.

Laute, pa. t. S. [læccan, læhte] received, took, 744. Lauthe, 1673. Lauth, part. pa. received, taken, 1988. I-lahte, Laȝam. l. 29260.

Horn in herte laȝte

Horn in heart let

Al þat he him taȝte.

All that he taught him.

K. Horn (ed. Lumby), 243.

K. Horn (ed. Lumby), 243.

Laght, Yw. and Gaw. 2025. Laught, K. Alisaund. 685, 1109. Lauht, R. Br. (See Hearne’s blundering Gl. in voc.) Rits. A. S. p. 46. Laucht, Wall. ix. 1964.

Laght, Yw. and Gaw. 2025. Laught, K. Alisaund. 685, 1109. Lauht, R. Br. (See Hearne’s blundering Gl. in voc.) Rits. A. S. p. 46. Laucht, Wall. ix. 1964.

Laumprei, n. S. lamprey, 771. Laumprees, pl. 897.

Laumprei, n. S. lamprey, 771. Laumprees, pl. 897.

Lawe, Lowe, adj. S. low, 2431, 2471, 2767, &c.

Lawe, Lowe, adj. S. low, 2431, 2471, 2767, &c.

Lax, n. S. [læx] salmon, 754, 1727. Laxes, pl. 896. V. Spelm. and Somn. in v. Jamieson says, it was “formerly the only name by which this fish was known.” Cf. Dan. Sw. Icel. lax.

Lax, n. S. [læx] salmon, 754, 1727. Laxes, pl. 896. V. Spelm. and Somn. in v. Jamieson mentions that it was “previously the only name by which this fish was known.” Cf. Dan. Sw. Icel. lax.

Layke, v. S. [lácan] to play, 1011. Leyke, Leyken, 469, 950, 997. Leykeden, pa. t. pl. played, 954. In the same sense the verb is found in P. Plowman, and Sevyn Sages, 1212. So in Sc. and N.E. V. Jam. v. Laik, Ray, Brockett, and Crav. Dial. v. Lake.

Layke, v. S. [lácan] to play, 1011. Leyke, Leyken, 469, 950, 997. Leykeden, past tense plural played, 954. In the same context, the verb appears in P. Plowman and Sevyn Sages, 1212. This is also seen in Sc. and N.E. V. Jam. v. Laik, Ray, Brockett, and Crav. Dial. v. Lake.

Leche, n. S. physician, 1836, 2057.

Milk, n. S. physician, 1836, 2057.

Led, a caldron, kettle, 924. Chauc. Prol. 202.

Led, a cauldron, kettle, 924. Chauc. Prol. 202.

Lede, Leden, v. S. to lead, 245, &c; utlede, 89. Cf. 346, 379. Ledes, pr. t. 3 p. uses, carries, 2573. Ledde, pa. t. led, 1686. Ledden, pa. t. pl. led, 2451.

Lede, Leden, v. S. to lead, 245, &c; utlede, 89. Cf. 346, 379. Ledes, pr. t. 3 p. uses, carries, 2573. Ledde, pa. t. led, 1686. Ledden, pa. t. pl. led, 2451.

Lef, adj. S. agreeable, willing, lef and loth, 261, 440, 2273, 2313, 2379, 2775. A very usual phrase. See Beowulf, l. 1026. Chauc. C. T. 1839. R. Hood, I. 41. Leue, 431, 909. Sir Tr. p. 187. K. Horn, 949, &c. Leuere, comp. more agreeable, rather, 1193, 1423, 1671, &c. Lef, used as adv. willingly, in the phrase “Ye! lef, ye!” = yes, willingly, yes, 2606; cf. l. 1888.

Lef, adj. S. agreeable, willing, lef and loth, 261, 440, 2273, 2313, 2379, 2775. A very common phrase. See Beowulf, l. 1026. Chauc. C. T. 1839. R. Hood, I. 41. Leue, 431, 909. Sir Tr. p. 187. K. Horn, 949, &c. Leuere, comp. more agreeable, rather, 1193, 1423, 1671, &c. Lef, used as adv. willingly, in the phrase “Ye! lef, ye!” = yes, willingly, yes, 2606; cf. l. 1888.

Leidest. See Leyn.

Leidest. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Leite, adj. S. light, 2441.

Leite, adj. S. bright, 2441.

Leme, n. S. limb, 2555. Lime, 1409. Limes, pl. 86.

Leme, n. S. limb, 2555. Lime, 1409. Limes, pl. 86.

Leman, n. S. mistress, lover, 1191. Lemman, 1283, 1312, 1322. Used by all the old writers, and applied equally to either sex.

Leman, n. S. mistress, lover, 1191. Lemman, 1283, 1312, 1322. Used by all the old writers and applied equally to either gender.

Lende, v. S. to land, 733. Sir Tr. p. 13. R. Br. See Jam. in v. Leind.

Lende, v. S. to land, 733. Sir Tr. p. 13. R. Br. See Jam. in v. Leind.

Lene, v. S. [leanian] to lend, grant, 2072.

Lene, v. S. [leanian] to lend, grant, 2072.

I sal lene the her mi ring.

I solide the her mi ring.

Yw. and Gaw. 737

Yw. and Gaw. 737.

131

Lenge, n. the fish called ling, 832. [Asellus longus, or Islandicus, Ray.] It was a common dish formerly. Thus we have Lynge in jelly, in Archb. Nevil’s Feast, 6 Edw. IV., and Lyng in foyle, in Warham’s Feast, 1504. See Pegge’s Form of Cury, p. 177, 184, and MS. Sloane, 1986.

Lenge, n. the fish known as ling, 832. [Asellus longus, or Islandicus, Ray.] It used to be a popular dish. For example, we have Lynge in jelly in Archb. Nevil’s Feast, 6 Edw. IV., and Lyng in foyle in Warham’s Feast, 1504. See Pegge’s Form of Cury, p. 177, 184, and MS. Sloane, 1986.

Lenge, v. S. to prolong, 1734, 2363. P. Plowm.

Lenge, v. S. to extend, 1734, 2363. P. Plowm.

Leoun, n. Lat. lion, 573. Leun, 1867.

Leoun, n. Latin: lion, 573. Leun, 1867.

Lepe, v. S. escape from (?) 2009. Loupe, to leap, 1801. Lep, pa. t. leapt, 891, 1777, 1942. Lopen, pa. t. pl. 1896, 2616.

Lepe, v. S. escape from (?) 2009. Loupe, to jump, 1801. Lep, past tense. leaped, 891, 1777, 1942. Lopen, past tense plural. 1896, 2616.

Lere, Leren, v. S. to learn, 797, 823; to teach, 2592. Y-lere, 12.

Lere, Leren, v. S. to learn, 797, 823; to teach, 2592. Y-lere, 12.

Lese, v. S. imp. s. 3 p. loose, 333. Sir Tr. p. 110.

Lese, v. S. imp. s. 3 p. loose, 333. Sir Tr. p. 110.

Leth. See Late.

Leth. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Lette, v. S. [lǽtan, lettan] to hinder, retard, 1164, 2253, 2819; to stop, cease, 2445, 2627. Let, pa. t. stopped, stayed, 2447, 2500. Leten, pa. t. pl. stopped, delayed, 2379.

Lette, v. S. [lǽtan, lettan] to prevent, slow down, 1164, 2253, 2819; to stop, cease, 2445, 2627. Let, past tense. stopped, stayed, 2447, 2500. Leten, past tense plural. stopped, delayed, 2379.

Leue, n. S. leave, 1387, 1626, 2952, &c.

Leue, n. S. leave, 1387, 1626, 2952, &c.

Leue, adj. See Lef.

Leue, adj. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Leue, v. S. [lýfan] imp. s. grant, 334, 406, 2807. K. Horn, 465, MS.; R. Gl., Erle of Tol. 365. Guy of Warw. ap. Ellis, M. R. V. 2, p. 77, where it is misprinted lene. It is very frequently used in the old Engl. Metrical Lives of the Saints, MS. Laud, 108. [The true distinction between leue and lene is, that the former is the A.S. lýfan, G. erlauben = grant in the sense of allow, permit, and is invariably intransitive; whilst lene is the A.S. lænan, G. leihen = grant in the sense of give. The confusion between the senses of grant has led to confusion between lene and leue, and in at least five passages of Chaucer (C. T. 7226, 13613; Tro. ii. 1212, iii. 56, v. 1749, ed. Tyrwhitt) many editions wrongly have lene. In the last three instances Tyrwhitt rightly prints leve, but unnecessarily corrects himself in his Glossary. I regret to add that I have thrice made a similar mistake. In Piers Plowman, A. v. 263, and in Pierce the Ploughman’s Crede, ll. 366 and 573, for lene read leue. Halliwell’s remark, that “the [former] editor of Havelok absurdly prints leue” is founded upon the same misconception, and he is wrong in his censure. See the use of lefe in the Ormulum, ed. White.]

Leue, v. S. [lýfan] imp. s. grant, 334, 406, 2807. K. Horn, 465, MS.; R. Gl., Erle of Tol. 365. Guy of Warw. ap. Ellis, M. R. V. 2, p. 77, where it is misprinted lene. It is very frequently used in the old English Metrical Lives of the Saints, MS. Laud, 108. [The true distinction between leue and lene is that the former is the A.S. lýfan, G. erlauben = grant in the sense of allow, permit, and is always intransitive; while lene is the A.S. lænan, G. leihen = grant in the sense of give. The confusion between the meanings of grant has led to the mix-up between lene and leue, and in at least five passages of Chaucer (C. T. 7226, 13613; Tro. ii. 1212, iii. 56, v. 1749, ed. Tyrwhitt), many editions incorrectly have lene. In the last three instances, Tyrwhitt correctly prints leve, but unnecessarily corrects himself in his Glossary. I regret to add that I have made a similar mistake three times. In Piers Plowman, A. v. 263, and in Pierce the Ploughman’s Crede, ll. 366 and 573, for lene read leue. Halliwell’s remark that “the [former] editor of Havelok absurdly prints leue” is based on the same misconception, and he is wrong in his criticism. See the use of lefe in the Ormulum, ed. White.]

Leued, pa. t. S. left, 225.

Leued, pa. t. S. left, 225.

Leuedi, n. S. lady, 171, &c. Leuedyes, pl. 239. V. Hickes, Diss. Ep. p. 52, n.

Leuedi, n. S. lady, 171, &c. Leuedyes, pl. 239. V. Hickes, Diss. Ep. p. 52, n.

Leuere. See Lef.

Leuere. View __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Leues, pr. t. 3 p. S. believes, 1781, 2105. From lefan.

Leues, pr. t. 3 p. S. believes, 1781, 2105. From lefan.

Leuin, n. S. lightning, 2690. R. Br. p. 174. Yw. and Gaw. Chauc. C. T. 5858. Doug. Virg. 200, 53.

Leuin, n. S. lightning, 2690. R. Br. p. 174. Yw. and Gaw. Chauc. C. T. 5858. Doug. Virg. 200, 53.

Lewe, adj. S. warm, 498, 2921.

Lewe, adj. S. warm, 498, 2921.

A opened wes his breoste,

A opened was his breast,

þa blod com forð luke.

the blood came forth luke.

Laȝam. l. 27556.

Laȝam. line 27556.

Leyd, Leyde. See Leyn.

Leyd, Leyde. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Leye, n. S. lie, falsehood, 2117.

Leye, n. S. lie, falsehood, 2117.

Leve, v. S. to lie, speak false, 2010.

Leve, v. S. to lie, speak falsely, 2010.

Leyke, Leyken. See Layke.

Leyke, Leyken. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Leyk, n. S. game, 1021, 2326. So in Beowulf, l. 2084, sweorda-gelác, and Sir Tr. p. 118, love-laike. In the pl. laykes, Minot, p. 10. In Lanc. a player is still called a laker.

Leyk, n. S. game, 1021, 2326. So in Beowulf, l. 2084, sweorda-gelác, and Sir Tr. p. 118, love-laike. In the pl. laykes, Minot, p. 10. In Lanc. a player is still called a laker.

Leyn, v. S. to lay, 718. Leyde, pa. t. laid, 50, 994, &c.; stopped, 229. Leidest, pa. t. 2 p. laidest, 636. Leyden, pa. t. pl. laid, 1907. Leyd, part. pa. laid, 1689, 1722, 2839.

Leyn, v. S. to lay, 718. Leyde, past tense laid, 50, 994, &c.; stopped, 229. Leidest, past tense 2nd person laidest, 636. Leyden, past tense plural laid, 1907. Leyd, past participle laid, 1689, 1722, 2839.

132

Lich, adj. like, 2155.

Lich, adj. similar, 2155.

Lict, Lith, n. S. light, 534, 576, 588, &c.

Lict, Lith, n. S. light, 534, 576, 588, &c.

Lift, adj. S. left (lævus), 2130.

Lift, adj. S. left (lævus), 2130.

Ligge, Liggen, v. S. to lie down, 802, 876, 882, 1374. See Lyen.

Ligge, Liggen, v. S. to lie down, 802, 876, 882, 1374. See Lyen.

Lime, Limes. See Leme.

Lime, limes. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Lite, adj. S. little, 276, 1730. Litel, 1858, &c. Litle, 2014.

Lite, adj. S. little, 276, 1730. Litel, 1858, &c. Litle, 2014.

Lith. See Lict.

Lith. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Lith, imp. S. light (thou), 585.

Lith, imp. S. light (you), 585.

Lith, adv. S. lightly, 1942.

Lith, adv. S. softly, 1942.

Lith, n. S. alleviation, comfort, peace, 1338. Lyþe, 147. It also occurs as a sb. in Laȝam. l. 5213. As an adj. it occurs in Laȝam. l. 7242. Sir Tr. p. 43, 82. R. Cœur de L. 2480, and Emare, 348, from the v. líðian, alleviare. Cf. Icel. lið, sometimes used to mean help. See Leathe in Atkinson’s Cleveland Glossary.

Lith, n. S. relief, comfort, peace, 1338. Lyþe, 147. It also appears as a noun in Laȝam. l. 5213. As an adjective, it appears in Laȝam. l. 7242. Sir Tr. p. 43, 82. R. Cœur de L. 2480, and Emare, 348, derived from the verb líðian, to relieve. See also Icel. lið, which is sometimes used to mean help. Refer to Leathe in Atkinson’s Cleveland Glossary.

Lith, n. S. 2515. This word is explained by Ritson plains, by Hearne tenements, and by Jamieson a ridge or ascent. Its real signification seems unknown, but may be conjectured from the following passages.

Lith, n. S. 2515. Ritson defines this word as plains, Hearne as tenements, and Jamieson as a ridge or ascent. Its true meaning appears to be unclear, but it might be inferred from the following passages.

No asked he lond no lithe.

No one asked him there.

Sir Tristr. p. 101.

Sir Tristr. p. 101.

Ther wille not be went, ne lete ther lond ne lith.

Ther wille not be went, ne lete ther lond ne lith.

R. Brunne, p. 194.

R. Brunne, p. 194.

where it answers to the Fr. Ne volent lesser tere ne tenement.

where it answers to the Fr. Ne volent lesser tere ne tenement.

Who schall us now geve londes or lythe.

Who will give us lands or lieth now?

Le Bone Flor. 841.

The Good Flower. 841.

Here I gif Schir Galeron, quod Gaynour, withouten ony gile,

Here I give Sir Galeron, who is Gaynour, without any deceit,

Al the londis and the lithis fro laver to layre.

Al the londis and the lithis from laver to layre.

Sir Gaw. and Sir Gal. ii. 27.

Sir Gaw. and Sir Gal. ii. 27.

[See Glossary to William of Palerne, s.v. Lud.]

[See Glossary to William of Palerne, s.v. Lud.]

Lithes, n. pl. S. the extreme points of the toes, or articulations, 2163. Fingres lith, extremum digiti, Luc. 16, 24.

Lithes, n. pl. S. the tips of the toes or joints, 2163. Fingres lith, tip of the finger, Luc. 16, 24.

Liþes, imp. pl. S. listen, 1400, 2204. Lyþes, 2576. The verb in the Sax. is hlystan, but in Su.-G. lyda, and Isl. hlyda, which approaches nearer to the form in the poem. So also in K. Horn, 2, wilen lithe, MS.; R. Br. p. 93; R. Hood, I. p. 2; Minot, p. 1. Still used in Sc. and N.E. V. Jam. and Brockett.

Liþes, imp. pl. S. listen, 1400, 2204. Lyþes, 2576. The verb in Saxon is hlystan, but in Swedish-Germanic it's lyda, and in Icelandic hlyda, which is closer to the form in the poem. This is also seen in K. Horn, 2, wilen lithe, MS.; R. Br. p. 93; R. Hood, I. p. 2; Minot, p. 1. It's still used in Scotland and Northeast England. See Jam. and Brockett.

Littene, part. pa. [or inf.?] 2701. “Qu. cut in pieces, from the same root as to lith, divide the joints. V. Jam. Suppl.” —M. [Or it may mean disgraced, wounded, defeated. Cf. Su.-Goth. lyta, to wound; Icel. lyta, to disgrace; Sw. lyte, a defect, litt, deformed; Dan. lyde, a blemish.]

Littene, part. pa. [or inf.?] 2701. “Qu. cut into pieces, from the same root as to lith, divide the joints. V. Jam. Suppl.” —M. [It may also mean disgraced, wounded, or defeated. See Su.-Goth. lyta, to wound; Icel. lyta, to disgrace; Sw. lyte, a defect, litt, deformed; Dan. lyde, a blemish.]

Liue, n. S. dat. c. life, 232; brouth of liue, dead, 513, 2129. K. Horn, 188. Of liue do, kill, 1805. Liues, gen. c. as adv. alive, 509, 1003, 1307, 1919, 2854. See On-liue.

Liue, n. S. dat. c. life, 232; brouth of liue, dead, 513, 2129. K. Horn, 188. Of liue do, kill, 1805. Liues, gen. c. as adv. alive, 509, 1003, 1307, 1919, 2854. See On-liue.

Liuen, v. S. to live, 355. Liuede, Liueden, pa. t. pl. lived, 1299, 2044.

Liuen, v. S. to live, 355. Liuede, Liueden, pa. t. pl. lived, 1299, 2044.

Lof, n. S. loaf, 653.

Lof, n. S. loaf, 653.

Loke, Loken, v. S. to look after, take care of, to behold, 376, 2136. Lokes, pr. t. 2 p. lookest, 2726. Loke, imp. look, 1680, 1712. Lokes, imp. pl. look ye, 2240, 2292, 2300, 2579, 2812. Lokede, pa. t. looked, 679, 1041.

Loke, Loken, v. to look after, take care of, to see, 376, 2136. Lokes, pr. t. 2 p. you look, 2726. Loke, imp. look, 1680, 1712. Lokes, imp. pl. you all look, 2240, 2292, 2300, 2579, 2812. Lokede, pa. t. looked, 679, 1041.

Loken, Lokene, part. pa. S. fastened, locked, closed, 429, 1957. So in the Const. Othonis, Tit. de habitu Clericorum; “In mensura decenti habeant vestes, et cappis clausis utuntur in sacris ordinibus constituti.” V. Spelm. in v. Cappa clausa. So also in the Ancren Riwle, fol. 17— “gif he haues a wid hod and a lokin cape, &c.”

Loken, Lokene, part. pa. S. fastened, locked, closed, 429, 1957. So in the Constitution of Otho, Title on the dress of Clerics; “In a decent measure, they should have garments, and with closed cloaks they are used in sacred orders.” See Spelman in v. Closed cloak. Also in the Ancren Riwle, fol. 17— “if he has a wide hood and a locking cape, &c.”

The reference to the Ancren Riwle is to MS. Titus D 18, fol. 17; cf. the edition by Morton (Camd. Soc. 1853), p. 56.

The reference to the Ancren Riwle is to MS. Titus D 18, fol. 17; cf. the edition by Morton (Camd. Soc. 1853), p. 56.

Lond, Londe, n. S. land, 64, 721, &c. Lon, 340.

Lond, Londe, n. S. land, 64, 721, &c. Lon, 340.

Long, adj. S. tall, 987, 1063. So K. Horn, 100.

Long, adj. S. tall, 987, 1063. So K. Horn, 100.

133

Longes, pr. t. 3 p. S. belongs, 396. R. Br., Chauc., &c.

Longes, pr. t. 3 p. S. belongs, 396. R. Br., Chauc., &c.

Lopen. See Lepe.

Run. View __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Loth, adj. S. loath, unwilling, 261, 440, &c. See Lef.

Loth, adj. S. loath, unwilling, 261, 440, &c. See Lef.

Louede, pa. t. S. loved, 71. Loueden, pa. t. pl. 955.

Louede, pa. t. S. loved, 71. Loueden, pa. t. pl. 955.

Louerd, n. S. lord, master, 96, 483, &c. Lowerd, 621.

Louerd, n. S. lord, master, 96, 483, &c. Lowerd, 621.

Louerdinges, n. pl. S. lordings, masters, 515, 1401. See Note in Warton’s Hist. Engl. Poet. V. I. p. 19. Ed. 1840.

Louerdinges, n. pl. S. lordings, masters, 515, 1401. See Note in Warton’s Hist. Engl. Poet. V. I. p. 19. Ed. 1840.

Loupe. See Lepe.

Loupe. View __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Low, pa. t. S. laughed, 903. K. Horn, 1502. Lowen, pa. t. pl. 1056.

Low, pa. t. S. laughed, 903. K. Horn, 1502. Lowen, pa. t. pl. 1056.

Lowe, n. S. [hlæw] hill, 1291, 1699. Rits. M. R., Web., &c. V. Jam. and Brockett’s Gl. v. Lawe.

Lowe, n. S. [hlæw] hill, 1291, 1699. Rits. M. R., Web., &c. V. Jam. and Brockett’s Gl. v. Lawe.

Luue, n. S. love, 195. [Luue-drurye seems here to be a compound word, meaning love-courtship. Lufe-drowrie also = love-token, Lyndesay’s Sq. Meldrum, 1003. See Drurye.]

Luue, n. S. love, 195. [Luue-drurye seems here to be a compound word, meaning love-courtship. Lufe-drowrie also = love-token, Lyndesay’s Sq. Meldrum, 1003. See Drurye.]

Lyen, v. S. to lie (in bed), 2134. Leyen, pt. pl. lay, 475.

Lyen, v. S. to lie (in bed), 2134. Leyen, pt. pl. laid, 475.

Lyþe. See Lith.

Gentle. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

M

Maght, Mait. See Mowe.

Maght, Mait. Check __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Make, n. S. mate, companion, wife, 1150. K. Horn, 1427. K. Alisaund. 3314. Le Bone Flor. 881. Chauc. Sc. Maik. V. Jam.

Make, n. S. friend, partner, spouse, 1150. K. Horn, 1427. K. Alisaund. 3314. Le Bone Flor. 881. Chauc. Sc. Maik. V. Jam.

Maken, v. S. to make, 29, &c. Make, 676. Makeden, pa. t. pl. made, 554. I-maked, part. pa. made, 5.

Maken, v. S. to make, 29, &c. Make, 676. Makeden, pa. t. pl. made, 554. I-maked, part. pa. made, 5.

Male, n. Fr. a budget, bag, wallet, 48. Laȝamon, l. 3543. Web., Chauc., R. Hood.

Male, n. From budget, bag, wallet, 48. Laȝamon, line 3543. Web., Chaucer, Robin Hood.

Malisun, n. Fr. malediction, curse, 426. Sir Tr. p. 179.

Malisun, n. Fr. malediction, curse, 426. Sir Tr. p. 179.

Manred, Manrede, n. S. homage, fealty, 484, 2172, 2180, 2248, 2265, 2312, 2774, 2816, 2847, 2850. Leg. of S. Gregori, ap. Leyd. Compl. of Scotl. See Jam. for further examples.

Manred, Manrede, n. S. respect, loyalty, 484, 2172, 2180, 2248, 2265, 2312, 2774, 2816, 2847, 2850. Leg. of S. Gregori, ap. Leyd. Compl. of Scotl. See Jam. for further examples.

Marz, n. Lat. March, 2559.

Marz, n. Latin March, 2559.

Maugre, Fr. in spite of, 1128, 1789. See Tyrwh. Gl. to Chauc. and Jam. in v.

Maugre, Fr. in spite of, 1128, 1789. See Tyrwh. Gl. to Chauc. and Jam. in v.

Maydnes, n. pl. S. maidens, 467, 2222.

Maydnes, n. pl. S. maidens, 467, 2222.

Mayster, n. Fr. master, 1135; chief, 2028, 2385.

Mayster, n. Fr. master, 1135; chief, 2028, 2385.

Mayt, Mayth. See Mowe.

Mayt, Mayth. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Mede, n. S. reward, 102, 685, 1635, 2402.

Mede, n. S. reward, 102, 685, 1635, 2402.

Mele, n. S. oat-meal, 780.

Mele, n. S. oatmeal, 780.

Mele, v. Fr. to contend in battle, 2059. Gaw. and Gol. ii. 18. Mellay, Wynt. viii. 15, 19. V. Jam.

Mele, v. Fr. to fight in battle, 2059. Gaw. and Gol. ii. 18. Mellay, Wynt. viii. 15, 19. V. Jam.

Meme, 2201, probably miswritten for neme; see Nime.

Meme, 2201, likely misspelled as neme; refer to __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Men (used with a sing. vb. like the Fr. on), men, people, 390, 647, 2610.

Men (used with a singular verb like the Fr. on), men, people, 390, 647, 2610.

Mene, v. S. to mean, signify, 2114. Menes, pr. t. 3 p. means, 597.

Mene, v. S. to mean, signify, 2114. Menes, pr. t. 3 p. means, 597.

Menie, n. Fr. family, 827. Meynie, 834. This word is to be found from the time of Laȝamon to Shakespeare. Jamieson attempts to derive it from the North. V. in v. Menzie. See maisnie in Roquefort.

Menie, n. Fr. family, 827. Meynie, 834. This word has been around since the time of Laȝamon to Shakespeare. Jamieson tries to trace its origin to the North. See in v. Menzie. See maisnie in Roquefort.

Mere, n. S. mare, 2449, 2478, 2504.

Mere, n. S. pond, 2449, 2478, 2504.

Messe, n. Fr. Lat. the service of the mass, 243, 1176. Messe-bok, mass-book, 186, 391, 2710. Messe-gere, all the apparel, &c., pertaining to the service of the mass, 188, 389, 1078, 2217.

Messe, n. Fr. Lat. the service of the mass, 243, 1176. Messe-bok, mass book, 186, 391, 2710. Messe-gere, all the clothing, etc., related to the service of the mass, 188, 389, 1078, 2217.

Mest, adj. sup. S. greatest, 233. Moste, 1287; tallest, 983.

Mest, adj. sup. S. greatest, 233. Most, 1287; tallest, 983.

Mester, n. Fr. trade, 823. K. Horn (ed. Lumby), 229.

Mester, n. Fr. trade, 823. K. Horn (ed. Lumby), 229.

Met, pp. S. dreamt, 1285.

Met, pp. S. dreamt, 1285.

Mete, n. S. meat, 459, &c. Metes, pl. 1733.

Mete, n. S. meat, 459, &c. Metes, pl. 1733.

134

Meynie. See Menie.

Meynie. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Michel, adj. S. much, 510, 660. Mik, 2342. Mike, 960 (cf. Horn Childe, ap. Rits. V. 3, 292), 1744, 1761, 2336. Mikel, 122, 478, &c.

Michel, adj. S. much, 510, 660. Mik, 2342. Mike, 960 (see Horn Childe, ap. Rits. V. 3, 292), 1744, 1761, 2336. Mikel, 122, 478, &c.

Micte, Micten, Micthe, Mithe, Mithest, Mithen. See Mowe.

Micte, Micten, Micthe, Mithe, Mithest, Mithen. See Mowe.

Micth, n. S. might, power, 35.

Micth, n. S. might, power, 35.

Middelerd, n. S. the earth, world, 2244. Middelærd, Laȝam., Rits., Web., R. Gl., Minot, &c. So in Sc. V. Jam.

Middelerd, n. S. the earth, world, 2244. Middelærd, Laȝam., Rits., Web., R. Gl., Minot, & c. So in Sc. V. Jam.

Mik, Mike, Mikel. See Michel.

Mik, Mike, Mikel. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Milce, n. S. [mildse] mercy, 1361. A! me do þine milce, Laȝam. l. 4681; R. Gl. It is usually coupled with ore.

Milce, n. S. [mildse] mercy, 1361. Oh! please show me your milce, Laȝam. l. 4681; R. Gl. It is usually paired with ore.

Milne-hous. See Hus.

Milne House. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Mirke, adj. S. dark, 404. R. Br., Lynds.; merke, Chauc. Still used in Sc. and N.E. V. Jam.

Mirke, adj. S. dark, 404. R. Br., Lynds.; merke, Chauc. Still used in Scotland and Northern England. V. Jam.

Misdede, pa. t. S. did amiss, 337; injured, 992, 1371. Misdo, part. pa. misdone, offended, 2798.

Misdede, pa. t. S. did wrong, 337; harmed, 992, 1371. Misdo, part. pa. misdone, offended, 2798.

Misferde, pa. t. S. behaved, or proceeded ill, 1869. See Faren.

Misferde, pa. t. S. behaved, or proceeded ill, 1869. See Faren.

Misgos, pr. t. 2 p. S. goest or behavest amiss, 2707.

Misgos, pr. t. 2 p. S. act or behave incorrectly, 2707.

Misseyd, part. pa. S. spoken to reproachfully, 1688.

Misseyd, part. pa. S. spoken to with reproach, 1688.

Mithe, Mythe, v. S. [miðan] to conceal, hide, dissemble, 652, 948, 1278. Sche might no lenger mithe. Horn Childe, ap. Rits. M. R. V. 3, p. 310.

Mithe, Mythe, v. S. [miðan] to conceal, hide, dissemble, 652, 948, 1278. She could no longer mithe. Horn Childe, ap. Rits. M. R. V. 3, p. 310.

Mixed, adj. vile, base, 2533. From S. myx, fimus. Cf. Mix in William of Palerne.

Mixed, adj. disgusting, low-quality, 2533. From S. myx, poop. Cf. Mix in William of Palerne.

Mo, adj. comp. S. more, 1742, 1846.

Mo, adj. comp. S. more, 1742, 1846.

Mod, n. S. mood, humour, 1703.

Mod, n. S. mood, vibe, 1703.

Moder, n. S. mother, 974, 1388, &c.

Moder, n. S. mom, 974, 1388, &c.

Mone, n. S. moon, 373, 403.

Mone, n. S. moon, 373, 403.

Mone, n. S. mind, say, opinion, 816. Cf. A.S. myne, monian, monung; Icel. munr. Hence, to mone, to relate, R. Cœur de L. 4636, and to animadvert, in Barbour. It appears to express the Fr. phrase par le mien escient, K. Horn, 467, MS. Douce. In nearly the same sense mone may be found in K. Alisaund. 1281, R. Gl. pp. 281, 293. Cf. ll. 1711, 1972.

Mone, n. S. mind, say, opinion, 816. See A.S. myne, monian, monung; Icel. munr. Therefore, to mone, to relate, R. Cœur de L. 4636, and to animadvert, in Barbour. It seems to express the French phrase par le mien escient, K. Horn, 467, MS. Douce. In almost the same sense mone can be found in K. Alisaund. 1281, R. Gl. pp. 281, 293. See ll. 1711, 1972.

Mone, v. pl. [Isl. mun] must, 840. Maun, Sc. Mun, Yorksh. Cumb. V. Jam.

Mone, v. pl. [Isl. mun] must, 840. Maun, Sc. Mun, Yorksh. Cumb. V. Jam.

Morwen, n. S. morning, 811, 1131, 2669, &c. To-morwen, 530, 810. Amorwe, Sir Tr., K. Horn.

Morwen, n. S. morning, 811, 1131, 2669, &c. To-morwen, 530, 810. Amorwe, Sir Tr., K. Horn.

Moste. See Mest.

Most. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Mote, v. S. may, 19, 406, 1743, 2545. Moten, pl. 18.

Mote, v. S. may, 19, 406, 1743, 2545. Moten, pl. 18.

Moun. See Mowe.

Moun. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Mowe, v. S. pres. sing. may, be able, 175, 394, 675. Mowen, pl. 11. Moun, 460, 2587. Mait, pr. t. 2 p. mayest, 689. Mayt, 845, 852, 1219. Mayth, 641. Maght, pa. t. 2 p. s. mightest, 1348. Mithe, Mithest, 855, 1218. Micte, Micthe, Mithe, pa. t. 3 p. might, 42, 233, 1030, 1080. Mouchte, Moucte, Moucthe, Mouthe, Mowcte, 145, 356, 376, &c. Micte, Micten, Mithen, pl. 232, 516, 1929, 2017. Mouhte, Mouthe, Mouthen, 1183, 2019, 2039, 2328, 2330, &c. V. Pegge’s Anecd. of Engl. Lang. p. iii.

Mowe, v. S. pres. sing. may, be able, 175, 394, 675. Mowen, pl. 11. Moun, 460, 2587. Mait, pr. t. 2 p. mayest, 689. Mayt, 845, 852, 1219. Mayth, 641. Maght, pa. t. 2 p. s. mightest, 1348. Mithe, Mithest, 855, 1218. Micte, Micthe, Mithe, pa. t. 3 p. might, 42, 233, 1030, 1080. Mouchte, Moucte, Moucthe, Mouthe, Mowcte, 145, 356, 376, &c. Micte, Micten, Mithen, pl. 232, 516, 1929, 2017. Mouhte, Mouthe, Mouthen, 1183, 2019, 2039, 2328, 2330, &c. V. Pegge’s Anecd. of Engl. Lang. p. iii.

N

Na, adv. S. no, 2363, 2530.

Na, adv. No, 2363, 2530.

Nam. See Nime.

Nam. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Nayles, n. pl. S. nails, 2163.

Nayles, n. pl. S. nails, 2163.

Ne, adv. S. nor, 44, &c.

Ne, adv. S. nor, 44, &c.

Nede, n. S. need, necessity, 9, &c. Nedes, pl. 1092.

Nede, n. S. need, necessity, 9, &c. Nedes, pl. 1092.

Neme. See Nime.

Neme. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Ner, adv. S. near, 990, 1949.

Ner, adv. S. near, 990, 1949.

Nese, n. S. nose, 2450.

Nese, n. S. nose, 2450.

Nesh, adj. S. [nesc] soft, tender, 2743. Neys, 217. Web., Rits. M. R., Rob. Br., Chauc. Still used in N.W. part of England.

Nesh, adj. S. [nesc] soft, tender, 2743. Neys, 217. Web., Rits. M. R., Rob. Br., Chauc. Still used in the northwest part of England.

135

Neth, n. S. net, 752, 808, 1026; pl. netes, 783.

Neth, n. S. net, 752, 808, 1026; pl. netes, 783.

Neth, n. S. neat, cattle, 700, 1222. Netes, g. c. neat’s, 781.

Neth, n. S. neat, cattle, 700, 1222. Netes, g. c. neat’s, 781.

Neþeles, conj. S. nevertheless, 1108, 1658.

Nevertheless, 1108, 1658.

Neue, n. S. fist, 2405. Neues, pl. 1917. V. Jam.

Neue, n. S. fist, 2405. Neues, pl. 1917. V. Jam.

Neure, adv. S. not, never, 80, 672; neuere a polk, ne’er a pool, 2685. Neuere kines, of no kind, 2691.

Neure, adv. not, never, 80, 672; neuere a polk, never a pool, 2685. Neuere kines, of no kind, 2691.

Ney. adv. nigh, near to, nearly, 464, 640, 2619.

Ney. adv. close, nearly, almost, 464, 640, 2619.

Neys. See Nesh.

Neys. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Neyþer, Neþe, pron. S. neither, not either, 458, 764, 2970, &c. Noþer, 2623. Noyþer, 2697.

Neyþer, Neþe, pron. S. neither, not either, 458, 764, 2970, &c. Noþer, 2623. Noyþer, 2697.

Newhen, v. S. [nehwan] to approach, 1866. In the more recent form to neigh it is used in several of the old Romances, Chauc., and Minot.

Newhen, v. S. [nehwan] to approach, 1866. In its more recent form to neigh, it appears in several of the old Romances, Chaucer, and Minot.

Nicht, Nicth, n. S. night, 533, 575. Niht, 2669. Nith, 404, 1247, 1754. Nithes, g. c. of night, 2100. Nihtes, nithes, pl. 2353; nihtes, 2999.

Nicht, Nicth, n. p. night, 533, 575. Niht, 2669. Nith, 404, 1247, 1754. Nithes, g. c. of night, 2100. Nihtes, nithes, pl. 2353; nihtes, 2999.

Nime, v. S. pr. s. take, or go, 1931. Nim, imp. take, 1336. Nam, pa. t. took, 900; went, 2930. Neme, pl. went, 1207; cf. l. 2201. Nomen, took, 2790. Nomen, Numen, part. pa. taken, 2265, 2581. Nimes, imp. pl. go ye, 2594; nime, go we, 2600. In the first sense this verb is common in all the Glossaries, but in the latter sense To go it occurs nowhere but in the Gl. to Rob. Brunne, who, from being a Lincolnshire man, approaches nearer to the language of the present poem than any other writer. [In N.E. to nim is to walk with quick, short steps.]

Nime, v. S. pr. s. take, or go, 1931. Nim, imp. take, 1336. Nam, pa. t. took, 900; went, 2930. Neme, pl. went, 1207; cf. l. 2201. Nomen, took, 2790. Nomen, Numen, part. pa. taken, 2265, 2581. Nimes, imp. pl. go ye, 2594; nime, go we, 2600. In the first sense, this verb is common in all the Glossaries, but in the latter sense To go it occurs nowhere but in the Gl. to Rob. Brunne, who, being from Lincolnshire, uses a form of language that is closer to the style of the present poem than any other writer. [In N.E. to nim means to walk with quick, short steps.]

Nis, for Ne is, is not, 462, 1998, 2244.

Nis, for Ne is, is not, 462, 1998, 2244.

Nither-tale, n. S. night-time, 2025. See Chaucer, Prol. l. 97.

Nither-tale, n. S. night-time, 2025. See Chaucer, Prol. l. 97.

Noblelike, adv. S. nobly, 2640.

Noble-like, adv. S. nobly, 2640.

Nok, n. [Belg. nock] nook, corner, 820; nouth a ferthinges nok, not the value of a farthing. The same phr. is in the Manuel des Pechés of Rob. of Brunne, MS. Harl. 1701, fol. 39.

Nok, n. [Belg. nock] nook, corner, 820; nouth a ferthinges nok, not worth a farthing. The same phrase appears in the Manuel des Pechés by Rob. of Brunne, MS. Harl. 1701, fol. 39.

Nomen. See Nime.

Name. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Non, adj. S. no, 518, 685, 1019; no one, 934, 974.

Non, adj. S. no, 518, 685, 1019; no one, 934, 974.

Note, n. S. a nut, 419. Nouthe, 1332.

Note, n. S. a nut, 419. Nouthe, 1332.

Noþer. See Neyþer.

Noþer. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Nou, adv. S. now, 328, 1362, &c. Nu, 2421, 2460, 2650, &c.

Nou, adv. S. now, 328, 1362, &c. Nu, 2421, 2460, 2650, &c.

Nout, Nouth, Nouht, n. or adv. S. not, naught, nothing, not at all, 249, 505, 566, 648, 1733, 2051, 2822. Nowt, Nowth, 770, 2168, 2737.

Nout, Nouth, Nouht, n. or adv. S. not, naught, nothing, not at all, 249, 505, 566, 648, 1733, 2051, 2822. Nowt, Nowth, 770, 2168, 2737.

Nouthe. See Note.

Nouthe. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Noyþer. See Neyþer.

Noyþer. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Nu. See Nou.

Nu. Check __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Numen. See Nime.

Numen. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Nytte. v. S. make use of, require for use, 941. A.S. nyttian, neotan, G. nützen, Du. nutten.

Nytte. v. S. make use of, require for use, 941. A.S. nyttian, neotan, G. nützen, Du. nutten.

O

O. See On.

O. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Of, prep. S. off, 130, 216, 603, 857, 1850, 2444, 2626, 2676, 2751, &c. Of londe, out of the land, 2599. Sir Tr.

Of, prep. S. off, 130, 216, 603, 857, 1850, 2444, 2626, 2676, 2751, &c. Of londe, out of the land, 2599. Sir Tr.

Offe, prep. S. of, 435. Of, 436.

Offe, prep. S. of, 435. Of, 436.

Offrende, Dan. Fr. offering, 1386

Offrende, Dan. Fr. offering, 1386

Ofte, adv. S. often, 226, &c.

Often, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, 226, &c.

Ok. See Ek.

Ok. Check __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

On, adj. S. one, 425, 1800, 2028, 2263, &c.

On, adj. S. one, 425, 1800, 2028, 2263, &c.

On, in But on. See But.

On, in But on. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

On, prep. S. in, on. On liue, 281, 363, 694, 793 &c. O liue, 2865. On two, 471, 1823, 2730, in two; a two, 1413, 2643. O londe, 763, on, or in land. On knes, 1211, 136 1302, 2710, on knees; o knes, 2252, 2796. On brenne, 1239, in flame, on fire. O nith, 1251, in the night. On nithes, 2048. O worde, 1349, in the world (see Werd). O mani wise, 1713, in many a manner. On gamen, 1716, in sport. On lesse hwile, 1830, in less time. O bok, 2307, 2311, on the book. Wel o bon, 2355, 2525, 2571, strong of body. Iuele o bone, 2505, lean. On hunting, 2382. O stede, 2549, on steed. Up-o the dogges, 2596, on the dogs. From these examples, added to those which occur in every Glossary, it is evident the Sax. prep. On was subsequently corrupted to O and A. See Tyrwh. and Jam. A nycht in Barb. xix. 657, explained by the latter one night, is according to the above rule In the night, as confirmed by l. 1251. Sir Tr. pp. 47, 114. R. Glouc.

On, prep. S. in, on. On liue, 281, 363, 694, 793 &c. O liue, 2865. On two, 471, 1823, 2730, in two; a two, 1413, 2643. O londe, 763, on, or in land. On knes, 1211, 136 1302, 2710, on knees; o knes, 2252, 2796. On brenne, 1239, in flame, on fire. O nith, 1251, in the night. On nithes, 2048. O worde, 1349, in the world (see Werd). O mani wise, 1713, in many a manner. On gamen, 1716, in sport. On lesse hwile, 1830, in less time. O bok, 2307, 2311, on the book. Wel o bon, 2355, 2525, 2571, strong of body. Iuele o bone, 2505, lean. On hunting, 2382. O stede, 2549, on steed. Up-o the dogges, 2596, on the dogs. From these examples, added to those which occur in every Glossary, it is evident the Sax. prep. On was subsequently corrupted to O and A. See Tyrwh. and Jam. A nycht in Barb. xix. 657, explained by the latter one night, is according to the above rule In the night, as confirmed by l. 1251. Sir Tr. pp. 47, 114. R. Glouc.

One, adj. S. alone, singly, 815, 936, 1153, 1710, 1742, 1973, 2433.

One, adj. S. alone, singly, 815, 936, 1153, 1710, 1742, 1973, 2433.

There hue wonede al one.

There they lived all as one.

K. Horn, 80.

K. Horn, 80.

See Tyrwh. Gl., Chauc. v. On.

See Tyrwh. Gl., Chauc. v. On.

Ones, adv. S. once, 1295.

Ones, adv. S. once, 1295.

Onfrest, v. delay, 1337. From Su.-G. fresta, to delay, A.S. firstan, from Su.-Goth. frest or frist, A.S. fyrst, a space of time. Cf. Dan. and Sw. first, a truce. Frest, delay, Barb. vii. 447.

Onfrest, v. delay, 1337. From Su.-G. fresta, to delay, A.S. firstan, from Su.-Goth. frest or frist, A.S. fyrst, a space of time. Cf. Dan. and Sw. first, a truce. Frest, delay, Barb. vii. 447.

Onlepi. See Anilepi.

Onlepi. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Onne, prep. S. on, 347, 1940.

Onne, prep. S. on, 347, 1940.

Onon, adv. S. anon, speedily, 136, 447, 1964, 2790.

Onon, adv. S. anon, quickly, 136, 447, 1964, 2790.

Ontil, prep. S. unto, for, 761.

Ontil, prep. S. to, for, 761.

Or, adv. S. previously, before, 728, 1043, 1356, 1688, &c. Or outh longe, 1789, before any long time.

Or, adv. S. earlier, before, 728, 1043, 1356, 1688, &c. Or outh longe, 1789, after a long time has passed.

Ore, n. S. favour, grace, mercy, 153, 211, 2443, 2797. Ich hadde of hire milse an ore. Hule and Nihtingale, l. 1081. Sir Tr. p. 24. K. Horn (ed. Lumby), 1509. See Tyrwhitt’s Note on Chauc. C. T. 3724, and Ritson’s Note, Metr. Rom. V. iii. p. 263. A.S. ár.

Ore, n. S. favor, grace, mercy, 153, 211, 2443, 2797. I had a bit of her kindness in ore. Hule and Nightingale, l. 1081. Sir Tr. p. 24. K. Horn (ed. Lumby), 1509. See Tyrwhitt’s Note on Chauc. C. T. 3724, and Ritson’s Note, Metr. Rom. V. iii. p. 263. A.S. ár.

Ore, n. S. oar, 718, 1871, &c. Ores, pl. 711.

Ore, n. S. oar, 718, 1871, &c. Ores, pl. 711.

Osed for Hosed, 971.

Osed for Hosed, 971.

Oth, n. S. oath, 2009, 2272, &c. Oþes, pl. 2013, 2231, &c.

Oth, n. S. oath, 2009, 2272, &c. Oþes, pl. 2013, 2231, &c.

Oþe for Oþer, 861, 1986, 2970.

Oþe for Oþer, 861, 1986, 2970.

Oþer, conj. S. either, or, 94, 674, 787, &c. See Ayther.

Oþer, conj. S. either, or, 94, 674, 787, &c. See Ayther.

Oþer, adj. S. [alter] the other of two, second, 879. þe oþer day, 1755, the following day.

Oþer, adj. S. [alter] the other of two, second, 879. the other day, 1755, the following day.

Day hit is igon & oþer,

Day hit is igon & oþer,

Wiþute sail & roþer.

Without sail & rudder.

K. Horn, ed. Lumby, 187.

K. Horn, ed. Lumby, 187.

So also R. Br. p. 169, and Wynt.

So also R. Br. p. 169, and Wynt.

Oþer, adj. S. [alius] other, 2490. Oþre, pl. others, 1784, 2413, 2416.

Oþer, adj. S. [alius] other, 2490. Oþre, pl. others, 1784, 2413, 2416.

Ouer-fare, v. S. to pass over, cease, 2063. See Fare.

Ouer-fare, v. S. to pass over, cease, 2063. See Fare.

Ouer-go, v. S. to be disregarded, 2220.

Ouer-go, v. S. to be ignored, 2220.

Ouer-gange, v. S. to get the superiority over, 2587.

Ouer-gange, v. S. to gain the upper hand over, 2587.

Ouer-þwert, adv. S. across, 2822. Ouerthuert, R. Br. p. 241. Overtwert, Ly Beaus Desc. 1017. Overthwarte, Syr Eglamore, B. iii. Chauc. C. T. 1993.

Ouer-þwert, adv. S. across, 2822. Ouerthuert, R. Br. p. 241. Overtwert, Ly Beaus Desc. 1017. Overthwarte, Syr Eglamore, B. iii. Chauc. C. T. 1993.

Oune, adj. S. own, 375, 2428.

Oune, adj. S. own, 375, 2428.

Oure, n. bank, shore, 321. G. ufer. A.S. ófer. Cf. “to þan castle of Deoure on þere sæ oure.” Laȝamon, l. 31117.

Oure, n. bank, shore, 321. G. ufer. A.S. ófer. Cf. “to the castle of Deoure on the sea oure.” Laȝamon, l. 31117.

Outh, n. S. [awiht] any space of time, aught, 1189; cf. l. 1789; anything, 703. [Outh douthe = was worth anything, was of any value.]

Outh, n. S. [awiht] any amount of time, anything, 1189; cf. l. 1789; everything, 703. [Outh douthe = was worth anything, had any value.]

P

Palefrey, n. Fr. saddle-horse, 2060. See Gl. on Chauc. in v. Pegge’s Anec. Engl. Lang. p. 289.

Palefrey, n. French saddle horse, 2060. See Glossary on Chaucer in v. Pegge’s Anecdotes of the English Language p. 289.

Pappes, n. pl. Lat. breasts, 2132.

Pappes, n. pl. Lat. breasts, 2132.

137

Parred, part. pa. confined, fastened in, barred in, 2439. We have met with this word only in one instance, where Ritson leaves it unexplained.

Parred, part. pa. confined, fastened in, barred in, 2439. We have encountered this word only once, where Ritson does not explain it.

Yn al this [tyme] was sir Ywayn

Yn al this [tyme] was sir Ywayn

Ful straitly parred with mekil payn.

Ful straitly parred with mekil pain.

Yw. and Gaw. 3227.

Yw. and Gaw. 3227.

[It is undoubtedly equivalent to O.E. sperre, or spere. Halliwell, s.v. Parred, quotes “ȝe are parred in . . . ȝe are so spered in.” So, too, the Ital. sbarra is the Fr. barre. Cf. A.S. sparran, O.N. sperra, Sc. spar. Hence the derivation of park, O.E. parrock, an enclosure.]

[It is definitely similar to O.E. sperre, or spere. Halliwell, s.v. Parred, quotes “you are parred in . . . you are so spered in.” Likewise, the Italian sbarra is the French barre. See A.S. sparran, O.N. sperra, Sc. spar. This leads to the origin of park, O.E. parrock, meaning an enclosure.]

Pastees, n. pl. Fr. pasties, patés, 644.

Pastees, n. pl. Fr. pasties, patés, 644.

Ther beth bowris and halles,

The bathhouses and halls,

Al of pasteiis beth the walles.

All of pasteiis by the walls.

Land of Cokaygne, MS. Harl. 913, f. 5.

Land of Cokaygne, MS. Harl. 913, f. 5.

Pateyn, n. Lat. the Plate used in the service of the Mass, 187.

Pateyn, n. Lat. the plate used in the service of the Mass, 187.

Paþe, n. S. path, road, 2381, 2390. Paþes, pl. 268.

Paþe, n. S. path, road, 2381, 2390. Paþes, pl. 268.

Patriark, n. Lat. patriarch, 428.

Patriarch, n. Lat. patriarch, 428.

Payed, part. pa. Fr. satisfied, content, 184. Rits. M. R., Web., R. Gl., R. Br. Apaied, Chauc.

Payed, part. pa. Fr. satisfied, content, 184. Rits. M. R., Web., R. Gl., R. Br. Apaied, Chauc.

Pelle, v. drive forth (intr.), hurry forth, 810. Deriv. uncertain, unless it be connected with Lat. pello, Eng. impel. Cf. Eng. pelt.

Pelle, v. to drive forward (intr.), to hurry along, 810. Derivation uncertain, unless it relates to Lat. pello, Eng. impel. See also Eng. pelt.

Peni, n. S. penny, 705, 2147. Penies, pl. 776, 1172.

Peni, n. S. penny, 705, 2147. Penies, pl. 776, 1172.

Per, n. Fr. peer, equal, 989, 2241, 2792.

Per, n. Fr. peer, equal, 989, 2241, 2792.

Pike, v. to pitch (used passively), 707. Teut. pecken, Lat. picare. The verb in Saxon is not extant, but only the n. pic.

Pike, v. to pitch (used passively), 707. Teut. pecken, Lat. picare. The verb in Saxon is not available, but only the noun pic.

Pine, n. S. pain, grief, 405, 540, 1374. Sir Tr. p. 12. V. Jam.

Pine, n. S. pain, grief, 405, 540, 1374. Sir Tr. p. 12. V. Jam.

Pine, v. S. to grieve, 1958.

Pine, v. S. to mourn, 1958.

Plat. See Plette.

Plat. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Plattinde, part. pr. tramping along, moving noisily or hurriedly, 2282. From the beating noise of the feet, like Sc. platch (q.v. in Jam.). See Plette.

Plattinde, part. pr. tramping along, moving noisily or hurriedly, 2282. From the beating noise of the feet, like Sc. platch (q.v. in Jam.). See Plette.

Plawe, v. S. to play, 950. Pleye, 951.

Plawe, v. S. to play, 950. Pleye, 951.

Playces, n. pl. plaice, 896.

Playces, n. pl. plaice, 896.

Pleinte, n. Fr. complaint, 134. Pleynte, 2961.

Pleinte, n. Fr. complaint, 134. Pleynte, 2961.

Plette, v. S. [plæettian] to strike, 2444. Plat, pa. t. struck, 2755. Plette, 2626; pl. plette, hurried, moved noisily, 2613. [Cf. Plattinde, and note the double use of Sc. skelp, to beat, to hurry, and O.E. strike, to beat, to move along.]

Plette, v. S. [plæettian] to hit, 2444. Plat, pa. t. hit, 2755. Plette, 2626; pl. plette, rushed, moved loudly, 2613. [See Plattinde, and notice the dual use of Sc. skelp, to hit, to rush, and O.E. strike, to hit, to move forward.]

Plith, n. S. [pliht] harm, 1370, 2002. Laȝam. l. 3897.

Plith, n. S. [pliht] harm, 1370, 2002. Laȝam. l. 3897.

Poke, n. S. a bag, 555, 769. Pokes, pl. 780.

Poke, n. S. a bag, 555, 769. Pokes, pl. 780.

Poles, n. pl. S. pools, ponds of water, 2101.

Poles, n. pl. S. pools, bodies of water, 2101.

Polk, n. S. pool, puddle, 2685. Pow, Sir Tr. p. 171. Pulk, Somersetsh.

Polk, n. S. pool, puddle, 2685. Pow, Sir Tr. p. 171. Pulk, Somersetsh.

Pouere, Poure, adj. Fr. poor, 58, 101, 2457, &c.

Pouere, Poure, adj. Fr. poor, 58, 101, 2457, &c.

Pourelike, adv. poorly, 323.

Pourelike, adv. bad, 323.

Prangled, part. pa. compressed, 639. Cf. Du. prangen, to pinch; Dan. prange Seil, to crowd sail.

Prangled, part. pa. compressed, 639. Cf. Du. prangen, to pinch; Dan. prange Seil, to crowd sail.

Preie, pr. t. S. pray, 1440. Prey, imp. pray (thou), 1343. Preide, pa. t. prayed, 209.

Preie, pr. t. S. pray, 1440. Prey, imp. pray (you), 1343. Preide, pa. t. prayed, 209.

Prest, n. S. priest, 429, 1829. Prestes, pl. 2583.

Prest, n. S. priest, 429, 1829. Prestes, pl. 2583.

Priken, v. S. to spur a horse, ride briskly, 2639.

Priken, v. S. to spur a horse, ride fast, 2639.

Prud, adj. S. proud, 302.

Prud, adj. S. proud, 302.

Pulten, pa. t. pl. so reads the MS. l. 1023, instead of putten. Both have the same signification. So in the Romance of Rob. of Cecyle, Harl. MS. 1701, f. 94, c. 1, pulte occurs for put, placed, and pylt in R. Cœur de L. 4085; pelte, Sir Tr. p. 95. In the imp. Pult 138 for put, place, is used in Hending the Hende, MS. Digb. 86. In the signification of drove forward, which is nearer to the sense we require, we find pylte in K. Horn, 1433, and R. Glouc. Hence the Engl. word pelt. See Putten. Cf. Pult in Gl. to Will. of Palerne.

Pulten, pa. t. pl. reads the MS. l. 1023, instead of putten. Both mean the same thing. In the Romance of Rob. of Cecyle, Harl. MS. 1701, f. 94, c. 1, pulte is used for put, meaning placed, and pylt appears in R. Cœur de L. 4085; pelte, Sir Tr. p. 95. In the imp. Pult 138 for put, place is utilized in Hending the Hende, MS. Digb. 86. In the meaning of drove forward, which is closer to what we need, we find pylte in K. Horn, 1433, and R. Glouc. Thus, the English word pelt. See Putten. Cf. Pult in Gl. to Will. of Palerne.

Pund, n. pl. S. pounds, 1633.

Pund, n. pl. S. pounds, 1633.

Put, n. cast, throw, 1055. But, 1040.

Put, n. cast, throw, 1055. But, 1040.

Putten, v. to cast, throw, propel forward, 1033, 1044. Puten, 1051. Putte, pa. t. cast, 1052. Putten, pa. t. pl. cast, threw, 1023, 1031, 1844. From the Fr. bouter, Teut. buitten, or Belg. botten, to drive or propel forward, or, as others suggest, from the Br. pwtiaw, which has the same meaning, or Isl. potta. From the same root are derived both Put and But. Thus to butt in Sc. is to drive at a stone in curling, and to put in Yorksh. is to push with the horns. In the passage before us it is applied to a particular game, formerly in great repute. See Note on l. 1022. Cf. Ramsay’s Poems, ii. 106. The word is still retained in the North, and Sc. V. Jam. and Brockett. See But and Pulten.

Putten, v. to cast, throw, propel forward, 1033, 1044. Puten, 1051. Putte, pa. t. cast, 1052. Putten, pa. t. pl. cast, threw, 1023, 1031, 1844. From the Fr. bouter, Teut. buitten, or Belg. botten, to drive or propel forward, or, as others suggest, from the Br. pwtiaw, which has the same meaning, or Isl. potta. From the same root are derived both Put and But. Thus to butt in Sc. is to drive at a stone in curling, and to put in Yorksh. is to push with the horns. In the passage before us it is applied to a particular game, formerly in great repute. See Note on l. 1022. Cf. Ramsay’s Poems, ii. 106. The word is still retained in the North, and Sc. V. Jam. and Brockett. See But and Pulten.

Putting, Puttinge, n. casting, 1042, 1057, 2324.

Putting, n. casting, 1042, 1057, 2324.

Pyment, n. B.L. spiced wine, 1728. See Note on l. 1726.

Pyment, n. B.L. spiced wine, 1728. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Q

Qual, n. S. [hwæl] whale or grampus, 753. See Hwel.

Qual, n. S. [hwæl] whale or grampus, 753. See Hwel.

Quan, Quanne, adv. S. when, 134, 204, 240, &c. See Hwan.

Quan, Quanne, adv. S. when, 134, 204, 240, &c. See Hwan.

Quath, pa. t. S. quoth, 606, 642, &c. Hwat, 1650, 1878. Wat, 595. Quod, 1888. Quodh, 1801. Quot, 1954, 2808. Couth, 2606.

Quath, pa. t. S. said, 606, 642, &c. Hwat, 1650, 1878. Wat, 595. Quod, 1888. Quodh, 1801. Quot, 1954, 2808. Couth, 2606.

Queme, adj. S. agreeable, 130, 393. Web., Rits. M. R., Rob. Br., R. Glouc., Gower, Chauc.

Queme, adj. S. pleasant, 130, 393. Web., Rits. M. R., Rob. Br., R. Glouc., Gower, Chauc.

Quen, n. S. queen, 2760, 2783, &c. Quenes, pl. 2982.

Quen, n. S. queen, 2760, 2783, &c. Queens, pl. 2982.

Qui. See Hwi.

Qui. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Quic, Quik, adj. S. alive, 612, 613, 1405, 2210, 2476, &c., quik and ded. This is the usual language of the Inquisitiones post mortem, which commence at the early part of Henry III. reign. For the usage of the term, see Gl. to Sir Tr. p. 98. Yw. and Gaw. 668. Chron. of Engl. 762, &c. The word is preserved in the vulgar version of the Scriptures, and Creed. Quike, quick, alert, 1348. Al quic wede, 2641. Cf. l. 2387.

Quic, Quik, adj. S. alive, 612, 613, 1405, 2210, 2476, &c., quik and ded. This is the typical language of the Inquisitiones post mortem, which begin in the early part of Henry III's reign. For the usage of the term, see Gl. to Sir Tr. p. 98. Yw. and Gaw. 668. Chron. of Engl. 762, &c. The word is retained in the common version of the Scriptures and Creed. Quike, quick, alert, 1348. Al quic wede, 2641. Cf. l. 2387.

Quiste, n. S. [cwide] bequest, will, 219, 365. Quede, K. Alisaund. 8020.

Quiste, n. S. [cwide] bequest, will, 219, 365. Quede, K. Alisaund. 8020.

Quod, Quodh, Quot. See Quath.

Quod, Quodh, Quot. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

R

Radde. See Rede.

Radde. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Ran. See Renne.

Ran. Check __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Rang, adj. S. [ranc] perverse, rebellious, 2561.

Rang, adj. S. [ranc] rebellious, 2561.

Rath, n. S. counsel; hence, an adviser, 75. Dat. c. rathe, in the phrase to rathe, 2542; for the meaning of which, see Red.

Rath, n. S. counsel; hence, an adviser, 75. Dat. c. rathe, in the phrase to rathe, 2542; for the meaning of which, see Red.

Raþe, adv. S. speedily, readily, quickly, 358, &c. (In l. 1335, I prefer considering it as a verb.)

Raþe, adv. S. quickly, easily, fast, 358, &c. (In l. 1335, I prefer considering it as a verb.)

Rathe, v. S. [rædan] to advise, 1335. A provincial pronunciation of Rede. In l. 2817, it is still broader, “Yif ye it wilen and ek rothe.” In the same manner Rode is spelt, and was undoubtedly pronounced Rothe, Ly Beaus Desc. 425, and Abode is spelt Abothe, ib. 1118. Cf. ll. 693, 1681, 2585, of the present poem, in all which instances the d in rede has the sound of th.

Rathe, v. S. [rædan] to advise, 1335. A local way of saying Rede. In line 2817, it's still broader, “If you want it and also rothe.” Similarly, Rode is spelled this way and was definitely pronounced Rothe, Ly Beaus Desc. 425, and Abode is spelled Abothe, ib. 1118. See lines 693, 1681, 2585 of the current poem, in all these cases the d in rede sounds like th.

Recke, pr. t. subj. S. may reck, may care, 2047, 2511. Sir Tr. p. 124, &c.

Recke, pr. t. subj. S. might reckon, might care, 2047, 2511. Sir Tr. p. 124, &c.

Red, n. S. advice, counsel, 180, 518, 826, 1194, 2871, &c. To rede, lit. for a counsel, i.e. advisable, 118, 693; spelt to rathe, 2542.

Red, n. S. advice, counsel, 180, 518, 826, 1194, 2871, &c. To rede, literally for a counsel, meaning advisable, 118, 693; spelled to rathe, 2542.

139

Rede, v. S. to direct, advise, 104, 148, 361, 687, &c. Radde, pa. t. advised, 1353. V. Jam. in v. and Hearne’s Gl. to R. Glouc.

Rede, v. S. to direct, advise, 104, 148, 361, 687, &c. Radde, pa. t. advised, 1353. V. Jam. in v. and Hearne’s Gl. to R. Glouc.

Reft, Refte, Reftes. See Reue.

Reft, Refte, Reftes. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Regne, pr. t. pl. Fr. Lat. reign, assume the superiority, 2586. Reng, Ring, Sc. V. Jam. in v.

Regne, pr. t. pl. Fr. Lat. reign, take on the superiority, 2586. Reng, Ring, Sc. V. Jam. in v.

Renne, v. S. to run, 1161, 1904. Ran on blode, pa. t. 432. So in Sir Tr. p. 176, His heued ran on blod; and in MS. Harl. 2253, f. 128,

Renne, v. S. to run, 1161, 1904. Ran on blode, pa. t. 432. Similarly in Sir Tr. p. 176, His head ran on blood; and in MS. Harl. 2253, f. 128,

Lutel wot hit any mon hou loue hym haueth y-bounden,

Lutel knows how much love he has for any person.

That for vs o the rode ron, ant bohte vs with is wounde.

That for us on the road run, and both with his wound.

Reue, n. S. magistrate, 1627. See Greyue.

Reue, n. S. magistrate, 1627. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Reue, Reuen, v. S. [reafian] to take away, bereave, rob, 480, 2590, 2991. Refte, pa. t. took away, bereaved, 2223, 2485. Reftes, pa. t. 2 p. tookest away, 2394. Reft, part. pa. taken away, bereaved, 1367, 1672, 2483; spoiled, 2004. Still used in the North.

Reue, Reuen, v. S. [reafian] to take away, deprive, rob, 480, 2590, 2991. Refte, pa. t. took away, deprived, 2223, 2485. Reftes, pa. t. 2 p. took away, 2394. Reft, part. pa. taken away, deprived, 1367, 1672, 2483; spoiled, 2004. Still used in the North.

Reures, n. pl. S. robbers, bereavers, 2104.

Reures, n. pl. S. thieves, plunderers, 2104.

Alle bacbiteres wendet to helle,

All backbiters go to hell,

Robberes & reueres & the monquelle.

Robbers & reavers & the monquelle.

A lutel sermun, MS. Cal. A. ix. f. 246, b.

A lutel sermun, MS. Cal. A. ix. f. 246, b.

V. Jam. in v. Reyffar.

V. Jam. in v. Reyffar.

Reunesse, Rewnesse, n. S. compassion, 502, 2227.

Reunesse, Rewnesse, n. S. empathy, 502, 2227.

Rewe, v. S. to have pity, to compassionate, 497, 967. Rewede, pa. t. (impersonal) 503.

Rewe, v. to feel pity, to show compassion, 497, 967. Rewede, past tense (impersonal) 503.

Richelike, adv. S. richly, 421.

Richelike, adv. S. richly, 421.

Ricth, Ricthe. See Rith, Rithe.

Ricth, Ricthe. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_1__.

Ricthwise, adj. S. [rihtwis] righteous, just, 37. Rits., Web. M. R., Rob. Br., Minot, Lynds., R. Hood. [MS. has rirth wise.]

Ricthwise, adj. S. [rihtwis] righteous, just, 37. Rits., Web. M. R., Rob. Br., Minot, Lynds., R. Hood. [MS. has rirth wise.]

Riden, v. S. to ride, 10, &c.

Riden, v. S. to ride, 10, & etc.

Rig, n. S. back, 1775. So in Laȝam. l. 6718. Burne he warp on rigge.

Rig, n. S. back, 1775. So in Laȝam. l. 6718. Burne he warp on rigge.

Rike, n. S. kingdom, 290. Heuene riche, 133, 407. See Cunnriche.

Rike, n. S. kingdom, 290. Heuene riche, 133, 407. See Cunnriche.

Rim, Rym, n. S. Fr. rhyme, poem, 21, 2995, 2998. So Chauc. Rime of Sire Thopas. [The modern false spelling rhyme is due to confusion of Eng. rime with the Gk. rhythm.]

Rim, Rym, n. S. Fr. rhyme, poem, 21, 2995, 2998. So Chauc. Rime of Sire Thopas. [The modern incorrect spelling rhyme comes from the confusion of Eng. rime with the Gk. rhythm.]

Ringen, v. S. to ring, 242, 1106. Ringes, pr. t. sing. ring, 390. Rungen, part. pa. rung, 1132.

Ringen, v. S. to ring, 242, 1106. Rings, present tense, singular. ring, 390. Rang, past participle. rung, 1132.

Ringes, n. pl. S. rings of mail, 2740. See Brini.

Ringes, n. pl. S. rings of mail, 2740. See Brini.

Rippe, n. fish-basket, 893. Hence a Rippar, B. Lat. riparius, is a person who brings fish from the coast to sell in the interior. V. Spelm. in v. Nares prefers the etymology of ripa, but without reason. Rip is still provincial for an osier basket. See Jam. and Moore. So also in a curious Latin and English Vocabulary, written out by Sire John Mendames, Parson of Bromenstrope [Broomsthorp, Co. Norf.] in the middle of the 15th cent., and now preserved in the valuable MSS. library of T. W. Coke, Esq. Cophinus is explained A beryng lepe, or ryppe, terms still retained in the county. Jam. gives Icel. hrip, a basket.

Rippe, n. fish-basket, 893. Therefore, a Rippar, B. Lat. riparius, is someone who brings fish from the coast to sell in the interior. V. Spelm. in v. Nares prefers the origin of ripa, but this is unjustified. Rip is still used regionally for an osier basket. See Jam. and Moore. Similarly, in an interesting Latin and English Vocabulary, written by Sire John Mendames, Parson of Bromenstrope [Broomsthorp, Co. Norf.] in the mid-15th century, now kept in the valuable MSS. library of T. W. Coke, Esq., Cophinus is defined as A beryng lepe, or ryppe, terms still used in the county. Jam. gives Icel. hrip, a basket.

Rith, Ricth, n. S. right, justice, inheritance, 36, 395, 1099, 1383, 2717.

Rith, Ricth, n. S. right, justice, inheritance, 36, 395, 1099, 1383, 2717.

Rith, adj. S. right (dexter), 604, 1812, 2140, 2545, 2725.

Rith, adj. S. right (dexter), 604, 1812, 2140, 2545, 2725.

Rithe, Ricthe, adj. S. right (rectus), 772, 846, 1201, 2235, 2473.

Rithe, Ricthe, adj. S. right (rectus), 772, 846, 1201, 2235, 2473.

Rith, Rithe, adv. S. rightly, 420, 1701, 2611, &c.; exactly, just, 872, 2494, 2506.

Rith, Rithe, adv. S. rightly, 420, 1701, 2611, &c.; exactly, just, 872, 2494, 2506.

Ritte, v. to rip, make an incision, 2495.

Ritte, v. to rip or cut, 2495.

The breche adoun he threst,

He threatened the bridge down,

He ritt, and gan to right.

He wrote, and began to write.

Sir Tristr. p. 33.

Sir Tristram. p. 33.

[Cf. Sw. rista, Dan. riste, to slash, cut; G. ritzen. Perhaps connected also with Du. rijten, G. reissen, to tear.]

[Cf. Sw. rista, Dan. riste, to slash, cut; G. ritzen. Perhaps also related to Du. rijten, G. reissen, to tear.]

140

Robben, v. S. to rob, 1958.

Robben, v. S. to rob, 1958.

Rode, n. S. the rood, cross, 103, 431, 1357, &c. V. Todd’s Gl. Illustr. Chauc.

Rode, n. S. the rood, cross, 103, 431, 1357, &c. V. Todd’s Gl. Illustr. Chauc.

Rof, n. S. roof, 2082.

Rof, n. S. roof, 2082.

Rome, v. S. to roam, travel about, 64.

Rome, v. S. to wander, travel around, 64.

Rore, v. S. to roar, 2496, &c. Rorede, pa. t. roared, 2438.

Rore, v. S. to roar, 2496, &c. Rorede, pa. t. roared, 2438.

Roser, n. Fr. rose-bush, 2919. Chauc., Pers. Tale, De luxuria.

Roser, n. Fr. rose-bush, 2919. Chauc., Pers. Tale, De luxuria.

Rothe. See Rathe.

Rothe. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Rowte, v. S. [hrutan] to roar, 1911. R. Cœur de L. 4304. V. Gl. Lynds. and Jam. in v. Cf. Icel. hrjota, Sw. ryte. The word is still retained in the provinces. V. Brockett and Wilbr.

Rowte, v. S. [hrutan] to roar, 1911. R. Cœur de L. 4304. V. Gl. Lynds. and Jam. in v. Cf. Icel. hrjota, Sw. ryte. The word is still used in the provinces. V. Brockett and Wilbr.

Runci, n. B. Lat. a horse of burden, 2569. V. Du Cange and Spelm. The word is common both in Fr. and Engl. writers. Cf. Span. Rozin-ante.

Runci, n. B. Lat. a pack horse, 2569. V. Du Cange and Spelm. The term is widely used in both French and English literature. Cf. Spanish Rozin-ante.

Rungen. See Ringen.

Rungen. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Rym. See Rim.

Rym. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

S

Sal for Shall, 628.

Sal for Shall, 628.

Same for Shame, 1941. V. Jam.

Same for Shame, 1941. V. Jam.

Samen, adv. S. together, 467, 979, 1717, &c. Web., Rits. M. R., Rob. Br. So also in Sc. V. Jam.

Samen, adv. S. together, 467, 979, 1717, &c. Web., Rits. M. R., Rob. Br. So also in Sc. V. Jam.

Samened, part. pa. S. assembled, united, 2890. Web., R. Br. p. 2.

Samened, part. pa. S. assembled, united, 2890. Web., R. Br. p. 2.

Sare, adv. S. sore, sorrowfully, 401.

Sare, adv. S. sore, sadly, 401.

Sat, pa. t. S. opposed, 2567. See Atsitte. In Sc. is Sit, Sist, to stop, from Lat. sistere. V. Jam.

Sat, pa. t. S. opposed, 2567. See Atsitte. In Sc. is Sit, Sist, to stop, from Lat. sistere. V. Jam.

Sautres, n. pl. Fr. Lat. Psalters, Hymns for the Office of the Dead, 244.

Sautres, n. pl. Fr. Lat. Psalters, Hymns for the Office of the Dead, 244.

Sawe, written for sa we, i.e. say we, 338.

Sawe, written for say we, 338.

Sawe, Sawen, Say. See Se.

Saw, Seen, Say. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sayse, v. B. Lat. to seise, give seisin or livery of land, 251, 2518. Seysed, pa. t. seised, 2931, part. pa. 2513. Horn Childe, ap. Rits. M. R. V. 3, p. 309.

Sayse, v. B. Lat. to take possession, provide possession or transfer of land, 251, 2518. Seysed, pa. t. taken possession, 2931, part. pa. 2513. Horn Childe, ap. Rits. M. R. V. 3, p. 309.

Scabbed, Skabbed, adj. S. Lat. scabby, scurvy, 2449, 2505.

Scabbed, Skabbed, adj. S. Lat. scabby, scurvy, 2449, 2505.

Scaþe, n. S. harm, injury, 1352. Scaþes, pl. 269. R. Br., V. Gl. Skaith, Sc. V. Jam.

Scaþe, n. S. harm, injury, 1352. Scaþes, pl. 269. R. Br., V. Gl. Skaith, Sc. V. Jam.

Sche, Scho, Sho, pron. S. she, 112, 126, 649, 1721, &c.

Sche, Scho, Sho, pron. S. she, 112, 126, 649, 1721, &c.

Schifte for Shrift, absolution, 1829.

Schifte for Shrift, forgiveness, 1829.

Schoten, Shoten, pa. t. pl. S. shot, cast, 1838, 1864. Scuten, 2431.

Schoten, Shoten, pa. t. pl. S. shot, cast, 1838, 1864. Scuten, 2431.

[Shoten, in l. 1838, means rushed, darted, flew.]

[Shoten, in l. 1838, means rushed, darted, flew.]

Schulle, n. a plaice, 759. Sw. skolla, a plaice. See Coleridge’s Glossarial Index.

Schulle, n. a type of flatfish, 759. Sw. skolla, a type of flatfish. See Coleridge’s Glossarial Index.

Se (the S. art.) the, but perhaps a mistake of the scribe, l. 534, as it is not elsewhere used.

Se (the S. art.) the, but maybe a typo by the scribe, l. 534, as it's not used anywhere else.

Se, n. S. sea, 535, &c.; gen. seis, 321.

Se, n. S. sea, 535, &c.; gen. six, 321.

Se, Sen, v. S. to see, 1021, 1273, &c. Sest, pr. t. 2 p. seest, 534. Sen, pr. t. pl. see, 168, 1217. Sawe, Sowe, pa. t. saw, 1182, 1323. Say, 881. Sawen, Sowen, pa. t. pl. 957, 1055, 2255. Sene, part. pa. 656.

Se, Sen, v. S. to see, 1021, 1273, &c. Sest, pr. t. 2 p. seest, 534. Sen, pr. t. pl. see, 168, 1217. Sawe, Sowe, pa. t. saw, 1182, 1323. Say, 881. Sawen, Sowen, pa. t. pl. 957, 1055, 2255. Sene, part. pa. 656.

Seckes, n. pl. S. sacks, 2019.

Seckes, n. pl. S. sacks, 2019.

Segges, n. pl. Fr. [seches] 896. In Cotgr. the Seche is explained the Sound, or Cuttle fish. The Seches de Coutance were held in the highest estimation. V. Le Grand. See also Jam. v. Sye.

Segges, n. pl. Fr. [seches] 896. In Cotgr., the Seche is described as the sound or cuttlefish. The Seches de Coutance were highly valued. V. Le Grand. See also Jam. v. Sye.

Sei, v. See Seyen.

Sei, v. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Seis. See Se.

Six. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Seken, v. S. to seek, 1629. The reading is confirmed by an old poem in MS. Digb. 86.

Seken, v. S. to seek, 1629. The reading is supported by an old poem in MS. Digb. 86.

Sire, we ben knizttes fer i-fare,

Sire, we are knights for I-fare,

For to sechen wide-ware.

For to sechen widescreen.

La vie seint Eustace, qui out noun Placidas.

The life of St. Eustace, who is also known as Placidas.

Selcouth, n. S. wonder, strange thing, 124, 1059. Selcuth, 2119. It was in all probability originally 141 an adj. as Selkuth. Strange, wonderful, 1284.

Selcouth, n. S. wonder, strange thing, 124, 1059. Selcuth, 2119. It was probably originally 141 an adj. as Selkuth. Strange, wonderful, 1284.

Sele, n. S. seal, 755.

Sele, n. S. seal, 755.

Seli, adj. S. simple, harmless, 477, 499. R. Gl., Chauc.

Seli, adj. S. straightforward, harmless, 477, 499. R. Gl., Chauc.

Selthe, n. S. success, 1338. A.S. sélð. [Cf. selehðe in Laȝam. l. 25136, and see selehðe in Stratmann’s Dictionary of Old English. The line seems to be a proverb, and the meaning is— “Rest and success are companions.” Goldborough tells him to avoid delay, since rest may accompany success, but cannot precede it.]

Selthe, n. S. success, 1338. A.S. sélð. [See selehðe in Laȝam. l. 25136, and refer to selehðe in Stratmann’s Dictionary of Old English. This line appears to be a proverb, meaning— “Rest and success go hand in hand.” Goldborough advises him to avoid procrastination, as rest may come with success, but cannot happen before it.]

Sembling, n. Fr. assembling, 1018. It may also be compared with the Su.-G. samlung, conventus.

Sembling, n. Fr. assembling, 1018. It can also be compared with the Su.-G. samlung, gathering.

Semes, pr. t. in the phrase, hire semes = it beseems her, it becomes her, 2916. Semede, pa. t. was suitable, was fit, 976. See Seem in Wedgwood.

Semes, pr. t. in the phrase, hire semes = it suits her, it looks good on her, 2916. Semede, pa. t. was appropriate, was fitting, 976. See Seem in Wedgwood.

Sen, Sene. See Se.

Sen, Sene. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sendes, pr. t. sendeth, sends, 2392. Sende, pa. t. sent, 136, &c.

Send, pr. t. sends, sends, 2392. Send, pa. t. sent, 136, &c.

Serf-borw, n. S. surety, pledge, 1667. In MS. Soc. Antiq. No. 60, known by the name of The Black Book of Peterborough, is an instrument in which many names both of Saxon and Danish origin appear as the Borhhanda, or Sureties, otherwise called Festermen. See Jam. and the Glossaries, for further examples.

Serf-borw, n. S. guarantee, pledge, 1667. In MS. Soc. Antiq. No. 60, known as The Black Book of Peterborough, there's a document that features many names of both Saxon and Danish origin listed as the Borhhanda, or Sureties, also referred to as Festermen. See Jam. and the Glossaries for more examples.

Serganz, n. pl. Fr. attendants, officers, 2088, 2091, 2116. Sergaunz, 1929, 2361, 2371. Seriaunz, 2066. V. Spelm. in v. Servientes, and Hickes, Thes. T. i. p. 148.

Serganz, n. pl. Fr. attendants, officers, 2088, 2091, 2116. Sergaunz, 1929, 2361, 2371. Seriaunz, 2066. V. Spelm. in v. Servientes, and Hickes, Thes. T. i. p. 148.

Serges. See Cerges.

Serges. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Serk, n. S. shirt, 603. Emare, 501. R. Br.

Serk, n. S. shirt, 603. Emare, 501. R. Br.

Seruen, v. S. to serve, 1230.

Seruen, v. S. to serve, 1230.

Seruede, pa. t. S. deserved, 1914. Web. M. R. So in Sc. V. Jam.

Seruede, pa. t. S. deserved, 1914. Web. M. R. So in Sc. V. Jam.

Sest. See Se.

Sest. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sette, v. S. to set, descend, 2671.

Sette, v. S. to set, go down, 2671.

Sette, pa. t. S. set, placed, 2405; appointed, 2571. Setten, pa. t. pl. set, 1211. Sette, part. pa. set, placed, 2612.

Sette, past tense S. set, placed, 2405; appointed, 2571. Setten, past tense plural set, 1211. Sette, participle set, placed, 2612.

Seyen, v. S. to say, 2886. Seyst, pr. t. 2 p. sayest, 2008. Seyde, pa. t. 3 p. said, 117, &c. Seyden, pa. t. pl. said, 376, 1213. Seyden, have said, 456. Sey, part. pa. said, 2993.

Seyen, v. to say, 2886. Sayest, present tense, 2nd person. you say, 2008. Said, past tense, 3rd person. said, 117, &c. Said, past tense, plural. said, 376, 1213. Have said, 456. Participle. said, 2993.

Seysed. See Sayse.

Seysed. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Seyst. See Seyen.

See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Seyt, pr. t. s. put for sey it, i.e. say it; or else put for seyth, i.e. say, 647. So in Sir Tr. p. 117,

Seyt, pr. t. s. stands for sey it, meaning say it; or alternatively, it stands for seyth, which means say, 647. So in Sir Tr. p. 117,

For mani men seyt ay whare.

For many men said at where.

Shaltou, shalt thou, 1800. Shaltow, 1322. Shaltu, 2180, 2186, 2882, 2901.

Shaltou, shall you, 1800. Shaltow, 1322. Shaltu, 2180, 2186, 2882, 2901.

Shamelike, adv. S. shamefully, disgracefully, 2825. Schamliche, Sir Tr. p. 93

Shamelike, adv. S. shamefully, disgracefully, 2825. Schamliche, Sir Tr. p. 93.

Shankes, n. pl. S. legs, 1903. Sconke, Laȝam. l. 15215. See Rits. A. S. p. 16, and Diss. p. xxxi. Schankis, Sc. V. Jam.

Shankes, n. pl. S. legs, 1903. Sconke, Laȝam. l. 15215. See Rits. A. S. p. 16, and Diss. p. xxxi. Schankis, Sc. V. Jam.

Shar, pa. t. S. share, cut, 1413. So in Am. and Amil. 2298, Her throtes he schar atvo.

Shar, pa. t. S. share, cut, 1413. So in Am. and Amil. 2298, Her throtes he schar atvo.

Shauwe, Shawe, v. S. to shew, 2206, 2784. Sheu, 1401.

Shauwe, Shawe, v. S. to show, 2206, 2784. Show, 1401.

Shel, Sheld, n. S. shield, 489, 624, 1653, &c.

Shel, Sheld, n. S. shield, 489, 624, 1653, &c.

Shende, v. S. to ruin, destroy, 1422. Bevis of H. ap. Ellis, M. R. V. 2, p. 99. Chauc. Shent, pa. t. shamed, disgraced, 2749; part. pa. shend, 2845. The more common sense of this verb is the latter. V. Jam.

Shende, v. S. to ruin, destroy, 1422. Bevis of H. ap. Ellis, M. R. V. 2, p. 99. Chauc. Shent, pa. t. shamed, disgraced, 2749; part. pa. shend, 2845. The more common sense of this verb is the latter. V. Jam.

Shere. Clearly miswritten for she were, 1250.

Shere. Clearly a misspelling of she were, 1250.

Sheu. See Shauwe.

Sheu. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Shides, n. pl. S. It here expresses pieces of wood cleft at the end, 917. In Doug. Virg. Schide signifies a billet of wood, 223, 10; 142 or a chip, splinter, 207, 8. So in Rauf Coilzear, st. 39, Schaftes of schene wode they scheueride in schides. So also in P. Pl. The word is preserved in Lanc. This custom of skinning eels by inserting the head in a cleft stick, is still practised, we are informed, in the fish markets.

Shides, n. pl. S. This refers to pieces of wood that are split at the end, 917. In Doug. Virg. Schide means a log of wood, 223, 10; 142 or a chip, splinter, 207, 8. In Rauf Coilzear, st. 39, they cut pieces of nice wood into schides. Similarly in P. Pl. The term is maintained in Lanc. The method of skinning eels by putting the head in a split stick is still practiced, as we are told, in the fish markets.

Shir, adj. S. bright, 588, 916, 1253, &c.

Shir, adj. S. bright, 588, 916, 1253, &c.

Shireue, n. S. sheriff, 2286. Shireues, pl. 266.

Shireue, n. S. sheriff, 2286. Shireues, pl. 266.

Sho, pron. See Sche.

Sho, pron. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sho, v. S. to shoe, 1138.

Sho, v. S. to put shoes on, 1138.

Shof, pa. t. S. shoved, pushed, 871, 892.

Shof, pa. t. S. shoved, pushed, 871, 892.

Shol, 1 p. s. (if I) shall, 1782. Sal, I shall, 628. Shole, pl. shall, 562, 645, 1788. Shul, 328. Sholen, 621, 1127, 1230, &c. Shulen, 731, 747, &c. Shoren (so in MS.), 1640. Sule, shall ye, will ye, 2419. Shude, I should, 1079. Sholdest, shouldst, 2712. Sholden, pl. 1020, 1195. Shulden, 941.

Shol, 1 p. s. (if I) shall, 1782. Sal, I shall, 628. Shole, pl. shall, 562, 645, 1788. Shul, 328. Sholen, 621, 1127, 1230, &c. Shulen, 731, 747, &c. Shoren (so in MS.), 1640. Sule, shall you, will you, 2419. Shude, I should, 1079. Sholdest, should you, 2712. Sholden, pl. 1020, 1195. Shulden, 941.

Sholdre, n. S. shoulder, 2738. Shuldre, 604, 1262. Shudre-blade, 2644. Sholdres, pl. shoulders, 1647, 1818. Shuldren, 982.

Sholdre, n. S. shoulder, 2738. Shuldre, 604, 1262. Shudre-blade, 2644. Sholdres, pl. shoulders, 1647, 1818. Shuldren, 982.

Shon, n. pl. S. shoes, 860, 969.

Shon, n. pl. S. sneakers, 860, 969.

Shop, qu. Shok, shook, struck, destroyed, 1101. But Sewel gives Du. schoppen, to strike. Cf. Eng. chop.

Shop, qu. Shok, shook, struck, destroyed, 1101. But Sewel gives Du. schoppen, to strike. Cf. Eng. chop.

Shotshipe, n. S. [scot, symbolum, scipe, societas] An assembly of persons who pay pecuniary contribution or reckoning, 2099.

Shotshipe, n. S. [scot, symbol, scipe, society] A group of people who make financial contributions or payments, 2099.

For al Sikelines quiden

For all Sikelines guidelines

Sotscipe heo heolden,

Sotscipe they had,

And swa longe swa beoð æuere,

And as long as there are always,

Ne scal hit stonde næuere.

Ne scal hit stand never.

Laȝam. l. 23177.

Laȝam. l. 23177.

Cf. sotschipes, pl. in Leg. of St. Kath. MS. Cott. Tit. D 18, fol. 144 b. See Nares, v. Shot-clog.

Cf. sotschipes, pl. in Leg. of St. Kath. MS. Cott. Tit. D 18, fol. 144 b. See Nares, v. Shot-clog.

Shrede, n. S. a fragment, piece cut off, 99. [As it was given off the “board,” to “feed the poor,” it must mean a piece of bread or meat. Correct “shrede = clothing” in Coleridge’s Glossarial Index.]

Shrede, n. S. a fragment, piece cut off, 99. [Since it was given off the "board" to "feed the poor," it must refer to a piece of bread or meat. Correct "shrede = clothing" in Coleridge’s Glossarial Index.]

Shres, n. S. shears, 857.

Shres, n. S. shears, 857.

Shride, v. S. to clothe (himself), 963. Shrid, part. pa. clothed, 978.

Shride, v. S. to put on clothes (for oneself), 963. Shrid, part. pa. dressed, 978.

Shriue, Shriuen, v. S. to confess, make confession, 362, 2598. Shriue, Shriuen, part. pa. 364, 2489.

Shriue, Shriuen, v. S. to confess, make confession, 362, 2598. Shriue, Shriuen, part. pa. 364, 2489.

Shrud, n. S. clothing, 303.

Shrud, n. S. clothing, 303.

Shude, Shul, Shulen. See Shol.

Shude, Shul, Shulen. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Shuldre, Shuldren. See Sholdre.

Shuldre, Shuldren. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Shuldreden, pa. t. pl. S. shouldered, 1056.

Shuldreden, pa. t. pl. S. shouldered, 1056.

Sibbe, adj. S. related, allied, 2277. Sir Tr. p. 44. See Fremde.

Sibbe, adj. S. related, allied, 2277. Sir Tr. p. 44. See Fremde.

Siden, n. pl. S. sides, 371.

Siden, n. pl. S. sides, 371.

Sike, v. S. to sigh, 291.

Sike, v. S. to fake, 291.

Siking, n. S. sighing, 234.

Siking, n. S. sighing, 234.

Sikerlike, adv. S. surely, 422, 625, 2301, 2707, 2871. Sikerly, Sir Tr. p. 35, &c.

Sikerlike, adv. S. surely, 422, 625, 2301, 2707, 2871. Sikerly, Sir Tr. p. 35, &c.

Sikernesse, n. S. surety, security, 2856. R. Glouc., R. Br., Chauc.

Sikernesse, n. S. certainty, protection, 2856. R. Glouc., R. Br., Chauc.

Simenels, n. pl. Fr. 779, a finer sort of bread, “q. a simila h. e. puriori farinæ parte.” Spelm. Assis. pan. 51 Hen. III. Symnellus vero de quadrante ponderabit 2 sol. minus quam Wastellum. It elsewhere appears to be a sort of cake, or cracknel. So in the Crieries de Paris, v. 163, Chaudes tartes et siminiaus. V. Nares in v.

Simenels, n. pl. Fr. 779, a finer type of bread, “q. a simila h. e. puriori farinæ parte.” Spelm. Assis. pan. 51 Hen. III. Symnellus indeed weighs 2 shillings less than Wastellum. It also seems to refer to a type of cake or cracknel. So in the Crieries de Paris, v. 163, Hot tarts and siminiaus. V. Nares in v.

Sinne, n. S. fault, 1976. Ne for loue ne for sinne, 2375. Wolde he nouth for sinne lette, 2627. Traces of this phrase may be elsewhere found:

Sinne, n. S. fault, 1976. Ne for loue ne for sinne, 2375. Wolde he nouth for sinne lette, 2627. Traces of this phrase may be elsewhere found:

Neyther for love nor yet for awe

Neither for love nor for awe

Lyuinge man none than they saw.

Lyuinge man none than they saw.

Sir Degore, c. iv.

Sir Degore, c. 4.

Maboun and Lybeauus

Maboun and Lybeauus

Faste togedere hewes,

Fast together, we rise.

And stente for no synne.

And stop for no sin.

Ly Beaus Desc. 1957.

Ly Beaus Desc. 1957.

143

Sire, Syre, n. Fr. The term in ll. 310, 1229, is used not only to express respect, but command. A parallel passage is in R. Cœur de L. 2247. It simply means Sir, ll. 909, 2009.

Sire, Syre, n. Fr. The term in lines 310, 1229, is used not only to show respect but also authority. A similar instance can be found in R. Cœur de L. 2247. It simply means Sir, lines 909, 2009.

Site, v. S. to sit, 2809. Sittes, pr. t. 2 p. sittest, 1316. Sitten, pr. t. pl. sit, 2098. Site on knes, i.e. kneel, 2708.

Site, v. S. to sit, 2809. Sittes, pr. t. 2 p. sittest, 1316. Sitten, pr. t. pl. sit, 2098. Site on knes, i.e. kneel, 2708.

Siþe, Siþen, adv. S. then, afterwards, after, 399, 472, 1414, 1814, 1988, &c.

Siþe, Siþen, adv. S. then, afterwards, after, 399, 472, 1414, 1814, 1988, &c.

Siþe, n. S. time, 1052. Siþe, Siþes, pl. 213, 778, 1737, 2189. Syþe, Syþes, 2162, 2843. Sir Tr. p. 55, &c.

Siþe, n. S. time, 1052. Siþe, Siþes, pl. 213, 778, 1737, 2189. Syþe, Syþes, 2162, 2843. Sir Tr. p. 55, &c.

Sket, adv. quickly, soon, 1926, 1960, 2303, 2493, 2513, 2574, 2736, 2839. Sir Tr. pp. 36, 40, &c.; Ly Beaus Desc. 484; K. Alisaund. 3047; R. Cœur de L. 806; Rom. of Merlin, ap. Ellis, M. R. V. i. p. 228. [Icel. skjótt, quickly, from skjótr, quick, swift. The adj. is still preserved in the surname Skeat or Skeet.]

Sket, adv. quickly, soon, 1926, 1960, 2303, 2493, 2513, 2574, 2736, 2839. Sir Tr. pp. 36, 40, &c.; Ly Beaus Desc. 484; K. Alisaund. 3047; R. Cœur de L. 806; Rom. of Merlin, ap. Ellis, M. R. V. i. p. 228. [Icel. skjótt, quickly, from skjótr, quick, swift. The adj. is still preserved in the surname Skeat or Skeet.]

Skirming, n. Fr. skirmishing, 2323. Web. M. R. See Note on l. 2320.

Skirming, n. Fr. skirmishing, 2323. Web. M. R. See Note on l. 2320.

Slawe, Slawen. See Slo.

Slawe, Slawen. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Slenge, v. S. to sling, cast out, 2435. Slenget, part. pa. slung, 1923.

Slenge, v. S. to sling, throw out, 2435. Slenget, part. pa. slung, 1923.

Slepes, pr. t. 2 p. sleepest, 1283.

Slepes, pr. t. 2 p. sleepest, 1283.

Sleie, Sley, adj. skilful, expert, 1084, 2116. Sir Tr. pp. 23, 28; Horn Childe, ap. Rits. M. R. V. 3, p. 296; Emare, 67; R. Glouc. p. 350; Barb. xix. 179; Doug. 137, 12. Jamieson derives it from Su.-G. slug, Isl. slægr. Cf. Sw. slug.

Sleie, Sley, adj. skilled, expert, 1084, 2116. Sir Tr. pp. 23, 28; Horn Childe, as referenced in Rits. M. R. V. 3, p. 296; Emare, 67; R. Glouc. p. 350; Barb. xix. 179; Doug. 137, 12. Jamieson traces it back to Su.-G. slug, Isl. slægr. See also Sw. slug.

Slike, adv. or perhaps adj. smoothly, or smooth, 1157. “Slyke, or smothe. Lenis.” Prompt. Parv.

Slike, adv. or maybe adj. smoothly, or smooth, 1157. “Slyke, or smooth. Lenis.” Prompt. Parv.

Slo, n. S. sloe, berry, 849, 2051.

Slo, n. sloe, berry, 849, 2051.

Slo, v. S. to slay, 512, 1364, 1412, &c. Slou, 2543. Slos, pr. t. 2 p. slayest, 2706. Slos, imp. pl. strike ye, 2596. Slou, Slow, pa. t. slew, 501; struck, 2633. Slowe, Slowen, pa. t. pl. slew, 2414, 2427, 2432; struck, fought, 2683. Slawe, Slawen, part. pa. slain, 1803, 1928, 2000, &c. In l. 2747 (as in 2596, 2633, 2683) it has only the sense of struck, wounded, agreeably to the signification of the original word, sleán, sleáhan, Cædere, ferire.

Slo, v. S. to slay, 512, 1364, 1412, & etc. Slou, 2543. Slos, pr. t. 2 p. slayest, 2706. Slos, imp. pl. strike you, 2596. Slou, Slow, pa. t. slew, 501; struck, 2633. Slowe, Slowen, pa. t. pl. slew, 2414, 2427, 2432; struck, fought, 2683. Slawe, Slawen, part. pa. slain, 1803, 1928, 2000, & etc. In line 2747 (as in 2596, 2633, 2683) it has only the sense of struck, wounded, in line with the original meaning of the word, sleán, sleáhan, Cædere, ferire.

Smerte, adj. pl. S. painful, 2055.

Painful, adj. pl. S. painful, 2055.

Smerte, v. S. to smart, 2647.

Pain, v. S. to smart, 2647.

Smot, pa. t. S. smote, 2654.

Smote, pa. t. S. smote, 2654.

So, a large tub, 933. See So in Halliwell. Dan. saa, a pail.

So, a big tub, 933. See So in Halliwell. Dan. saa, a pail.

So, conj. S. as, 279, 349, et pass.

So, conj. S. as, 279, 349, etc.

Softe, adj. S. of a mild disposition, 991.

Softe, adj. S. of a gentle nature, 991.

Softe, adv. S. gently, 2618.

Softe, adv. S. gently, 2618.

Somdel, adj. S. somewhat, in some measure, 240. Sumdel, 450, 497, 1054, 2306, 2950. Web., R. Gl., Chauc.

Somdel, adj. S. somewhat, to some extent, 240. Sumdel, 450, 497, 1054, 2306, 2950. Web., R. Gl., Chaucer.

Sond, n. S. sand, 708, 735.

Sond, n. S. sand, 708, 735.

Sone, n. S. son, 660, 839. Sones, pl. 2980.

Sone, n. S. son, 660, 839. Sones, pl. 2980.

Sone, adv. S. soon, 78, &c.; so soon as, 1354.

Sone, adv. S. soon, 78, &c.; as soon as, 1354.

Sor, n. S. sorrow, 234. Sorwe, 1374; pain, sore, 1988.

Sor, n. S. sorrow, 234. Sorwe, 1374; pain, sore, 1988.

Sor, adj. S. sore, detestable, 2229. [Perhaps it should be sori.]

Sor, adj. S. sore, annoying, 2229. [Maybe it should be sori.]

Sorful, adj. S. sorrowful, 151, 2541.

Sorful, adj. S. sad, 151, 2541.

Sori, adj. S. sorrowful, 151, 477.

Sorry, adj. S. sorrowful, 151, 477.

Soth, Sothe, n. S. truth, 36, 647, 2008, &c.

Soth, Sothe, n. S. truth, 36, 647, 2008, &c.

Soþlike, adv. S. truly, 276.

Truly, 276.

Soupe, v. Fr. to sup, 1766.

Soup, v. Fr. to sip, 1766.

Southe, pa. t. S. sought, 1085.

Southe, pa. t. S. sought, 1085.

Sowe, Sowen. See Se.

Sowe, Sowen. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sowel, n. victuals, 767, 1143, 2905. Properly, anything eaten with bread as a relish. See Sool in Halliwell. Dan. suul.

Sowel, n. food, 767, 1143, 2905. Specifically, anything eaten with bread as a side dish. See Sool in Halliwell. Dan. suul.

144

Span-newe, adj. quite new, 968. This is the earliest instance on record of the use of this word. For its disputed etymology see Jam., Nares, Todd’s Johns., and Thoms. Etymons; but especially Wedgwood’s Etym. Dict. Span = chip; Span-new, chip-new. A.S. spón. It occurs in Chauc. Troil. iii. 1671.

Span-newe, adj. completely new, 968. This is the earliest recorded use of this word. For its debated origins, see Jam., Nares, Todd’s Johns., and Thoms. Etymons; but especially Wedgwood’s Etym. Dict. Span = chip; Span-new, chip-new. A.S. spón. It appears in Chauc. Troil. iii. 1671.

Sparkede, pa. t. S. sparkled, 2144.

Sparked, pa. t. S. sparkled, 2144.

Spede, v. S. to speed, prosper, 1634.

Spede, v. S. to speed, prosper, 1634.

Speke, n. S. speech, 946.

Speke, n. Southern speech, 946.

Speke, Speken, v. S. to speak, 326, 369, 548, 1070, &c. Spak, pa. t. spoke, 2389, 2968. Speken, part. pa. spoken, 2369.

Speke, Speken, v. S. to speak, 326, 369, 548, 1070, &c. Spak, pa. t. spoke, 2389, 2968. Speken, part. pa. spoken, 2369.

Spelle, n. S. story, relation, 338. K. Horn, 951.

Spelle, n. S. story, account, 338. K. Horn, 951.

Spelle, v. S. to relate, tell forth, 15, 2530.

Spelle, v. To relate, to tell, 15, 2530.

Spen for Spent, 1819.

Spen for Spent, 1819.

Sperd, Sperde, part. pa. S. barred, bolted, 414, 448. Still common in the North. V. Brockett.

Sperd, Sperde, part. pa. S. barred, bolted, 414, 448. Still common in the North. V. Brockett.

Spille, v. S. to perish, 2422. Of limes spille, 86, suffer the loss of limbs. K. Horn, 202. Web., Chauc.

Spille, v. S. to perish, 2422. Of limes spille, 86, suffer the loss of limbs. K. Horn, 202. Web., Chauc.

Spired, part. pa. S. speered, inquired, 2620. V. Jam. in v.

Spired, part. pa. S. speered, asked, 2620. V. Jam. in v.

Spore, n. S. spur, 2569.

Spore, n. S. spur, 2569.

Sprauleden, pa. t. pl. S. sprawled, 475.

Sprauleden, pa. t. pl. S. sprawled, 475.

Sprong, pa. t. S. sprung, 959. See the Note. Sprongen, 869. Sprungen, part. pa. risen, 1131.

Sprong, past tense S. sprung, 959. See the Note. Sprongen, 869. Sprungen, past participle risen, 1131.

Sprote, n. S. sprout, 1142. A.S. sprote, a sprig, sprout.

Sprote, n. S. sprout, 1142. A.S. sprote, a sprig, sprout.

Spuse, Spusen, v. S. to espouse, marry, 1123, 1170, 2875. Spusede, pa. t. pl. espoused, 2887. Spused, part. pa. 1175, 2928. Spuset, 1266.

Spuse, Spusen, v. to adopt or marry, 1123, 1170, 2875. Spusede, past tense plural adopted, 2887. Spused, past participle 1175, 2928. Spuset, 1266.

Spusing, n. S. espousals, marriage, 1164, 1177, 2886.

Spusing, n. S. espousals, marriage, 1164, 1177, 2886.

Stac, n. S. 814. [This I believe to mean simply a stack, or heap, like the Dan. stak, Sw. stack. I add Sir F. Madden’s note in the edition of 1828.] A stack, or, more properly, stick of fish, a term applied to eels when strung on a row, ‘sic dicta, quod trajecta vimine (quod stic dicimus) connectebantur.’ Spelm.stica consisted of 25 eels, and 10 Sticæ made a Binde. Glanv. lib. 2, c. 9.

Stac, n. S. 814. [I believe this simply means a stack or heap, like the Dan. stak, Sw. stack. I also include Sir F. Madden’s note from the 1828 edition.] A stack, or more accurately, a stick of fish, refers to eels when they are strung together in a line, ‘so named because they were connected by a wicker (which we call stic).’ Spelm. A stica consisted of 25 eels, and 10 Sticæ made a Binde. Glanv. lib. 2, c. 9.

Stalworþi, Stalworþe, Stalwrthe, adj. S. strong, valiant, courageous, 24, 904, 1027, &c. Stalworþeste, sup. 25.

Stalworth, Stalworte, Stalwrthe, adj. S. strong, brave, courageous, 24, 904, 1027, &c. Stalworthiest, sup. 25.

Stan-ded, adj. S. dead as a stone, completely dead, 1815. Stille als a ston, 928. Cf. K. of Tars, 549; Erle of Tol. 754; Launfal, 357. See Gl. to Partenay.

Stan-ded, adj. S. dead as a stone, completely dead, 1815. Stille als a ston, 928. Cf. K. of Tars, 549; Erle of Tol. 754; Launfal, 357. See Gl. to Partenay.

Star, n. Icel. a species of sedge, 939. Icel. stör; Sw. starr; Dan. stær. See the Note.

Star, n. Icelandic a type of sedge, 939. Icelandic stör; Swedish starr; Danish stær. See the Note.

Stareden, pt. t. pl. 1037. Probably miswritten for Stradden, contended. Cf. Su.-Goth. and Sw. strida, to contend.

Stareden, pt. t. pl. 1037. Maybe mistyped for Stradden, argued. Cf. Su.-Goth. and Sw. strida, to argue.

Starinde, part. pr. staring, 508.

Starinde, staring, 508.

Stark, adj. S. stiff, stout, strong, 341, 380, 608, &c. V. Jam. in v.

Stark, adj. S. stiff, stout, strong, 341, 380, 608, &c. V. Jam. in v.

Stede, n. S. steed, horse, 10, &c.

Stede, n. S. steed, horse, 10, &c.

Stede, n. S. place, 142, 744. Stedes, pl. 1846.

Stede, n. S. place, 142, 744. Stedes, pl. 1846.

Stem, n. S. a ray of light, beam, 591. It is equivalent to Glem, l. 2122.

Stem, n. S. a ray of light, beam, 591. It is the same as Glem, l. 2122.

Therewith he blinded them so close,

There he blinded them so closely,

A stime they could not see.

A stime they couldn't see.

R. Hood, I. 112.

R. Hood, I. 112.

Cf. Brockett’s Gl. in v. Stime.

Cf. Brockett’s Glossary in v. Stime.

Sternes, n. pl. stars, 1809. Ageyn þe sternes = exposed to the sky, or to the open air.

Sternes, n. pl. stars, 1809. Ageyn þe sternes = exposed to the sky, or to the open air.

Stert, n. S. leap, 1873. Chaucer has at a stert for immediately, C. T. 1707.

Stert, n. S. leap, 1873. Chaucer uses at a stert to mean right away, C. T. 1707.

Stert, n. S. [steort, cauda] tail, 2323. Start is still retained in the North.

Stert, n. S. [steort, cauda] tail, 2323. Start is still used in the North.

Steuene, n. S. voice, 1275.

Steuene, n. S. voice, 1275.

145

Sti, n. S. road, way, 2618. Sir Tr. p. 192; Yw. and Gaw. 599; Emare, 196; Sevyn Sages, 712; R. Br. Chaucer uses stile in the same sense, C. T. 12628, and Minot, p. 5, in both which passages the respective Editors have made the same mistake in explaining it. [Cf. G. steg, a pass.]

Sti, n. S. road, way, 2618. Sir Tr. p. 192; Yw. and Gaw. 599; Emare, 196; Sevyn Sages, 712; R. Br. Chaucer uses stile in the same sense, C. T. 12628, and Minot, p. 5, in both which passages the respective Editors have made the same mistake in explaining it. [Cf. G. steg, a pass.]

Stille, adj. S. quiet, 955, 2309.

Quiet, adj. S. quiet, 955, 2309.

Stille, adv. S. in a low voice, secretly, 2997. Sir Tr. p. 55; K. Horn, 315.

Stille, adv. S. in a quiet voice, privately, 2997. Sir Tr. p. 55; K. Horn, 315.

Stirt, Stirte, pa. t. S. started, leaped, 398, 566, 873, 1049, &c. Stirte, Stirten, pa. t. pl. started, hurried, 599, 1964, 2609. Derived by Skinner from S. astirian, movere, by Jam. from Teut. steerten, volare. See Astirte. Cf. G. stürzen; and see Start in Wedgwood.

Stirt, Stirte, pa. t. S. started, leaped, 398, 566, 873, 1049, &c. Stirte, Stirten, pa. t. pl. started, hurried, 599, 1964, 2609. Derived by Skinner from S. astirian, movere, by Jam. from Teut. steerten, volare. See Astirte. Cf. G. stürzen; and see Start in Wedgwood.

Stith, n. S. anvil, 1877. Chauc. Still provincial. V. Moore, and Brockett.

Stith, n. S. anvil, 1877. Chauc. Still regional. V. Moore, and Brockett.

Stiward, n. S. steward, 666.

Stiward, n. S. steward, 666.

Stonden, n. S. to stand, 689. Stondes, pr. t. 3 p. standeth, stands, 2240, 2983. Stod, pa. t. stood, 591, 679. Stoden, pa. t. pl. 1037.

Stonden, n. S. to stand, 689. Stondes, present tense 3rd person. standeth, stands, 2240, 2983. Stod, past tense. stood, 591, 679. Stoden, past tense plural. 1037.

Stor, adj. S. hardy, stout, 2383. Laȝam. l. 9126; Yw. and Gaw. 1297; Chron. of Engl. 464; Sq. of Lowe D. 658; Ly Beaus Desc. 1766. Steir, Sture, Sc. ap. Jam. Cf. Sw. stor.

Stor, adj. S. tough, strong, 2383. Laȝam. l. 9126; Yw. and Gaw. 1297; Chron. of Engl. 464; Sq. of Lowe D. 658; Ly Beaus Desc. 1766. Steir, Sture, Sc. ap. Jam. Cf. Sw. stor.

Stra, n. S. straw, 315, 466. A.S. streow, streaw. Cf. Strie.

Stra, n. S. straw, 315, 466. A.S. streow, streaw. Cf. Strie.

Strenes, pr. t. 3 p. S. begets, 2983. From streónan, gignere. Cf. K. Alisaund. 7057.

Strenes, pr. t. 3 p. S. begets, 2983. From streónan, gignere. Cf. K. Alisaund. 7057.

Strie, n. a straw, 998. See Stra.

Strie, n. a straw, 998. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Strout, n. dispute, contention, 1039. Cf. A.S. strúdan, and Strother in Atkinson’s Cleveland Glossary.

Strout, n. argument, disagreement, 1039. See A.S. strúdan, and Strother in Atkinson’s Cleveland Glossary.

Stroute, v. S. to make a disturbance, 1779. Bosworth explains A.S. strúdan, strútian, as having originally the sense to bustle about.

Stroute, v. S. to cause a disruption, 1779. Bosworth explains A.S. strúdan, strútian, as originally meaning to bustle around.

Stunde, n. S. short space of time, 2614. V. Gl. to R. Glouc. See Vmbestonde.

Stunde, n. S. short space of time, 2614. V. Gl. to R. Glouc. See Vmbestonde.

Sturgiun, Sturgun, n. sturgeon, 753, 1727. Cf. Sw. stör, Dan. stör.

Sturgiun, Sturgun, n. sturgeon, 753, 1727. Cf. Sw. stör, Dan. stör.

Suere, Suereth. See Sweren.

Sure, Suereth. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Suete, adj. S. sweet, 1388. Cf. l. 2927.

Suete, adj. S. sweet, 1388. Cf. l. 2927.

Sueyn, Sweyn, n. S. swain, villain, 343, 1328, &c. Sweynes, pl. 371, 2195. It is generally used in opposition to knight.

Sueyn, Sweyn, n. S. swain, villain, 343, 1328, &c. Sweynes, pl. 371, 2195. It is generally used in contrast to knight.

Svich, adj. S. such, 60.

Svich, adj. S. such, 60.

Suilk, adj. such (things), 644. See Swilk.

Suilk, adj. such (things), 644. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sule. See Shol.

Sule. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sumdel. See Somdel.

Sumdel. Check __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Sunne-bem, n. S. sun-beam, 592, 2123.

Sunne-bem, n. S. sunbeam, 592, 2123.

Swerd, n. S. sword, 1759, &c. Swerdes, pl. 1769, 2659.

Swerd, n. S. sword, 1759, &c. Swerdes, pl. 1769, 2659.

Sweren, v. S. to swear, 494. Suereth, pr. t. s. swear, 647. Swor, pa. t. swore, 398, 2367. Suere, pr. subj. 2 p. s. 388.

Sweren, v. S. to swear, 494. Suereth, present tense singular swear, 647. Swor, past tense swore, 398, 2367. Suere, present subjunctive 2nd person singular 388.

Swike, n. S. deceiver, traitor, 423, 551, 626, 1158, 2401, 2451, &c. Swikes, pl. 2834, 2990. Laȝam. l. 12942; R. Gl. p. 105.

Swike, n. S. deceiver, traitor, 423, 551, 626, 1158, 2401, 2451, &c. Swikes, pl. 2834, 2990. Laȝam. l. 12942; R. Gl. p. 105.

Swikel, adj. S. deceitful, 1108.

Swikel, adj. S. deceitful, 1108.

For alle þine witien

For all your wisdom

Beoð swiðe swikele.

Be very sneaky.

Laȝam. l. 15848.

Laȝam. l. 15848.

Hoe beth of swikele kunne

Hoe beth of swikele kunne

Ther mide the witherwinne.

Ther mide the witherwinne.

The sawe of Seint Bede, MS. Digb. 86.

The life of Saint Bede, MS. Digb. 86.

He was suikel, fals, ant fel.

He was a loser, false, and cruel.

Chron. of Engl. 791.

Chron. of Engl. 791.

Swilen, v. S. [swilian, Ps. vi. 6] to wash, 919. It occurs also in Rob. of Brunne’s Handling Sinne, l. 5828. Still provincial.

Swilen, v. S. [swilian, Ps. vi. 6] to wash, 919. It also appears in Rob. of Brunne’s Handling Sinne, l. 5828. Still regional.

Swilk, adj. S. such, 1118, 1625, 2123, 2684, 2783. Suilk, 644.

Swilk, adj. S. such, 1118, 1625, 2123, 2684, 2783. Suilk, 644.

146

Swinge, v. S. to beat, chastise (used passively), 214. Swngen, part. pa. beaten, 226. Laȝam. l. 21070. So in Syr Bevys, C. ii. All at ones on him they swonge. In the North the verb retains the same meaning; v. Brockett.

Swinge, v. S. to hit, punish (used passively), 214. Swngen, part. pa. hit, 226. Laȝam. l. 21070. Similarly in Syr Bevys, C. ii. They all struck him at once. In the North, the verb keeps the same meaning; see Brockett.

Swink, n. S. labour, 770, 801, 2456.

Swink, n. S. labor, 770, 801, 2456.

Swinken, v. S. to labour, 798. Swank, pa. t. laboured, 788.

Swinken, v. S. to work, 798. Swank, pa. t. worked, 788.

Swire, n. S. neck, 311. Formerly in universal use, and still preserved in the provinces.

Swire, n. S. neck, 311. Previously used everywhere, and still kept in the provinces.

Swiþe, Swyþe, adv. S. very, exceedingly, 110, 217, 341. Quickly, 140, 682, 690; ful swithe, 2436, appears a pleonasm. Swithe forth and rathe, quickly forth, and soon, 2594.

Swiþe, Swyþe, adv. S. very, exceedingly, 110, 217, 341. Quickly, 140, 682, 690; ful swithe, 2436, seems to be redundant. Swithe forth and rathe, quickly forth, and soon, 2594.

Swot, n. S. sweat, perspiration, 2662. The word has the same meaning in Cædmon, f. 24, ed. Thorpe, p. 31, l. 8, which seems to contradict Mr Price’s assertion to the contrary, in Warton’s Hist. Engl. Poetr. p. lxxi., ed. 1840.

Swot, n. S. sweat, perspiration, 2662. The word has the same meaning in Cædmon, f. 24, ed. Thorpe, p. 31, l. 8, which seems to contradict Mr. Price’s claim to the contrary, in Warton’s Hist. Engl. Poetr. p. lxxi., ed. 1840.

Swngen. See Swinge.

Swngen. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Syre. See Sire.

Syre. View __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Syþe, Syþes. See Siþe.

After, After. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Syþe, n. S. scythe, 2553, 2699.

Syþe, n. S. scythe, 2553, 2699.

T

Tabour, n. Fr. tabor, 2329.

Tabour, n. Fr. tabor, 2329.

Tale, n. S. number, 2026.

Tale, n. S. no. 2026.

Taleuaces, n. pl. Fr. large shields, 2323. See the Note on l. 2320.

Taleuaces, n. pl. Fr. large shields, 2323. See the Note on l. 2320.

Tarst (so in MS.), 2688; almost certainly an error for faste, which appears in the next line. Also, the movements of Godard are compared to the course of lightning.

Tarst (so in MS.), 2688; almost certainly a mistake for faste, which shows up in the next line. Additionally, Godard's movements are compared to the path of lightning.

Tauhte, pt. s. committed, 2214, probably an error for bitauhte. See Bitaken.

Tauhte, pt. s. committed, 2214, probably an error for bitauhte. See Bitaken.

Tel, n. S. deceit, reproach, 191, 2219. A.S. tálu.

Tel, n. S. deception, criticism, 191, 2219. A.S. tálu.

Telle, v. S. to count, number, 2615. Told, part. pa. numbered, esteemed, 1036.

Telle, v. S. to count, number, 2615. Told, part. pa. numbered, valued, 1036.

Tene, n. S. grief, affliction, 729.

Tene, n. S. sorrow, hardship, 729.

Tere, v. S. to tar (used passively), 707.

Tere, v. S. to tar (used passively), 707.

Teth, n. pl. S. teeth, 2406.

Teth, n. pl. S. teeth, 2406.

Teyte, adj. S. 1841, 2331. [Explained “lively” by Coleridge, Stratmann, and Morris, as if from Icel. teitr, hilaris. This I believe to be completely wrong. The word occurs in Allit. Poems, ed. Morris, B. 871, with reference to tight lasses, and in l. 1841 of Havelok we have a reference to tight lads. In l. 2331 it may also mean flawless, staunch. “Theet, adj. water-tight. O.N. þiettr or þéttr, densus, solidus. O.Sw. thæter, Sw. Dial, tjett or tjætt, Dan. tætt, Germ. dicht. Ihre gives . . . . ett tätt fat, a flawless vessel. ‘Thyht, hool fro brekynge, not brokyn. Integer, solidus. Prompt. Parv.’” Atkinson’s Glossary of the Cleveland dialect.]

Teyte, adj. S. 1841, 2331. [Explained as “lively” by Coleridge, Stratmann, and Morris, supposedly deriving from Icel. teitr, hilaris. I believe this is completely incorrect. The word appears in the Alliterative Poems, edited by Morris, line 871, referring to tight lasses, and in line 1841 of Havelok, we reference tight lads. In line 2331, it might also mean flawless, staunch. “Theet, adj. water-tight. O.N. þiettr or þéttr, densus, solidus. O.Sw. thæter, Sw. Dial, tjett or tjætt, Dan. tætt, Germ. dicht. Ihre gives . . . ett tätt fat, a flawless vessel. ‘Thyht, whole from breaking, not broken. Integer, solidus. Prompt. Parv.’” Atkinson’s Glossary of the Cleveland dialect.]

[Teyte may mean lively. My explanation is not generally accepted.] See Endnote.

[Teyte may mean lively. My explanation is not generally accepted.] See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Þa, written for þat, 175.

Then, written for that, 175.

Þan, Þanne, adv. S. then, 51, 1044, &c.; when, 226, 248, et sæpius; than if (quàm), 944, 1867.

Þan, Þanne, adv. S. then, 51, 1044, &c.; when, 226, 248, et sæpius; than if (quàm), 944, 1867.

Þar, adv. where (?) 130. See the Note; and cf. Þer.

Þar, adv. where (?) 130. See the Note; and cf. Þer.

Þare, adv. S. there, 2481, 2739. Cf. þer, þore.

Þare, adv. S. there, 2481, 2739. Cf. þer, þore.

Þarne, v. to lose, be deprived of, 2492, 2835. Þarnes, pr. t. wants, is deprived of, 1913. Þarned the ded, 1687; [clearly miswritten for þoled þe ded, suffered death. The scribe was thinking of þarned þe lif; cf. l. 2492.] The verb only exists in the Sax. in the pt. t. þærnode, Chron. Sax. p. 222, ed. Gibs., which is derived by Lye from the Cimbr. At thuerna, or thorna, diminui, privari. V. Hickes Thes. I. p. 152. [I.e. it is from the root of the Sw. tarfva, Icel. thurfa, Goth. thaurban, with the f dropped, and 147 with the addition of the passive or neuter infinitive-ending denoted by -ne, like -na in Sw., -nan in Mœso-Gothic. See þarrnenn in Gl. to Ormulum.]

Þarne, v. to lose, to be deprived of, 2492, 2835. Þarnes, pr. t. wants, is deprived of, 1913. Þarned the ded, 1687; [clearly a mistake for þoled þe ded, suffered death. The scribe was thinking of þarned þe lif; cf. l. 2492.] The verb only exists in the Saxon in the past tense þærnode, Chron. Sax. p. 222, ed. Gibs., which is derived by Lye from the Cimbr. At thuerna, or thorna, diminish, to be deprived. V. Hickes Thes. I. p. 152. [I.e. it comes from the root of the Swedish tarfva, Icelandic thurfa, Gothic thaurban, with the f dropped, and 147 with the addition of the passive or neuter infinitive-ending indicated by -ne, like -na in Swedish, -nan in Meso-Gothic. See þarrnenn in Glossary to Ormulum.]

Þas, read Was, 1129. [As þ at the beginning of a word is never put for t, it is not = Sc. tas, takes, as some have suggested.]

Þas, read Was, 1129. [Since þ at the beginning of a word is never used for t, it is not = Sc. tas, takes, as some have suggested.]

Þaue, v. S. [þafian] to grant, 296; bear, sustain, 2696. Ormulum, 5457.

Þaue, v. S. [þafian] to grant, 296; bear, sustain, 2696. Ormulum, 5457.

Thayn, n. S. nobleman, 2184. Thein, 2466. Thaynes, pl. 2260. Theynes, 2194. See Kayn.

Thayn, n. S. noble, 2184. Thein, 2466. Thaynes, pl. 2260. Theynes, 2194. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Þe, n. S. thigh, 1950. Þhe, 1984. Þes, pl. 1903. Þhes, 2289.

The, n. S. thigh, 1950. The, 1984. These, pl. 1903. Theses, 2289.

Þe, adv. S. (written for þer), there, 142, 476, 863, 933. Þe with, therewith, 639. See Þer.

Þe, adv. S. (written for þer), there, 142, 476, 863, 933. Þe with, therewith, 639. See Þer.

Þe, conj. S. though, 1682. Þei, 1966. Þey, 807, 992, 1165, 2501. See Þou.

Þe, conj. S. though, 1682. Þei, 1966. Þey, 807, 992, 1165, 2501. See Þou.

Þede, n. S. country, dwelling, 105; place, 2890. Web., Le Bone Flor. 246. R. Br. p. 18. V. Jam.

Þede, n. S. country, dwelling, 105; place, 2890. Web., Le Bone Flor. 246. R. Br. p. 18. V. Jam.

Þef, n. S. thief, 2434. Þeues, pl. 1780.

Þef, n. S. thief, 2434. Þeues, pl. 1780.

Þei, pron. S. they, 1020, 1195, &c.

They, pron. S. they, 1020, 1195, &c.

Þei, Þey, conj. though. See Þe.

They, though. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Þenke, pr. subj. S. think, 2394. Þenkeste, pr. t. 2 p. thinkest thou, 578.

Þenke, pr. subj. S. think, 2394. Þenkeste, pr. t. 2 p. do you think, 578.

Þenne, adv. S. thence, 1185. [Perhaps in l. 777, we should put the comma after þenne; “when he came thence,” &c.]

Þenne, adv. S. thence, 1185. [Maybe in l. 777, we should place the comma after þenne; “when he came thence,” &c.]

Þer, adv. S. where, 318, 448, &c.; there, passim; the place whence, 1740. Þerinne, therein, 535, &c. Þerhinne, 322. Þerof, Þeroffe, thereof, 372, 466, 1068, &c. Þerþoru, by that means, 1098. Þertil, Þerto, thereto, 396, 1041, 1045. Þerwit, Þerwith, therewith, 1031, 1046. See Þe, Þore.

Þer, adv. S. where, 318, 448, &c.; there, passim; the place whence, 1740. Þerinne, therein, 535, &c. Þerhinne, 322. Þerof, Þeroffe, thereof, 372, 466, 1068, &c. Þerþoru, by that means, 1098. Þertil, Þerto, thereto, 396, 1041, 1045. Þerwit, Þerwith, therewith, 1031, 1046. See Þe, Þore.

Þere, pron. S. their, 1350.

There, pron. S. their, 1350.

Þerl for Þe erl, the earl, 178.

Þerl for the earl, 178.

Þertekene, 2878. [Coleridge’s Glossarial Index has “Thertekene = mark thereto. A.S. tácnian.” But this is a very awkward phrase, and I should prefer to suppose þer-tekene = by the token, i.e. in token. Tekene answers to the Sw. tecken, a token; and þer is found as a prefix in P. Plowman in the phr. þer-while = þe while, i.e. in the time that. The only difficulty is that þer is properly feminine (A.S. þære), whilst tecken in Sw. and tácen in A.S. are neuter. In tokne (= in token) occurs in Shoreham’s poems, ed. Wright, 131.]

Þertekene, 2878. [Coleridge’s Glossarial Index says “Thertekene = mark there. A.S. tácnian.” But this is a pretty clumsy phrase, and I would rather assume þer-tekene = by the token, meaning in token. Tekene corresponds to the Swedish tecken, which means a token; and þer appears as a prefix in P. Plowman in the phrase þer-while = þe while, meaning during the time that. The only issue is that þer is typically feminine (A.S. þære), while tecken in Swedish and tácen in A.S. are neuter. In tokne (= in token) is found in Shoreham’s poems, ed. Wright, 131.]

Þet, conj. S. that (quòd), 330.

Þet, conj. S. that (quòd), 330.

Þet, pron. S. that, 879.

Þet, pron. S. that, 879.

Þeþe, Þeþen, adv. S. thence, 2498, 2629.

Þeþe, Þeþen, adv. S. from there, 2498, 2629.

Þeu, Þewe, n. S. in a servile condition or station, 262, 2205. R. Gl.

Þeu, Þewe, n. S. in a servile condition or station, 262, 2205. R. Gl.

Þewes, n. pl. S. manners, 282. Laȝam., Rits. M. R., Web., P. Plowm., Chauc., Gl. Lynds., Percy, A. R.

Þewes, n. pl. S. behaviors, 282. Laȝam., Rits. M. R., Web., P. Plowm., Chauc., Gl. Lynds., Percy, A. R.

Þi. See Forþi.

You. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Þi for Þy, thy, 2725.

For you, thy, 2725.

Þider, adv. S. thither, 850, 1012, 1021, &c.

Þider, adv. S. there, 850, 1012, 1021, &c.

Þigge, v. S. [þicgan] to beg, 1373. This word is chiefly preserved in the Sc. writers. Wall. ii. 259; Doug. Virg. 182, 37; Evergreen, ii. 199; Bannatyne Poems, p. 120, V. Jam. in v., who derives it from Su.-G. tigga, Alem. thigen, petere. [See tigga in Ihre. “Thyggynge or beggynge, Mendicacio.” Prompt. Parv.]

Þigge, v. S. [þicgan] to beg, 1373. This word is mainly found in Scottish writers. Wall. ii. 259; Doug. Virg. 182, 37; Evergreen, ii. 199; Bannatyne Poems, p. 120, V. Jam. in v., who traces it back to Su.-G. tigga, Alem. thigen, to request. [See tigga in Ihre. “Thyggynge or beggynge, Mendicacio.” Prompt. Parv.]

Þis for þise, these, 1145.

This for these, 1145.

Þisternesse, n. S. darkness, 2191.

Tisternesse, n. S. darkness, 2191.

Dalden from þan fihte

Dalden from the fight

Al bi þustere nihte.

The two are thustere nights.

Laȝam. l. 7567; cf. Gen. and Ex., 58.

Laȝam. l. 7567; cf. Gen. and Ex., 58.

Thit, pp. 2990. [The rime shews that the i is long; and, whether 148 the th is sounded like t, or (which is more likely) the word should have been written tiht or tith, we may be tolerably confident that it is equivalent to the O.E. tight or tiȝt, a pp. signifying intended, purposed, designed, which is the exact sense here required. Stratmann gives five instances of it, of which one is— “To brewe the Crystene mennys banys Hy hadden tyght;” Octovian, 1476.]

Thit, pp. 2990. [The rhyme indicates that the i is long; and, whether 148 the th is pronounced like t, or (which is more likely) the word should have been written tiht or tith, we can be fairly confident that it is equivalent to the Old English tight or tiȝt, a past participle meaning intended, purposed, designed, which is the exact meaning needed here. Stratmann gives five examples of it, one of which is— “To brew the Christian men's baths they had tyght;” Octovian, 1476.]

Þo, pron. S. those, 1918, 2044.

Þo, pron. S. those, 1918, 2044.

Þo, pron. thou. See Þu.

Though, pron. you. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Þo, adv. S. then, 930; when, 1047. Thow, 1669.

Þo, adv. S. then, 930; when, 1047. Thow, 1669.

Þore, adv. S. there, 741, 922, 1014, &c. Þortil, thereto, 1443. Þorwit, therewith, 100. See Þe, Þer.

Þore, adv. S. there, 741, 922, 1014, &c. Þortil, thereto, 1443. Þorwit, therewith, 100. See Þe, Þer.

Þoru, adv. S. through, 627, 774, 848, &c. Þoruth, 1065, 2786. Þorw, 264, 367, 2646. Þuruth, 52.

Þoru, adv. S. through, 627, 774, 848, &c. Þoruth, 1065, 2786. Þorw, 264, 367, 2646. Þuruth, 52.

Þoruthlike, adv. S. throughly, 680.

Þoruthlike, adv. S. thoroughly, 680.

Þou, conj. S. though, 124, 299, &c. Þo, 1020. See Þe.

Þou, conj. S. though, 124, 299, &c. Þo, 1020. See Þe.

Þoucte, pa. t. S. thought, 504, 507, &c. Þouthte, 1073. Þowthe, 1869. Þouthe, 1166. Þat god thoucte, 256, that seemed good. Cf. Sir Tr. pp. 30, 36. And so in MS. Vernon, Bodl.

Þoucte, pa. t. S. thought, 504, 507, &c. Þouthte, 1073. Þowthe, 1869. Þouthe, 1166. Þat god thoucte, 256, that seemed good. Cf. Sir Tr. pp. 30, 36. And so in MS. Vernon, Bodl.

Riche metes was forth brouht

Riche metes was brought forth

To all men that gode thouht.

To all men with good thoughts.

Disp. betw. a Crystene mon and a Jew, f. 301.

Disp. betw. a Christian man and a Jew, f. 301.

[Or, if we read “þat god him þoucte,” this would mean “that seemed good to him;” cf. l. 197.]

[Or, if we read “that seemed good to him,” this would mean “that seemed good to him;” cf. l. 197.]

Þouth, n. S. thought, 122, 1190.

Þouth, n. S. thought, 122, 1190.

Þral, n. S. slave, villain, 527, 684, 1097, 1158, 2564, 2589. In an opprobious sense, 1408. Sir Tr. p. 175.

Þral, n. S. slave, villain, 527, 684, 1097, 1158, 2564, 2589. In a derogatory sense, 1408. Sir Tr. p. 175.

Þrawe, n. S. space of time, moment, 276, 1215. Web., Rits. M. R., Rob. Br., Doug. Virg. Þrow, Chauc., Gower, &c.

Þrawe, n. S. span of time, moment, 276, 1215. Web., Rits. M. R., Rob. Br., Doug. Virg. Þrow, Chaucer, Gower, &c.

Þredde, Þridde, adj. S. third, 867, 2633.

Þredde, Þridde, adj. S. third, 867, 2633.

Þrette, pa. t. S. threatened, 1163.

Threatened, pa. t. S. threatened, 1163.

Þrie, 730. [In the former edition it is glossed “trouble, affliction; apparently the same as Tray or Treye;” cf. A.S. tréga. But this renders the construction difficult, nor is it clear that treye and þrie can be identified. Without doubt, the usual meaning of þrie is thrice, which is easily construed, only it remains to be shewn why thrice should be introduced; unless perhaps it signifies in a threefold degree.]

Þrie, 730. [In the previous edition, it was explained as “trouble, affliction; apparently the same as Tray or Treye;” see A.S. tréga. However, this makes the construction complicated, and it’s not clear that treye and þrie can be identified. Without a doubt, the common meaning of þrie is thrice, which is easy to interpret; the only question left is why thrice should be included, unless it indicates in a threefold degree.]

Þrinne, num. S. three, 716, 761, 1977, 2091.

Þrinne, num. S. three, 716, 761, 1977, 2091.

Þrist, Þristen, v. S. to thrust, 1152, 2019, 2725. Þrist, part. pa. thrust, 638.

Þrist, Þristen, v. S. to push, 1152, 2019, 2725. Þrist, part. pa. pushed, 638.

Þu, pron. S. thou, 527, &c. Þou, 527, &c. Þo, 388. Þw (read þat þw instead of þw that?), 1316. Tow, 1322. Tu, 2903. It is often joined to the verb which precedes, as Shaltow, Wiltu, &c. The gen. is þin, 1128; the acc. is þe, 529.

Þu, pron. S. thou, 527, &c. Þou, 527, &c. Þo, 388. Þw (read that þw instead of þw that?), 1316. Tow, 1322. Tu, 2903. It is often combined with the preceding verb, as in Shaltow, Wiltu, &c. The gen. is þin, 1128; the acc. is þe, 529.

Þurte, pt. t. s. need, might, 10. [It answers to the A.S. þurfan, pt. t. ic þorfte, Icel. þurfa, pt. t. þurfti, Mœso-Goth. þaurban, pt. t. þaurfta. See Ormulum, l. 16164, and Sir F. Madden’s note to þort in Gl. to Will. of Palerne.]

Þurte, pt. t. s. need, might, 10. [It corresponds to the A.S. þurfan, pt. t. ic þorfte, Icel. þurfa, pt. t. þurfti, Mœso-Goth. þaurban, pt. t. þaurfta. See Ormulum, l. 16164, and Sir F. Madden’s note to þort in Gl. to Will. of Palerne.]

Þuruth. See Þoru.

Þuruth. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Þus for Þis, 785, 2586. (In comp. þus-gate.)

Thus for this, 785, 2586. (In comp. thus-gate.)

Tid, n. S. time, hour, 2100.

Tid, n. S. time, hour, 9 PM.

Til, prep. S. to, 141, 762, 864, &c. See Intil, Þertil.

Til, prep. S. to, 141, 762, 864, &c. See Intil, Þertil.

Til, v. S. to tell, 1348.

Til, v. S. to say, 1348.

Tilled, part. pa. S. obtained, acquired (lit. drawn, taken), 438. V. Gl. R. Br. in v. tille, and see quotation under Goddot.

Tilled, part. pa. S. obtained, acquired (lit. drawn, taken), 438. V. Gl. R. Br. in v. tille, and see quotation under Goddot.

Tinte, pa. t. S. lost, 2023. Sir Tr. p. 104. V. Jam.

Tinte, pa. t. S. lost, 2023. Sir Tr. p. 104. V. Jam.

149

Tirneden, pa. t. pl. S. turned, 603.

Tirneden, pa. t. pl. S. turned, 603.

Tiþandes, n. pl. Icel. tidings, 2279.

Tiþandes, n. pl. Icel. news, 2279.

To-, in composition with verbs, is usually augmentative, or has the force of the Lat. dis-. To-brised, part. pa. very much bruised, 1950. (See Brisen.) To-cruhsse, inf. crush in pieces, 1992. To-deyle, inf. divide, 2099. (See Deled.) To-drawen, part. pa. dragged or pulled to death, 2001. (See Drou.) To-frusshe, inf. break in pieces, 1993. To-hewen, part. pa. hewn in pieces, 2001. To-riuen, part. pa. torn or riven in pieces, 1953. To-rof, pa. t. burst open, 1792. To-shiuere, inf. shiver in pieces, 1993. To-shiuered, part. pa. shivered to pieces, 2667. To-tere, inf. tear in pieces, 1839. To-torn, part. pa. torn in pieces, 1948, 2021. To-tusede, part. pa. entirely rumpled or tumbled, 1948. In one case only we find it to be merely the prep. to in composition; viz. in To-yede, pa. t. went to, 765. (See Yede.) [See note on this prefix in Gloss. to William of Palerne.]

To-, in composition with verbs, is usually augmentative, or has the force of the Lat. dis-. To-brised, part. pa. very much bruised, 1950. (See Brisen.) To-cruhsse, inf. crush in pieces, 1992. To-deyle, inf. divide, 2099. (See Deled.) To-drawen, part. pa. dragged or pulled to death, 2001. (See Drou.) To-frusshe, inf. break in pieces, 1993. To-hewen, part. pa. hewn in pieces, 2001. To-riuen, part. pa. torn or riven in pieces, 1953. To-rof, pa. t. burst open, 1792. To-shiuere, inf. shiver in pieces, 1993. To-shiuered, part. pa. shivered to pieces, 2667. To-tere, inf. tear in pieces, 1839. To-torn, part. pa. torn in pieces, 1948, 2021. To-tusede, part. pa. entirely rumpled or tumbled, 1948. In one case only we find it to be merely the prep. to in composition; viz. in To-yede, pa. t. went to, 765. (See Yede.) [See note on this prefix in Gloss. to William of Palerne.]

To, adv. S. too, 303, 689, 691, &c.

To, adv. S. too, 303, 689, 691, &c.

To, n. S. toe, 1743, 1847, &c. Tos, pl. 898, 2163.

To, n. S. toe, 1743, 1847, &c. Tos, pl. 898, 2163.

To, num. S. two, 2664.

To, num. S. 2, 2664.

To, prep. follows its case in ll. 197, 325, 526.

To, prep. follows its case in lines 197, 325, 526.

To-frusshe, v. Fr. [froisser] to dash or break in pieces, 1993.

To-frusshe, v. Fr. [froisser] to crush or shatter, 1993.

The Sarezynes layde on with mace,

The Saracens attacked with clubs,

And al to-frussched hym in the place.

And all to-frustrated him in the place.

R. Cœur de L. 5032. Cf. 5084.

R. Cœur de L. 5032. See 5084.

He suld sone be to-fruschyt all.

He should soon be frustrated all.

Barb. x. 597.

Barb. x. 597.

So also Doug. Virg. 51, 53. V. Jam. in v. Frusch.

So also Doug. Virg. 51, 53. V. Jam. in v. Frusch.

Togidere, Togydere, adv. S. together, 1128, 1181, 2683, 2891.

Togidere, Togydere, adv. S. together, 1128, 1181, 2683, 2891.

Tok, pa. t. S. took, 354, 467, 537. Toke, pa. t. 2 p. 1216. Token, pa. t. pl. 1194, Token under fote, 1199.

Tok, pa. t. S. took, 354, 467, 537. Toke, pa. t. 2 p. 1216. Token, pa. t. pl. 1194, Token under fote, 1199.

Told. See Telle.

Told. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Totede, pa. t. peeped, looked, 2106. This verb is thrice found in P. Ploughman’s Crede, ll. 142, 168, 339. Although it would appear a rare word from its not appearing in Hearne, Ritson, or Weber, yet in later times it, occurs often, and is instanced by Jamieson from Patten’s Account of Somerset’s Expedicion, p. 53, and by Nares from Hall, Latimer, Spenser, and Fairfax. It also occurs four times in the Ancren Riwle, ed. Morton, 1853. In Sc. it is pronounced Tete, which is derived by Jam. from the same stock as Su.-G. titt-a, explained by Ihre, “Per transennam veluti videre, ut solent curiosi, aut post tegmina latentes.” V. the authorities quoted, Todd’s Johns. and Wilbr. Gl. [Cf. Sw. titta; Dan. titte, to peep; Dan. tittelege, to play at bopeep.]

Totede, pa. t. peeped, looked, 2106. This verb is found three times in P. Ploughman’s Crede, lines 142, 168, 339. Although it seems like a rare word since it doesn't appear in Hearne, Ritson, or Weber, it shows up quite often in later times, as noted by Jamieson in Patten’s Account of Somerset’s Expedition, p. 53, and by Nares in Hall, Latimer, Spenser, and Fairfax. It also appears four times in the Ancren Riwle, ed. Morton, 1853. In Scottish, it's pronounced Tete, which Jam. traces back to the same origin as Su.-G. titt-a, explained by Ihre as “To see through a partition like curious onlookers or those hiding behind covers.” See the quoted sources, Todd’s Johns. and Wilbr. Gl. [See also Sw. titta; Dan. titte, to peep; Dan. tittelege, to play at bopeep.]

To-tusede, part. pa. entirely rumpled or tumbled, 1948. See Nares, in v. Tose, and Tousle, Toozle, in Jam., Brockett, &c. Cf. G. zausen.

To-tusede, part. pa. completely messy or disheveled, 1948. See Nares, in v. Tose, and Tousle, Toozle, in Jam., Brockett, &c. Cf. G. zausen.

Toun, n. S. town, 1750, &c. Tun, 764, 1001, &c. Tunes, pl. 1444, 2277.

Toun, n. S. town, 1750, etc. Tun, 764, 1001, etc. Tunes, pl. 1444, 2277.

Tour, n. Fr. tower, 2073.

Tour, n. Fr. tower, 2073.

Tre, n. S. a bar or staff of wood, 1022, 1821, 1843, 1882, &c. Dore-tre, 1806, 1968, bar of the door.

Tre, n. S. a wooden bar or staff, 1022, 1821, 1843, 1882, etc. Dore-tre, 1806, 1968, door bar.

Trewe, adj. S. true. 1756.

True, adj. S. true. 1756.

Tristen, v. to trust, 253.

Tristen, v. to trust, 253.

Tro. See Trowe.

Tro. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Trome, n. S. [truma] a troop, company, 8.

Trome, n. S. [truma] a group, team, 8.

Heo makeden heore sceld-trome

He made her shield-trome

Laȝam. l. 9454.

Laȝam. l. 9454.

Bisydes stondeth a feondes trume,

Bisydes stands a fiend's trume,

And waileth hwenne the saules cume.

And wail when the souls come.

Les Unze peyne, &c. MS. Coll. Jes. 29.

Les Unze peyne, &c. MS. Coll. Jes. 29.

The same mode of expression used above occurs lower down, l. 24, 150 “A stalworþi man in a flok,” which is also found in Laȝamon,

The same way of expressing things used above appears again lower down, l. 24, 150 “A strong man in a flok,” which is also found in Laȝamon,

Cador ther wes æc,

Cador there was also,

þe kene wes on flocke.

The wolf was in flocke.

—l. 23824.

—l. 23824.

And in Sir Guy, H. iii.

And in Sir Guy, H. 3.

Then came a knight that hight Sadock,

Then came a knight named Sadock,

A doughty man in every flock.

A brave man in every group.

Trone, n. Lat. throne, 1316.

Trone, n. Latin for throne, 1316.

Trowe, n. S. to believe, trust, 1656. Tro, 2862. Trowede, pa. t. believed, 382. Sir Tr. p. 41.

Trowe, n. S. to believe, trust, 1656. Tro, 2862. Trowede, past tense. believed, 382. Sir Tr. p. 41.

Trusse, v. Fr. [trousser] to pack up, to truss, 2017. R. Gl. Hence to make ready, K. Alisaund. 7006. Minot, p. 50, which Ritson was unable to explain.

Trusse, v. Fr. [trousser] to pack up, to truss, 2017. R. Gl. Therefore to make ready, K. Alisaund. 7006. Minot, p. 50, which Ritson couldn't explain.

Tuenti, num. S. twenty, 259.

Tuenti, num. S. twenty, 259.

Tumberel, n. a porpoise, 757. In Spelm. Timberellus is explained, a small whale, on the authority of Skene, Vocab. Jur. Scot. L. Forest, Si quis cetum. In Cotgr. also we find “Tumbe, the great Sea-Dragon, or Quadriver; also the Gurnard, called so at Roan.” [But the Sw. tumlare, a porpoise, lit. a tumbler, suggests that the name may be given from its tumbling or rolling. The Dan. tumler, however, is a dolphin.]

Tumberel, n. a porpoise, 757. In Spelm. Timberellus is described as a small whale, based on Skene's authority, Vocab. Jur. Scot. L. Forest, Si quis cetum. In Cotgr. we also find “Tumbe, the great Sea-Dragon, or Quadriver; also the Gurnard, named so in Roan.” [However, the Swedish tumlare, meaning porpoise, lit. tumbler, suggests that the name might come from its tumbling or rolling. The Danish tumler, on the other hand, refers to a dolphin.]

Tun. See Toun.

Tun. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Turues, n. pl. S. turf, peat, 939. Chauc. C. T. 10109. V. Spelm. in v. and Jennings’ Somersetsh. Gl.

Turues, n. pl. S. turf, peat, 939. Chauc. C. T. 10109. V. Spelm. in v. and Jennings’ Somersetsh. Gl.

Twel for Twelve, 2455.

Twelve for 12, 2455.

U

Ueneysun, n. Fr. venison, 1726.

Ueneysun, n. French venison, 1726.

Vmbestonde, adv. S. for a while, formerly, 2297.

Vmbestonde, adv. S. for some time, previously, 2297.

& heo seileden forth,

& heo sailed forth,

þæt inne sæ heo comen,

that she came inside,

þa vmbe stunde

the vmbé hour

ne sæge heo noht of londe.

ne sæge heo noht of londe.

Laȝam. l. 11967.

Laȝam. l. 11967.

It is equivalent to umbe-while or vmwhile, Sc. umquhile. See Stunde.

It is equivalent to umbe-while or vmwhile, Sc. umquhile. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Umbistode, pa. t. S. stood around, 1875. See Bistode, Stonden.

Umbistode, pa. t. S. stood around, 1875. See Bistode, __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Vn-bi-yeden, pa. t. pl. S. surrounded, 1842. See Yede.

Vn-bi-yeden, pa. t. pl. S. surrounded, 1842. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Vnblithe, adj. S. unhappy, 141. Sir Tr. p. 171.

Vnblithe, adj. S. unhappy, 141. Sir Tr. p. 171.

Unbounden, pa. t. pl. S. unbound, 601.

Unbound, past tense plural S. unbound, 601.

Underfong, pa. t. S. understood, 115. This sense of the verb is not found elsewhere. It is in the present poem synonymous with Understod (as Lat. accipere, percipere).

Underfong, pa. t. S. understood, 115. This meaning of the verb isn't found anywhere else. In this poem, it is synonymous with Understod (like the Latin accipere, percipere).

Understonde, v. S. to receive, 2814. Understod, pa. t. received, 1760. Understonde, pr. subj. receive, 1159. So in K. Horn, 245, ed. Rits.

Understood, v. S. to receive, 2814. Understood, pa. t. received, 1760. Understood, pr. subj. receive, 1159. So in K. Horn, 245, ed. Rits.

Horn child thou vnderstond,

Horn child you understand,

Tech him of harpe and song.

Tech him of harp and song.

where the MS. Laud 108 reads vnderfonge. See Lumby’s ed. l. 239.

where the MS. Laud 108 reads vunderfonge. See Lumby’s ed. l. 239.

Unker, pron. g. c. dual. S. of you two, 1882.

Unker, pron. g. c. dual. S. of you two, 1882.

Vnkeueleden, pa. t. pl. S. ungagged, 601. See Keuel.

Vnkeueleden, pa. t. pl. S. ungagged, 601. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Unkyndelike, adv. S. unsuitably, 1250.

Unkindly, adv. S. unsuitably, 1250.

Vnornelike, adj. S. basely, or degradingly, 1941. The only word in the Sax. remaining to which it can be referred, is unornlic, tritus, Jos. 9. 5. The following instances also approach the same stock:

Vnornelike, adj. S. basely, or degradingly, 1941. The only word in the Sax. that it can be linked to is unornlic, tritus, Jos. 9. 5. The following examples also relate to the same origin:

Ne speke y nout with Horne,

Ne speke y nout with Horne,

Nis he nout so vnorne.

Nis he nout so vnorne.

K. Horn, 337.

K. Horn, 337.

Mi stefne is bold & noȝt vnorne,

Mi stefne is bold & noȝt vnorne,

Ho is ilich one grete horne,

Ho is ilich one grete horne,

& þin is ilich one pipe.

& þin is ilich one pipe.

Hule and Niȝtingale, l. 317.

Hule and Nightingale, l. 317.

[Ihre shews that Icel. and Su.-Goth. orna mean to acquire vital heat, to grow warm. Hence unorne means unfervent, spiritless, feeble, old. Thus, in the Hule and Niȝtingale it means feeble, weak; in Jos. 9. 5, it is used of old, worn-out shoes. In the Ormulum, unnorne occurs frequently, in the sense 151 of poor, mean, feeble; see ll. 827, 3668; also unnornelig, meaning meanly, humbly, obscurely, in ll. 3750, 4858, 7525, 8251.]

[Ihre shows that Icel. and Su.-Goth. orna means to gain vital heat, to get warm. Therefore, unorne means unfervent, spiritless, feeble, old. In the Hule and Niȝtingale, it refers to feeble, weak; in Jos. 9. 5, it describes old, worn-out shoes. In the Ormulum, unnorne appears frequently, meaning poor, mean, feeble; see ll. 827, 3668; also unnornelig, meaning meanly, humbly, obscurely, in ll. 3750, 4858, 7525, 8251.]

Unride, adj. S. [ungereod, ungerydu] It is here used in various significations, most of which, however, correspond to the senses given by Somner. Large, cumbersome (of a garment), 964; unwieldy (of the bar of a door), 1795; deep, wide (of a wound), 1981, 2673; numerous, extensive (of the nobility), 2947. Unrideste, sup. deepest, widest, 1985. In the second sense we find it in Sir Tristr. p. 167,

Unride, adj. S. [ungereod, ungerydu] It is used here in various meanings, most of which align with the definitions given by Somner. Large and bulky (when referring to clothing), 964; awkward (when describing a door bar), 1795; deep and wide (when discussing a wound), 1981, 2673; numerous and extensive (when referring to the nobility), 2947. Unrideste, sup. deepest, widest, 1985. In the second meaning, we see it in Sir Tristr. p. 167,

Dartes wel unride

Dartes well unride

Beliagog set gan.

Beliagog has set up.

And in Guy of Warwick, ap. Ellis, M. R. V. 2, p. 79.

And in Guy of Warwick, ap. Ellis, M. R. V. 2, p. 79.

A targe he had ywrought full well,

A shield he had made really well,

Other metal was ther none but steel,

Other metal there was none but steel,

A mickle and unrede.

A lot and unrede.

In the fourth sense we have these examples:

In the fourth sense, we have these examples:

Opon Inglond for to were

Upon England for to be

With stout ost and unride.

With stout drink and unride.

Horn Childe, ap. Rits. M. R. V. 3, p. 283.

Horn Childe, ap. Rits. M. R. V. 3, p. 283.

Schir Rannald raugh to the renk ane rout wes unryde.

Schir Rannald rough to the rank and route was untried.

Sir Gaw. and Gol. ii. 25.

Sir Gawain and the Green Knight ii. 25.

The soudan gederet an ost unryde.

The soudan gederet an ost unryde.

K. of Tars, 142.

K. of Tars, 142.

Cf. also Sir Guy, Ee. IV. in Garrick’s Collect. ‘Ameraunt drue out a swerde unryde.’ In the sense of huge, or unwieldy, we may also understand it in Sir Tr. p. 148, 164; Guy of Warw. ap. Ell. M. R. V. 2, p. 78; Horn Childe, ap. Rits. V. 3, p. 295. In R. Brunne, p. 174, it expresses loud, tremendous. Sir W. Scott and Hearne are both at fault in their Glossaries, and even Jamieson has done but little to set them right, beyond giving the true derivation, and then, under the cognate word Unrude, Doug. Virg. 167, 35, &c., errs from pure love of theory.

Cf. also Sir Guy, Ee. IV. in Garrick’s Collect. ‘Ameraunt drew out a sword unryde.’ In the sense of huge or unwieldy, we may also understand it in Sir Tr. p. 148, 164; Guy of Warw. ap. Ell. M. R. V. 2, p. 78; Horn Childe, ap. Rits. V. 3, p. 295. In R. Brunne, p. 174, it expresses loud, tremendous. Sir W. Scott and Hearne are both mistaken in their Glossaries, and even Jamieson hasn't done much to correct them, beyond providing the true derivation, and then, under the related word Unrude, Doug. Virg. 167, 35, &c., strays due to pure theoretical inclination.

Vnrith, n. S. injustice, 1369.

Vnrith, n. S. injustice, 1369.

Unwrast, Unwraste, adj. S. [unwræste] feeble, worthless, 2821; rotten, 547. This word occurs in the Saxon Chron. 168, 4 (ed. Thorpe, p. 321), applied to a rotten ship, and this appears to have been the original meaning. The sense in which it was subsequently used may be learnt by comparing Laȝam. ll. 13943, 29609; R. Gl. p. 586; Chron. of Engl. 662, 921; Ly Beaus Desc. 2118 (not explained by Rits.); K. Alisaund. 878; R. Cœur de L. 872, and Sevyn Sages, 1917. It is not found in Jam. Cf. A.S. wræst, firm.

Unwrast, Unwraste, adj. S. [unwræste] weak, worthless, 2821; rotten, 547. This word appears in the Saxon Chronicle 168, 4 (ed. Thorpe, p. 321), used to describe a rotten ship, which seems to be its original meaning. You can understand how it was used later by comparing Laȝam. ll. 13943, 29609; R. Gl. p. 586; Chron. of Engl. 662, 921; Ly Beaus Desc. 2118 (not explained by Rits.); K. Alisaund. 878; R. Cœur de L. 872, and Sevyn Sages, 1917. It is not found in Jam. Cf. A.S. wræst, strong.

Uoyz, n. Lat. voice, 1264.

Uoyz, n. Lat. voice, 1264.

Vre, pron. S. our, 13, 596, &c.

Vre, pron. S. our, 13, 596, &c.

Vt, prep. S. out, 89, 155, &c. Uth, 346, 1178.

Vt, prep. S. out, 89, 155, &c. Uth, 346, 1178.

Ut-bidde. See Bidd.

Ut-bidde. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Ut-drawe, Ut-drawen, Vt-drow, Ut-drowen. See Drou.

Ut-drawe, Ut-drawen, Vt-drow, Ut-drowen. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Uten, prep. S. out, exhausted, 842; without, foreign, as in Uten-laddes, 2153, 2580, foreigners.

Uten, prep. S. out, exhausted, 842; without, foreign, as in Uten-laddes, 2153, 2580, foreigners.

Ut-lede. See Lede.

Ut-lede. Check it out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Utrage, n. S. outrage, 2837.

Utrage, n. S. outrage, 2837.

W

W. See Hw.

W. Check __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Wa, n. S. woe, wail, 465.

Wa, n. S. woe, wail, 465.

Wade, v. S. Lat. to pass, go, 2645. Wede, 2387, 2641. Vid. Nares.

Wade, v. S. Lat. to pass, go, 2645. Wede, 2387, 2641. Vid. Nares.

Wagge, v. S. to wield, brandish, 89.

Wagge, v. S. to wield, brandish, 89.

Waiten, Wayte, Wayten, v. Fr. to watch, 512, 1754, 2070. Chauc. Cf. O.Fr. gaiter.

Waiten, Wayte, Wayten, v. Fr. to watch, 512, 1754, 2070. Chauc. Cf. O.Fr. gaiter.

Waken, v. S. to watch, 630. Waked, part. pa. watched, kept awake, 2999. See R. Br., Sq. of L. D. 852. Chauc.

Waken, v. S. to watch, 630. Waked, part. pa. watched, kept awake, 2999. See R. Br., Sq. of L. D. 852. Chauc.

Wakne, v. S. to wake, awaken, 2164.

Wake, v. S. to wake, awaken, 2164.

Wan, adv. S. when, 1962.

Wan, adv. S. when, 1962.

152

War, adj. S. aware, wary, 788, 2139.

War, adj. S. aware, cautious, 788, 2139.

Warie, v. S. to curse, 433. Waried, part. pa. cursed, 434. Emare, 667. Wery, Minot, p. 7. Warrie, Chauc. See Gl. Lynds.

Warie, v. S. to curse, 433. Waried, part. pa. cursed, 434. Emare, 667. Wery, Minot, p. 7. Warrie, Chauc. See Gl. Lynds.

Warp, pa. t. S. threw, cast, 1061.

Warp, pa. t. S. threw, cast, 1061.

Al swa feor swa a mon

Al swa feor swa a mon

Mihte werpen ænne stan.

Might throw a stone.

Laȝam. l. 17428.

Laȝam. l. 17428.

So in Sc. Doug. Virg. 432, and Barb. iii. 642. V. Jam.

So in Sc. Doug. Virg. 432, and Barb. iii. 642. V. Jam.

Washen, v. S. to wash, 1233.

Washen, v. S. to wash, 1233.

Waste for Was þe, 87.

Waste for Was the, 87.

Wastel, n. Fr. cake, or loaf made of finer flour, 878. Wastels, pl. 779. See Todd’s Illustr. of Chauc., who derives the name from wastell, the vessel or basket in which the bread was carried. V. Du Cange, Spelm. Jam. In Pegge’s Form of Cury, p. 72, 159, we meet with Wastels yfarced.

Wastel, n. Fr. cake, or loaf made of finer flour, 878. Wastels, pl. 779. See Todd’s Illustr. of Chauc., who derives the name from wastell, the vessel or basket used to carry the bread. V. Du Cange, Spelm. Jam. In Pegge’s Form of Cury, p. 72, 159, we come across Wastels yfarced.

Wat, pron. See Hwat.

Wat, pron. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Wat, v. See Quath.

Wat, v. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Wat, pp. known, 1674. See Wot.

Wat, pp. known, 1674. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Wawe, n. S. wall, 474, 2470. The phrase bith wawe, 474, is also found in Rits. A. S. p. 46, which is left unexplained by the Editor, and is badly guessed at by Ellis. By the aid of Moor’s Suffolk Gl. we are enabled to ascertain the meaning of an expression which is not yet obsolete. “By the walls.” Dead and not buried. “A’ lie bi’ the walls” —said, I believe, only of a human subject. [This remark only applies to l. 474. In ll. 1963, 2470, the phrase refers to the benches placed round the walls in the great hall, whereon men slept at night, and sat in council by day.] Wowe, 1963, 2078. Still so pronounced in Lanc., &c.

Wawe, n. S. wall, 474, 2470. The phrase bith wawe, 474, is also found in Rits. A. S. p. 46, which the Editor leaves unexplained and is poorly interpreted by Ellis. Thanks to Moor’s Suffolk Gl., we can determine the meaning of an expression that isn't obsolete yet. “By the walls.” Dead but not buried. “A’ lie bi’ the walls” — I believe this is said only about a human subject. [This note applies only to l. 474. In ll. 1963, 2470, the phrase refers to the benches around the walls in the great hall, where people slept at night and sat in council during the day.] Wowe, 1963, 2078. Still pronounced that way in Lanc., &c.

Waxen. See Wex.

Waxed. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Wayke, adj. pl. S. weak, 1012.

Wayke, adj. pl. S. weak, 1012.

Wayte, Wayten. See Waiten.

Wayte, Wayten. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

We, 115, 287, 392, 772. Apparently an error of the scribe for wel, but its frequent repetition may cause it to be doubted, whether the l may not have been purposely dropped.

We, 115, 287, 392, 772. This seems to be a mistake by the scribe for wel, but its repeated occurrence might make one question whether the l was intentionally omitted.

Wede, v. See Wade.

Wede, v. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Wede, n. S. clothing, garments, 94, 323, 861. In very general use formerly, and still preserved in the phrase, a widow’s weeds.

Wede, n. S. clothing, garments, 94, 323, 861. Once used very generally, and still found in the phrase, a widow’s weeds.

Weddeth for Wedded, 1127.

Weddeth for Wedded, 1127.

Wei, Weie, n. S. way, road, 772, 952.

Wei, Weie, n. S. way, road, 772, 952.

Weilawa, Weilawei, interj. S. woe! alas! 462, 570. See Gl. Sir Tr., Rits. M. R., and Chauc. [A.S. wá la wá, woe, lo! woe; now corrupted into wellaway.]

Weilawa, Weilawei, interj. S. oh no! alas! 462, 570. See Gl. Sir Tr., Rits. M. R., and Chauc. [A.S. wá la wá, woe, look! woe; now changed into wellaway.]

Wel, adv. S. full, passim. Wel sixti, 1747; wel o-bon. See On. Wel with me, 2878. Wol, 185.

Wel, adv. S. full, passim. Well sixti, 1747; well o-bon. See On. Well with me, 2878. Wol, 185.

Wel, n. S. weal, wealth, prosperity (for wel ne for wo), 2777.

Wel, n. S. weal, wealth, prosperity (for wel ne for wo), 2777.

Welde, v. S. to wield, govern (a kingdom), 129, 175; (a weapon), 1436; (possessions), 2034. Weldes, pr. t. 2 p. wieldest, governest, 1359.

Welde, v. to wield, govern (a kingdom), 129, 175; (a weapon), 1436; (possessions), 2034. Weldes, pr. t. 2 p. you wield, you govern, 1359.

Wende, v. S. to go, 1346, 1705, 2629. Wenden, pr. t. pl. subj. 1344. Wende, pr. t. pl. 2 p. go, 1440. Wend, part. pa. turned, 2138.

Wende, v. S. to go, 1346, 1705, 2629. Wenden, pr. t. pl. subj. 1344. Wende, pr. t. pl. 2 p. go, 1440. Wend, part. pa. turned, 2138.

Wene, v. S. pres. sing, ween, think, 655, 840, 1260, &c. Wenes, pr. t. 2 p. thinkest, 598. Wenestu, 1787, thinkest thou. Wend, Wende, pa. t. thought, 374, 524, 1091, 1803, &c. Wenden, pa. t. pl. 1197, 2547.

Wene, v. S. pres. sing, ween, think, 655, 840, 1260, &c. Wenes, pr. t. 2 p. thinkest, 598. Wenestu, 1787, thinkest thou. Wend, Wende, pa. t. thought, 374, 524, 1091, 1803, &c. Wenden, pa. t. pl. 1197, 2547.

Wepen, pr. t. or pa. t. pl. S. weep, wept, 401.

Wepen, present tense or past tense plural S. weep, wept, 401.

Wepne, n. S. weapon, 89, 490, 1436, &c.

Wepne, n. S. weapon, 89, 490, 1436, &c.

Wer for Were, 1097.

Wer for Were, 1097.

Werd, n. S. world, 1290, 2241, 2335, 2792, 2968. O worde, in the 153 world, 1349. Cf. Ward = world, in Lancelot of the Laik, and Gen. and Exod. ed. Morris, ll. 280, 591.

Werd, n. S. world, 1290, 2241, 2335, 2792, 2968. O worde, in the 153 world, 1349. Cf. Ward = world, in Lancelot of the Laik, and Gen. and Exod. ed. Morris, ll. 280, 591.

Were, v. S. [werian] to defend, 2152, 2298. Sir Tr. p. 156; Yw. and Gaw. 2578; Horn Childe, ap. Rits. M. R., V. 3, p. 289; K. of Tars, 189; Chauc. C. T. 2552, V. Note, p. 182. Werie, K. Horn, ed. Lumby, 785, Web., Minot, Gl. Lynds.

Were, v. S. [werian] to defend, 2152, 2298. Sir Tr. p. 156; Yw. and Gaw. 2578; Horn Childe, ap. Rits. M. R., V. 3, p. 289; K. of Tars, 189; Chauc. C. T. 2552, V. Note, p. 182. Werie, K. Horn, ed. Lumby, 785, Web., Minot, Gl. Lynds.

Were, should be, 2782. Weren, 3 p. pl. were, 156, &c.

Were, should be, 2782. Weren, 3 p. pl. were, 156, &c.

Weren, 784. Sir F. Madden says—Garnett conjectured weirs or dams, from Isl. ver. [If weren be really a plural noun, I should prefer to translate it by pools; cf. A.S. wær, Icel. ver, Su.-Go. wär. Ihre says— “Wär, locus, ubi congregari amant pisces, ut solent inter brevia et vada. Isl. ver, fiskaver. A.S. id. unde ver-hurde apud Bens. custos septi piscatorii, Angl. wier, wear, &c.” See wer in Stratmann. In this case the line means— “in the sea-pools he often set them,” and the note on the line (q.v.) is wrong.]

Weren, 784. Sir F. Madden mentions that Garnett speculated weirs or dams, from Icelandic ver. [If weren is indeed a plural noun, I would prefer to translate it as pools; see A.S. wær, Icel. ver, Su.-Go. wär. Ihre states—“Wär, a place where fish like to gather, as they do among shallows and banks. Icelandic ver, fiskaver. A.S. the same, from which ver-hurde in Bens. means a keeper of the fishing enclosure, English wier, wear, etc.” Refer to wer in Stratmann. In this case, the line means—“in the sea-pools he often set them,” and the note on the line (see above) is incorrect.]

Werewed, part. pa. S. worried, killed, 1915. [We should probably insert a mark of interrogation, thus— “Hwat dide he? þore weren he werewed,” i.e. “What did they effect? There were they slain.” Spelt wirwed, 1921. Cf. Du. worgen, and see Jam. s.v. Wery, and Worry in Atkinson’s Gl. of Cleveland dialect.]

Werewed, part. pa. S. worried, killed, 1915. [We should probably add a question mark here— “What did they do? There is where they were slain.” Spelled wirwed, 1921. See also Du. worgen, and refer to Jam. s.v. Wery, and Worry in Atkinson’s Gl. of Cleveland dialect.]

Werne, v. S. to refuse, deny, 1345. Werne, pr. t. 3 p. s. subj. refuses, forbids, 926. Sir Tr. p. 88; K. Horn, 1420, &c.

Werne, v. S. to refuse, deny, 1345. Werne, pr. t. 3 p. s. subj. refuses, forbids, 926. Sir Tr. p. 88; K. Horn, 1420, &c.

Wesseyl, n. S. wassail, 1246.

Wesseyl, n. S. wassail, 1246.

Wesseylen, pr. t. pl. wassail, 2098. Wosseyled, part. pa. 1737. See Rits. A. S. Diss. p. xxxiii. n. Hearne’s Gl. to R. Glouc. in v. Queme and Wasseyl, Selden’s Notes on Drayton’s Polyolb. p. 150, and Nares.

Wesseylen, pr. t. pl. wassail, 2098. Wosseyled, part. pa. 1737. See Rits. A. S. Diss. p. xxxiii. n. Hearne’s Gl. to R. Glouc. in v. Queme and Wasseyl, Selden’s Notes on Drayton’s Polyolb. p. 150, and Nares.

Wex, pa. t. S. waxed, grew, 281. Waxen, part. pa. grown, 302, 791.

Wex, pa. t. S. waxed, grew, 281. Waxen, part. pa. grown, 302, 791.

Wicke, Wike, Wikke, adj. S. wicked, vile, 66, 319, 425, 665, 688, &c. Swithe wicke, 965, very mean. Swiþe wikke cloþes, 2458, very mean clothing. Wicke wede, 2825, mean clothing.

Wicke, Wike, Wikke, adj. S. wicked, vile, 66, 319, 425, 665, 688, &c. Swithe wicked, 965, very low-quality. Swiþe wicked clothes, 2458, very low-quality clothing. Wicked garments, 2825, low-quality clothing.

Wicth, With, n. S. [wiht] whit, bit, small part, 97, 1763, 2500. Laȝam. l. 15031; Sevyn Sages, 293. ‘The loue of hire ne lesteth no wyht longe,’ MS. Harl. 2253, f. 128.

Wicth, With, n. S. [wiht] whit, bit, small part, 97, 1763, 2500. Laȝam. l. 15031; Sevyn Sages, 293. ‘Her love doesn’t last for any wyht long,’ MS. Harl. 2253, f. 128.

Wicth, With, adj. courageous, stout, active, 344, 1008, 1064, 1651, 1692, &c. Wicteste, sup. 9. An epithet used universally by the ancient poets, and to be found in every Gloss. merely differing in orthography, as spelt Waite, Wate, Wight, Wich &c. [Sir F. Madden suggests a derivation from A.S. hwæt (Icel. hvátr), acute, brave. Wedgwood suggests Sw. vig, nimble. Cf. Su.-Goth. wig, Icel. vigr, fit for war (A.S. wig).]

Wicth, With, adj. brave, strong, active, 344, 1008, 1064, 1651, 1692, etc. Wicteste, sup. 9. A term commonly used by ancient poets and found in every Gloss, varying only in spelling, such as Waite, Wate, Wight, Wich, etc. [Sir F. Madden proposes a derivation from A.S. hwæt (Icel. hvátr), meaning sharp, brave. Wedgwood suggests Sw. vig, meaning agile. See Su.-Goth. wig, Icel. vigr, suitable for war (A.S. wig).]

Wider, adv. S. whither, where, 1139.

Wider, adv. S. where, 1139.

Widuen, Wydues, n. pl. S. widows, 33, 79.

Widuen, Wydues, n. pl. S. widows, 33, 79.

Wif, n. S. wife, 2860; woman, 1713. Wiues, pl. 2855.

Wife, n. S. wife, 2860; woman, 1713. Wives, pl. 2855.

Wike, Wikke. See Wicke.

Wike, Wikke. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Wil, adv. S. while, 6.

Wil, adv. S. meanwhile, 6.

Wil, adj. lost in error, uncertain how to proceed, 863; at a loss, without experience, 1042. Wynt. vi. 13, 115. V. Jam. who derives it from Su.-G. wild, Isl. villr. It is radically the same with wild.

Wil, adj. confused and unsure of what to do, 863; at a loss, lacking experience, 1042. Wynt. vi. 13, 115. V. Jam. who traces it back to Su.-G. wild, Isl. villr. It is fundamentally the same as wild.

Wile, will, 352, 485, &c. Wilte, 528, 1135, wilt thou; Wiltu, 681, 905. Wilen, pl. 732, 920, 1345, 2817, &c.

Wile, will, 352, 485, &c. Wilte, 528, 1135, will you; Wiltu, 681, 905. Wilen, pl. 732, 920, 1345, 2817, &c.

Wille, n. S. will, 528.

Wille, n. S. will, 528.

Wimman, n. S. woman, 1139, 1168, &c. Wman, 281. Wymman, 1156.

Wimman, n. S. woman, 1139, 1168, &c. Wman, 281. Wymman, 1156.

154

Win, n. S. wine, 1729. Wyn, 2341.

Win, n. S. wine, 1729. Wyn, 2341.

Winan, v. S. to get to, arrive at, 174. V. Gl. to Will. of Palerne.

Winan, v. S. to get to, arrive at, 174. V. Gl. to Will. of Palerne.

Winne, n. S. joy, gain, 660, 2965. Muchere winne, Laȝam. l. 10233. Horn Childe, ap. Rits. M. R., V. 3, p. 294.

Winne, n. S. joy, gain, 660, 2965. Muchere winne, Laȝam. l. 10233. Horn Childe, ap. Rits. M. R., V. 3, p. 294.

Wirchen, v. S. to work, cause, 510.

Wirchen, v. S. to work, cause, 510.

Wirwed. See Werewed.

Wirwed. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Wis, adj. S. wise, prudent, 180, 1421, 1635; skilled, 282.

Wis, adj. S. wise, careful, 180, 1421, 1635; skilled, 282.

Wislike, adv. S. wisely, 274.

Wislike, adv. S. wisely, 274.

Wisse, v. S. to direct, ordain, advice, 104, 361. Sir Tr. p. 29; K. Horn, Chron. of Engl. 499; Chauc., Gl. Lynds.

Wisse, v. S. to direct, ordain, advise, 104, 361. Sir Tr. p. 29; K. Horn, Chron. of Engl. 499; Chauc., Gl. Lynds.

Wissing, n. S. advice, or conduct, 2902.

Wissing, n. S. guidance, or behavior, 2902.

Wiste, pa. t. S. knew, 115, 358, 541, &c. Wisten, pa. t. pl. 1184, 1187, 1200, &c.

Wiste, past tense S. knew, 115, 358, 541, etc. Wisten, past tense plural 1184, 1187, 1200, etc.

Wit, prep. S. with, 52, 505, 701, 905, 1090, 2517, &c.; by, 2489. Wituten, 179, 247, 2860, without. Withuten, 425, except. With than, provided that, 532. With that, 1220.

Wit, prep. S. with, 52, 505, 701, 905, 1090, 2517, etc.; by, 2489. Wituten, 179, 247, 2860, without. Withuten, 425, except. With than, provided that, 532. With that, 1220.

Wite, v. S. [wítan, decernere] pres. subj. or imp. decree, ordain, 19, 1316.

Wite, v. S. [wítan, to decide] present subjunctive or imperative decree, ordain, 19, 1316.

Wite, v. S. pres. subj. or imp. preserve, guard, defend, 405, 559. R. Gl. p. 98, 102. So in the Carmen inter Corpus & Animam, MS. Digb. 86.

Wite, v. S. pres. subj. or imp. preserve, guard, defend, 405, 559. R. Gl. p. 98, 102. So in the Carmen inter Corpus & Animam, MS. Digb. 86.

The king that al this world shop thoru his holi miȝtte,

The king who created this entire world through his holy power,

He wite houre soule from then heuele wiȝtte.

He wite how your soul from the evil wit.

And in the French Romance of Kyng Horn, MS. Harl. 527, f. 72, b. c. 2.

And in the French Romance of King Horn, MS. Harl. 527, f. 72, b. c. 2.

Ben iurez Wite God, kant auerez beu tant,

Ben iurez Wite God, cant aures beu tant,

Kant le vin uus eschaufe, si seez si iurant.

Kant le vin uus eschaufe, si seez si iurant.

Wite, Witen, v. S. [witan, cognoscere] to know, 367, 625, 2201, 2786; to recollect, 2708. Wite, pr. t. pl. 2 p. know, 2808; imp. 3 p. wite, know, 517. Wite, 3 p. s. subj. (if) he know, 694. Witen, pr. t. pl. 2 p. know, 2208. See Wot.

Wite, Witen, v. S. [witan, cognoscere] to know, 367, 625, 2201, 2786; to recollect, 2708. Wite, pr. t. pl. 2 p. know, 2808; imp. 3 p. wite, know, 517. Wite, 3 p. s. subj. (if) he know, 694. Witen, pr. t. pl. 2 p. know, 2208. See Wot.

With, conj. See Wit.

With, conj. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

With, n. See Wicth.

With, n. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

With, adj. See Wicth.

With, adj. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

With, adj. S. white, 48, 1144.

With, adj. S. white, 48, 1144.

With-sitten, v. S. to oppose, 1683. R. Br., Web.

With-sitten, v. S. to oppose, 1683. R. Br., Web.

Wlf, n. S. wolf, 573.

Wlf, n. S. wolf, 573.

Wluine, n. S. she-wolf, 573. Dan. ulfinde, a she-wolf.

Wluine, n. S. she-wolf, 573. Dan. ulfinde, a she-wolf.

Wman. See Wimman.

Woman. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Wnden, part. pa. S. wound, 546.

Wnden, part. pa. S. wound, 546.

Wo, pron. S. who, whoso, 76, 79, &c. See Hwo.

Wo, pron. S. who, whoso, 76, 79, &c. See Hwo.

Wo, n. S. woe, sorrow, 510, &c.

Wo, n. S. woe, sadness, 510, &c.

Wod, adj. S. mad, 508, 1777, 1848, &c. Wode, pl. 1896, 2361.

Wod, adj. S. mad, 508, 1777, 1848, & etc. Wode, pl. 1896, 2361.

Wok, pa. t. S. awoke, 2093.

Woke, pa. t. S. awoke, 2093.

Wol. See Wel.

Wol. Check __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Wole, will, 1150. Wolde, would, 354, 367, &c. Wode, 951, 2310. Wolden, pl. 456, 514, 1057.

Wole, will, 1150. Wolde, would, 354, 367, &c. Wode, 951, 2310. Wolden, pl. 456, 514, 1057.

Wombes, n. pl. S. bellies, 1911.

Wombes, n. pl. S. bellies, 1911.

Wom so, pron. S. whomso, 197.

Wom so, pron. S. whomso, 197.

Won, Wone, great number, plenty, in phr. ful god won, in great quantity (in 1791 it seems to mean with great force), 1024, 1791, 1837, 1907, 2325, 2617, 2729. R. Gl., Horn Childe, ap. Rits. M. R., V. 3, p. 308, 314; R. Cœur de L. 3747; K. Alisaund, 1468; K. of Tars, 635; Minot, p. 14; Chauc. Wane, Yw. and Gaw. 1429; Wayn, Wall. viii. 947. Cf. Gl. to Will. of Palerne.

Won, Wone, large amount, plenty, in phrase ful god won, in great quantity (in 1791 it seems to mean with great force), 1024, 1791, 1837, 1907, 2325, 2617, 2729. R. Gl., Horn Childe, ap. Rits. M. R., V. 3, p. 308, 314; R. Cœur de L. 3747; K. Alisaund, 1468; K. of Tars, 635; Minot, p. 14; Chauc. Wane, Yw. and Gaw. 1429; Wayn, Wall. viii. 947. Cf. Gl. to Will. of Palerne.

Wone, n. S. (probably the same as ween, Sir Tr. p. 59, 78), opinion, conjecture, 1711, 1972. Cf. l. 816, and the Glossaries, in v. Wene.

Wone, n. S. (likely the same as ween, Sir Tr. p. 59, 78), belief, guess, 1711, 1972. See l. 816, and the Glossaries, in v. Wene.

155

Wone, v. S. to dwell, 247, 406. Woneth, pr. t. 3 p. dwelleth, 105.

Wone, v. S. to live, 247, 406. Woneth, pr. t. 3 p. lives, 105.

Wone, part. pa. wont, 2151, 2297. K. Horn, 36; R. Gl. Chron. of Engl. 632; Web., Chauc. [A.S. wune, a custom.]

Wone, part. pa. wont, 2151, 2297. K. Horn, 36; R. Gl. Chron. of Engl. 632; Web., Chauc. [A.S. wune, a custom.]

Wonges, n. pl. S. fields, plains, 397, 1444. Cf. l. 1360. Spelman thinks arable land is meant by the term, rather than pasture.

Wonges, n. pl. S. fields, plains, 397, 1444. Cf. l. 1360. Spelman believes the term refers to farmland rather than grazing land.

Wore, 2 and 3 p. s. were, 504, 684, &c. Wore, Woren, pl. 237, 448, &c. It is not merely a licentious spelling, as conjectured by Sir W. Scott.

Wore, 2 and 3 p. s. were, 504, 684, &c. Wore, Woren, pl. 237, 448, &c. It’s not just a careless spelling, as suggested by Sir W. Scott.

Worþe, v. S. imp. may he be, 1102, 2873. Wrth, 434. Wurþe, 2221. Laȝam. l. 28333. Sir Tr. p. 49, and all the Gloss., including Lynds.

Worþe, v. S. imp. may he be, 1102, 2873. Wrth, 434. Wurþe, 2221. Laȝam. l. 28333. Sir Tr. p. 49, and all the Gloss., including Lynds.

Wosseyled. See Wesseylen.

Wosseyled. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Wot, Woth, pr. t. 1 p. S. know, 119, 213, 653, 1345, &c. Wost, pr. t. 2 p. knowest, 527, 582, 1384, &c. Woth, pr. t. 3 p. knows, 2527. Wot, pl. 1 p. know, 2803. Wat, part. pa. known, 1674.

Wot, Woth, pr. t. 1 p. knows, 119, 213, 653, 1345, &c. Wost, pr. t. 2 p. knowest, 527, 582, 1384, &c. Woth, pr. t. 3 p. knows, 2527. Wot, pl. 1 p. know, 2803. Wat, part. pa. known, 1674.

Wowe. See Wawe.

Wow. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Wrathe, n. S. wrath, anger, 2719, 2977. See Wroth

Wrathe, n. S. wrath, anger, 2719, 2977. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__

Wreieres, n. pl. S. betrayers, spoilers, 39.

Wreieres, n. pl. S. traitors, spoilers, 39.

The wraiers that weren in halle,

The wraiers that were in hall,

Schamly were thai schende.

Schamly were Thai shamed.

Sir Tristr. p. 190.

Sir Tristr. p. 190.

Wreken, v. S. to avenge, revenge, 327, 1901. Wreke, imp. revenge (thou), 1363. Wreken (miswritten for wreke), 3 p. imp. 544. Wreke, pr. pl. subj. 1884. Wreke, Wreken, part. pa. revenged, 2368, 2849, 2992. Sir Tr. p. 190, &c.

Wreken, v. S. to avenge, revenge, 327, 1901. Wreke, imp. revenge (you), 1363. Wreken (miswritten for wreke), 3 p. imp. 544. Wreke, pr. pl. subj. 1884. Wreke, Wreken, part. pa. revenged, 2368, 2849, 2992. Sir Tr. p. 190, &c.

Wringen, v. S. to wring, 1233.

Wringen, v. S. to twist, 1233.

Writ, n. S. writing, 2486. Writes, pl. writs, letters, 136, 2275. See note to l. 136.

Writ, n. S. writing, 2486. Writes, pl. writs, letters, 136, 2275. See note to l. 136.

Wrobberes, n. pl. S. robbers, 39.

Wrobberes, n. pl. S. robbers, 39.

Wros, n. pl. corners, 68. So in the Leg. of S. Margrete, quoted by Dr Leyden:

Wros, n. pl. corners, 68. So in the Leg. of S. Margrete, quoted by Dr. Leyden:

Sche seiȝe a wel fouler thing

Sche seiȝe a wel fouler thing

Sitten in a wro;

Sitting in a wro;

which Jamieson aptly derives from the Su.-G. wraa, angulus. Cf. Dan. vraa, a nook, corner.

which Jamieson accurately derives from the Su.-G. wraa, angle. Cf. Dan. vraa, a nook, corner.

Wroth, adj. S. wrath, angry, 1117. Wroþe, 2973. See Wrathe.

Angry

Wrouht, pa. t. S. wrought, 2810. Wrouth, 1352. Wrowht, 2453.

Wrouht, pa. t. S. wrought, 2810. Wrouth, 1352. Wrowht, 2453.

Wrth. See Worthe.

Wrth. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Wunde, n. S. wound, 1980, 2673, &c. Wounde, 1978. Wundes, pl. 1845, 1898, 1986. Woundes, 1977, &c.

Wunde, n. S. wound, 1980, 2673, &c. Wounde, 1978. Wundes, pl. 1845, 1898, 1986. Woundes, 1977, &c.

Wurþe. See Worþe.

Wurþe. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Y

Y, pron. I. See Ich.

Y, pron. I. See __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Ya, adv. S. yea, yes, 1888, 2009, 2607. Ye, 2606. See Rits. note to Yw. and Gaw. l. 43. In l. 2009, we should probably have found yis in a more southern work. See the note to ȝis in Gl. to Will. of Palerne. The distinction between no (l. 1800) and nay (l. 1136) is rightly made.

Ya, adv. S. yeah, yes, 1888, 2009, 2607. Ye, 2606. See Rits. note to Yw. and Gaw. l. 43. In l. 2009, we likely would have found yis in a more southern text. See the note to ȝis in Gl. to Will. of Palerne. The distinction between no (l. 1800) and nay (l. 1136) is correctly made.

Yaf. See Yeue.

Yaf. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Yare, adj. S. ready, 1391, 2788, 2954. Sir Tr. p. 28; Rits. M. R., Web., Chauc., Gl. Lynds.

Yare, adj. S. ready, 1391, 2788, 2954. Sir Tr. p. 28; Rits. M. R., Web., Chauc., Gl. Lynds.

Yaren, v. S. to make ready, 1350. This word in all the Gloss. has the form of Yarken.

Yaren, v. S. to prepare, 1350. This word in all the Gloss has the form of Yarken.

Yede, pa. t. S. went, 6, 774, 821, &c. Yeden, pa. t. pl. 889, 952.

Yede, past tense S. went, 6, 774, 821, etc. Yeden, past tense plural 889, 952.

Yeft. See Giue.

Yeft. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Yelde, v. S. to yield, 2712; imp. 3 p. requite, 803. Very common formerly in this sense. Yeld, imp. yield (thou), 2717.

Yelde, v. S. to yield, 2712; imp. 3 p. requite, 803. This was very common in the past. Yeld, imp. yield (you), 2717.

Yeme, v. S. to take charge of, govern, 131, 172, 182, 324, &c. Yemede, pa. t. governed, 975, 2276. Sir Tr. p. 115, Rits. M. R., Web., R. Gl., Chauc.

Yeme, v. S. to take charge of, govern, 131, 172, 182, 324, &c. Yemede, pa. t. governed, 975, 2276. Sir Tr. p. 115, Rits. M. R., Web., R. Gl., Chauc.

Yen. See Agen.

Yen. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

156

Yerne, adv. S. eagerly, anxiously, 153, 211, 880, 925. Web., Rits. M. R., Chauc.

Yerne, adv. S. eagerly, anxiously, 153, 211, 880, 925. Web., Rits. M. R., Chauc.

Yerne, v. S. to desire earnestly, 299. Laȝam. l. 4427. K. Horn, 1419; R. Br., Chauc., Gl. Lynds.

Yerne, v. S. to want something badly, 299. Laȝam. l. 4427. K. Horn, 1419; R. Br., Chauc., Gl. Lynds.

Yete, adv. S. yet, 495, 973, 996, 1043.

Yete, adv. S. yet, 495, 973, 996, 1043.

Yeue, v. S. to give, 298, &c. Yeueth, pr. t. 3 p. giveth, 459. Yif, imp. give (thou), 674; 3 p. yeue, 22; pl. yeueþ, 911. Yaf, pa. t. gave, or gave heed, 315, 419, &c. Gaf, 218, 418, 1311, &c. Gouen, pa. t. pl. 164 (in phr. gouen hem ille, gave themselves up to grief); Sir Tr. p. 129. Giue, part. pa. 2488; gouen, 220. Youenet = Youen it, given it, 1643. For yaf in l. 1174, see note on the line.

Yeue, v. S. to give, 298, &c. Yeueth, pr. t. 3 p. giveth, 459. Yif, imp. give (thou), 674; 3 p. yeue, 22; pl. yeueþ, 911. Yaf, pa. t. gave, or gave heed, 315, 419, &c. Gaf, 218, 418, 1311, &c. Gouen, pa. t. pl. 164 (in phr. gouen hem ille, gave themselves up to grief); Sir Tr. p. 129. Giue, part. pa. 2488; gouen, 220. Youenet = Youen it, given it, 1643. For yaf in l. 1174, see note on the line.

Y-here. See Here, v.

Y-here. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, v.

Yif, prep. S. if, 126, 377, 1974, &c. Yf, 1189.

Yif, prep. S. if, 126, 377, 1974, &c. Yf, 1189.

Yif. See Yeue.

Yif. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Y-lere. See Lere.

Y-lere. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Ynow. See Inow.

Yknow. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Youenet. See Yeue.

Youenet. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Ys. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Yuel, Yuele. See Iuele.

Yuel, Yuele. Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Yunge, adj. S. young, 368, &c.

Yunge, adj. S. young, 368, etc.

Yure, pron. S. your, 171.

Yure, pron. S. your, 171.

157

INDEX OF NAMES TO “HAUELOK.”


[In this Index, the references under words in large capitals are in general to the pages of the book; otherwise, the references are to the lines of the poem.]

[In this Index, the references under words in all caps are generally to the pages of the book; otherwise, the references are to the lines of the poem.]

Athelwold (spelt Aþelwald, l. 1077), is king of England, and governs wisely, pp. 2, 3;

Athelwold (spelt Aþelwald, l. 1077) is the king of England and rules wisely, pp. 2, 3;

feels he is dying, p. 4;

feels like he's dying, p. 4;

bequeaths his daughter to the care of Godrich, pp. 6, 7;

bequeaths his daughter to the care of Godrich, pp. 6, 7;

dies, p. 8.

dies, p. 8.

Mentioned again in ll. 2709, 2803.)

Mentioned again in lines 2709, 2803.)

Auelok, another spelling of Hauelok, 1395, 1793.

Auelok, another spelling of Hauelok, 1395, 1793.

Bernard Brun (i.e. Bernard Brown; so called in ll. 1751, 1945),

Bernard Brun (meaning Bernard Brown; referred to in lines 1751 and 1945),

provides a supper for Havelok, p. 48;

provides dinner for Havelok, p. 48;

his house attacked by thieves, p. 49;

his house attacked by thieves, p. 49;

fights against them, p. 52;

fights against them, p. 52;

tells Ubbe how well Havelok fought, p. 54.

tells Ubbe how well Havelok fought, p. 54.

Bertram (named in l. 2898),

Bertram (named in l. 2898),

is cook to the Earl of Cornwall, and employs Havelok, pp. 27, 28;

is the cook for the Earl of Cornwall and hires Havelok, pp. 27, 28;

is made Earl of Cornwall, and marries Levive, Grim’s daughter, p. 83.

is made Earl of Cornwall and marries Levive, Grim’s daughter, p. 83.

Birkabeyn (spelt Bircabein, l. 494);

Birkabeyn (spelled Bircabein, l. 494);

gen. Birkabeynes, 2150, 2209, 2296,

gen. Birkabeynes, 2150, 2209, 2296,

is king of Denmark, p. 11;

is king of Denmark, p. 11;

commends his three children to Godard, p. 12;

commends his three children to Godard, p. 12;

dies, p. 13;

dies, p. 13;

his son Havelok’s resemblance to him, p. 60.

his son Havelok looks just like him, p. 60.

Cestre (Chester), 2607, 2859, 2896.

Cestre (Chester), 2607, 2859, 2896.

Cornwayle (Cornwall), 178, 2908;

Cornwayle (Cornwall), 178, 2908;

Cornwalie, 884.

Cornwall, 884.

Crist, 16, &c.;

Crist, 16, etc.

—krist, 22;

—krist, 22;

gen. kristes, 2797.

gen. kristes, 2797.

Dauy, seint, 2863.

Dauy, seint, 2863.

Denemark (Denmark), 340, 381, 386, &c.

Denmark, 340, 381, 386, etc.

Denshe, sing. adj. Danish, 1403;

Denshe, sing. adj. Danish, 1403;

pl. 2575, 2693, 2938.

pp. 2575, 2693, 2938.

Danshe, 2689.

Danshe, 2689.

Douere (Dover), 139, 265.

Dover, 139, 265.

Doure, 320.

Dour, 320.

Engelond (England), 59, 202, 250, &c.;

Engelond (England), 59, 202, 250, etc.;

—Engellond, 1093;

—Engellond, 1093;

—Engelonde, 208;

—England, 208;

—Englond, 1270;

—England, 1270;

—Engeland, 108, 610;

—England, 108, 610;

—Hengelond, 999;

—Hengelond, 999;

gen. Engelondes, 63.

Gen. Engelondes, 63.

Englishe, pl. adj. (followed by men), 2766, 2795;

Englishe, pl. adj. (followed by men), 2766, 2795;

—Englis (used absolutely), 254;

—Englis (used absolutely), 254;

—Henglishe, 2945.

—English, 2945.

Giffin [Qu. Griffin] Galle, 2029.

Giffin [Qu. Griffin] Galle, 2029.

Godard (gen. Godardes, l. 2415),

Godard (gen. Godardes, l. 2415),

is made regent of Denmark, pp. 12, 13;

is made regent of Denmark, pp. 12, 13;

shuts up Birkabeyn’s children in a castle, p. 13;

shuts up Birkabeyn's kids in a castle, p. 13;

kills Swanborow and Helfled, p. 15;

kills Swanborow and Helfled, p. 15;

spares Havelok, p. 16;

spares Havelok, p. 16;

but afterwards hires Grim to drown Havelok, p. 17;

but later hires Grim to drown Havelok, p. 17;

is attacked by Havelok, p. 67;

is attacked by Havelok, p. 67;

is taken prisoner, p. 68;

is captured, p. 68;

condemned, flayed, drawn, and hung, pp. 70, 71.

condemned, flayed, drawn, and hung, pp. 70, 71.

158

Godrich (spelt Godrigh, l. 178),

Godrich (spelled Godrigh, l. 178),

is Earl of Cornwall, p. 6;

is Earl of Cornwall, p. 6;

is made regent of England, pp. 7, 8, 9;

is made regent of England, pp. 7, 8, 9;

shuts Goldborough up in Dover castle, p. 10;

shuts Goldborough up in Dover Castle, p. 10;

makes Goldborough marry Havelok, p. 33;

makes Goldborough marry Havelok, p. 33;

raises an army against Havelok, p. 72;

raises an army against Havelok, p. 72;

excites his men, p. 73;

motivates his team, p. 73;

marches to Grimsby, p. 74;

marches to Grimsby, p. 74;

fights with Ubbe, p. 75;

fights with Ubbe, p. 75;

fights with Havelok, pp. 77, 78;

fights with Havelok, pp. 77, 78;

is taken prisoner, p. 78;

is captured, p. 78;

taken to Lincoln, and burnt alive, pp. 80, 81.

taken to Lincoln and burned alive, pp. 80, 81.

Goldeboru (or Goldeborw, l. 2985),

Goldeboru (or Goldeborw, l. 2985),

is daughter of King Athelwold, p. 4;

is the daughter of King Athelwold, p. 4;

is committed to the care of Godrich, pp. 8, 9;

is devoted to the care of Godrich, pp. 8, 9;

shut up in Dover castle, p. 11;

shut up in Dover castle, p. 11;

is sent for to Lincoln, p. 33;

is sent for to Lincoln, p. 33;

is married to Havelok, p. 36;

is married to Havelok, p. 36;

hears an angel’s voice, p. 39;

hears an angel's voice, p. 39;

encourages Havelok to go to Denmark, p. 41;

encourages Havelok to travel to Denmark, p. 41;

rejoices at Godrich’s death, p. 81;

rejoices at Godrich’s death, p. 81;

is queen of England, p. 85.

is queen of England, p. 85.

See Havelok.

Check out __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__.

Grim, a fisher, is hired by Godard to drown Havelok, p. 17;

Bleak, a fisherman, is hired by Godard to drown Havelok, p. 17;

discovers Havelok to be the right heir to the crown, p. 19;

discovers that Havelok is the rightful heir to the crown, p. 19;

takes Havelok over to England, p. 20;

takes Havelok to England, p. 20;

founds Grimsby, p. 23;

founds Grimsby, p. 23;

sends Havelok to Lincoln, p. 26;

sends Havelok to Lincoln, p. 26;

dies, p. 37.

dies, p. 37.

[In l. 2333, there seems to be an allusion to a spectacle, in which the history of Grim is represented.]

[In l. 2333, there appears to be a reference to a show, where the story of Grim is depicted.]

Grimes, gen. c. of Grim, 1343, 1392, 2867.

Grimes, gen. c. of Grim, 1343, 1392, 2867.

Grimesbi, 745, 2540, 2579, 2617, 2619;

Grimesbi, 745, 2540, 2579, 2617, 2619;

—Grimesby, 1202.

—Grimsby, 1202.

Gunnild (daughter of Grim, marries Earl Reyner of Chester), 2866, 2896.

Gunnild (daughter of Grim, marries Earl Reyner of Chester), 2866, 2896.

Gunter (an English earl), 2606.

Gunter, English earl, 2606.

Hauelok, son of king Birkabeyn of Denmark, p. 13;

Hauelok, son of King Birkabeyn of Denmark, p. 13;

spared by Godard, p. 16;

spared by Godard, p. 16;

but given over by him to Grim to be drowned, p. 17;

but handed over by him to Grim to be drowned, p. 17;

spared and fed by Grim, p. 20;

spared and fed by Grim, p. 20;

goes to England, p. 22;

goes to England, p. 22;

sells fish, p. 25;

sells fish, p. 25;

works as a porter, p. 27;

works as a porter, p. 27;

puts the stone, p. 31;

puts the stone, p. 31;

marries Goldborough, p. 35;

marries Goldborough, p. 35;

returns to Grimsby, p. 36;

returns to Grimsby, p. 36;

his dream, p. 39;

his dream, p. 39;

returns to Denmark, p. 43;

returns to Denmark, p. 43;

trades there, p. 44;

trades there, p. 44;

is noticed by Ubbe, p. 45;

is noticed by Ubbe, p. 45;

defends Bernard’s house against thieves, pp. 48-53;

defends Bernard’s house against thieves, pp. 48-53;

is known to be heir of Denmark by a miraculous light, p. 60;

is known to be the heir to Denmark by a miraculous light, p. 60;

is dubbed knight by Ubbe, p. 65;

is called a knight by Ubbe, p. 65;

is king of Denmark, p. 66;

is king of Denmark, p. 66;

defeats Godard, p. 68;

defeats Godard, p. 68;

invades England, p. 72;

invades England, p. 72;

defeats Godrich, p. 77;

defeats Godrich, p. 77;

rewards Bertram and others, p. 82;

rewards Bertram and others, p. 82;

lives to be a hundred years old, p. 83;

lives to be a hundred years old, p. 83;

is crowned king of England at London, p. 84;

is crowned king of England in London, p. 84;

is king for sixty years, p. 85.

is king for sixty years, p. 85.

[The story is called “þe gest of Hauelok and of Goldeborw,” l. 2985.]

[The story is called “The Tale of Hauelok and Goldeborw,” l. 2985.]

Helfled (Havelok’s sister), 411.

Helfled (Havelok's sister), 411.

Hengelonde (England), 999.

Hengland (England), 999.

Henglishe (pl. English), 2945.

Henglishe (pl. English), 2945.

Humber (the river), 733.

Humber River, 733.

Huwe Rauen (one of Grim’s sons), 1398, 1868, 2349, 2636, 2677;

Huwe Rauen (one of Grim’s sons), 1398, 1868, 2349, 2636, 2677;

spelt Hwe, 1878.

spelled Hwe, 1878.

Iohan, seint; the patron saint to whom Havelok commits his Danes, 2957;

Iohan, saint; the patron saint to whom Havelok entrusts his Danes, 2957;

bi seint Iohan! 1112, 2563.

bi seint Iohan! 1112, 2563.

Spelt Ion, 177.

Spelt Ion, 177.

Iudas, 319, 425, 1133.

Iudas, 319, 425, 1133.

Lazarun (= Lazarum, acc. of Lazarus), 331.

Lazarun (= Lazarum, acc. of Lazarus), 331.

Cf. “Lord” —said Guy— “that reared Lazaroun,” &c. Guy of Warwick, in Ellis, Met. Rom. (ed. Halliwell), p. 227.

Cf. “Lord,” said Guy, “that raised Lazaroun,” etc. Guy of Warwick, in Ellis, Met. Rom. (ed. Halliwell), p. 227.

Leue (Grim’s wife), 558, 576, 595, 642.

Leue (Grim’s wife), 558, 576, 595, 642.

Leuiue (Grim’s daughter, married to Bertram), 2914.

Leuiue (Grim's daughter, married to Bertram), 2914.

Lincolne, 773, 847, 862, 980, 1105, 2558, 2572, 2824.

Lincolne, 773, 847, 862, 980, 1105, 2558, 2572, 2824.

Lindeseye (N. part of Lincolnshire), 734.

Lindeseye (N. part of Lincolnshire), 734.

Lundone (London), 2943.

London, 2943.

159

Marz (March), 2559.

March, 2559.

Reyner (earl of Chester), 2607.

Reyner, Earl of Chester, 2607.

Roberd þe rede (Grim’s eldest son), 1397, 1686, 1888, &c.;

Roberd the Red (Grim's oldest son), 1397, 1686, 1888, etc.;

—Robert, 2405, 2411, &c.;

—Robert, 2405, 2411, etc.;

gen. Roberdes, 1691.

Gen. Roberdes, 1691.

Rokesborw (explained by Prof. Morley to mean Rokeby, but it is surely Roxburgh), 265;

Rokesborw (explained by Prof. Morley to mean Rokeby, but it definitely refers to Roxburgh), 265;

—Rokesburw, 139.

—Rokesburw, 139.

Roxburgh is spelt Rokesburgh in Walsingham, ed. Riley, i. 340, &c.

Roxburgh is spelled Rokesburgh in Walsingham, ed. Riley, i. 340, &c.

Sathanas (Satan), 1100, 1134, 2512.

Satan, 1100, 1134, 2512.

Swanborow (Havelok’s sister), 411.

Swanborow (Havelok's sister), 411.

Ubbe, a great Danish lord, p. 44;

Ubbe, a powerful Danish lord, p. 44;

entertains Havelok, p. 45;

entertains Havelok, p. 45;

takes him to his castle, p. 57;

takes him to his castle, p. 57;

does homage to Havelok, p. 63;

does homage to Havelok, p. 63;

dubs him knight, p. 65;

names him knight, p. 65;

his combat with Godrich, p. 75;

his fight with Godrich, p. 75;

is sorely wounded, p. 76.

is seriously injured, p. 76.

Willam Wendut (one of Grim’s sons), 1690, 1881, 1892, 2348, 2632;

Willam Wendut (one of Grim’s sons), 1690, 1881, 1892, 2348, 2632;

—Wiliam Wenduth, 1398.

—William Wenduth, 1398.

Winchestre, 158, 318.

Winchester, 158, 318.

Yerk (York), 1178.

Yerk (York), 1178.

Ynde, India, 1085.

Ynde, India, 1085.

 
 


JOHN CHILDS AND SON, PRINTERS.

Transcriber’s Note on Texts:

This book exists in at least two forms, distinguished by minor differences in the modern (1868) material. The title page(s), verso and introduction give no hint that there were any changes or additions; references to the “former” and “present” edition are to Madden alone (Roxburghe, 1828) contrasted with Skeat (EETS, 1868). For convenience the two 1868 variants will be called “preliminary” and “final”. The 1975 reprint used the “final” version.

This book comes in at least two versions, marked by slight differences in the modern (1868) content. The title pages, verso, and introduction don’t indicate any changes or additions; mentions of the “former” and “present” editions refer only to Madden (Roxburghe, 1828) compared to Skeat (EETS, 1868). For ease, the two 1868 versions will be labeled “preliminary” and “final.” The 1975 reprint used the “final” version.

Emendations:

p. 24, l. 784. Perhaps we should, however, read se-weren, and the note on the line (p. 93) may be wrong. See Weren in the Glossary.

p. 24, l. 784. Perhaps we should, however, read se-weren, and the note on the line (p. 93) may be wrong. See Weren in the Glossary.

The preliminary version of the Emendations reads:

The initial version of the Corrections says:

... Perhaps there should be no stop in the line, and ...

... Perhaps there shouldn't be a stop in the line, and ...

There are no differences in the body text or Note.

There are no differences in the body text or note.

The last five Emendations— changes to glossary items Greting, Hal, Shoten (Schoten), Teyte, Bise— are missing from the preliminary version.

The last five Emendations— changes to glossary items Greting, Hal, Shoten (Schoten), Teyte, Bise— are missing from the preliminary version.

Glossary:

Datheit, interj. ... [from the O.F. hait, pleasure].

Datheit, interj. ... [from the O.F. hait, pleasure].

In the preliminary version, the bracketed addition reads “possibly from haïr, to hate”.

In the preliminary version, the bracketed addition reads “maybe from haïr, to hate”.

Pastees ... Al of pasteiis beth the walles.

Pastees ... All of pasteiis both the walls.

The preliminary version has the apparent error pasteüs.

The preliminary version has the obvious error pasteüs.

Weren ...

Weren

The preliminary version is printed without brackets but is otherwise identical.

The preliminary version is printed without brackets but is otherwise the same.




        
        
    
Download ePUB

If you like this ebook, consider a donation!